AP Chief: DOJ Seizures Are 'Chilling' Journalism

0

Gary Pruitt, president and chief executive officer of the Associated Press speaks at the National Press Club (NPC) in Washington, Wednesday, June 19, 2013 (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak) Recent revelations that the Department of Justice secretly seized the phone records of numerous Associated Press journalists last year has had a “chilling effect” on journalism, scaring away sources and contacts who might provide vital information, AP chief Gary Pruitt said in a speech to the National Press Club on Wednesday.

“Some longtime trusted sources have become nervous and anxious about talking with us,” Pruitt said.

AP revealed last month that the Department of Justice had secretly obtained two months worth of private phone records from the news agency in 2012 in an attempt to hunt down the source of information leaked to them and used in a May 2012 story.

Upon the revelations, Pruitt had called the seizure of records a “massive and unprecedented intrusion” and a “serious interference with AP’s constitutional rights to gather and report the news.”

And Pruitt was right. On Wednesday Pruitt stated:

Before coming over here to talk to you today, I thought I should get a sense of how the seizure of AP’s phone records by the DOJ is affecting our reporters. It’s been six weeks, after all, and of course we now know that our phone records aren’t the only ones being collected by the government.

What I heard from our journalists should alarm everyone in this room.

The actions of the DOJ against AP are already having an impact beyond the specifics of this case. Some longtime trusted sources have become nervous and anxious about talking with us — even on stories unrelated to national security. In some cases, government employees we once checked in with regularly will no longer speak to us by phone. Others are reluctant to meet in person. […]

And I can tell you that this chilling effect on newsgathering is not just limited to AP. Journalists from other news organizations have personally told me that it has intimidated both official and nonofficial sources from speaking to them as well.

The freedom of the press is an essential Constitutional right that has been threatened by the DOJ’s actions, Pruitt told the crowd.

“The DOJ’s actions could not have been more tailor-made to comfort authoritarian regimes that want to suppress their own news media,” he said.

In the speech Pruitt gave extensive detail over the DOJ’s overreach and concluded with some essential steps he sees fit to protect the constitutionally guaranteed freedom of the press, including a federal shield law “enacted with teeth in it” to protect reporters from “such unilateral and secret government action”:

First: We want the Department of Justice to recognize the right of the press to advance notice and a chance to be heard before its records are taken by the government. This would have given AP the chance to point out the many failings of the subpoena. We believe notice was required under existing regulations; if the DOJ sees it differently, then the regulations must be strengthened to remove any doubt.

Second: We want judicial oversight. We need to ensure that proper checks and balances are maintained. In the AP phone records case, the Justice Department determined, on its own, that advance notice could be skipped, with no checks from any other branch of government. Denying constitutional rights by executive fiat is not how this government should work.

Third: We want the DOJ guidelines updated to bring them into the 21st century. The guidelines were created before the Internet era. They didn’t foresee emails or text messages. The guidelines need to ensure that the protections afforded journalists from the forced disclosure of information encompass all forms of communication.

Fourth: We want a federal shield law enacted with teeth in it that will protect reporters from such unilateral and secret government action.

Fifth: We want the Department to institutionalize formally what Attorney General Holder has said publicly: that the Justice Department will not prosecute any reporter for doing his or her job. The Department should not criminalize — or threaten to criminalize — journalists for doing their jobs, such as by calling them co-conspirators under the Espionage Act, as they did Fox reporter James Rosen. This needs to be part of an established directive, not only limited to the current administration.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

AP Chief: DOJ Seizures Are 'Chilling' Journalism

0

Gary Pruitt, president and chief executive officer of the Associated Press speaks at the National Press Club (NPC) in Washington, Wednesday, June 19, 2013 (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak) Recent revelations that the Department of Justice secretly seized the phone records of numerous Associated Press journalists last year has had a “chilling effect” on journalism, scaring away sources and contacts who might provide vital information, AP chief Gary Pruitt said in a speech to the National Press Club on Wednesday.

“Some longtime trusted sources have become nervous and anxious about talking with us,” Pruitt said.

AP revealed last month that the Department of Justice had secretly obtained two months worth of private phone records from the news agency in 2012 in an attempt to hunt down the source of information leaked to them and used in a May 2012 story.

Upon the revelations, Pruitt had called the seizure of records a “massive and unprecedented intrusion” and a “serious interference with AP’s constitutional rights to gather and report the news.”

And Pruitt was right. On Wednesday Pruitt stated:

Before coming over here to talk to you today, I thought I should get a sense of how the seizure of AP’s phone records by the DOJ is affecting our reporters. It’s been six weeks, after all, and of course we now know that our phone records aren’t the only ones being collected by the government.

What I heard from our journalists should alarm everyone in this room.

The actions of the DOJ against AP are already having an impact beyond the specifics of this case. Some longtime trusted sources have become nervous and anxious about talking with us — even on stories unrelated to national security. In some cases, government employees we once checked in with regularly will no longer speak to us by phone. Others are reluctant to meet in person. […]

And I can tell you that this chilling effect on newsgathering is not just limited to AP. Journalists from other news organizations have personally told me that it has intimidated both official and nonofficial sources from speaking to them as well.

The freedom of the press is an essential Constitutional right that has been threatened by the DOJ’s actions, Pruitt told the crowd.

“The DOJ’s actions could not have been more tailor-made to comfort authoritarian regimes that want to suppress their own news media,” he said.

In the speech Pruitt gave extensive detail over the DOJ’s overreach and concluded with some essential steps he sees fit to protect the constitutionally guaranteed freedom of the press, including a federal shield law “enacted with teeth in it” to protect reporters from “such unilateral and secret government action”:

First: We want the Department of Justice to recognize the right of the press to advance notice and a chance to be heard before its records are taken by the government. This would have given AP the chance to point out the many failings of the subpoena. We believe notice was required under existing regulations; if the DOJ sees it differently, then the regulations must be strengthened to remove any doubt.

Second: We want judicial oversight. We need to ensure that proper checks and balances are maintained. In the AP phone records case, the Justice Department determined, on its own, that advance notice could be skipped, with no checks from any other branch of government. Denying constitutional rights by executive fiat is not how this government should work.

Third: We want the DOJ guidelines updated to bring them into the 21st century. The guidelines were created before the Internet era. They didn’t foresee emails or text messages. The guidelines need to ensure that the protections afforded journalists from the forced disclosure of information encompass all forms of communication.

Fourth: We want a federal shield law enacted with teeth in it that will protect reporters from such unilateral and secret government action.

Fifth: We want the Department to institutionalize formally what Attorney General Holder has said publicly: that the Justice Department will not prosecute any reporter for doing his or her job. The Department should not criminalize — or threaten to criminalize — journalists for doing their jobs, such as by calling them co-conspirators under the Espionage Act, as they did Fox reporter James Rosen. This needs to be part of an established directive, not only limited to the current administration.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Free Barrett Brown Offers Condolences for Michael Hastings, Urges Immediate Investigation

0

Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

Editor’s note: Is it possible Mr. Hastings’ involvement with Project PM – a crowdsourced investigation of the surveillance state – had something to do with his death?

Free Barrett Brown sends its condolences to the friends and family of Michael Hastings who died in a fiery car crash early Tuesday morning. Hastings was a fearless journalist who questioned power. He was a friend of Barrett’s and an active member of Project PM, a crowd-sourced research effort to expose government intelligence contractors. We deeply mourn his passing.

Barrett defended Hastings’ award winning journalism in his Vanity Fair piece, “Why The Hacks Hate Michael Hastings.” He was candid about their friendship–warning the reader:

“I should note–not only in the interest of full disclosure, but also necessary context–that I am a friend and admirer of Michael Hastings, the author of the Rolling Stone piece in question. He was kind enough to blurb my upcoming book on the failures of the American punditry (and is planning on writing a novel on the same topic, incidentally); he shares my opinions on the state of journalism and opinion in this country; and he has joined up with Project PM, my perhaps quixotic attempt to do a small part in improving that media whose flawed reporting on matters of war and peace has recently had a hand in leaving hundreds of thousands dead and injured our republic’s ability to rationally operate both at home and abroad. I first spoke in support of Hastings before I’d ever made contact with him, which is to say that my opinion of him is not based on our association; my association with him is based on my opinion of him. That opinion is derived from the unassailable and unfortunately noteworthy competence and conduct he has displayed throughout his relatively short career.”

Barrett also blurbed Hastings’ second book, The Operators: The Wild and Terrifying Inside Story of America’s War in Afghanistan, calling it, “The most impact-laden story of the year . . . written by a perfect specimen of the new breed of journalist-commentator.”

In support of Barrett, Hastings wrote: “Barrett Brown is a journalist, plain and simple. He’s also a colleague and friend, and one of the brilliant, if highly unconventional, American writers of his generation. I offer my support to Barrett and his family, and respectfully ask for his immediate release from custody.” He believed Barrett’s work helped contribute to a free press.

Before his untimely death, Hastings was working on a story about Barrett, announcing mysteriously to his followers “Get ready for your mind to be blown.” Hastings had been in touch with Barrett’s lawyers, and intended to interview him in June for the story. Barrett has been in prison for 281 days pending trial, and faces over a hundred years imprisonment for what Hastings called “trumped up FBI charges regarding his legitimate reportorial inquiry into the political collective known sometimes as Anonymous.”

The loss of Michael Hastings is a tremendous blow to adversarial journalism, but the circumstances surrounding his death leave many questions unanswered. Michael believed he was under FBI investigation at the time of his death, and that his calls with Barrett were being recorded. May he rest in peace.

We’re raising money for Barrett’s defense. Donate.

Please send press inquiries to press[at]freebarrettbrown.org.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 11:19 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

2 dead, 4 hurt in Washington incidents

0

The US has an average of 87 deaths each day as a result of gun violence, with an average of 183 injured

At least two people have been killed and four others injured in separate incidents in Washington DC, officials say.

A man and a teenager were killed with four others wounded in three separate incidents in the nationâ„¢s capital on Wednesday, police said.

The first incident occurred after an adult male was shot several times before dying in the hospital.

In a separate event, a 17-year-old unidentified victim was stabbed and later transported to an area hospital where he succumbed to his wounds and perished.

In a third unrelated incident, four adults were wounded after being shot at a high school graduation party, though none of the injuries appeared to be life-threatening, police reported.

Shooting incidents across the US continue unabated as the nationâ„¢s lawmakers have refused to consider legislation to better control guns and enforce stricter background checks for gun buyers following last Decemberâ„¢s shooting massacre of 20 children and seven adults at a Connecticut elementary school.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the United States. This is while about 4.5 million firearms are sold annually in the country at a cost of two to three billion dollars.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Forced Depopulation of America’s Rural Areas

0

Dave Hodges
Activist Post
June 20, 2013

Agenda 21 policy calls for dramatically increasing urbanization and forcing indigenous populations out of rural areas and into densely populated stack-and pack micro apartments controlled by technocrats with the ability to control every aspect of one’s life. When completed, this lifestyle will be a hell on earth.

In Part One, I detailed how the Chinese government, under the direction of global corporations like Goldman Sachs, is instituting a mass relocation of its population from rural to urban. At the point of a gun, the Chinese military is forcibly removing one million Chinese farmers per month from their rural homes and forcing them into the massive ghost cities from which China has spent nearly $3 trillion to construct.

The Chinese government, Hank Paulson and other globalists falsely claim that the mass relocation of Chinese farmers is necessary to fuel the Chinese economy. Yet, there are no jobs available to these Chinese farmers when they arrive in the ghost cities. Strong industry and the need to fill positions is what drew Americans into the cities during our industrial revolution, not the other way around as the globalists are claiming is the case in China. What we are witnessing in China is the beginning of the implementation of the Agenda 21 creation of massive megacities complete with stack-and-pack micro apartments.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 11:05 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

UK Deputy PM warns over Syria meddling

0

British Deputy Prime Minister and Liberal Democrat leader Nick Clegg has warned over Syria intervention, saying that Britain must not become involved in a conflict it would struggle to influence.

Clegg highlighted the dangers of military intervention in Syria conflict in his weekly radio phone-in programme on LBC and said Britain would continue providing non-lethal military aid to insurgents in the Arab country.

Clegg said: “I am very proud that, as a country, our reaction isn’t just: ‘Oh this is happening, it’s got nothing to do with us. We want to wash our hands of it.’ We struggle with what can we do. It is the wonderful thing about Britain. We don’t stand by. We don’t walk the other side of the street. We want to get stuck in and sort stuff out.”

Moreover, he signaled that the Liberal Democrats would remain wary of arming the militants in Syria by saying that the country should not go beyond providing foreign-backed insurgents with non-lethal assistance.

UK Deputy PM also said Prime Minister David Cameron would struggle to win cabinet approval for any direct involvement by the British forces in Syria.

Earlier this week, former British Prime Minister Tony Blair called for an intervention in the Syrian conflict, saying that the cost paid by the West for not getting involved could be higher than that of intervening in the conflict.

Blair is accused of war crimes for joining the illegal US-led invasion of Iraq in March 2003 and his warmongering policies have left hundreds of thousands of Iraqis and hundreds of British troops dead in the course of the war.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Trans-Pacific Partnership: Global Corporate Coup, Assault on Democracy and National Sovereignty

0

 According to Ron Kirk former US Trade Representative: making the text public would raise such opposition that it could make the deal impossible to sign.

There is a battle building between the people of the planet and transnational corporations. The battleground is the Trans-Pacific Partnership. It is a battle the people can win if we act in solidarity.

 The Trans-Pacific Partnership is a global corporate coup that makes corporations more powerful than governments and undermines our national sovereignty. While the public and media are not allowed to see the text, and members of Congress only receive limited, heavily restricted access, 600 corporations have been advising the president and suggesting amendments as they have full access to the documents. This includes some of America’s worst corporate citizens: Monsanto, Walmart, Bank of America, JP Morgan, Phiser and big Pharma, Cargill, Exxon-Mobil, Chevron among them.

 The Green Shadow Cabinet is putting forward a critical, in-depth analysis of the Trans-Pacific Partnership (see links below). Top people in their fields — movement leaders, academics, researchers and activists — are writing about specific aspects of the TPP and how it affects virtually every aspect of American life. The Green Shadow Cabinet is about half way through its analysis with more statements coming over the rest of the week and into the next two weeks. This is the type of in-depth analysis we need from people informed on the topic so that the public becomes informed and joins the campaign to stop the TPP.

 Some members of Congress are making their way through the bureaucratic process that allows them to see the text, but does not allow their staff to do so, nor does it allow elected officials to make copies, take notes with paper or computer; and they are not allowed to share it with their constituents. It took Rep. Alan Grayson (D-FL) six weeks of negotiation with the US Trade Representative to finally got to review the text on June 17th. He was only allowed to see an edited version of the text and was not allowed to bring any staff with him.

 Grayson told the Huffington Post that the Obama administration classifies the documents to prevent discussion of the contents, “They maintain that the text is classified information. And I get clearance because I’m a member of Congress, but now they tell me that they don’t want me to talk to anybody about it because if I did, I’d be releasing classified information.”

 While we appreciate Grayson for going as far as he has, Members of Congress need to break the silence and share the contents with the American people. From what has been leaked, the TPP will give corporations control over every aspect of our lives and make them more powerful than governments. This non-transparent approach to something so far-reaching is an assault on US democracy. As Senator Elizabeth Warren said when questioning the new Trade Representative:

 “I have heard the argument that transparency would undermine the Trade Representative’s policy to complete the trade agreement because public opposition would be significant,” Warren explained. “In other words, if people knew what was going on, they would stop it. This argument is exactly backwards. If transparency would lead to widespread public opposition to a trade agreement, then that trade agreement should not be the policy of the United States.”

 Grayson pointed out the irony and hypocrisy of the Obama administration’s approach: “What I saw was nothing that could possibly justify the secrecy that surrounds it. It is ironic in a way that the government thinks it’s alright to have a record of every single call that an American makes, but not alright for an American citizen to know what sovereign powers the government is negotiating away.”

 The movement to stop the TPP calls on the administration to be transparent about this important treaty. The administration needs to:

1. Release the text that has been agreed on.

 2. Release the proposals they are making in our names.

 The other essential step is for the administration to allow real democracy, to let the checks and balances of the US Constitution to be allowed to work. They should state publicly their support for transparency, checks and balances and Constitutional government by not pursuing “Fast Track” which short-circuits the Constitution and prevents Congress from doing its job.

 If you want to join the campaign to stop the TPP sign up at www.PopularResistance.org.

 Below are excerpts from the statements released so far by the Green Shadow Cabinet, to get the full statement click on the headline.  Visit the website for more statements in coming days. The first statement was signed by the full cabinet and it is a call for solidarity for all those concerned with economic and social justice as well as protecting the planet from ecological collapse to join together to stop the TPP.

 Green Shadow Cabinet joins critical struggle to defeat the Trans-Pacific Partnership

 By Green Shadow Cabinet

 The Green Shadow Cabinet stands united in opposition to the proposed Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP), and is committed to defeating this Obama administration effort to enrich and empower global corporations at the expense of people and planet.

 For three years, the Obama administration has engaged in 16 rounds of secret negotiations to develop the TPP. Those negotiations have included hundreds of representatives of global corporations. The TPP negotiations have excluded representatives of the vast majority of the American people. It is a fact that the TPP is global economic policy for the 1%, at the expense of the 99%.

 Today, all five branches and 81 members of the Green Shadow Cabinet begin to act in concert to not only defeat the TPP, but to show America that another government with another global economic agenda is possible. There is an alternative to the corrupt political establishment that produces economic terrors like the TPP. Our Cabinet is proof of that alternative.

 TPP: Global nightmare for democracy, workers rights and the 99%?

 Bv Ray Rogers, International Labor Rights Advisor to the President

 U.S. trade pacts must clearly protect the right of workers to organize and form unions to protect their jobs, health and safety and communities in which transnational corporations operate. It is only strong worker protections that can prevent such tragic situations from occurring that we have seen in the Union Carbide factory explosion in Bhopal, India that killed thousands in 1984; the recent tragedies in Bangladesh – the building collapse in April and the fire that killed more than a thousand workers in November, and the untold numbers in the U.S. and worldwide who have been victims of cancer alleys created by the oil, chemical, energy and agribusiness industries.

 TPP, Pivot to Asia, raise war risks in Asia Pacific region

 By Foreign Affairs Branch

 The desire of the Bush and the Obama administrations to pass the TPP is apparently an effort to create a coalition of nations to match China’s exploding economy and increased military and political influence in the region.  On Nov 12, 2011, Obama spoke before the Summit of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation Forum and stated that, “… we’ve turned our attention back to the Asia Pacific region.” This is being accomplished through two vehicles:  the TPP and the “Pivot to Asia,” meaning a redeployment of American priorities and military forces away from Europe and the Middle East to Asia.  Also in the same month, this time speaking before the Australian Parliament, Obama said: “As a Pacific nation, the United States will play a larger and long-term role in shaping this region and its future.” The United States now has 320,000 troops in the Pacific region, and the Pentagon has promised there will be no reductions as troops are drawn down in Afghanistan and other parts of the world.

 The Trans-Pacific Partnership would increase poverty

By Rev. Bruce Wright, President’s Commission on Ending Homelessness

The much touted, at least by multinational corporations and some governments, Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) agreement, has grave consequences for the so-called poor of the world, including those in the United States. This agreement, clouded in secrecy, has been characterized as something akin to “NAFTA on steroids!”  But, what exactly does it mean for the poor and working class of the United States?

With TPP, Obama has moved from transparency to secrecy, from human rights to corporate rights

By Richard McIntyre, U.S. Trade Representative

Suppose a Taiwanese company wanted to open a factory in California to make clothing. They propose importing workers who would accept a daily wage of $10, would not spend any money in the plant to meet U.S. occupational health and safety regulations, and would be rabid in opposing workers’ attempts to meet collectively to discuss their grievances or to bargain collectively with management.

 The Trans-Pacific Partnership: Another assault on human rights that must be opposed

By Ajamu Baraka, Public Intervenor for Human Rights

The right to have the means to sustain one’s physical life is a foundational principle of human rights. The right to work and earn a livable wage in conditions commensurate with human dignity that allow for securing adequate food, clothing, housing, medical care and necessary social services is the basis for material sustainability and a dignified life.

 The Top Secret deal between 11 countries that will affect your life

By Lee Camp, Commissioner for the Comedic Arts

You know one of the most powerful weapons the government can use against us? It’s not missiles, or gas, or propaganda, or threatening to release all the nude TSA body-scanner images of you as Christmas cards. Nope. …It’s boredom. When evil stuff is boring, mind-blowingly BORING, people don’t give a crap about it. Boring evil is the worst! People care less than Vladimir Putin at an Amnesty International convention.

The TPP is bad for business

By Sarah Manski, Small Business Administration

Small businesses and entrepreneurs are foundations of strong communities. Yet as with previous international trade agreements, small businesses are not at the table negotiating the details of Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) agreement. Instead, the TPP is being drafted by the representatives of more than 600 major corporations. Unlike the owners of cooperatives and community businesses, the owners and managers of big capital are unconcerned about the economic impact of trade policies on local communities and the people who live in them. 

Kevin Zeese is a participant in PopularResistance.org which will be announcing a campaign to stop the TPP in the very near future; and a member of the Green Shadow Cabinet where he serves as Attorney General.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Occupied Elementary: Community Sit-In Against School Shutdown

0

(Photo: Creative Commons/Southwest Youth Collaborative, image of earlier protest against Chicago school closures)Parents and students occupied a Chicago school Wednesday, refusing to budge from a Lafayette Elementary classroom on the final day of education before the school is permanently shut down by the city.

Lafayette was just one of 28 Chicago public schools that held its final day of classes Wednesday after the city’s board of education drove through a late-May plan to shutter a stunning eight percent of all public schools in the city.

Wednesday’s closures were just the first wave: 49 schools total, almost all elementary level, will permanently close their doors to students.

Lafayette parents and students are not willing to accept the city’s plan, Progress Illinois reports:

“Closing Lafayette will kill our neighborhood and our families,” said Rousemary Vega, a parent occupying the school. “We demand that this school stay open. We demand to keep our music programs, and our special ed program. We’re not leaving until this school is saved.”

When the school day ended, a group of nine took over the second-story room. NBC reports:

The protestors, who have labeled themselves “Occupy Lafayette,” hung signs from the windows of the classroom. One person could be seen waving an American flag.

Meanwhile, over fifty supporters converged outside, chanting their support for the occupation. NBC reports:

Students were also seen playing musical instruments, an ode to the school’s lauded music program.

The group–under the banner ‘Occupy Lafayette’–succeeded in blocking the room for several hours before the police came to shut down the nonviolent sit-in.

The widespread closures are backed by the political muscle of Chicago Mayor Rahm Emmanuel who says he is trying to save money for the city and consolidate schools he deems ‘underutilized’. Chicago workers, students, parents, and community members charge that the closures will devastate Chicago workers and students and erode public education, disproportionately slamming poor people and people of color.

According to the Chicago Tribune:

“87 percent of the district’s 403,000 students coming from low-income families and more than 91 percent from minority households.”

As students are locked out, over 850 school workers are being canned, with more layoffs likely to follow.

Education advocates deride the mass shutdowns as part of the national attack on education that is eroding school quality and teaching conditions, as Philadelphia guts its public school system by closing schools and firing school workers in a similar move.

The closures move forward despite fierce community opposition, including a 26,000-strong Chicago Teachers Union strike last September, the largest U.S. teachers’ strike in decades.

CTU president Jesse Sharkey declared that the city’s teachers back the parent and student occupation of Lafayette:

We stand in solidarity with the parents who are currently staging a sit-in at Lafayette Elementary School and are facing arrests by police. Lafayette is one of the schools that people were most bitter about. The parents, teachers and staff at that school really felt as though the decision to close it was an illegitimate one–in the service of students and the importance of that school to the neighborhood. But the Board jammed that decision through and people are determined to be heard. School closings hurt students and destabilize communities. The parents who are currently engaged in this non-violent protest are heroes and they are fighting in the best interest of their children.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Disgusting! Top University Administrators Create Student Debt Slaves to Subsidize Summer Palaces, Ginormous Pensions

0

When union members demand decent pay levels and work conditions, they are charged with featherbedding and overmanning or the new neoliberal catchall, “demanding uncompetitive wages”. But when the upper crust loots institutions, the mainstream media is typically missing in action.

The latest find is from Pam Martens, who has been keeping tabs on the administrator-enriching real estate racket at NYU. She ferreted out an egregious housing deal for Jack Lew when he was at NYU. As we wrote in February:

Recall that Lew is essentially a career elite technocrat, with his major stint out of government being during the Bush Administration, when he first served as the Executive Vice President for Operations at NYU (where his noteworthy accomplishment was busting the bargaining rights of grad students) and then became the chief operating officer for Citigroup’s alternative investment group….

Lew came from a job at NYU where he already looks to have been considerably overpaid. He received over $840,000 for the academic year 2002-2003, which had him earning more than most university presidents, including NYU’s president. And on top of that, as Pam Martens ferreted out, he was apparently given a $1.3 million house. I’m not making that up, go read her piece. The mechanism was that NYU lent the $1.3 million to buy the house to Lew and then forgave it over five years. Oh, and they paid him the money to pay the interest too. We will assume that the forgiveness of debt was reported properly to the IRS.

Now the house deal (which is rather bizarre given that NYU owns lots of nice faculty housing) might be what made Lew’s pay deal so out of line relative to his job. But if the forgiveness of debt was not included in the total, it’s even more insane, the equivalent of $1.1 million a year.

There’s simply no way this compensation level (or the house side deal) was justified by any notion of what the position demanded. You don’t need a marquee name for an operations job. I can give a long list of people I know personally who have more relevant experience and be happy with a ton less money. Nor is there any evidence that Lew did enough in the way of fundraising to justify his NYU pay level. This was a low-stress overpaid sinecure arranged by the Rubin mafia.

And it’s important to recognize that this sort of rent extraction by unproductive overhead is a significant contributor to the explosion in education costs. When I was young, the top administrators were modestly paid. They viewed the job as quasi public service. The hours were generally not taxing, although the politics could be fractious. The faculty looked down on you but you had lots of stature in the local community, the top echelon might live in housing the school owned as a perk and you got the bennies of university life. The sort of people who took those jobs were old money who’d spent some time in the private sector and wanted a change of pace in their middle age or executives who’d lost out in corporate intrigue or via a takeover.

Benjamin Ginsberg says that 30% of the increase in educational costs over the last twenty-five years is due to administrative “growth”. That sounds low to me, and I’d imagine the overheads have attributed as much of their costs as possible to program. For instance, universities have also overspent on facilities, and a big building program not only justifies more adminisphere, but some of those costs may have been allocated to the big build rather than as ongoing overheads. I mean, why have Jack Lew types around if they can’t pretty up the books?

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Howard Dean Is Cool with Living in a Techno-Surveillance State, Just as Long as It’s Not Secret

0

Former Democratic presidential candidate Howard Dean knocked the Obama administration for not being upfront about intrusive NSA surveillance programs revealed in leaks this month – but ultimately threw his support behind them, The Huffington Post reports.

“I think the American people are willing to give up some privacy in exchange for safety, but I think the president has to essentially ask our permission,” Dean said Wednesday during an interview at the progressive tech conference Netroots Nation in San Jose, California.

“The reason this country works is because we are governed with the consent of the governed,” he added. “I think the American people support the president, but he’s got to go on television and explain what this program is, why he thinks we need it, and what it’s accomplished.”

The former Vermont governor’s stance on surveillance echoes that of New York Police Commissioner Ray Kelly, who oversaw a massive surveillance operation targeting Muslim communities. Kelly chided the president for not being more forthcoming about the extent of NSA spying, but agreed that widespread metadata collection is in the public’s interest. “I think the American public can accept the fact if you tell them that every time you pick up the phone it’s going to be recorded and goes to the government,” Kelly said on Monday. “I think the public can understand that.”

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Atheist seeking US citizenship told to join church or be denied

0

Published time: June 20, 2013 16:04

image from Margaret Doughty facebook page

A 65-year-old British atheist who has lived in the US for 30 years has been denied US citizenship, unless she joins a church by Friday.

During her application process to become a naturalized US citizen, Texas resident Margaret Doughty did not agree to bear arms to defend the country, claiming that she was morally opposed to killing. In order to gain citizenship, naturalization applications are required to take the oath of allegiance, swearing to support the Constitution and agree to bear arms for the US Armed Forces, if necessary.

As a result, US Citizenship and Immigration Services told the woman she could not gain citizenship unless she provided documentation proving she was “a member in good standing” of a church that morally opposed the bearing of arms.

But since Doughty is an atheist, providing such documentation is impossible unless she takes up the Christian religion by Friday.

“The truth is that I would not be willing to bear arms,” the British native explained on her application. “Since my youth I have had a firm, fixed and sincere objection to participation in war in any form or in the bearing of arms. I deeply and sincerely believe that it is not moral or ethical to take another person’s life, and my lifelong spiritual/religious beliefs impose on me a duty of conscience not to contribute to warfare by taking up arms.”

The USCIS officers’ request has enraged atheist groups, who believe that nonreligious morals should be just as valid as those held by church members. The Freedom From Religion Foundation sent a letter to the USCIS, calling their actions “illegal and unconstitutional.”

“It is shocking that USCIS officers would not be aware that a nonreligious yet deeply held belief would be sufficient to attain this exemption,” Andrew L. Seidel, a staff attorney at the atheist group, wrote in the letter. “This is a longstanding part of our law and every USCIS officer should receive training on this exemption.”

The Daily Kos, a political news and opinion blog, has launched a petition urging the Department of Homeland Security to grant Doughty citizenship and to reverse the policy that allows discrimination against atheists to ensue. The petition had more than 5,000 signatures as of Thursday morning.

A similar case made it to the Supreme Court in 1970, after naturalization applicant Elliot Ashton Welsh II requested conscientious objector status for refusing to bear arms. Welsh said he did not know whether there was a Supreme Being, and said his moral beliefs against killing were based upon “reading in the fields of history and sociology.” In Welsh vs. United States, the Supreme Court ruled 5-3 that Welsh could be declared a conscientious objector, even though his beliefs were not based on a religion. The Court also noted that basing the exemption solely on religious beliefs is a violation of the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, which prohibits the establishment of a national religion or the government’s preference of any one religion over another.

The ruling indicates that applicants like Doughty should similarly be able to request conscientious objector status, despite a lack of religious involvement.

“Either the officers in Houston are inept, or they are deliberately discriminating against nonreligious applicants for naturalization,” Seidel added.

This entry passed through the Full-Text RSS service — if this is your content and you’re reading it on someone else’s site, please read the FAQ at fivefilters.org/content-only/faq.php#publishers. Five Filters recommends: ‘You Say What You Like, Because They Like What You Say’ – http://www.medialens.org/index.php/alerts/alert-archive/alerts-2013/731-you-say-what-you-like-because-they-like-what-you-say.html

This article originally appeared on: RT

Dr. Rohani’s university hails election win

0

Iranâ„¢s president-elect Dr. Hassan Rohani

Britainâ„¢s Glasgow Caledonian University (GCU) has congratulated its 1990s alumnus Dr. Hassan Rohani over his victory in Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election.

The following is the text of the felicitation message by Principal and Vice-Chancellor of GCU Professor Pamela Gillies:

œI would like to congratulate our alumnus, Hassan Rohani, on being elected President of Iran, a truly significant achievement.

I hope his period as a scholar at Glasgow Caledonian University will prove beneficial as he assumes office, and I wish him every success as he works towards a positive future for Iran and its people.”

As GCUâ„¢s alumnus, Rohani received an MPhil in 1995 with his thesis entitled The Islamic Legislative Power, and was awarded a PhD in 1999 with his thesis entitled The Flexibility of Shariah (Islamic Law) with reference to the Iranian experience.

He secured an outright victory in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election by winning more than half of a total of over 36 million ballots cast.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election stood at 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

The original webpage containing GCUâ„¢s congratulatory message to Rohani is available at: http://www.gcu.ac.uk/newsevents/news/article.php?id=59642

ASH/SS/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'US immigration bill harms women’

0

A United States senator has criticized the proposed immigration bill, saying it places women at a disadvantage, a report says.

Senator Mazie Hirono said in an interview posted by the Washington Post on Tuesday that the proposed US immigration measure Å“institutionalizes and sets in concrete the unequal opportunities that women have in these countries.”

The Japanese-born congressional representative disapproved of the bill that seeks to classify people into a two-tiered system, rewarding foreigners for their level of education or work experience.

The US lawmaker called on other female senators to propose a three-tiered measure to address immigration for men and women with different job experiences.

This is while rights groups and activists expressed concerns that a reform plan will exert more pressure on immigrants.

Public support for immigration reform has been steadily mounting, with protest rallies routinely held up in major cities across the United States.

On any given day, there are 33,000 people detained by the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), who spend an average of 26.5 days behind bars. In 2011, ICE deported nearly 400,000 people, with an annual cost of USD 1.7 billion to hold immigrants.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Uncle Sam and Corporate Tech: Domestic Partners Raising “Digital Big Brother”

0

 A terrible formula has taken hold: warfare state + corporate digital power = surveillance state.

 “National security” agencies and major tech sectors have teamed up to make Big Brother a reality. “Of the estimated $80 billion the government will spend on intelligence this year, most is spent on private contractors,” the New York Times noted. The synergy is great for war-crazed snoops in Washington and profit-crazed moguls in Silicon Valley, but poisonous for civil liberties and democracy.

 “Much of the coverage of the NSA spying scandal has underplayed crucial context: The capacity of the government to engage in constant surreptitious monitoring of all civilians has been greatly enhanced by the commercialization of the Internet,” media analyst Robert McChesney pointed out this week.

 Overall, he said, “the commercialized Internet, far from producing competition, has generated the greatest wave of monopoly in the history of capitalism.” And the concentration of online digital power is, to put it mildly, user-friendly for the surveillance state.

 It’s a truly odious and destructive mix – a government bent on perpetual war and a digital tech industry dominated by a few huge firms with an insatiable drive to maximize profits. Those companies have a lot to offer the government, and vice versa.

“The giant monopolistic firms that rule the Internet – Google, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Version, AT&T, Comcast, Microsoft – all have tremendous incentive to collect information on people,” McChesney said. “There is a great deal of profit for these firms and others to work closely with the national security apparatus, and almost no incentive to refuse to participate. In short, there is a military-digital complex deeply embedded into the political economy and outside any credible review process by elected representatives, not to mention the public.”

Central pieces of the puzzle – routinely left out of mainline media coverage – have to do with key forces at work. Why such resolve in Washington’s highest places for the vast surveillance that’s integral to the warfare state?

What has not changed is the profusion of corporations making a killing from the warfare state in tandem with Washington’s quest for geopolitical positioning, access to fossil fuels and other raw materials – and access to markets for U.S.-based industries ranging from financial services to fast food.

Let’s give credit to New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman for candor as he wrote approvingly in his book The Lexus and the Olive Tree: “The hidden hand of the market will never work without a hidden fist. McDonald’s cannot flourish without McDonnell Douglas, the designer of the U.S. Air Force F-15. And the hidden fist that keeps the world safe for Silicon Valley’s technologies to flourish is called the U.S. Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps.”

 On Wednesday, I had a brief on-air exchange with Friedman, live on KQED Radio in San Francisco.

Solomon:  “I think it’s unfortunate the sensibility that Thomas Friedman, who’s a very smart guy, has brought to bear in so many realms. For instance, we heard a few minutes ago, asked about Iraq and the lessons to be drawn – quote, ‘We overpaid for it.’ ‘We overpaid for it.’ Which is sort of what you might call jingo-narcissism, to coin a term. Just the dire shortage of remorse, particularly given Thomas Friedman’s very large role in cheering on, with his usual caveats, but cheering on the invasion of Iraq before it took place. Full disclosure, this is Norman Solomon, I chronicled his critique in my book War Made Easy, his critique of foreign policy, and he did cheerlead – in his sort of kind of erudite glib way, he did cheerlead the invasion of Iraq before it took place. Just as, as I chronicle in the book, he was gleeful in his columns about the bombing of Serbia, including Belgrade, civilian areas, just chortled and very very gleeful about that bombing. One other point I’d like to make. His recent column about NSA surveillance is absolutely a formula for throwing away the First Amendment gradually in stages. The idea that somehow we should relinquish the sacred Fourth Amendment, a little bit at a time, maybe not a little bit at a time, because if there’s terrorism that takes places in a big way again in this country then hold onto your hats – I mean, that is formulaic as an excuse, may I say a bit of a craven way, to accept this attack on our civil liberties.”

Host:  “Norman, let me thank you for the call and get a response from Tom Friedman.”

Friedman:  “Well first of all, I would invite, I wrote a book called Longitudes and Attitudes that has all my columns leading up to the Iraq War. And what you’ll find if you read those columns is someone agonizing over a very very difficult decision. To call it cheerleading is just stupid and obnoxious. Okay. Number one. And on the question of the Fourth Amendment, as has been pointed out, there actually has been no case of abuse that has been reported so far with this program. Believe me, if there were one, two, ten or twenty, then I think we’d be having a very different debate. And so to simply – he says I’m dismissing the Fourth Amendment, which is ludicrous, I’m terribly agonized over this whole business – but to simply blithely say, ‘Oh, you’re just trying to use the threat of another terrorist attack,’ as if that isn’t a live possibility, as if we haven’t had three or four real examples of people trying to do things that had they gotten through I think would have led to even worse restrictions on privacy and civil liberties.”

Well, that’s Thomas Friedman, in sync with the downward spiral of fear, threats, militarism and corporate consolidation. What a contrast with the clarity from Robert McChesney.

 A week before the Guardian began breaking stories about NSA surveillance, McChesney appeared on FAIR’s “CounterSpin” radio program to talk about the findings in his new book Digital Disconnect. He warned that we “have an economy dominated by a handful of monopolistic giants working hand in hand with a national security state that’s completely off-limits to public review, to monitor the population.” And he said: “It’s not a tenable situation for a free society.”

Norman Solomon is co-founder of RootsAction.org and founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. His books include “War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Google’s chief engineer: People will soon upload their entire brains to computers

0

Published time: June 20, 2013 16:02

Ray Kurzweil (AFP Photo / Gabriel Bouys)

There are around 377 million results on Google.com for the query “Can I live forever?” Ask that question to company’s top engineer, though, and you’re likely to hear an answer that’s much more concise.

Simply put, Google’s Ray Kurzweil says immortality is only a few years away. Digital immortality, at least.

Kurzweil, 64, was only brought on to Google late last year, but that hasn’t stopped him from making headlines already. During a conference in New York City last week, the company’s director of engineering said that the growth of biotechnology is so quickly paced that that he predicts our lives will be drastically different in just a few decades.

According to Kurzweil, humans will soon be able to upload their entire brains onto computers. After then, other advancements won’t be too far behind.

“The life expectancy was 20, 1,000 years ago,” Kurzweil said over the weekend at the Global Future 2045 World Congress in New York City, CNBC’s Cadie Thompson reported. “We doubled it in 200 years. This will go into high gear within 10 and 20 years from now, probably less than 15, we will be reaching that tipping point where we add more time than has gone by because of scientific progress.”

“Somewhere between 10 and 20 years, there is going to be tremendous transformation of health and medicine,” he said.

In his 2005 book “The Singularity Is Near,” Kurzweil predicted that ongoing achievements in biotechnology would mean that by the middle of the century, “humans will develop the means to instantly create new portions of ourselves, either biological or nonbiologicial,” so that people can have “a biological body at one time and not at another, then have it again, then change it.” He also said there will soon be “software-based humans” who will “live out on the Web, projecting bodies whenever they need or want them, including holographically projected bodies, foglet-projected bodies and physical bodies comprising nanobot swarms.” 

[embedded content]

Those nanobot swarms might still be a bit away, but given the vast capabilities already achieved since the publication of his book, Kurzweil said in New York last week that more and more of the human body will soon be synced up to computers, both for backing up our thoughts and to help stay in good health.

“There’s already fantastic therapies to overcome heart disease, cancer and every other neurological disease based on this idea of reprogramming the software,” Kurzweil at the conference. “These are all examples of treating biology as software. …These technologies will be a 1,000 times more powerful than they were a decade ago. …These will be 1,000 times more powerful by the end of the decade. And a million times more powerful in 20 years.”

In “The Singularity Is Near,” Kurzweil acknowledged that Moore’s Law of Computer suggests that the power of computer doubles, on average, every two years. At that rate, he wrote, “We’re going to become increasingly non-biological to the point where the non-biological part dominates and the biological part is not important anymore.”

“Based on conservative estimates of the amount of computation you need to functionally simulate a human brain, we’ll be able to expand the scope of our intelligence a billion-fold,” The Daily Mail quoted Kurzweil.

Kurzweil joined Google in December 2012 and is a 1999 winner of the National Medal of Technology and Innovation. In the 1970s, Kurzweil was responsible for creating the first commercial text-to-speech synthesizer.

This entry passed through the Full-Text RSS service — if this is your content and you’re reading it on someone else’s site, please read the FAQ at fivefilters.org/content-only/faq.php#publishers. Five Filters recommends: ‘You Say What You Like, Because They Like What You Say’ – http://www.medialens.org/index.php/alerts/alert-archive/alerts-2013/731-you-say-what-you-like-because-they-like-what-you-say.html

This article originally appeared on: RT

U.S. population increases under immigration reform

0

Brad Plumer
The Washington Post
June 20, 2013

The key question about immigration reform isn’t what it does to the deficit or even to the U.S. economy. It’s what it does to immigration. Everything else is just a side effect.

The Congressional Budget Office says that the Senate bill would boost the U.S. population by about 10.4 million over the next decade and then add 5.8 million more people in the decade after that.

But that’s all “compared to current law.” So what’s current law?

The Census Bureau already expected net international migration to increase by around 20 million in the next two decades.* The 16.2 million extra people that CBO expects immigration reform to attract are on top of that. So, if the Senate bill passed, the United States would be adding some 36 million new immigrants over the next two decades – a figure comparable to the population of Canada.

But it’s not just the raw number of immigrants that will change. Who those immigrants are, and whether they’re here legally, will change too. This helpful table from the CBO tells the tale. It compares the growth in U.S. population over the next 20 years compared with what would happen if no bill passed at all. (This isn’t as confusing as it first looks; we’ll walk through it below):

change in population

To make this all more concrete, let’s look at what the CBO expects to happen in 2018, just five years from now, if the Senate bill is passed:

1) The U.S. population of illegal immigrants in 2018 would shrink from roughly 14 million to about 5.5 million. Most of this drop would be due to the fact that 7.7 million unauthorized residents would receive amnesty and become newly legalized. But tighter border security would also reduce inflows somewhat.

Let’s start with the big picture: There are currently an estimated 11.5 million unauthorized immigrants living in the United States. Past CBO projections had suggested this number will rise to roughly 14 million by 2018 if we stay on our current course, although predictions here are always hazy.**

Read more

Family Wash owner accuses law enforcement officials of outrageous raid

0

Joey Garrison
The Tennessean
June 20, 2013

As patrons munched on Shepherd’s Pie inside East Nashville’s Family Wash restaurant last Friday, an entourage of a dozen law enforcement officials unexpectedly entered around 10 p.m. in a way the owner alleges resembled a raid.

The group — comprised of two Metro Police officers, as well as Metro Codes, ABC beer board, health department and fire marshal officials — is called Metro’s Environmental Task Force. Its function is to ensure restaurants and bars are following alcohol, food, health and other codes.

But Family Wash owner Jamie Rubin says in his 16 years in Nashville’s food industry, he’s never seen or heard of anything like this

“To say I’m outraged would probably be a bit of an understatement,” Rubin said. “They may want to call it a ‘spot check.’ But you can talk to anybody that was in there — employees, patrons — it was a raid. That’s what it was.”

Rubin wasn’t present when the task force initially arrived, but he got there within 15 minutes. He described what he saw as “bullying.”

He said the group’s attire made it appear like everyone was a cop. As they arrived, he said they provided no paperwork, identification, business cards or notification. Officers went through coolers behind the bar, he said, and aggressively asked questions to his staff.

Police spokeswoman Kris Mumford rejected the accusations, describing it simply as a “routine check” in advance of the restaurant’s food license renewal. She said the group has been conducting stops for years and had just stopped at an establishment at 1037 Jefferson St. earlier that night where it made arrests and shut it down. The Tennessean could not confirm its name.

Mumford said the task force usually arrives with fewer members, but this time they had trainees.

Metro government’s website has no mention of an Environmental Task Force. During its visit, Rubin said, a health inspector conducted a typical review, which takes place every six or 12 months.

Family Wash scored a 93, he said.

A health department spokesperson did not immediately return a message for comment to discuss its involvement.

On arrival, officials questioned Rubin’s use of a wine license to sell high-gravity beer. It turns out this is authorized.

As officials remained at Family Wash for an hour, every customer left, he said. A band quit playing after three songs. He estimated he lost $800 to $1,000 in sales, though Mumford said customers came back that night.

“I can’t afford to lose business,” Rubin said. “I can’t afford to have my patrons and staff scared.”

ERT closure Greek govt. decision: IMF

0

Protesters gather outside the state broadcasterâ„¢s headquarters in northern Athens suburb on June 19, 2013.

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) dismisses allegations of having asked the Greek government to shut down the state broadcaster ERT as part of its bailout program.

Athens announced the surprise closure of ERT on June 11. The move, which is part of the Greek government’s unpopular austerity measures, has left the ERTâ„¢s nearly 2,700 staff suspended.

“The recent decisions regarding the state broadcasters have been the government’s,” IMF spokesman Gerry Rice on Thursday.

“The authorities’ economic program is supported by IMF lending and that includes a reform of public administration, as you know, but doesn’t make specific recommendations on decisions involving state companies,” he added.

In April, the Greek parliament passed a bill to cut 15,000 state jobs by the end of 2014 as a condition for debt-stricken Greece to receive rescue loans from its European partners and the IMF.

Greek Prime Minister Antonis Samaras is expected to meet his coalition partners for a third time later on Thursday to break the countryâ„¢s recent political deadlock.

Samaras had a three-and-a-half hour meeting with the leaders of the Socialist Pasok and the moderate left Democratic Left on Wednesday over the future of the ERT.

The prime ministerâ„¢s coalition partners have called for the immediate restoration of ERT broadcasts, but Samaras has refused to reinstate it in its old form.

On Wednesday, some 2,000 protesters gathered outside the ERT headquarters in the capital, Athens, in solidarity with the broadcasterâ„¢s staff.

On June 17, Greece’s top administrative court told the government to restore public broadcasts. However, the ERT’s TV channels and radio stations remained off the air Wednesday.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Lies of Empire: Don’t Believe a Word They Say — Washington is the Godfather of International Jihadism

1

The U.S. reprises Iraq, inventing a WMD threat from Syria. The FBI concocts home-grown terror through stings, while the NSA claims it has secretly saved many lives. “Why this steady stream of government-invented terror, if the real thing is so abundant?” And, isn’t the U.S. arming and funding the same jihadists they are supposed to be listening for on our telephones?

The rulers would have you believe that the world is becoming more complex and dangerous all the time, compelling the United States to abandon previous (and largely fictional) norms of domestic and international legality in order to preserve civilization. In truth, what they are desperately seeking to maintain is the global dominance of U.S. and European finance capital and the racist world order from which it sprang.

The contradictions of centuries have ripened, overwhelming the capacity of the “West” to contain the new forces abroad in the world. Therefore, there must be endless, unconstrained war — endless, in the sense that it is a last ditch battle to fend off the end of imperialism, and unconstrained, in that the imperialists recognize no legal or moral boundaries to their use of military force, their only remaining advantage.

To mask these simple truths, the U.S. and its corporate propaganda services invent counter-realities, scenarios of impending doomsdays filled with super-villains and more armies of darkness than J.R.R. Tolkien could ever imagine. Indeed, nothing is left to the imagination, lest the people’s minds wander into the realm of truth or stumble upon a realization of their own self-interest, which is quite different than the destinies of Wall Street or the Project for a New American Century (updated, Obama “humanitarian” version). It is a war of caricatures.

Saddam “must go” — and so he went, along with a million other Iraqis. Gaddafi “must go” — and he soon departed (“We came, we saw, he died,” quipped Hillary), along with tens of thousands of Black Libyans marked for extermination. “Assad must go” — but he hasn’t left yet, requiring the U.S. and its allies to increase the arms flow to jihadist armies whose mottos translate roughly as “the western infidels must also go…next.” Afghanistan’s Soviet-aligned government was the first on the U.S. “must go” list to be toppled by the jihadist international network created as a joint venture of the Americans, Saudis and Pakistanis, in the early Eighties — a network whose very existence now requires that Constitutional law “must go” in the American homeland.

Naturally, in order to facilitate all these exits of governments of sovereign states, international law, as we have known it “must go.” In its place is substituted the doctrine of “humanitarian” military intervention or “Responsibility to Protect” (R2P), a rehash of the “White Man’s Burden” designed to nullify smaller powers’ rights to national sovereignty at the whim of the superpower.

The entire continent of Africa has fallen under the R2P umbrella (without ever having fully emerged from the colonial sphere — but, that’s the whole point, isn’t it?). Somalia achieved a brief period of peace, in 2006, under a broadly based Islamic Courts regime that had defeated an array of warlords backed by the U.S. Washington struck back late that year through its client state, Ethiopia. The Americans invoked both the Islamist enemy and “Responsibility to Protect” to justify an invasion that plunged Somalia into what UN observers called “the worst humanitarian crisis in Africa — worse than Darfur.” Eventually, the U.S. enlisted the African Union, itself, as the nominal authority in a CIA-led Somalia mission that has militarized the whole Horn of Africa.

U.S. proxies set off inter-communal bloodletting in Rwanda in 1994, a conflagration that served as pretext for Rwandan and Ugandan invasion of the mineral-rich Democratic Republic of Congo and the loss of six million lives — all under the protection, funding and guidance of a succession of U.S. administrations in mock atonement for the much smaller “genocide” in Rwanda. President Obama sent Special Forces on permanent duty to the region in search of another caricature, Joseph Kony, whose only central casting defect is his rabid Christianity but whose convenient presence in the bush justifies stationing Green Berets in Congo, Uganda, the Central African Republic and South Sudan.

Muammar Gaddafi’s exorcism in Libya energized jihadists all across the northern tier of Africa, as far as northern Nigeria, giving a green light to a French colonial renaissance and further expansion of AFRICOM, the U.S. Africa Command. Only five years after its official inception, AFRICOM reigns supreme on the continent, with ties to the militaries of all but two African countries: the nemesis states Eritrea and Zimbabwe. (They “must go,” eventually.)

New age Euro-American law holds sway over Africa in the form of the International Criminal Court. The Court’s dockets are reserved for Africans, whose supposed civilizational deficits monopolize the global judiciary’s resources. This, too, is R2P, in robes.

Back in Syria, the reluctant domino, blood samples taken from alleged victims of chemical weapons are sent to the Americans by jihadists in their employ to prove that Assad really, really, must go. Obama announces that he is going to do what he has actually been doing for a very long time: send weapons to the “rebels.” The Washington Post, forgetting its duty to follow the administration’s scripted timelines, reports that the decision to go public about arms transfers to jihadists was made two weeks before the “proof” arrived.

The lies become jumbled and are quickly superseded by new fictions to justify no-fly, but the targeted caricatures remain front and center, to be hooted and hollered over, once dead. It is only the lies that make these situations seem complex: the lies that cover up multiple U.S. genocides in Africa, to paint a canvas of humanitarian concern, when the simple truth is that the Americans and Europeans have established military dominion over the continent for their own greedy purposes. The lies that have attempted to camouflage a succession of brazen aggressions against unoffending secular Arab governments in order to remove any obstacles to U.S. domination of North Africa and the Near East. And, the lie that has become central to the U.S. global offensive since 9/11: that the U.S. is engaged in a global war against armed jihadists. In fact, the jihadists are American-contracted foot soldiers in an Arab world in which the U.S. is hated by the people at-large. Washington was the Godfather of international jihadism, its sugar daddy since at least the early Eighties in Afghanistan — and now, once again quite openly so in Syria as in Libya, at least for the time being.

The simple truth is, the U.S. is at war for continued hegemony over the planet, for the preservation of the imperial system and its finance capitalist rulers. In such a war, everyone, everywhere is a potential enemy, including the home population.

That’s why Bradley Manning and Julian Assange and, now, Edward Snowden are considered so dangerous; because they undermine popular consent for the government’s lies-based policies. The administration has sent its operatives to Capital Hill and all the corporate pseudo-journalistic outlets to explain how its mega-data mining of phones and the Internet has prevented “potential terrorist events over 50 times since 9/11,” including at least 10 “homeland-based threats,” as mouthed by National Security Agency chief Gen. Keith Alexander. The details are, of course, secret.

However, what we do know about U.S. domestic “terror” spying is enough to dismiss the whole premise for the NSA’s vast algorithmic enterprises. The actual “terrorist” threat on U.S. soil is clearly relatively slight. Otherwise, why would the FBI have to manufacture homegrown jihadists by staging elaborate stings of homeless Black men in Miami who couldn’t put together bus fare to Chicago, much less bomb the Sears tower? Why must they entice and entrap marginal people with no capacity for clandestine warfare, and no previous inclination, into schemes to bomb synagogues and shoot down military aircraft, as in Newburgh, New York? Why this steady stream of government-invented terror, if the real thing is so abundant? If the FBI, with NSA assistance, is discovering significant numbers of real terrorists, wouldn’t we be watching a corresponding number of triumphal perp-walks? Of course we would. The only logical conclusion is that terror is a near-negligible domestic threat, wholly unsuited to the NSA’s full-spectrum spying on virtually every American.

So, what are they looking for? Patterns. Patterns of thought and behavior thatalgorithmically reveal the existence of cohorts of people that might, as a group, or a living network, create problems for the State in the future. People who do not necessarily know each other, but whose patterns of life make them potentially problematic to the rulers, possibly in some future crisis, or some future manufactured crisis. A propensity to dissent, for example. The size of these suspect cohorts, these pattern-based groups, can be as large or small as the defining criteria inputted by the programmer. So, what kind of Americans would the programmers be interested in?

Ask Edward Snowden. He’s the only one talking.

BAR executive editor Glen Ford can be contacted at Glen.Ford@BlackAgendaReport.com.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

What’s Really Happening in Nepal?

0

With the exception of Mt. Everest, Nepal has very little that the mainstream media finds newsworthy. You cannot really blame the Western media though – this small land-locked country of South Asia does not get much coverage in regional Asian press either. Naturally, anything that is hidden from the eye tends to acquire a sense of enigma over a period of time, and the Nepalese nation has done just that.

Enigmatic or not, but such seclusion comes at a price: most of the time, progress tends to slow down, and in this article, I shall attempt to analyze the state of Nepal and its current situation.

But before that, let me ask you: think of Nepal, and what comes to your mind first? Alright, probably Mt. Everest again! And? A small-ish country that has somehow managed to defy most of the colonial powers in the past? Apparently, this very small country, in spite of its brave history, seems to be heading towards a rather downward spiral.

So, what exactly is happening in Nepal?

Multiple things, to be honest. But since we live in a world that defines and assesses your worth on the basis of your wallet, I will begin with the economy.

Economy

Nepalese economy has the potential to see its own share of high tides. However, one does not simply emerge as an economic power, especially when one is surrounded by ever evolving economies both in the north and south. Truth is, anything that Nepal seems to do in terms of economics, India and China have managed to do better.

In fact, stagnant economy was one of the key aspects of the manifesto of the revolution that toppled the monarchy in Nepal and transformed the erstwhile Himalayan Kingdom into a Republic. Yet, the conditions have not changed. Or at least they have not changed for the better, sadly.

The primary flaw of Nepalese economy has been the rampant corruption, which has crippled the entire homespun economic model. Oh dear, economists will cite multiple reasons for this: lack of capitalist and privatization model (yeah, whatever), excessive state interference in the growth model, little foreign trade, untapped natural resources, and so on. But at the end of the day, if you are seeking reasons for the dismal state of Nepalese economy, you do not need to look so far.

Truth is, the monarchy has been replaced by a government that is not, by any means, stable. Political instability is the mother of economic fluctuation. Add to it the fact that a land-locked country in a mountainous region does not have the best opportunities in terms of infrastructure, and you have all the recipes for economic disasters. In spite of it all, Nepalese economy has proven to be resilient enough: even during the last days of the monarchy, Nepal managed to retain the homespun characteristic of its economies.

Furthermore, on the paper, the record is not so bad: as of 2012, out of 37 state-owned enterprises, 21 are operating with a decent profit margin. In reality, if anything, Nepalese economy is marred more by the disparity in income and poverty, as well as cultural issues.

Speaking of cultural issues – this brings me to my next point.

Culture and Society

Read this.

With a decent growth in population and education, Nepal is going through a transitionary phase. Yet, religious dogmas and godmen dominate the society even to this day. And by domination, I do not mean the Indian or Pakistani model, where the major cities have managed to develop a rational line of thought, and the dogmatic lifestyle is best witnessed in rural or semi-urban areas. In Nepal, even the capital city of Kathmandu is predominantly orthodox and often superstitious.

For a good number of years, Nepal was the world’s only Hindu kingdom. After the elimination of monarchy, a series of laws have been passed to uplift the status of women and the outcasts, especially during and after the year 2005. Doesn’t help; you do not outlaw centuries-old traditions within weeks, do you?

This is where Nepal seems to be staggering: with rapid modernization and urbanization becoming the norm all around the world, the Nepalese society is finding is extremely difficult to cope with the changing trends. The outcome is anyone’s guess: crime rate rises, poverty increases, gender disparity deepens, discontentment sets in.

Politics and Diplomacy

Nepal is situated between two big regional powers, China and India (talk about strategic location, eh?). For many years, Nepal and India have acted as each other’s de facto allies, including treaties that allowed citizens/subjects of one country to travel to another sans a visa. As a matter of fact, back in the day, Hindu right-wingers in India always loved Nepal for being the world’s only Hindu kingdom.

However, after the elimination of the Nepalese monarch, things have started to change. Today, Nepal seems to be trying to balance its position vis a vis India and China. The current regime has visible left-wing tendencies, and it receives its share of sympathy and affection from China. Naturally, India does not like the Chinese advances towards its age-old friend. Add to this the fact that on the world map, Nepal is situated right below where Tibet used to be (and while we are at it, also slightly near to the Kashmir region), and I hate to sound so pessimistic, but you have another historical contentious issue in the making between India and China.

Plus, the current regime in Nepal has its own internal challenges to face. Hardline Communists have denounced the current leadership, by citing deviance from ideology as a reason. Establishing secularism in a country that has not really seen religious tolerance, fighting corruption, keeping the monarchy loyalists at bay (and executing them whenever the need arises, or mood be), improving the infrastructure, balancing judiciary, legislature and military powers – enough tasks for a lifetime!

Appraisal…

Nepal currently ranks fourth on the list of countries that are vulnerable due to climate change. Sadly, the majority of the Nepalese people do not understand or grasp this fact; as a result, environment-damaging practices continue unaffected and unhindered.

But, every cloud has a silver lining. Amidst all this, the efforts of the government to eliminate economic and religious problems may have been thwarted as of now, but a proper political setup has, at least, ensured that Nepal as a country realizes bigger issues such as climate change, and the need for regional peace and prosperity.

Thus far, Nepal has done a good task of balancing its relations with India and China, and also made significant advances in terms of electricity management. The road so far has not been a joy ride for Nepal, and it looks even more disturbing in the next few decades. The outcome remains to be seen.

Sufyan bin Uzayr is a writer based in India and the Editor of Brave New World (www.bravenewworld.in). He is associated with numerous websites and print publications and has also authored a book named “Sufism: A Brief History”. You can visit his website (www.sufyanism.com) or find him on Facebook (www.facebook.com/sufyanism).

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Educational Deficit and the War on Youth

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_educational_deficit_and_the_war_on_youth_20130620/

Posted on Jun 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Iran seizes intruding UAE boats in PG

0

Fishing boats are seen in front of oil tankers in the Persian Gulf waters. (File photo)

Iranian naval forces have seized two intruding fishing boats from the United Arab Emirates in Iran’s territorial waters in the Persian Gulf, an Iranian commander says.

Å“The [Iranian] forces at Abu Mousa Marine Patrol Base detected two intruding UAE vessels while fishing in the Persian Gulf waters and issued the order for capturing them,” said commander of the base, Colonel Ali Vesali.

Å“After seizing the two vessels, the Iranian forces arrested 12 Emirati sailors and an Indian sailor on board the boat[s] and transferred them to a military dock,” he added.

The vessels were fishing illegally in Iranâ„¢s territorial waters, Vesali pointed out.

In early June, the forces of Iranâ„¢s marine patrol seized two Saudi fishing boats that had intruded into Iranian territorial waters near the southwestern province of Khuzestan.

Ten Indian crewmembers on board the vessels were arrested and handed over to the Islamic Republicâ„¢s Judiciary.

Iran also seized two other intruding Saudi vessels in December 2012 and January this year.

ASH/SS/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why Stiglitz is Wrong About Abenomics

0

Liberal economists in the US are absolutely ga-ga about Abenomics, and for good reason. Under Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe’s leadership the Bank of Japan (BoJ) has flooded financial markets with money pushing stocks up nearly 80 percent in a matter of months, while $116 billion in fiscal stimulus has turbo-charged the real economy lifting First Quarter GDP to an eye-watering 4.1 percent. Naturally, this astonishing performance has attracted the attention of pundits in the US who have lavished praise on Abe for his three-pronged approach to revitalizing the moribund Japanese economy and for his commitment to beating two decades of entrenched deflation. Nobel prize winning economist, Paul Krugman recently devoted an entire column to the topic in the New York Times where he congratulated Abe for his “sharp turn towards monetary and fiscal stimulus” noting that “stocks have soared, while the yen has fallen (which is) very good news for Japan because it makes the country’s export industries more competitive.” Here’s more from the Krugman piece:

“So the overall verdict on Japan’s effort to turn its economy around is so far, so good. And let’s hope that this verdict both stands and strengthens over time. For if Abenomics works, it will serve a dual purpose, giving Japan itself a much-needed boost and the rest of us an even more-needed antidote to policy lethargy.” (“Japan the Model”, Paul Krugman, New York Times)

While Krugman is somewhat cautious in his praise for Abe’s gigantic Quantitative and Qualitative Easing (QQE) program–which is on track to double the money supply in just two years— fellow Nobel prize winner, Joseph Stiglitz, shows no such restraint. In a breathless editorial in the New York Times, Stiglitz goes on and on about the virtues of Abe’s monetary and fiscal policies opining that “Abe… has done what America should have done long ago.” Here’s more from the same article:

“Mr. Abe’s plan also reflects an understanding that monetary policy can only go so far. One needs to have coordinated monetary, fiscal and structural policies.

Those who see Japan’s performance over the last decades as an unmitigated failure have too narrow a conception of economic success. Along many dimensions – greater income equality, longer life expectancy, lower unemployment, greater investments in children’s education and health, and even greater productivity relative to the size of the labor force – Japan has done better than the United States. It may have quite a lot to teach us. If Abenomics is even half as successful as its advocates hope, it will have still more to teach us….

Abenomics is, without a doubt, a huge step in the right direction.” –(“Japan Is a Model, Not a Cautionary Tale”, Joseph Stiglitz, New York Times)

Stiglitz is not only a top-notch economist, he’s also a really good guy. Still, I think he’s wrong about Abenomics, in fact, I think that if Krugman or Stiglitz read a little more about Abe’s so called structural reforms, they’d see that all the monetary and fiscal hullaballoo is just a smokescreen to conceal the same old trickle down, Voodoo reforms that have increased poverty, widened inequality,  and fueled social unrest everywhere they’ve been implemented. The truth is, Abenomics is just a cover for plain old class warfare. (like QE in the US.) Now take a look at this excerpt from an article in the Economist:  ”One area that reformers hoped the committees would tackle is Japan’s labour market. Unless they are going out of business, firms are barred from firing staff employees…….”

This provision to fire-workers-at-will is at the very top of Abe’s list of reforms.  So how does handing out pink slips fight deflation? How does it fix the tax code so capital is taxed at a higher rate than labor so personal consumption rebounds and real wages increase? (Wages have been drifting lower in Japan for 20 years.)  How does that increase labor’s share of productivity gains so workers can spend more at the grocery store, shopping malls or car lots?

It doesn’t help anything, does it? It’s just another giveaway to big business. And, remember, kicking employees to the curb, (“labor flexibility”) is at the top of Abe’s list of “reforms”.

And what other reforms does Abe have in mind? Here’s more from the Economist:

“Agriculture is in urgent need of reform as Japan enters negotiations for the Trans Pacific Partnership, a free-trade agreement, in July. Most farmers, tending tiny plots on a part-time basis, are uncompetitive. Companies should be allowed to buy farmland, said private-sector members of the ICC; at present they may only rent, and are bound by tight regulations.” (Economist)

Great. So Abe wants to sock-it-to the smalltime farmers who are busting their ass just to make ends meet so he can give a bigger share of the profits to the corporate cutthroats in Big Ag. That ought to fix the economy, don’t you think?

Then he plans to sign the sovereignty-eviscerating TPP which will give unprecedented legal powers to corrupt multinationals and thieving financial institutions. How does that improve the economy? And when has “free trade” ever benefited ordinary working people? Never, that’s when.

Abe also wants to create “a series of deregulated and lightly taxed zones around the country, to be overseen by a new minister.” (“Misfire: The Third Arrow of Abenomics”, The Economist)

That’s how you fight deflation; by creating tax free hideaways where slave-wage workers toil under prison camp conditions to boost profits for obscenely wealthy mega corporations? And—according to the Economist—this the “centerpiece” of Abe’s reforms. Some centerpiece, eh? Can you feel the love?

This is why I think Abenomics is a fraud that will fail miserably, because all the Keynesian claptrap surrounding the fiscal and monetary stimulus is just a fig leaf to conceal the real policy objectives, which are (as always) the privatization of public assets, the dismantling of vital market-stabilizing regulations, tax breaks for the wealthy, and a full-blown assault on working people.

Shinzo Abe is a fanatical, right-wing, militarist crackpot who is trying desperately to spark an economic revival so his rapacious pig-friends can enjoy another looting spree. Liberals like Stiglitz and Krugman would be well advised not to support that effort.

MIKE WHITNEY lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. Whitney’s story on how the banks targeted blacks for toxic subprime mortgages appears in the May issue of CounterPunch magazine. He can be reached at fergiewhitney@msn.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

'Russia to honor S-300 deal with Syria'

0

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov says Moscow will honor its contract to deliver S-300 air defense missile systems to the Syrian government.

“We respect all our contracts and are honoring all our contractual obligations [vis-à-vis Syria],” Lavrov said in an interview with Russian-language news channel Rossiya 24.

He added, “As yet, the contracts are not finished, they have not been delivered in full.”

Lavrov further noted that Russia would block all demands for the resignation of Syrian President Bashar al-Assadâ„¢s government at the forthcoming Geneva conference.

The Russian foreign minister stated that those calls were a Å“direct affront to us” from certain Persian Gulf states.

Lavrov also repeated Russia’s strong objection to a no-fly zone to be implemented over Syria.

He also cautioned Western states arming militants fighting against the Syrian government, stressing that most weapons would fall into the hands of armed men from the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front.

During an interview with Lebanonâ„¢s al-Manar TV in late May, Assad said Damascus is already in possession of the first batch of S-300 missile defense systems from Russia.

He noted that the second shipment of the Russian systems will be delivered to Syria soon. The Syrian president pointed out that Syria would respond to any Israeli aggression against the country.

Russia says that the shipment of the S-300 missile defense systems is aimed at deterring foreign intervention in Syria.

Syria has been gripped by turmoil since March 2011 and the foreign-sponsored militancy has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

MP/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

India backs Iran presidency of UN forum

0

India has voiced support for Iranâ„¢s presidency over the UN-sponsored Conference on Disarmament, saying it is an honor to hold talks under the presidency of Tehran, Press TV reports.

New Delhiâ„¢s support for Iran’s presidency of the international forum comes at a time when the United States and Israel are mounting pressure on India to distance itself from the Islamic Republic.

Indiaâ„¢s stance has irked the US, which along with Canada has already decided to boycott the conference proceedings and has refused to send a representative to the forum.

Å“The kind of propaganda against Iran for the last decade or more gives the impression that Iran is going to get a bomb and blow the world up in … time, which is completely illogical and goes against the sensible understanding of how nuclear energy is acquired,” strategic affairs expert, Maroof Reza, stated.

Å“Iran is a strategically very important country. It has always been a key player in the Central, West and Southern Asian matrix. Therefore it is an emerging power in Asiaâ„¢s geopolitical equations and India would continue to [be a] partner [for] Iran and benefit from this strategic partnership,” he added.

Established in 1979, the Conference on Disarmament is the world’s only permanent multilateral disarmament treaty negotiating body. The 65-member nation panel on nuclear disarmament reports directly to the United Nations General Assembly.

On May 27, Iran took over the rotating presidency of the body.

The organization is facing more serious problems with negotiations on the Fissile Material Cutoff Treaty suspended for a long time. India wants the talks to start soon as the mandate for them has already been provided.

In a statement, Indian Foreign Secretary Ranjan Mathai said the current impasse was due to the obstacles placed in its path rather than any inherent institutional shortcomings.

MRS/SS/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Superman Goes Bad, Joins the NSA

0

Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Would you let Superman spy on you in the shower? The NSA may already have the ability to do so.

As Obama fights to grant millions of illegal immigrants amnesty, there’s one alien he wouldn’t mind heading up his domestic surveillance outfit.

Superman’s superhuman abilities make him more than qualified to head up the NSA, the intelligence agency which was recently revealed to be downloading information “directly” from the central servers of Facebook, Google, Apple and Microsoft, among others, under a spy operation called PRISM.

While Superman’s superhuman intelligence may or may not mean he’s skilled enough to hack into critical infrastructure computer databases, his super speed could likely aid the NSA’s daily collection of millions of Verizon customers’ call data.

His super-hearing empowers him to listen in on millions of people’s phone calls, meaning the government could have forgone obtaining a secret Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISA) order granting the FBI “unlimited authority to obtain the data for a specified three-month period ending on July 19,” according to The Guardian.

Superman can also tune into specific sounds, and could possibly have supported the Department of Justice in monitoring Associated Press journalists’ phone calls, as we learned happened earlier this year in response to the AP’s publishing of a report on a failed Yemeni bomb plot.

His ability to see through walls would be beneficial in the hunt for NSA arch-nemesis Edward Snowden, the 29-year-old Booz Allen Hamilton contractor responsible for leaking what many in government consider sensitive, classified data.

Indeed, the Man of Steel’s x-ray vision and power of flight would be a comparable substitute for the drones former Congressman Ron Paul speculated could be used to find and “neutralize” the NSA leaker.

His superhuman powers would even give NSA partner Microsoft’s much-hyped and anticipated spy apparatus, the Xbox One, a run for its money.

The new console’s extra-sensitive microphones will constantly listen for you to give it commands, and can individually discern your voice from your friends.

The new Xbox will be sold with a new Kinect motion-sensing device that will be required to be plugged in to operate the console. Its high-definition camera creates a model of your human skeleton and can track you moving about in your home, leading many to infer that it will be able to know when you’re in the shower. As an added creepy bonus, Kinect will watch your eyes to make sure you’re engaged in ads or shows, and will be able to read your heartbeat just by looking at you.

The U.S. presidency has already taken some pointers from the son of Jor-El.

Hailing from the planet Krypton, Superman is naturally endowed with an incredible healing factor, enabling him to quickly mend his wounds, just like our presidential administrations quickly heal themselves from innumerable scandals through media spin.

His knack for disguise is also a trait most presidential administrations have already emulated. Just as Superman’s alter-ego Clark Kent allows him to travel the streets unnoticed, Obama also hides his criminal activity in plain sight.

A Hunger Strike for Justice at Guantanamo

A group of veterans from various wars are now on a long-term, hunger strike to close down Guantanamo and free, and free most of the remaining prisoners who continue to languish in horrific conditions there, with no apparent date in sight for their release, even though they have been cleared of an wrong-doing, Diane Wilson, is a fourth generation shrimper and an environmental activist on the Texas gulf coast, in her 50th day of a water-only hunger strike.

Dennis Bernstein: First of all, after 49 days…how are you doing?

DW: Well, a couple of days ago, I probably would have told you a different story but I got some electrolytes. Any time you’re on a fast this long, and you’re on water only, you tend to screw up your electrolytes, and I probably wasn’t drinking’ enough water. And I had, actually one of the vets, mailed me some electrolytes cause he didn’t think I was going to take ‘em. And it cleared up, my, my thinking’ cause my thinking’ it was like a fog went over my brain. And it would have been real difficult to interview me at that point. But I feel much better now.

DB: Well, I am glad you are feeling better now. Now, you were in fact, a medic in the Vietnam War…

DW: Yeah…

DB: …and then you became a Vietnam War protestor, right?

DW: Oh, absolutely. It was what I saw as a medic, that absolutely determined how I’ve felt about war ever since. Because, you know, I was just like those young guys that went in, that were, you know, that volunteered and you saw those Life magazine pictures of the medics. That’s the one that I saw…I saw those black and white photos of those medics wounded and reaching for the helicopter and trying to help a soldier and, you know, and I just felt the urge. I was going to be Florence Nightingale and I was going to go…I wanted to go to Vietnam. And that’s what I wanted to do and, I found out different. And I am a…I am totally committed to no war.

DB: In a sentence, or two, what did you learn?

DW: Ah, mainly, it’s when the army, cause I was in the army, when they take these young people and, if it’s a war, like the Vietnam War, they have to turn you to thinking as the other…and usually it was a dark skinned person, because there was a lot of movies they were showing and it was…they were the enemy, and it was this kill, kill, kill mentality.

And I remember the things that they would do to get the guys in that type of mentality, and then when I started seeing the guys being’ air lifted back, when you would get them in the wards, I mean, they were totally lost. You could, if you’d walk down the wards there would be such a fog of marijuana. I mean it was like a fog, and I remember, the guys, the only way they could show their gratitude for me…for me helping them, for taking care of them..it was. They would load down my nurse uniform with dope…with you name it, you know, Black Mollies, whether it was, crack, whether it was cocaine. I don’t know what all it was, but it was…and they were totally, totally lost.

And to see in a very short period of time that transfiguration of people. And what it was turning into…I remember actually, I went to my colonel and I told her “I’m not playing your game anymore. I said, I’m quitting.” And I did. I ah…she pretty much freaked out and told me to salute and go back and do what I was doing’ but I actually, I got a ticket to 
Canada. And I was probably one of the, I don’t know how many other WACS went to Toronto, Canada. And I absolutely refused to do it anymore.

And I wasn’t a part of a group, and didn’t have solidarity with people, it was just something I saw and experienced and I said, “This is not right.” And I eventually came back and they, they said I was a very…. un-American, and they gave me an undesirable, so I use that with pride.

DB: So, you have one of your major, graduate school diplomas was…

DW: It, was, yeah!

DB: And now I’m sure you’ve got it on your wall next to all the other great awards.

DW: Yes, yes.

DB:  Diane Wilson, you were a hero at many levels. For me, your battle to communicate with the people of Bhopal, coming from that part of Texas where you saw the water that you loved, that you worked on as a fishing boat captain, destroyed, and then you made unity with the people of Bhopal, you traveled around the world in the name of peace. And so this hunger strike that you are on now is really, just a continuation of extraordinary work, really, for the people, for peace. 

So, let me focus you now. Why is this important enough? Why is the closing down of Guantanamo important enough for you to put your very life, on the line? I believe…please forgive me…may I expose that you are not a youngster?

DW: No, I’m not. I’m sixty-five, not a youngster. Yes.

DB: Okay. Tell us why you are risking your life.

DW: Well, I tell you what, I’ve had a lotta environmental politics because I’ve been a fisherman, a shrimper all my life. And I was, several months back, I was at the Dallas dedication of the Bush library except I was on the protest end, and there was a lot of Vietnam vets out there, there was a lot of Code Pink, and we were protesting the dedication of the Bush library. And Media had just, that’s Media Benjamin had just came back from London. And she had been talking with the activist group that had been trying to get the British citizen from Guantanamo.

And quite frankly, you know, I had always been aware that there had been demonstrations with people in the orange jump suits. I had seen it in all of these, where these hearings were going on, and people standing back, but I had never really, really got in depth and so when she told me that she wanted to start a rolling hunger fast, an international hunger fast for the prisoners over there…I read, I read what was going on and it…it killed me…it killed me, because…I get real…

DB: It’s okay…

DW: I, I, its, its

DB: That’s all right, take a deep breath. It’s just fine. Now, this is love, and what you are doing. This is a commitment you’ve made. Please…just breath and, you know, they say in the old days of Greece, that crying was a sign of wisdom. They actually had crying rooms, so…

DW: OH, well, I feel that a little…but it’s, it was, it was a, it was a number of stuff. It was…ah, because I’m a fisherman, and because you sometimes have so little voice, and because the corporations are so powerful and they’re destroying…I understand what it is like, to not have a voice. And so, I understand why people go on hunger strikes. Because that is not a whim, it is not your first option, that takes…it comes from a different part of your brain. It not even a rational thing, it’s totally from your heart, and I totally understand what it is…feels like to come from your heart because it’s so desperate, and, and..oh…

DB: Take a deep breathe. It’s okay.

DW: The other thing is, is I have been in, because of my, my fighting the corporations is every thing you do is illegal. I have been arrested so many times for non-violent civil disobedience for just standing’ up, and so I understand what…a tenth of what it must be like for those guys to be in that prison. I know how brutal, how brutal in every mental, physical, psychological way those prisons can be. And for them to be in that situation, feeling that desperate…and then, also, for it to be my country! It’s like..this is not who I believe this country is.

And I can’t tell you how many people who think I am unpatriotic because I stand up and protest. They’re like…“Well, why don’t you go back from where you come from?” And I’m like “Well, I’ll have you know my grandfather was a native American Indian.” It’s like I don’t know how back home I can be, being in my own country. But it is like the American people, we have to make this country what we believe it to be, and what we were doing to those men, over there, what we have done to their families…you know.

Code Pink was just over in Yemen where a lot of the prisoners are from and, and, those, even the families, the children of men who are in those prisons, they are being discriminated against. They are being ostracized because it is their father or their brother who is over there. And the thing of it is it’s, eighty, I believe eighty-eight of them have been scheduled for release, for over three years. They have been in that prison for eleven years. The CIA finds no cause to prosecute…the FBI, the State Department, the Justice Department, and the Pentagon…and still they stay. For what reason?!

It’s politics. They are kicked from one end of that hill in Washington, to another. It’s all politics, and it is destroying people. And it is not what America is. And by God, it’s like, duh, the only way I know how to do it. Is I sincerely believe to make change you have to push it to the edge, and you get right in their faces. You become the witness and you get as close as you can.

So that’s what I did. And I, I…the only thing I know that can take it as far as those guys are taking it, is to do the very same thing. I know, the American people, the President, they can’t see those…has he went over to Guantanamo and saw those guys? Shoot, no! So I’ll do it right in front of him. And I will. And if I had a chance, to, to march right in there, and open his door, I’d dang sure do it.

DB: It’s amazing this parallel structure that you’re setting up. You’re there fasting in Texas…I know you’re going to be back on the east coast soon, but I guess I want to ask you…the President really, would it be correct to say, totally lied to the American people when he said he was going to close down Guantanamo? Then he just had another press conference where your comrade, Media, was taken out, trying to talk about what’s going on in Guantanamo, and he’s still talking about the bureaucracy…this is what I understand he’s talking about the bureaucratic possibilities of doing this, and this, and this…that maybe sometime in the future, somewhere in the world, there might be something done to start the release of these prisoners, cause I don’t hear anything about him releasing them. 

So, what would your dialogue, or your message to the President, be?

DW: Well, he just has to have the moral courage. Because, he can do it today. He should have done it yesterday, and the day before that. But he can do it today. And for him not to, it is the lack of the moral courage. And that is all it is, and there is a time, as President, as the most powerful man in the world, is that you have to stand up, or everything you represent to me, means nothing. It really does…I have so lost my faith in my government. I have so lost my faith, and believe it is up to the people to be a witness and make them do it. So I am trying to make him do it, with every part of my being, I’m trying to make him do it.

DB: And are you going to head east soon?

DW: Well, I’m going to Washington, D.C. and I’m going to be as close to that White House gate as I can be. Who knows?

DB: Who knows? Wow. Well, I’ve…talking to you, I can’t remember, I think I…can’t remember if you were under arrest the last time I talked you?

DW: Oh, yeah, yeah, yeah, I got kicked out of Washington. They kicked me out for going over the fence.

DB: Well, shall we say, as a senior member of the peace movement, what kind of advice, if a young woman or a young man, particularly a young woman came to you and said “Why are you doing this? Why are you fasting? I have my life ahead of me…and why would it be important for me to get involved in these kinds of issues?”

DW: Mainly I believe these issues have to do with who we are as people. What we have, our jobs, our accumulations, our job title…that is not who we are. Who we are is the good that we can do to make this country better. How we stand up…or how we sit down.

And, actually, it comes down to and, you know, a lot of times I try to be nice to people and I don’t say it as much, but it really is, there’s no excuse. There’s none. You know, people can tell me…”Well, when my kids grow up” or “When I get a better job.” Or, we talk to Democrats during the stop the war, it was a hunger fast there, and the Democrats were saying “Well, when we get in a better position.” And it’s like it’s always an excuse, and there is none. And I believe it has to do with moral integrity. And to me that’s the only valuable thing that you really, really have.

DB: Okay, well I’m not going to bother you anymore, Diane Wilson. We want you to be careful. We’re very proud…I mean, it is a very, incredible inspiration to many people that you take the stand that you do. And, there are many people who love you for it.

DW: Why, thank you very much, Dennis. I love hearing that…I don’t hear it, very often down here in my neck of the woods.

Dennis J. Bernstein is a host of “Flashpoints” on the Pacifica radio network and the author of Special Ed: Voices from a Hidden Classroom.  You can access the audio archives at www.flashpoints.net. He can be contacted at dennisjberstein@gmail.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

US to Leave Behind More than $70 Million in Military Equipment

0

Ernesto Londono
The Washington Post
June 20, 2013

Facing a tight withdrawal deadline and tough terrain, the U.S. military has destroyed more than 170 million pounds worth of vehicles and other military equipment as it rushes to wind down its role in the Afghanistan war by the end of 2014.

The massive disposal effort, which U.S. military officials call unprecedented, has unfolded largely out of sight amid an ongoing debate inside the Pentagon about what to do with the heaps of equipment that won’t be returning home. Military planners have determined that they will not ship back more than $7 billion worth of equipment – about 20 percent of what the U.S. military has in Afghanistan – because it is no longer needed or would be too costly to ship back home.

That has left the Pentagon in a quandary about what to do with the items. Bequeathing a large share to the Afghan government would be challenging because of complicated rules governing equipment donations to other countries, and there is concern that Afghanistan’s fledgling forces would be unable to maintain it. Some gear may be sold or donated to allied nations, but few are likely to be able to retrieve it from the war zone.

Read More

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 10:07 am

Tags: , , ,






This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Study: 70 Percent Of Americans On Prescription Drugs

0

CBS Atlanta

June 20, 2013

Researchers find that nearly 70 percent of Americans are on at least one prescription drug, and more than half receive at least two prescriptions.

Mayo Clinic researchers report that antibiotics, antidepressants and painkiller opioids are the most common prescriptions given to Americans. Twenty percent of U.S. patients were also found to be on five or more prescription medications.

The studyis uncovering valuable information to the researchers about U.S. prescription practices.

“Often when people talk about health conditions they’re talking about chronic conditions such as heart disease or diabetes,” Dr. St. Sauver stated in a Mayo Clinic press release. “However, the second most common prescription was for antidepressants – that suggests mental health is a huge issue and is something we should focus on. And the third most common drugs were opioids, which is a bit concerning considering their addicting nature.”

Nearly one in four women ages 50-64 were found to be on an antidepressant, with 13 percent of the overall population also on antidepressants. Seventeen percent of people in the study were being prescribed antibiotics, and 13 percent were on painkilling opioids.

As a whole, women and older adults received the most prescription drugs. Antidepressants and opioids were most common among young and middle-aged adults.

The percentage of people who took at least one prescription drug in the past month increased from 44 percent in 1999-2000 to 48 percent in 2007-08, the Mayo Clinic reports. Expenditures on prescription drugs reached $250 billion in 2009, and accounted for 12 percent of total personal health care expenditures.

According to the CDC, the percent of persons using at least one prescription drug in the past month increased nearly 50 percent between 2007 and 2010.

And the researchers said prescription drug spending will only increase in the future.

Evidence Indicates Michael Hastings Was Assassinated

0

Rolling Stone journalist made enemies in FBI, CIA

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

The revelation that Rolling Stone journalist Michael Hastings was working on a story about the CIA before his death and had contacted a Wikileaks lawyer about being under investigation by the FBI hours before his car exploded into flames has bolstered increasingly valid claims that the 33-year-old was assassinated.

Hastings died early Tuesday morning in Hollywood when his car allegedly hit a tree at high speed. The Los Angeles Coroner’s office has not yet been able to officially identify the body as Hastings because it is so badly burned.

Skeptics of the official narrative have highlighted eyewitness accounts which state that Hastings’ Mercedes “exploded”.

Images of the vehicle appear to show more damage to the rear, around the area of the fuel tank, than the front, leading to speculation that a car bomb which ignited the fuel could have been responsible for the incident.

“No matter how you slice this particular pie, a Mercedes is not just going to explode into flames without a little assistance,” writes freelance journalist Jim Stone. “Car fires in new cars happen for three main reasons – running the engine out of oil, or running the engine out of coolant, or after an absolutely huge car mangling accident, having the hot side of the battery short out against the frame before it reaches the fuse panel. And for all 3 of those normal reasons, which account for virtually all car fires in modern cars, the fire would have started in the engine compartment, progressed slowly, and scorched the hell out of the paint before ever reaching the gas tank. That clean paint is the be all tell all, Michael Hastings was murdered, and the rest is detail.”

Stone also questions why a white sheet has been draped over the vehicle in the image below.

The questions surrounding the precise nature of the “accident” that killed Hastings are given more weight by the fact that the journalist had made enemies within both the FBI and the CIA.

“Michael Hastings contacted WikiLeaks lawyer Jennifer Robinson just a few hours before he died, saying that the FBI was investigating him,” the official Wikileaks Twitter account announced yesterday.

Hastings “had the Central Intelligence Agency in his sights” and was set to release an article exposing the agency, according to L.A. Weekly.

The Obama administration and the Justice Department have openly claimed the authority to assassinate American citizens anywhere in the world if they are deemed a national security threat. A number of American citizens have already been killed as a result of this policy. Is it really that crazy to suggest that Michael Hastings was merely the latest victim of this doctrine?

The New York Daily News highlights the fact that Hastings had received multiple death threats before his demise.

Following his role in bringing down Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, Hastings was told by a McChrystal staffer, “We’ll hunt you down and kill you if we don’t like what you write.”

“Whenever I’d been reporting around groups of dudes whose job it was to kill people, one of them would usually mention that they were going to kill me,” said Hastings.

Hastings was renowned for being “only interested in writing stories someone didn’t want him to write – often his subjects,” according to Buzzflash editor Ben Smith, adding, “He knew that there are certain truths that nobody has an interest in speaking, ones that will make you both your subjects and their enemies uncomfortable. They’re stories that don’t get told because nobody in power has much of an interest in telling them.”

The fact that Hastings had made a plethora of enemies as a result of his hard-hitting investigative journalism has prompted a deluge of online comment speculating that the writer’s “car crash” was no accident.

“Hastings’ wreck might make sense on the freeway, but I doubt he’d be dumb enough to go 100 mph on Highland. He’s not some dumb college kid,” said one commenter on a local news site.

“A warning to other journalists to not dig too deep,” another Reddit user wrote. “Stick with the party line if you want a long, happy life.”

If this was an isolated incident then there wouldn’t be so many questions swirling about Hastings’ death. However, he’s certainly not the first individual to go up against the military-industrial complex and wind up in a coffin.

Other journalists who have proven to be a thorn in the side of the establishment have met the same fate, from Andrew Breitbart who was about to release damaging pre-election information about Barack Obama before he collapsed and died in strange circumstances, to Gary Webb, the Pullitzer prize-winning author who exposed the CIA’s involvement in the drug trade and subsequently committed “suicide” after apparently shooting himself in the head — twice.

More recently, Ibragim Todashev, friend of accused Boston bomber Tamerlan Tsarnev, was shot in the head six times by the FBI, who initially claimed Todashev was armed but later had to admit this was a lie. Speculation has raged that Todashev was assassinated because he had knowledge about the Boston bombings which the feds didn’t want to see the light of public scrutiny.

Despite his actions, the murder of Christopher Dorner, who was burned to death by LAPD officers while hiding inside a cabin, shows that authorities will not hesitate to resort to such methods.

It’s virtually inevitable that the true cause of Michael Hastings death will never be known and that the mainstream media will demonize anyone who questions the official narrative as a conspiracy theorist. Meanwhile, journalists and others who pose a threat to the military-industrial complex will continue to die in bizarre “accidents” that stink of foul play.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 10:09 am






This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Unasked and Unanswered Questions

0

Walter E. WilliamsGrutter v. Bollinger was the landmark U.S. Supreme Court decision that upheld the University of Michigan Law School’s racial admissions policy. Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, writing for the majority, said the U.S. Constitution “does not prohibit the Law School’s narrowly tailored use of race in admissions decisions to further a compelling interest in obtaining the educational benefits that flow from a diverse student body.” But what are the educational benefits of a diverse student body?

Intellectuals argue that diversity is necessary for academic excellence, but what’s the evidence? For example, Japan is a nation bereft of diversity in any activity. Close to 99 percent of its population is of one race. Whose students do you think have higher academic achievement – theirs or ours? According to the 2009 Program for International Student Assessment, the academic performance of U.S. high-school students in reading, math and science pales in comparison with their diversity-starved counterparts in Japan.

Should companies be treated equally? According to a Wall Street Journal op-ed (9/7/2009) by Manhattan Institute’s energy expert Robert Bryce, Exxon Mobil pleaded guilty in federal court to killing 85 birds that had come into contact with its pollutants. The company paid $600,000 in fines and fees. A recent Associated Press story (5/14/2013) reported that “more than 573,000 birds are killed by the country’s wind farms each year, including 83,000 hunting birds such as hawks, falcons and eagles, according to an estimate published in March in the peer-reviewed Wildlife Society Bulletin.” The Obama administration has never fined or prosecuted windmill farms, sometimes called bird Cuisinarts, for killing eagles and other protected bird species. In fact, AP reports that the Obama administration has shielded the industry from liability and has helped keep the scope of the deaths secret. It’s interesting that The Associated Press chose to report the story only after the news about its reporters being secretly investigated. That caused the Obama administration to fall a bit out of favor with them. But what the heck, the 14th Amendment’s requirement of “equal protection” before the law for everybody can be cast aside in the name of diversity, so why can’t it be cast aside in the name of saving the planet? There are politically favored industries just as there are politically favored groups.

What’s the difference between a progressive, a liberal and a racist? In some cases, not much. President Woodrow Wilson was a leading progressive who believed in notions of racial superiority and inferiority. He was so enthralled with D.W. Griffith’s “Birth of a Nation” movie, glorifying the Ku Klux Klan, that he invited various dignitaries to the White House to view it with him. During one private screening, President Wilson exclaimed: “It’s like writing history with lightning. And my only regret is that it is all so terribly true.” When President Wilson introduced racial segregation to the civil service, the NAACP and the National Independent Political League protested. Wilson vigorously defended it, arguing that segregation was in the interest of Negroes.

Dr. Thomas Sowell, in Intellectuals and Race, documents other progressives who were advocates of theories of racial inferiority. They included former presidents of Stanford University and MIT, among others. Eventually, the views of progressives fell out of favor. They changed their name to liberals, but in the latter part of the 20th century, the name liberals fell into disrepute. Now they are back to calling themselves progressives.

I’m not arguing that today’s progressives are racists like their predecessors, but they share a contempt for liberty, just as President Wilson did. According to Hillsdale College history professor Paul A. Rahe – author of Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift – in his National Review Online (4/11/13) article “Progressive Racism,” Wilson wanted to persuade his compatriots to get “beyond the Declaration of Independence.” President Wilson said the document “did not mention the questions” of his day, adding, “It is of no consequence to us.” My question is: Why haven’t today’s progressives disavowed their racist predecessors?

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Co-Founder of Notorious Anti-Immigrant Minutemen Group Arrested on Suspicion of Sexually Molesting Three Girls

0

The co-founder of the Minutemen vigilante border patrol group, also a former kindergarten teacher, was arrested in Phoenix for allegedly molesting three girls, Reuters reports:

Chris Simcox, 52, who co-founded the Minuteman Civil Defense Corps in 2005, was booked into a Maricopa County jail in connection with the molestation of three girls under the age of 10, said Sergeant Tommy Thompson, a Phoenix police spokesman.

Detectives with the department’s Family Investigations Bureau developed “probable cause” that Simcox had sexual conduct with the girls during the past several months, Thompson said. No other details were immediately available.

Simcox has denied the allegations to police. It was not known if he had an attorney.

He faces two counts each of child molestation and sexual conduct with a minor, and one count of attempted child molestation.

Simcox co-founded the Minutemen in 2002 with an announcement in a local paper headlined, “Enough is Enough! A Public Call to Arms!” In his call-to-arms, Simcox asked fellow anti-immigration activists to join his brigade to “shame the government into doing its job” patrolling the US-Mexico border. For 8 years, the group patrolled the border in southern Arizona, reporting suspected migrants to US Border Patrol.

As the Southern Poverty Law Center reported, this won’t be the first time Simcox is accused of sexual misconduct with a minor. In 1998, his ex-wife Deobrah Crews accused Simcox of molesting his 14-year-old daughter that he fathered with Crews. Although no charges were filed, the daughter broke off all communication with her father.

“He tried to molest our daughter when he was intoxicated,” Crews told SPLC. “When she ran out, he tried to say he was just giving her a leg massage and she got the wrong idea.”

Simcox’s alleged crimes directly contradict public rhetoric he’s used regarding his anti-immigration activism. In a speech to the California Coalition for Immigration Reform, he cried out against undocumented immigrants for “jeering at little girls walking on their way to school.” In an interview, Simcox responded to accusations of racism with a foreshadowing of today’s arrest: “When they ask me, ‘Well, what do you have to say to people who call you a racist?’ I come back at them with, ‘What do you have to say to people who call you a child molester?'”

Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Ex-terrorist Bill Ayers: Obama Should Be Tried for War Crimes

0

President Barack Obama should be tried for war crimes because of his policy of assassination-by-drone, former Weather Underground terrorist and Obama associate Bill Ayers (shown with his wife, fellow “Weatherman” Bernardine Dohrn) told RealClearPolitics (RCP).

In a “Morning Commute” interview with RCP’s Tom Bevan and Charlie Stone, Ayers said that he likes Obama because “he’s a curious person” who “asks questions” and “reads.”

“I like him personally,” he added. “I mean, he’s a really good guy.”

Despite his personal feelings toward the president, with whom he was closely associated during Obama’s years in Chicago, Ayers stated that on the whole, “I’d give him a failing grade” for his presidency. “But then,” he continued, “you’d have to compare that to the grades I gave all the other presidents in my lifetime,” all of which were F’s with “some F-minuses in there.”

Ayers, a self-described “small ‘c’ communist,” apparently believes that Obama is a failure as chief executive because he hasn’t been radical enough – not that Ayers is surprised by this.

“I don’t at all feel that Obama’s let anybody down,” he said. “All through the 2008 campaign he said consistently, ‘I am a middle-of-the-road, pragmatic politician.’”

“Obama’s not a radical,” he told the Daily Beast in April. “I wish he were, but he’s not.”

Many Americans would disagree with that assessment of the man of who has given us ObamaCare, trillion-dollar deficits, and the total surveillance state. But considering that those are largely expansions of previous policies promulgated by politicians of both parties – even ObamaCare was based on Republican notions, as witness Mitt Romney’s prototype law in Massachusetts and Newt Gingrich’s longtime defense of similar ideas – Ayers may have a point: Among the political class, Obama is considered more or less mainstream.

Sensing that Ayers was still being a bit lenient on Obama, giving him an F but suggesting that other recent presidents were even worse, RCP’s Stone went for the jugular. Pointing out that Ayers had nothing but “disdain” for Presidents Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, and George W. Bush, Stone asked, “But isn’t Barack Obama, as the sole authority for drone use, engaged in terrorist activity?”

Ayers didn’t flinch. “Absolutely,” he instantly responded. “Absolutely.”

“Do you think Barack Obama should be put on trial for war crimes?” Stone inquired further.

“Absolutely,” Ayers reiterated.

“At the Hague?” said Stone.

Ayers once more replied, “Absolutely.” “Yes, I think that these are war crimes,” he repeated. “I think they’re acts of terror.”

Ayers should know. The Weather Underground, of which Ayers was a cofounder, conducted a “deadly spree of bombings, shootings, jailbreaks, and robberies” in the 1970s, as The New American wrote in 2008.

TNA recounted the Weathermen’s crimes: “Hundreds of bombings (possibly thousands – there were over 5,000 bombings that may have been their work, but the perpetrators have not been identified), dozens killed, and millions terrorized by their tens of thousands of bombing threats.” (Emphasis in original.) Ayers and his wife, Bernardine Dohrn, who was also a Weatherman, “refuse to answer questions about their participation in those terror attacks” to this day, he added. They were once charged with some of these crimes but got off on a technicality, and they remain unrepentant about their involvement in the Weather Underground.

Still, when a former terrorist and friend of Obama says Obama is guilty of “acts of terror” that constitute “war crimes” for which he should be tried, there just might be something to it. And while constitutionalists might balk at having their president brought before the globalist International Criminal Court as Stone suggested, few would dispute the notion that Obama’s drone program is unacceptable.

The program, after all, gives the president untrammeled power to decide who lives or dies all around the world. He, and he alone, makes the final determination as to which individuals on his secret “kill list” will be targeted for death by drone, and those individuals – notwithstanding Attorney General Eric Holder’s assertions to the contrary – are deprived of their right to due process of law. American citizens such as Anwar al-Awlaki and his 16-year-old son, the latter of whom was not known to be suspected of any wrongdoing, have been murdered in cold blood by Obama’s drones. Thousands of other innocent people have been killed by them. A study by the law schools of Stanford University and New York University found that for every known terrorist assassinated by drone strikes in Pakistan, 49 civilians were killed. If such a policy does not constitute a war crime, what does?

Obama isn’t the only president Ayers finds guilty of war crimes. He also told RCP that “every president in this century should be put on trial” because “every one of them goes into office, an office dripping with blood, and then adds to it.” Given the body counts racked up by presidents from Franklin Roosevelt to Obama, one would be hard-pressed to contest Ayers’ claim, but it is still ironic that Ayers seems not the least bit conflicted about calling for the heads of others who have engaged in activities similar to those for which he escaped punishment.

Nevertheless, if by some chance Obama is brought to trial for his drone program, there is no question as to who the first expert witness for the prosecution should be. After all, who outside of Washington knows more about bombing innocent people than Bill Ayers?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Israel uses Palestine kids as shields: UN

1

A Palestinian teenager is tied to an Israeli military vehicle to stop his friends throwing stones. (File photo)

A United Nations human rights body has criticized the Tel Aviv regime for torturing Palestinian children, saying the Israeli military frequently uses them as human shields in its operations.

The UN Committee on the Rights of the Child said on Thursday Palestinian children in the occupied West Bank and blockaded Gaza Strip are normally not allowed to have their birth registered, and are denied access to health care, decent schooling as well as safe drinking water.

“Palestinian children arrested by (Israeli) military and police are systematically subject to degrading treatment, and often to acts of torture, are interrogated in Hebrew, a language they did not understand, and sign confessions in Hebrew in order to be released,” it said in a report.

The UN committee also expressed regret over Israel’s “persistent refusal” to respond to requests for information on children in the Palestinian territories and occupied Golan Heights since the last review in 2002.

“Hundreds of Palestinian children have been killed and thousands injured over the reporting period as a result of Israel military operations, especially in Gaza where Israel proceeded to [conduct] air and naval strikes on densely populated areas with a significant presence of children, thus disregarding the principles of proportionality and distinction,” the report stated.

The UN report also stated that an estimated 7,000 Palestinian children aged 12 to 17, but some as young as nine, have been arrested, interrogated and detained over the past ten years.

Many are brought in leg chains and shackles before military courts, while youths are held in solitary confinement, sometimes for months, the report said.

It voiced deep concern at the “continuous use of Palestinian children as human shields and informants”, saying 14 such cases had been reported between January 2010 and March 2013 alone.

Israeli soldiers had used Palestinian children to enter potentially dangerous buildings and forced them to stand in front of military vehicles to deter stone-throwing, it said.

“Almost all those using children as human shields and informants have remained unpunished and the soldiers convicted for having forced at gunpoint a nine-year-old child to search bags suspected of containing explosives only received a suspended sentence of three months and were demoted.”

Israel’s “illegal long-standing occupation” of Palestinian territory and the Golan Heights, continued expansion of “unlawful” settlements, construction of the separation fence into the West Bank, land confiscation and destruction of homes and livelihoods “constitute severe and continuous violations of the rights of Palestinian children and their families”, it said.

The Israeli Foreign Ministry reacted angrily to the UN Committee on the Rights of the Child report, and described it as Å“recycled old stuff.”

MP/KA/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FBI's Mueller Admits Use of Drones in Domestic Surveillance

0

At a hearing of the Senate Judiciary Committee on Wednesday, FBI Director Robert Mueller (shown) testified that his agency has used drones to monitor American citizens within the United States. He qualified the admission by saying the unmanned aerial vehicles have been used in only a “very, very, minimal way.”

During his testimony it seemed Mueller was almost coining words in order to dramatically downplay the use of drones in the FBI’s domestic surveillance.

“And I will tell you that our footprint is very small. We have very few and of limited use and we’re exploring not only the use but also the necessary guidelines for that use,” he testified.

This is the first time that the FBI has admitted that it uses drones to keep an eye on citizens. The key word in that last sentence being “admitted.”

“It’s very seldom used and generally used in a particular incident when you need the capability,” Mueller said. “It is very narrowly focused on particularized cases and particularized needs.”

Some of those “particularized needs” were described in further detail by FBI spokesman Paul Bresson.

In his testimony, Bresson said that the bureau used a drone to support local law enforcement during the standoff and hostage situation in Alabama in January of this year.

As Bresson described the deployment, the drone was used then in a way typical of the “very limited circumstances” when the FBI can use them to support a “specific operational need.” The drones, he added, “allow us to learn critical information that otherwise would be difficult to obtain without introducing serious risk to law enforcement personnel.”

Judiciary Committee Chairwoman Senator Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) compared the FBI’s use of drones to the recent revelations of wholesale, dragnet telephone and Internet snooping by the National Security Agency (NSA). Feinstein’s comparison, however, was not what civil libertarians and constitutionalists wanted to hear.

“If people are concerned about privacy, I think the greatest threat to the privacy of Americans is the drone … and the very few regulations that are on it today and the booming industry of commercial drones,” Feinstein said.

Feinstein’s statement is yet another perfect example of a politician floating a false dialectic in order to diminish the damage to liberty. By painting the problem as an either-or proposition, the NSA’s electronic assault on the Constitution is downplayed by the FBI’s admission of similar disregard of constitutional limitations on its power and of the Fourth Amendment.

The Fourth Amendment protects the “right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures.”

Furthermore, the Fourth Amendment also protects fundamental principles of justice by requiring that the government may only rely on warrants that are based “upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

While it is new, the FBI’s admission of its use of drones to conduct unwarranted surveillance, the act of ignoring liberty and the Constitution that protects it is not novel.

As the documents released by Edward Snowden reveal, the NSA has just as little concern for constitutional limits on its power or the inalienability of certain fundamental rights.

What is perhaps most demonstrably damaging to the future of freedom in this Republic is the scope and sophistication of the panoply of surveillance technologies already in use by the surveillance apparatus whose activities are carried out in shadow.

For example, can you imagine a world where the Department of Homeland Security, the National Security Agency, the FBI, Interpol, Los Alamos National Laboratory, the U.S. military, and the state police forces of all 50 states combine to keep you under constant surveillance? Guess what – you’re living in it.

Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is currently sponsoring research designed “to invent new approaches to the identification of people, places, things and activities from still or moving defense and open-source imagery.” 

In an update on the progress being made, DARPA described several concepts being worked on by six teams of researchers chosen to live and labor in the “DARPA Innovation House,” located somewhere near George Mason University in Virginia.

The first of the projects reportedly being cooked up in the DARPA test kitchens is called PetaVision. The DARPA statement describes PetaVision as one of the “Multi-Modal Approaches to Real-Time Video Analysis. Biologically-inspired, hierarchical neural networks to detect objects of interest in streaming video by combining texture/color, shape and motion/depth cues.”

While that summary is admittedly vague, a website maintained by the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) provides a bit more information not only on the technology, but why the federal government might find it useful in its quest to place every American under constant surveillance and to identify potential “domestic terrorists”:

We seek to understand and implement the computational principles that enable high-level sensory processing and other forms of cognition in the human brain. To achieve these goals, we are creating synthetic cognition systems that emulate the functional architecture of the primate visual cortex. By using petascale computational resources, combined with our growing knowledge of the structure and function of biological neural systems, we can match, for the first time, the size and functional complexity necessary to reproduce the information processing capabilities of cortical circuits. The arrival of next generation supercomputers may allow us to close the performance gap between state of the art computer vision approaches by bringing these systems to the scale of the human brain.

The definition of “petascale” is important in order to better understand that statement. 

Petascale is defined on Wikipedia as “a computer system capable of reaching performance in excess of one petaflops, i.e. one quadrillion floating point operations per second.” Such systems “will be used to do advanced computations in fields such as weather and climate simulation, nuclear simulations, cosmology, quantum chemistry, lower-level organism brain simulation, and fusion science.”

Admittedly, the potential uses for PetaVision are obscured behind the scientific jargon used in its description. However, empowering the federal government with any technology that can simulate the human brain’s ability to see and process information for the purpose of “detect[ing] objects of interest” in streaming video is terrifying. 

The New American’s reports on TrapWire published last year demonstrated, further, that it is very likely that the video feed from many of the traffic cameras, stoplight cameras, and similar devices may be monitored by agents of the federal government. If the ability of those agents to locate and follow a target increases, the ability of that target to evade detection logically decreases proportionally.

That is to say, once a person has been identified by the federal government as a potential threat, that person will be unable to seek refuge anywhere as emerging technology such as PetaVision will put every spot on the planet within the field of vision of the all-seeing, never-blinking eye of government.

Another tool being hammered out on the DARPA anvils is called Videovor. While no specific information on a technology with that name was found, a website offering scholarly journals covering the topic of visualization of video information was discovered.

On that website an abstract of an article written by scholars at the University of Wales, Swansea (U.K.), makes immediately apparent the attraction such work has for the domestic spying agencies of the federal government:

Video data, generated by the entertainment industry, security and traffic cameras, video conferencing systems, video emails, and so on, is perhaps most time-consuming to process by human beings. In this paper, we present a novel methodology for “summarizing” video sequences using volume visualization techniques. We outline a system pipeline for capturing videos, extracting features, volume rendering video and feature data, and creating video visualization. We discuss a collection of image comparison metrics, including the linear dependence detector, for constructing “relative” and “absolute” difference volumes that represent the magnitude of variation between video frames. We describe the use of a few volume visualization techniques, including volume scene graphs and spatial transfer functions, for creating video visualization. In particular, we present a stream-based technique for processing and directly rendering video data in real time. With the aid of several examples, we demonstrate the effectiveness of using video visualization to convey meaningful information contained in video sequences.

Among the noteworthy revelations in this abstract is the fact that this technology will be used to render “video data in real time” and that the source of that video feed is to be provided by “security and traffic cameras, video conferencing systems, video emails, and so on.”

Is it not reasonable to believe, in light of this rash of revelations, that such immensely powerful video summarizing technologies are already in use by the NSA and other federal snooping agencies whose employees are monitoring, recording, and storing the electronic communications of every American?

Furthermore, is there a better reason than the aggregation, recording, and storing of every word and electronic communication of every American for the set up of supercomputers at the NSA’s sprawling complex under construction near Salt Lake City, Utah?

Keeping all of this in mind, Mueller’s testimony is hardly remarkable.

What is more jarring is the fact that soon the Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable searches and seizures will be obviated because the federal government will no longer need to “search” for things in the traditional sense of the word, as every place and every person will already be ever-present before its powerful eye and every law enforcement agency in the world will instantly have the images distributed by the supercomputers that gather them.

Photo of FBI Director Robert Mueller: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Cancer Survivor Wins Supreme Court Battle Over Gene Patenting

0

Julie Wilson
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

Genae Girard is breast cancer survivor, an author and also a consultant for patient advocacy. She was diagnosed with breast cancer at the early age of 36. Girard’s oncologist showed her a frightening, but mandatory video encouraging and arguably demanding that she get the BRCA gene testing. Girard proceeded with her doctor’s recommendation and turned to a company called Myriad Genetics, Inc. located in Salt Lake City, Utah that specializes in gene testing. With help from a team of experts from the University of Utah, Myriad Genetics developed a test with the ability to identify two mutated genes called BRCA1 and BRCA2.

A fact sheet from The National Cancer Institute claims the presence of these mutated genes determines a persons risk for breast and ovarian cancer. This particular topic has recently gained momentum after Hollywood actress Angelina Jolie underwent a double mastectomy once discovering she carried the mutated genes.

The patents allowed Myriad Genetics to create a monopoly on the gene testing, prohibiting other companies from administering the cancer predicting tests. When asked about this monopoly Girard said: “The fact that one company has the ability to bank all of our breast cancer data is a really big deal. That retards research in so many different ways and we can’t get that back, they own all of that information.”

Sadly, Girard tested positive for the BRCA2 gene mutation but was unable to seek a second opinion because of the company’s restrictive gene patents. Adding even more heartache to her situation, the insurance company wouldn’t cover the costs for a second test, which averages a whopping $4,500. After several failed attempts at obtaining a second opinion, Girard made the difficult decision to have both her breasts and ovaries removed based on the results of one exclusive test.

Feeling burned by the company’s patents, and being forced to make life altering decisions on just one test, Girard and five others sued Myriad Genetics claiming no company should have patent rights on an individual’s genes. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) acted as the governing body on the case, representing the women under the Women’s Rights Project. The ACLU researched a pool of candidates and selected six women based a diverse set of problems they each experienced with Myriad.

After devoting more than two and a half years of their lives to fighting patents that were granted illegally, a major victory came for the plaintiffs last Thursday. In the case titled Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, the Supreme Court released a written decision by the Justice Department ruling that DNA is a product of nature, ending the two-decade long monopoly on the tests. However, the court ruled that synthetic DNA, or cDNA that’s man-made or manufactured in a laboratory, can be legally patented.

In a 2005 study, the ACLU reported that more than 4,382 of the 23,688 human genes in the National Center for Biotechnology Information’s gene database are patented. This means that nearly 20 percent of discovered human genes are claimed as intellectual property by privatized government funded companies and public universities.

For the last 20 years, the patents owned by Myriad Genetics has prevented other companies from studying these mutated genes allowing the company to hold exclusive rights over the mutations along those particular genes. So far, nearly 2,000 distinct gene mutations and sequence variations have been discovered along the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, but further studies have been halted by previous patents leaving the significance unknown.

A study published in the US National Library of Medicine shows that glyphosate, a chemical weed killer that’s regularly used on genetically-engineered crops, can act as an endocrine disruptor. Endocrine disruptors are chemicals that can potentially interfere with the hormone system in mammals.

These particular chemical exposures increase the number of breast cancer cells through cell growth and cell division. Girard says she believes there’s high amounts of estrogen floating around in many different places including our food, water and physical environment. She believes that feeding cows and pigs a corn fed diet verses a grass fed diet has created an increase in the fat content consumed in human foods.

The Supreme Court’s recent ruling on this matter is a game changer for the medical industry. To start, removing these patents will open up the testing for competitors to participate, meaning doctor’s won’t be forced to rely solely on Myriad’s test. Opening up the market for competition will allow test pricing to decrease substantially, ending the extensive legalities and in turn increasing product development.

Even the inventor behind it all, Mary-Claire King, who first discovered the BRCA1 gene is on board with the Supreme Court’s ruling. When asked about her reaction to the court’s ruling, Mary-Claire King said “I am delighted, this is a fabulous result for patients, physicians, scientists, and common sense. When I was working on it from 1974 to 1994, it did not cross my mind that a legal case that would end up in the Supreme Court would be the consequence of my work. But it did, and sometimes that’s what happens when you start in a new area of science. It’s a relief to have a decision after so many years, and I’m so gratified that it was a unanimous decision.”

Amazingly, Girard has turned a devastating and potentially deadly situation into a powerful movement for individual’s rights. Not only has her movement helped women across the globe, but it’s transformed the choices women can make when faced with a cancer diagnosis.

Since her life changing diagnosis, Girard has started a breast cancer group called Beyond the Boobie Trap that focuses on educating, encouraging and empowering women dealing with breast and ovarian cancer. Girard also released a book titled “Off the Rack, Chronicles of a Thirty-Something, Single, Breast Cancer Survivor” in which she shares her personal journey as a breast cancer survivor. Until recently she operated a Facebook page that attracted more than 2.1 million interactions per month but was shut down due to Facebook’s claims that her interactions were becoming a medical liability.

Thankfully for advocates like Genae Girard and Mary-Claire King, Myriad Genetics has been forced to release it’s exclusive grip on gene testing technology. As the never-ending advancements in medical technology progresses, the fight for preserving human rights will surely continue, leaving it up to the public to act as watchdogs against government funded corporatism.

Rocking São Paulo

0

São Paulo.

Last Thursday, June 13th, I was crossing a bridge on foot in the center of São Paulo with my wife after doing some shopping when the military police stopped us and asked us to open our bags. “What do you have in here? Are there any rocks?” One of the policemen examined a plastic bottle of sparkling water and sniffed the contents before returning it to my wife. When they’d finished, we continued on to the Municipal Theater, the meeting point for the next round of protests that had been rocking the city.

I’d always heard that Brazilians were unusually passive when it comes to politics. My friends lament that theirs is a country where soccer and carnival reign and education languishes. There is a sense that once elected, politicians are indifferent to the demands of the public, irresponsible with their money and unaccountable for their actions.

Paulo Maluf, a former mayor of São Paulo (the largest city in Latin America) and governor of São Paulo (state), wanted by Interpol for conspiracy to commit grand larceny and criminal possession of stolen property, is currently serving as a federal deputy (an elected representative to the lower chamber of congress). Fernando Collor de Mello, a former president of Brazil who had resigned and was subsequently impeached on corruption charges and banned from politics for eight years, is currently serving as a senator from the Northeastern state of Alagoas. The Federation of State Industries of São Paulo, estimates that about 25 billion dollars (US) are embezzled from government coffers every year. Another São Paulo federal deputy, Marco Feliciano, who has made disparaging comments against Africans, gays and women, is the recently elected president of the lower chamber’s Commission on Human Rights and Minorities.

For the World Cup in 2014, the government is spending about $15 billion, much of that for building stadiums that are frequently over budget and behind schedule. Multiple stadiums are located in cities, which will never be able to fill the seats once the tournament ends. In addition, the government canceled or pushed back until after the World Cup many of the promised expansions in public transportation for the tournament, expansions which in most cases are desperately needed. In São Paulo, the subway trains are unbearably packed during a rush hour that never seems to end, and the trains come to many frequent unplanned stops.

More troubling, economic growth in the country slowed to a growth rate of 0.9% in 2012, coinciding with a decrease in demand for commodities in China. I couldn’t blame my Brazilian friends for their pessimistic take on politics.

But when the city of São Paulo raised subway and bus fares by ten cents to $1.60 (the minimum wage in the state is about 375 dollars per month before taxes), the pent up frustration of the city’s residents appeared to burst, at least by Brazilian standards. Three protests occurred in less than a week starting on the sixth of June, and the last had seen at least 10,000 protestors. There were similar protests in Rio de Janeiro and Porto Alegre among other cities.

On June 13th, the planned date of the fourth protest, I decided to attend, curious to see what could have brought so many of the seemingly lethargic paulistanos (as inhabitants of the city are called) out into the streets. Was this naïve idealism, violent delinquency or something else?

It started out like a rally before a soccer game. Protestors on the steps of the theater shouted slogans, others held up banners and posters, a few beat drums and cymbals. I saw children with mothers, university students, blue class workers, punks, card carrying members of various political parties and a few individuals who appeared to be in their fifties or sixties. Everybody was friendly. It felt like a party.

As the march started, residents cheered from their windows and held up signs of support, a few even tossed white confetti out of their offices. The protestors chanted, “São Paulo has awoken.” A few smiling individuals turned around to take pictures with their phones of the mass of people advancing behind them.

I never saw anyone with stones or Molotov cocktails, although I did occasionally detect a whiff of freshly drying spray paint. In general I noticed few acts of destruction. Protestors shouted down an individual who threw a glass bottle on the ground. I did notice many people with flowers and cameras though.

As the protestors headed up a street, they stopped near a gas station. I saw a young man in a yellow shirt talking to a colonel of the military police surrounded by the press. I would later learn that the young man was explaining to the colonel the route of the rest of the protest. The colonel congratulated him on the peacefulness of the protest, and asked the protestors to break for a short time.

About fifteen minutes later, I heard shots fired. The police were using tear gas canisters, rubber bullets and smoke bombs. I couldn’t understand what had happened.

Chaos ensued. Panicking protestors ran in all directions. A few shouted to stick together: smaller groups would make easier targets for the police. Many started to chant “No violence!” My wife and I followed a large group up another street until we noticed a formation of heavily armored and masked policeman coming in the opposite direction. Bar and restaurant owners scrambled to close their doors. We turned. A canister landed not far from us. We headed up an apparently empty street only to encounter more police. Turning back and cutting across streets, we finally managed to reach a metro stop and catch a train away from the action. Others weren’t so lucky.

The UN Human Rights Council recommended in 2012 that Brazil disband its military police because of their chronic use of excessive force. Their indiscriminate attempts to suppress the protest seemed to confirm why. They had fired into a subway station, into a passing car, into an apartment building where someone was filming, and into a crowd of journalists who screamed that they were members of the press. In all they had injured at least fifteen journalists. One photographer will likely go blind because of his injuries.

They also detained two other journalists for several hours, one for carrying vinegar, which is supposed to diminish the effects of tear gas. They shot a teacher with a rubber bullet, who was on her way home from church. Several hours after everything had calmed down, they pulled a couple who had participated in the protest, out of a bar and started beating them up. One policeman broke a window of his own vehicle. In order to prevent the protestors from interrupting traffic in one of the main arteries of the city, they had completely shut it down. Accounts of their excesses flooded the internet.

However, the reaction of various government officials and several outlets of the mainstream media demonstrated how out of touch they are. A prosecutor, Rogério Leão Zagallo, wrote on his Facebook after one of the protests that the police should have killed the protestors who slowed down his commute, since he could have taken care of any potential criminal charges that followed. The governor of São Paulo, Geraldo Alckmin, whose name has been associated with at least two corruption scandals, one of which involves the bribery of state government officials in exchange for government contracts for subway trains for the city of São Paulo, said that the state had the best police in the country and that the protestors, whom he considers most likely part of some political movement, were responsible for a majority of the violence, and that any police excess was rare and isolated. The national minister of justice, José Eduardo Cardozo, promised that the federal government would be willing to help the government of São Paulo in any way it could. The neighboring state of Minas Gerais made any protests that block traffic illegal during the Confederations Cup soccer tournament. Rede Globo, the largest television network in Brazil and one of the largest in the world, focused its coverage almost exclusively on acts of vandalism.

The next march in São Paulo occurred on Monday, June 17th. Estimates for the protest in São Paulo on Monday ranged anywhere from 65,000 to 250,000. The march was marked by an absence of violence. At one point the police even sat down in the street together with the protestors.

Over one hundred other Brazilian cities have organized similar protests, and more than fifty cities across Europe, Latin America, the US, Canada, and Japan have organized protests in solidarity with the Brazilian protestors. Governor Alckmin wrote a note recognizing the “national dimensions” of the movement and praising its leaders. President Dilma defended their legitimacy. On Tuesday, June 18th, another protest movement in São Paulo ended in an invasion of city hall and looting of nearby stores. On Wednesday, June 19th, Governor Alckmin and the Mayor of São Paulo made a joint statement saying that they would be lowering the fare of the city back to $1.50. Mayor Haddad, who had previously argued that lowering the fare wasn’t financially possible, added that society would now need to have a peaceful debate over how to redo the city’s budget. Protestors will hold a celebratory march on Thursday. The city of Rio de Janeiro also lowered its fares.

This past week I’ve heard many people say that they feel proud to be Brazilians for the first time in their lives. But the big question is what comes next. As groups jockey to take control of the movement, proposed protests have included everything from preventing the constitutional amendment, PEC 37, which would make the police the only organ allowed to investigate crime, and Deputy Feliciano’s Commission on Human Rights’ recently approved proposal that would allow psychologists to treat homosexuality, to vaguer anti-corruption movements, to the impeachment of the governor or the president or even in a few extreme cases, calls for a return to the military dictatorship. The sleeping giant has awoken. It remains to be seen where its wrath will be directed now.

Brendan Levy lives in Brazil. 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Are the Armed Forces a Rape Culture?

0

US invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan have produced quagmires of crime, corruption and abuse, beginning with the torture of prisoners, the creation of offshore penal colonies, and repeated airborne attacks on shepherd boys, wedding parties, TV crews and allied troops – and ending with atrocity-producing chauvinism, bigotry, night-time home invasions and indefinite detention without charges. We don’t so much spread democracy as shred a mockery.

This war system has produced epidemic suicide rates, boot camp fatalities, plane and copter crash losses, friendly fire deaths, “green-on-blue insider” attacks by Afghan trainees, combat wounds and amputations, PTSD and several unknown or undiagnosed syndromes many of which are permanently debilitating. The abuse and even murder of spouses are on the rise among returning vets while sexual battery, assault and rape have reached staggering rates.

The Department of Defense’s 2012 Annual Report on Sexual Assault in the Military estimates there were 26,000 sexual assaults in the military last year, up 35 percent from 19,000 in 2011. You know that sexual predators are rampaging through the services when the president calls the rape statistics “shameful” and “disgraceful,” when Pentagon Chief Chuck Hagel calls the chronic outrages a “betrayal” and a “scourge that must be stamped out,” and when the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Martin Dempsey says, “We’re losing the confidence of the women who serve.”

Why would Dempsey admit such a thing? Because, according to Kirby Dick, director of the film “The Invisible War,” less than one percent of the 26,000 cases resulted in a court-martial conviction. Kirby’s documentary reviews the scandal of military commanders – not prosecutors and judges – deciding whether to prosecute “embedded serial sexual predators.”  In a recent editorial, Dick writes, “500,000 uniformed men and women have been assaulted since 1991” (the year of the Navy’s Tailhook sexual assaults in Las Vegas), and fewer than 15 percent were ever reported. In 1996, Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland was the site of infamous sexual assaults on female recruits. In 2003, it was the Air Force Academy in Colorado that represented the military’s rape scene.

The problem of unreported and unprosecuted sexual assaults in the military is notorious. Of the estimated 26,000 cases last year, the Department of Defense claims only 3,374 were reported. Tens of thousands of victims keep quiet out of fear of retribution by superior officers and a distrust of the military court system.

One such case came to light June 1, 2013 as the Naval Academy announced that three of its football players were under investigation for the serial rape of a female midshipman in 2012. The victim’s lawyer, Susan Burke, has said that after reporting her attack the sophomore was harassed and taunted by other midshipmen and ostracized and retaliated against by the Naval Academy community. While still under investigation, the three perpetrators were allowed to play football while the victim was disciplined for underage drinking. They were formally charged June 19, 2013. In a second case, on May 1, 2013, the Air Force said it disciplined five former commanders for not reporting sexual assault allegations at Joint Base San Antonio — Lackland in Texas – where 18 sexual assault trials have taken place and 32 basic training instructors are under investigation for assaulting recruits. In addition, on May 14, 2013 Sgt. Michael McClendon at West Point was charged with secretly videotaping a dozen women, sometimes in the shower. In December 2012, a Pentagon report warned that sexual assaults reported by students at its three prestigious military academies jumped 23 percent in one year.

Three more current cases – beyond being too ironic for words – telegraph just how pervasive the culture of male sexual violence is in the military and how unlikely it is to be abolished by committee. First, Army Lt. Col. Darin Haas, sexual assault prevention officer at Fort Campbell in Ky., was removed from his position after being charged with and arrested for stalking and violating a restraining order procured by his ex-wife. Second, an Army sergeant first class that served as a sexual assault prevention and response coordinator at Fort Hood, Texas, is now accused of abusive sexual contact, assault, pandering and maltreatment of subordinates. Third, Lt. Col. Jeffrey Krusinski – who until May 7, 2013 was in charge of the Air Force’s sexual assault prevention and response branch – was arrested on a charge of sexual battery for allegedly groping a women after midnight in a parking lot.

The case of Virginia Messick, who was raped at basic training in Texas, is grimly representative, although her assailant, Staff Sgt. Luis Walker, went to prison last July for raping 10 trainees. Messick didn’t initially report being raped. She was staggered by the dilemma that the rapist was the same officer she was supposed to inform.

Under pressure from Pentagon brass, Congress rejected a bill by Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand of N.Y. that would have given military prosecutors, not commanding officers, the power to decide which sexual assault cases to try. Without fear of retaliation, the law would have increased the number of reported crimes, but the generals objected, saying it would negatively affect “good order and discipline.” Gillibrand didn’t buy the cliché. She told the generals at a senate hearing in March 2012, “I don’t know how you can say having 19,000 sexual assaults and rapes a year is discipline and order.”

John LaForge is a co-director of Nukewatch, a nuclear watchdog and environmental justice group in Wisconsin, edits its Quarterly, and writes for PeaceVoice.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Brazilians protest despite govt. U-turn

0

People rally in Rio de Janeiro on June 19, 2013 even after Brazil’s two biggest cities rolled back the transit fare hikes.

Brazilians have thronged the streets of two big cities despite the reversal of public transport fare rises.

The protesters blocked main roads in Sao Paulo and Brasilia, while demonstrators in Rio de Janeiro clashed with police late on Wednesday.

The demonstrations came after authorities in Rio and Sao Paulo announced the reversal of a 10-cent hike in public transport fares.

Rio Mayor Eduardo Paes said the move would be a Å“big sacrifice” and said other investments should be cut accordingly.

The protests were triggered by the transit fare hikes, but have fueled with anger at the governmentâ„¢s lavish spending on the Confederation Cup, next yearâ„¢s World Cup and the 2016 Olympic Games.

Earlier in the day, 10,000 protesters flooded the streets of the northern city of Fortaleza before Brazil football team played with Mexico in the Confederations Cup.

Protesters threw stones at riot police, who responded with tear gas and rubber bullets.

On Monday, an estimated 240,000 people demonstrated across the nation, turning the protest into the largest in 20 years. Authorities reported that, in Rio de Janeiro, 20 officers and 10 demonstrators were injured in the Monday clashes.

More than 250,000 people have taken to the streets in over a dozen cities across the country over the past few days.

The demonstrators say they are angry at the vast amount of public money being spent on preparations for hosting next yearâ„¢s World Cup. They argue that the government should instead spend public funds on health, education and other public services.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama mistakes Chancellor for singer

0

British Chancellor George Osborne has suffered humiliation in front of G8 world leaders after being called Å“Jeffery” repeatedly by the US President Barack Obama.

During his briefing to G8 leaders on tax avoidance, Obama called Osborne three times by the wrong name Å“Jeffery”. He said he completely agreed with “Jeffrey” and adding “Thanks for that, Jeffrey” at its conclusion.

Obama was reported to have apologized to Osborne, saying that he had confused the British Chancellorâ„¢s name with his favorite R&B singer Å“Jeffery Osborne”.

But 42-year-old Osborne, who is supposed to be the G8â„¢s key official in saving the worldâ„¢s economy, is unlikely to be mistaken by the 65-year-old Rhode Island-born singer Jeffery Osborne.

According to reports, the US musician was delighted that his name had come first to the presidentâ„¢s mind at the G8 summit. He also suggested he should join the UK Chancellor for a duet when he next tours in Britain.

Å“Tell the Chancellor when I come over I will have to hook up with him and we will do a duet of On The Wings Of Love [his best known 1982 hit], or something,” Jeffery Osborne said.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kyrgyzstan ends US lease of airbase

0

A file photo shows US cargo planes at the Manas Transit Center outside Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan.

A vast majority of lawmakers in Kyrgyzstan have voted to end the US lease of an airbase used for the transfer of American troops to Afghanistan.

On Thursday, the Kyrgyz lawmakers voted ninety-one to five in favor of ending the agreement to lease the Manas airbase in June 2014. The bill will take effect after being signed by the Kyrgyz president.

The move dashes US hopes of holding the base in exchange for paying more rent.

Washington has been paying sixty-million dollars annually for the base. All US troops moving in and out of Afghanistan travel through Manas.

The base, located outside the Kyrgyz capital Bishkek, had been set up to assist US-led troops in Afghanistan.

Washington has been using the military installation as a transit point, for transferring troops and equipment into and out of Afghanistan since 2001.

The closure of the strategic airbase is likely to jeopardize supplies to US troops in Afghanistan.

In late 2010, then-US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said that Washington would not consider closing its Manas transit center until troops were pulled out of Afghanistan in 2014.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Supreme Court Decided Your Silence Can Be Used Against You

0

Alexander Abad-Santos
yahoo.com
June 20, 2013

A nation continues to wait for final word on the Supreme Court‘s Big Four cases this term – voting rights, affirmative action, DOMA, and Proposition 8 – but the justices’ closest decision arrived first on Monday, in a 5-4 ruling on Salinas v. Texas in which the conservative members of the Court and Anthony Kennedy determined that if you remain silent before police read your Miranda rights, that silence can and will be held against you. Here’s what that means.

Basically, if you’re ever in any trouble with police (no, we don’t condone breaking laws) and want to keep your mouth shut, you will need to announce that you’re invoking your Fifth Amendment right instead of, you know, just keeping your mouth shut. “Petitioner’s Fifth Amendment claim fails because he did not expressly invoke the privilege against self-incrimination in response to the officer’s question,” reads the opinion from Justice Samuel Alito, which Justice Kennedy and Chief Justice John Roberts backed. Justices Thomas and Scalia had a concurring opinion while the remaining four Supremes dissented.

The Salinas case revolves around Genovevo Salinas, a man who was convicted of a 1992 murder of two brothers. Salinas was brought in for police questioning in January 1993. According to the dissenting opinion of Justice Breyer, he was called in to “to take photographs and to clear him as [a]suspect” and Salinas was questioned without being read his Miranda rights:

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 9:28 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Local Gov’ts Reeling Under ObamaCare Costs

0

John Merline
Investor’s Business Daily
June 20, 2013

When Regal Entertainment Group (RGC) in April blamed ObamaCare for the fact that it was cutting some of its workers’ hours, backers of the law mounted a furious backlash against the theater chain, among other things filling its Facebook page with boycott threats.

“Greed and selfishness make me sick,” one of them said.

Darden Restaurants (DRI) felt this intense heat last year after suggesting it might shift to more part-time work to minimize the cost of the law’s mandate that companies offer coverage to all their full-time workers. CEO Clarence Otis even blamed its lowered outlook for 2013 in part on “recent negative media coverage” over “how we might accommodate health care reform.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 9:19 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

CNN Says Obama Poll Numbers Dropping Because He’s Not ‘Letting Us In On’ The Secret

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

CNN Says Obama Poll Numbers Dropping Because He’s Not ‘Letting Us In On’ The Secret

Trying to appear supportive and give the President at least one straw to grasp, CNN suggested that Obama’s drastic drop in the polls could be easily resolved if he’d only let us in on some of the secrets the NSA learned while they were listening in on all of our communications. Any little secret will do, so long as it doesn’t jeopardize national security.

According to a CNN/ORC International survey released on Monday, Obama’s approval rating dropped 8 percentage points over the past month to 45 percent, his lowest rating in more than 18 months.

And Obama’s disapproval rating soared 9 points with only 54 percent currently saying they approve of the way the President is doing his job.

The poll results in the 18-29 age bracket were the most surprising. In May, two-thirds gave Obama a positive rating, but June’s results showed a 17-point drop to just 48 percent.

CNN feels that Obama might be losing the “benefit-of-the-doubt” factor he’s always enjoyed. In May, 49 percent of Americans considered him “honest and trustworthy,” and that dropped, in June, to only 45 percent.

Gloria Borger, CNN Chief Political Analyst, thinks Obama could bring those poll numbers back up if he’d only make one of his famous speeches and “Declassify some information about thwarted terror attacks that can be shared without compromising intelligence.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

In other words, Mr. President, tell us something that will allow us to believe you’re spying on us for our own good, it doesn’t even have to be true.

Better yet, Borger suggests, Obama might really be able to drive those numbers if he’d open up and share his feelings with us. “Let Americans in on the real secret they’re puzzling: how this president has been affected by what he has seen from the Oval Office. Some may buy it; some may not. But letting us in on this secret is just part of the job.”

According to Borger, the American people can be easily shined on, but with an “honest and trustworthy” rating of only 45 percent it’s going to take a lot more than an artificial tea and a fairytale that ends with King Obama slaying the dragons just before they breach the castle walls.

We’re going to need cold, hard evidence that Obama and members of his administration are actually doing their jobs, defending the Constitution and looking out for the best interests of American citizens. Right now, there’s just not much of that out there, which is the real reason Obama is standing down from the podium.

In one of his last addresses Obama said, “You can’t have 100-percent security and also have 100-percent privacy and zero inconvenience. We’re going to have to make some choices as a society.” Maybe he’s avoiding the speech-making for now because after seeing these poll results he realizes Americans are finally ready to make those choices, and when they do, he won’t come out on top.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 9:22 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Acid Seas Make Corals Feeble

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/acid_seas_make_corals_feeble_20130620/

Posted on Jun 20, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Why China’s Plans to Be a Superpower Could Set It up for Collapse

0

To stay on top of important articles like these, sign up to receive the latest updates from TomDispatch.com here.

Sun Tzu, the ancient author of The Art of War, must be throwing a rice wine party in his heavenly tomb in the wake of the shirtsleeves California love-in between President Obama and President Xi Jinping. “Know your enemy” was, it seems, the theme of the meeting. Beijing was very much aware of — and had furiously protested — Washington’s deep plunge into China’s computer networks over the past 15 years via a secretive NSA unit, the Office of Tailored Access Operations (with the apt acronym TAO). Yet Xi merrily allowed Obama to pontificate on hacking and cyber-theft as if China were alone on such a stage.

Enter — with perfect timing — Edward Snowden, the spy who came in from Hawaii and who has been holed up in Hong Kong since May 20th. And cut to the wickedly straight-faced, no-commentary-needed take on Obama’s hacker army by Xinhua, the Chinese Communist Party’s official press service. With America’s dark-side-of-the-moon surveillance programs like Prism suddenly in the global spotlight, the Chinese, long blistered by Washington’s charges about hacking American corporate and military websites, were polite enough. They didn’t even bother to mention that Prism was just another node in the Pentagon’s Joint Vision 2020 dream of “full spectrum dominance.”

By revealing the existence of Prism (and other related surveillance programs), Snowden handed Beijing a roast duck banquet of a motive for sticking with cyber-surveillance. Especially after Snowden, a few days later, doubled down by unveiling what Xi, of course, already knew — that the National Security Agency had for years been relentlessly hacking both Hong Kong and mainland Chinese computer networks.

But the ultimate shark fin’s soup on China’s recent banquet card was an editorial in the Communist Party-controlled Global Times. “Snowden,” it acknowledged, “is a ‘card’ that China never expected,” adding that “China is neither adept at nor used to playing it.” Its recommendation: use the recent leaks “as evidence to negotiate with the U.S.” It also offered a warning that “public opinion will turn against China’s central government and the Hong Kong SAR [Special Administrative Region] government if they choose to send [Snowden] back.”

With a set of cyber-campaigns — from cyber-enabled economic theft and espionage to the possibility of future state-sanctioned cyber-attacks — evolving in the shadows, it’s hard to spin the sunny “new type of great power relationship” President Xi suggested for the U.S. and China at the recent summit.

It’s the (State) Economy, Stupid

The unfolding Snowden cyber-saga effectively drowned out the Obama administration’s interest in learning more about Xi’s immensely ambitious plans for reconfiguring the Chinese economy — and how to capture a piece of that future economic pie for American business. Essential to those plans is an astonishing investment of $6.4 trillion by China’s leadership in a drive to “urbanize” the economy yet further by 2020.

That will be the dragon’s share of a reconfigured development model emphasizing heightened productivity, moving the country up the international manufacturing quality ladder and digital pecking order, and encouraging ever more domestic consumption by an ever-expanding middle class. This will be joined to a massive ongoing investment in scientific and technological research. China has adopted the U.S. model of public-private sector academic integration with the aim of producing dual-use technologies and so boosting not only the military but also the civilian economy.

Beijing may, in the end, spend up to 30% of its budget on defense-related research and development. This has certainly been a key vector in the country’s recent breakneck expansion of information technology, microelectronics, telecommunications, nuclear energy, biotechnology, and the aerospace industry. Crucially, none of this has happened thanks to the good graces of the Goddess of the Market.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Spying by the Numbers

0

Thanks to NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden many more people in the US and world-wide are learning about extensive US government surveillance and spying.  There are publicly available numbers which show the reality of these problems are bigger than most think and most of this spying is happening with little or no judicial oversight.

Hundreds of Thousands Subject to Government Surveillance

The first reality is that hundreds of thousands of people in the US have been subject to government surveillance in each of the last few years. Government surveillance of people in the US is much more widespread than those in power want to admit.  In the last three years alone about 5000 requests have been granted for complete electronic surveillance authorized by the secret FISA court. The FBI has authorized another 50,000 surveillance operations with National Security Letters in the last three years. The government admits that well over 300,000 people have had their phone calls intercepted by state and federal wiretaps in the last year alone. More than 50,000 government requests for internet information are received each year as reported by internet providers. And, remember, these are the publicly reported numbers so you can be confident there is a whole lot more going on which has not been publicly reported.

Courts Almost Never Deny Government Requests for Surveillance

The second reality is that there is little to no serious oversight or accountability by the courts of this surveillance.  Government spy defenders keep suggesting the courts are looking carefully and rigorously at all this and only letting a tiny number of really bad people be spied on. Not true.  Despite thousands of requests by the federal government to look deeply into people’s lives, the secret federal FISA court turned down no requests at all in the last three years. The state and federal courts report on wiretap applications document over 2000 applications annually for surveillance which authorize the interception of hundreds of thousands of calls and emails. The courts have turned down the government two times in the most recent report. FBI national security letters do not even have to be authorized by a court at all. The lack of Congressional oversight is plain to see but the lack of any judicial review of many of these surveillance actions and the very weak oversight where courts do review should concern anyone who cares about government accountability.

Let’s break down the surveillance by the authority for spying.

In FISA Court Government Always Wins  

The US government has tried to say the public should not worry about government scooping up hundreds of millions of phone calls and internet activities because no real information is disclosed unless it is authorized by what is called the FISA court. Therefore, you can trust us with this information.

The FISA Court, actually called the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, is made up of ten federal judges who deliberate and decide in secret whether the government can gather and review millions of phone and internet records. This court, though I know and respect several of its members, cannot, be considered an aggressive defender of constitutional rights and civil liberties.

Government lawyers go to these FISA judges in secret. Government lawyers present secret evidence in secret proceedings with no defense lawyer or public or press allowed and asks for secret orders allowing the government to secretly spy on people. Its opinions are secret.  The part the public knows is a one paragraph report which is made every year of the number of applications and the number of denials by the court.

What is worse is that the judges in this secret court never turn the secret government lawyers down.

Over the last three years, the government has made 4,976 requests to the secret FISA court for permission to conduct electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence purposes. But the really big FISA number is zero. Zero is the number of government requests to conduct electronic surveillance the FISA court has turned down in the last three years.

In 2012, the government asked for permission from the judges of the secret Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISA) 1,789 times to conduct electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence purposes. There were zero denials. One time the government withdrew its request.

In 2011, the government asked FISA judges 1,676 times to conduct electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence services. There were zero denials. The government withdrew two requests.

In 2010, the government asked FISA judges 1,511 times to conduct electronic surveillance for foreign intelligence purposes. There were zero denials. The government withdrew five requests.

Not a bad record, huh? Nearly five thousand victories for those who want surveillance powers and no defeats is a record that should concern everyone who seeks to protect civil liberties.

FBI National Security Letters Scoop Up Information No Court Approval Even Needed

With a NSL letter the FBI can demand financial records from any institution from banks to casinos, all telephone records, subscriber information, credit reports, employment information, and all email records of the target as well as the email addresses and screen names for anyone who has contacted that account.  The reason is supposed to be for foreign counterintelligence. There is no requirement for court approval at all. The Patriot Act has made this much easier for the FBI.

According to Congressional records, there have been over 50,000 of these FBI NSL requests in the last three years. This does not count the numerous times where the FBI persuades the disclosure of information without getting a NSL. Nor does it count FBI requests made just to find out who an email account belongs to.

These reported NSL numbers also do not include the very high numbers of administrative subpoenas issued by the FBI which only require approval of a member of the local US Attorney’s office.

In 2012, the FBI issued 15,229 national security letter requests for information concerning US citizens.

In 2011, the FBI made 16,511 national security letter requests for information concerning US persons.

In 2010, the FBI made 24,287 national security letter requests for information on US citizens.

Since there is no court approval needed, there are no denials. The NSL record is even better than the FISA record at 56,027 wins and no losses for Team Surveillance.

Thousands of Wiretaps Each Impacting Over One Hundred People Authorized Two Denied

According to the latest report to Congress by the US Courts, there were 2,732 applications for wiretaps submitted to all federal and to half of the state courts in 2011. Half the states did not report on their numbers, so these numbers are certainly quite much too low. Also, the term wiretap is out of date as this process currently covers providing information on conventional phone lines, cell phones, secret microphones, texts, fax, paging, and email computer transmissions.

For the year 2011, out of 2,732 applications, only two were denied.  Two losses out of 2700 tries is a comparatively poor win loss record for the surveillance folks.

On average, each wiretap intercepted the communications of 113 people, thus over three hundred thousand people had their calls intercepted.

The most prevalent reason reported for the wiretaps was drug offenses. The average length of the wiretap was 42 days. One federal wiretap in Michigan resulted in intercepting over 71,000 cellular messages extending over 202 days. A New York state wiretap intercepted 274,210 messages over 564 days.

 Company Reports on Spying Show Tens of Thousands of Requests

It is well known that user accounts at Google, Apple and others contain a treasure trove of information on the customer’s basic information including searches, likes and dislikes, purchases, friends, and the like. Government investigators seek this information tens of thousands times each year as the reports from the companies show.

Apple reported receiving 4,000 to 5,000 government requests for information on customers in just the last six months. From December 1, 2012 to May 31, 2013 Apple received law enforcement requests for customer data on 9-10,000 accounts or devices. Most of these requests are from police for robberies, missing children, etc.

Facebook reported that in a six month period ending December 31, 2012, it received between 9,000 and 10,000 requests from the US government for user data on 18,000 to 19,000 accounts.

Google reported it received over 15,000 requests for data by US government officials in 2012 for information on over 30,000 accounts. It produced some data 88% of the time.

Microsoft (including Skype) reported 75,378 law enforcement requests for information on 137,424 accounts world-wide for the year 2012. In over 11,000 cases, they could find no data to respond to the requests. Microsoft disclosed non-content information in 56,388 cases, mostly to the US, UK, Turkey, Germany and France. In the US, Microsoft received 11,073 requests from law enforcement for information on 24,565 accounts. Microsoft rejected 759 requests or 6.9% on legal grounds. Microsoft provided user content in 1544 cases and subscriber/transactional data in 7,196 cases.

Yahoo said that in the last six months of 2012 it received between 12,000 and 13,000 requests for user data from law enforcement.

In a democracy, transparency and public participation are critical.  This is not just about “the terrorists.” This is about civil liberty and government accountability. Hundreds of thousands of people are being spied upon every year by our own government’s public admissions. There is little oversight by judges and even less by Congress.  If the government admits this much, you can certainly assume there is more to come out. It is time to wake up. These secret subpoenas and secret courts and secret processes should be abolished or fundamentally changed. Otherwise, change the slogan on the dollar to “In Secrecy We Trust.”

Bill Quigley is a human rights lawyer and law professor at Loyola University New Orleans College of Law. Bill also works with the Center for Constitutional Rights. A longer version of this article with full sources is available. You can reach Bill at quigley77@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

A Psychologist’s Guantanamo Nightmare

0

Although psychologists are better known for interpreting the dreams of others, sometimes we have nightmares of our own. The one recounted here took shape after I read the recent task force report on detainee treatment from the bipartisan Constitution Project. That report confirmed that the United States has indisputably tortured “war on terror” prisoners — and that psychologists and other health professionals played critical roles in the systematic abuse. The following description of past events and the glimpse into an imagined dark future reflect the failure of psychology’s leaders to adequately prioritize and defend the profession’s ethical commitment to doing no harm. What has already happened cannot be changed, but there are alternative paths forward. I believe the most promising one for my profession requires dedicated and unflinching efforts directed toward accountability and reform.

* * *

It was June 2025, and balloons, streamers, and fanfare celebrated the grand opening of the American Psychological Association’s new headquarters and museum at the former Guantanamo Bay Detention Center in Cuba. Although a wave of mass resignations had followed the Association’s controversial decision to move its home from Washington, DC, pragmatists viewed the unsolicited offer from the White House as simply too good to refuse: rent-free use of the facility in exchange for the APA’s continuing and uncompromising fealty to the Department of Defense and the CIA. Aside from the ubiquitous surveillance cameras that still remained, the military’s presence on the base was now restricted to a remote site that held those prisoners whose torture made them unsuitable for either trial or release. A small “Honor Bound to Defend Freedom” sign hung unobtrusively above that isolated cellblock door.

Back in 2013, few would have predicted the APA’s eventual move to Guantanamo. But then again, nobody would have anticipated the outcome of the Association’s 2024 presidential election: a narrow victory for James Mitchell, who twenty years earlier had been condemned for his role in constructing the Bush Administration’s post-9/11 torture program. Although many APA members never forgave what they perceived as a profound betrayal of professional ethics, supporters were far more impressed with Mitchell’s entrepreneurial genius — and with the financial salvation he might offer an APA that had seen membership steadily dwindle. After all, Mitchell had previously demonstrated how to use bravado rather than scientific expertise to garner highly lucrative CIA contracts. Even more, he had successfully extracted a multi-million dollar indemnity package from the agency to cover any legal fees arising from allegations of his personal involvement in torture. Ultimately, these accomplishments, along with an inspired “No Accountability” campaign, had carried the day.

I never thought I’d be among the lucky winners in the APA’s “Worst of the Worst” lottery, which gave fifty former members an all-expenses-paid trip to the APA’s new Guantanamo museum for a pre-opening tour. Curiosity got the better of my cynicism when I heard the news, and a week later I found myself — to use former Defense Secretary Rumsfeld’s phrase — “in beautiful, sunny Guantanamo Bay.” Our tour guide was waiting for us at the main gate, below a large banner that read “Honor Bound to Defend Psychologists.” He wore a dark suit, a bulletproof vest, and sunglasses; I imagined that he had recently retired from either the Secret Service or perhaps some Blackwater-type mercenary unit.

The short walk to the museum — we were told that the APA’s headquarters building was strictly off-limits — took us along a large and busy shooting range. As we approached and the sound of gunfire grew louder, our guide handed each of us a set of earmuffs, left over from Guantanamo’s glory days of sensory deprivation (and other forms of cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment). He responded to a question from another visitor by noting that the range should become even more popular in light of the APA’s new requirement that all members be firearm proficient. I commented that the psychologists we were watching already seemed quite skilled. Our guide nodded in agreement and explained that this particular group was training for its next covert mission, details of which were classified.

Our informational packet had mentioned that the new museum — somewhat foreboding with its NSA-style black glass exterior — did not yet have a permanent name, in part because several generous corporate sponsorship offers were still under review. So I wasn’t overly surprised when we reached the museum’s entrance and came upon a simple wooden sign that read “The American Psychological Association’s ‘With Us Or Against Us’ Historical Museum of Psychologist Contributions to Winning the Global War on Terror.” I started to ponder the lengthy acronym but soon gave up, reasonably confident that this particular name would not last long. Inside, on the floor of the foyer, were words engraved to be much more enduring: “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free” from the Gospel of John, an obvious nod of appreciation to CIA Headquarters in Langley, Virginia.

Our group crossed the museum foyer and walked down a long corridor where framed drawings by an anonymous artist hung on both walls. In simple strokes each depicted a scene from an earlier era at Guantanamo. There was an image of a hooded prisoner, naked and shivering in the cold. In another picture was a detainee being led around by a leash. There was also an illustration of a prisoner shackled to the ceiling and floor. And a military dog with bared teeth growling at a frightened detainee. And a prisoner, held in place, straddled by a female interrogator. And a detainee wearing a bra with a thong over his head. There were others too, and I thought to myself how difficult it was to capture in momentary images some of the standard psychological torture techniques, like extended sleep deprivation and weeks of solitary confinement. The artist had also graciously provided a description of the role of psychologists in these detention and interrogation operations, but most of that text had been redacted.

At the end of the hallway stood a pedestal, and on it lay a book thicker than a dictionary. It was the latest, 2022 revision of the APA’s “Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Code of Conduct.” I remembered back to a time when the entire document was only a dozen pages — back before it was deemed essential to further protect psychologists with hundreds of pages detailing a multitude of exceptions and limits of applicability to the code. I looked to find some lingering reference to “do no harm,” but my 70-year-old eyes had difficulty reading the frustratingly small print. Fortunately, beside the book was a stack of laminated 3” x 5” cards along with a sign that read “Please Take One: APA Ethics Code Pocket Summary.” In large print, one side of the card had the phrase “Down the Rabbit Hole.” The reverse side, printed just as large, read “Just Do It!”

From there we went through a set of doors into a large dark room, the heart of the museum. At that point, our tour guide locked us into a motorized vehicle that would transport us on tracks past a series of life-size dioramas and other exhibits. I was reminded of a childhood visit to Disney World and the cheerful “It’s a Small World” ride. But the background music here was ominous — “Riders on the Storm” by the Doors alternating with Vera Lynn’s “We’ll Meet Again” from the apocalyptic ending to “Dr. Strangelove,” I think. And instead of a small boat to carry us on our way, we found ourselves jammed into a moving 8’ x 8’ cage, a replica of the cells in which many Guantanamo prisoners spent years of their lives.

The first diorama we came to had a descriptive plaque with a caption well known in CIA circles: “Admit nothing. Deny everything. Make counter-accusations.” The scene before us recreated a dignified APA boardroom — complete with long table and side buffet — where a specially appointed APA task force met for three days back in 2005. Formed in response to the early public reports that psychologists were involved in abuse and torture at Guantanamo and other sites, this “Presidential Task Force on Psychological Ethics and National Security” (PENS) nevertheless asserted that psychologists play a valuable role in ensuring that U.S. detention and interrogation operations are safe, legal, ethical, and effective. This incongruous endorsement was contrary to the positions of all other major health organizations — and contrary to international human rights standards as well. But it was not entirely surprising: six of the nine voting members of the PENS task force were on the payroll of military or intelligence agencies at that time, and some of them had served in the very chains of command accused of detainee abuse. In an “emergency” session that was only one of several serious procedural irregularities, the APA Board had hastily approved the PENS Report and quickly delivered a copy to the Department of Defense, bypassing review by the Association’s full governing body.

As our cage paused in front of this large window, seated around the PENS task force table were the likenesses of figures that had become familiar to me through petition efforts aimed at annulling and repudiating the report they had produced. Sitting on the far side of the table and dressed in uniform was Army colonel Larry James; he had been the chief psychologist at Guantanamo during an early period of brutal coercive interrogations. Next to him sat another Army colonel and psychologist, Morgan Banks; he had advised Guantanamo health professionals and interrogators on psychological techniques that became part of the abusive practices at the detention center. Across the table was Bryce Lefever, the Navy captain and special forces psychologist who had defended forms of prisoner abuse by arguing that they were little different from psychotherapy techniques. And seated next to him was Scott Shumate, the former chief operational psychologist for the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center; he had been among those present at torturous “black site” interrogations. Standing in one corner was the chief psychologist for the Naval Criminal Investigative Service, Michael Gelles; not long after the 9/11 attacks he had argued that psychologists in national security settings should not be held to the same ethical standards as their colleagues working elsewhere. In the other corner was a sixth figure, forensic psychologist Robert Fein; as a member of the Intelligence Science Board he was an advisor to senior leaders of the intelligence community. The other three voting members of the task force were inexplicably missing from the diorama scene, although I’m not sure anyone else noticed their absence.

After several minutes our crowded vehicle lurched forward and around a bend, coming to a grinding stop at the next display. Life-size wax figures of Gerry Koocher and Stephen Behnke — two key APA officials during Guantanamo’s first decade — stared back at us with disarming smiles. The plaque called the pair “The Defenders,” a moniker that was well earned. After the APA affirmed its coercive interrogation-friendly ethics policies with its 2005 PENS Report, they had become the proverbial tip of the spear in efforts to fend off outrage from psychologists and non-psychologists alike. Koocher, APA president-elect at the time, had promoted the idea that psychologists could ethically serve the country by, in his words, “contributing to the incarceration, debilitation, or even death” of potential perpetrators. He had also rejected any APA involvement in what he termed “the nebulous, toothless, contradictory, and obfuscatory treaties that comprise ‘international law.’” His public attacks on concerned critics included descriptions of them as “opportunistic commentators masquerading as scholars” and “mindless ideologues.”

Meanwhile Behnke, the director of the APA’s ethics office, was no less prolific. He publicly argued that the foremost ethical obligation of psychologists is to obey U.S. law. He falsely claimed that psychologists were uniquely trained to prevent the “behavioral drift” that might otherwise cause interrogators to harm detainees. He dismissed reports of psychologist wrongdoing at Guantanamo and elsewhere as “long on hearsay and innuendo, short on facts.” And he offered assurances that the APA would take action “very directly and very clearly” if any members had acted inappropriately. But when put to the test, his office then refused — for years — to investigate and adjudicate a comprehensively documented ethics complaint against military psychologist John Leso.

Leso had served on a Behavioral Science Consultation Team at Guantanamo for six months beginning in mid-2002. In that role he helped to develop and implement abusive and torturous detention and interrogation procedures — including prolonged isolation for 30 days without visitation rights for treating medical professionals or the International Committee of the Red Cross; removal of all “comfort items” such as sheets, blankets, mattresses, wash cloths, and religious items; daily 20-hour interrogations; placing hoods on prisoners during questioning or movement; food restriction for 24 hours once a week; scenarios designed to convince the detainee that he might experience a painful or fatal outcome; removal of clothing; exposure to cold; and stress positions. Government reports document that Leso also participated directly in the degrading mistreatment of prisoner Mohammed al-Qahtani.

The museum had several other exhibits, including a few that disappointingly were still unfinished. Although these were shrouded in curtains, their accompanying plaques piqued my interest and imagination. One was cryptically titled “Back to the Future: Primum Non Nocere?” I wondered whether it would portray an interrogation scene a hundred years hence, in which a psychologist — no longer encumbered by old-fashioned standards of beneficence and non-maleficence — is using some futuristic mind control technique to ruthlessly torment a teenage prisoner, for “the greater good.” Another concealed diorama was simply called “Brothers in Arms.” I imagined that it might show selected APA leaders striking a pose reminiscent of the Justice League superheroes, as they stand alongside CIA operatives and Navy SEALs.

The final display we passed was a lifelike re-creation of a waterboarding torture session. The scene depicted a distraught, immobilized prisoner strapped to an inclined gurney as interrogation personnel poured a saline solution through a cloth covering his nose and mouth. A few feet away stood a robotic psychologist in a white lab coat. His head, connected to the ceiling by a thin wire, nodded up and down continuously. The display was titled “Safeguard: Preventing Behavioral Drift,” and the description noted that the presence of the psychologist ensured that the detainee did not experience “serious or permanent harm” during the near drowning.

Not surprisingly, the last stop on the tour was the museum’s new gift shop. Inside was a range of inexpensively priced items, thanks in part to subsidies from the mandatory gift shop assessment that was now part of APA membership dues. There were bobbing-head dolls of APA luminaries, past and present. There was a deck of playing cards with grotesquely distorted images of psychologists who had foolishly spent years unsuccessfully trying to reform the APA. There were miniature flags with new APA mottos, like “No Regrets” and “APA Strong.” But not wanting to miss the afternoon beach trip, I made a hasty decision and selected a counterterrorism coffee mug with a simple message no self-respecting psychologist could argue with: “Be polite, be professional, be prepared to kill.”

* * *

Addendum. There are important steps that the American Psychological Association can undertake immediately to ensure that nightmare scenarios like this never become reality. The APA can annul and repudiate the illegitimate 2005 PENS Report. The APA can enforce the 2008 member referendum prohibiting psychologists from working in national security settings (like Guantanamo) that violate the U.S. Constitution or international law. The APA can adjudicate the six-year-old ethics complaint against John Leso and remove the statute of limitations for violations involving torture or cruel, inhuman, or degrading treatment. The APA can establish clear ethical restrictions on psychologist involvement in national security operations and research where individuals are targeted for harm, where voluntary informed consent is absent, and where timely outside ethical oversight is infeasible. The APA can formally support bills introduced in state legislatures that would prohibit licensed health provider participation in the ill treatment of prisoners. The APA can invite and fully cooperate with an independent investigation of the Association itself, in order to promote appropriate measures aimed at greater transparency and accountability and institutional reform. I encourage fellow psychologists and other interested individuals to support these initiatives and to call upon APA leaders to do the same.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Tell TSA What You Think About Its “Surface Mode” Gestapo

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

The TSA wants to know what you think of its effort to turn thousands of transportation employees — drivers, maintenance technicians, dispatchers, station attendants, customer service employees, engineers, conductors, trainmen and others — into low-level Gestapo agents for the ever-expanding police state.

“As it prepares to issue a new rule regarding the ongoing training of employees who work in ‘surface mode’ transportation settings, TSA has invited the public to submit comments about such training by July 15,” reports Government Security News.

Infowars.com has followed the TSA expansion into bus and train stations around the country. Over the last few years, the Department of Homeland Security has worked diligently to publicize its “see something, say something” snitch program and move its police state apparatus into hotels and malls under the flimsy excuse that it is dedicated to protecting “soft targets” from mostly imaginary terrorists and half-wit patsies recruited by FBI agent provocateurs.

You can tell the TSA what you think of the government’s plan to turn America into a police state where children are molested in large numbers every day at Fourth Amendment busting airport checkpoints. You now have a venue to express your feelings about the prospect of porno scanners becoming the next feature at the local mall.

“Comments can be submitted by visiting www.regulations.gov and citing docket number TSA-2013-0005 in the search box,” explains GSN.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 8:51 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Ex-terrorist Bill Ayers: Obama Should Be Tried for War Crimes

0

President Barack Obama should be tried for war crimes because of his policy of assassination-by-drone, former Weather Underground terrorist and Obama associate Bill Ayers (shown with his wife, fellow “Weatherman” Bernardine Dohrn) told RealClearPolitics (RCP).

In a “Morning Commute” interview with RCP’s Tom Bevan and Charlie Stone, Ayers said that he likes Obama because “he’s a curious person” who “asks questions” and “reads.”

“I like him personally,” he added. “I mean, he’s a really good guy.”

Despite his personal feelings toward the president, with whom he was closely associated during Obama’s years in Chicago, Ayers stated that on the whole, “I’d give him a failing grade” for his presidency. “But then,” he continued, “you’d have to compare that to the grades I gave all the other presidents in my lifetime,” all of which were F’s with “some F-minuses in there.”

Ayers, a self-described “small ‘c’ communist,” apparently believes that Obama is a failure as chief executive because he hasn’t been radical enough – not that Ayers is surprised by this.

“I don’t at all feel that Obama’s let anybody down,” he said. “All through the 2008 campaign he said consistently, ‘I am a middle-of-the-road, pragmatic politician.’”

“Obama’s not a radical,” he told the Daily Beast in April. “I wish he were, but he’s not.”

Many Americans would disagree with that assessment of the man of who has given us ObamaCare, trillion-dollar deficits, and the total surveillance state. But considering that those are largely expansions of previous policies promulgated by politicians of both parties – even ObamaCare was based on Republican notions, as witness Mitt Romney’s prototype law in Massachusetts and Newt Gingrich’s longtime defense of similar ideas – Ayers may have a point: Among the political class, Obama is considered more or less mainstream.

Sensing that Ayers was still being a bit lenient on Obama, giving him an F but suggesting that other recent presidents were even worse, RCP’s Stone went for the jugular. Pointing out that Ayers had nothing but “disdain” for Presidents Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, and George W. Bush, Stone asked, “But isn’t Barack Obama, as the sole authority for drone use, engaged in terrorist activity?”

Ayers didn’t flinch. “Absolutely,” he instantly responded. “Absolutely.”

“Do you think Barack Obama should be put on trial for war crimes?” Stone inquired further.

“Absolutely,” Ayers reiterated.

“At the Hague?” said Stone.

Ayers once more replied, “Absolutely.” “Yes, I think that these are war crimes,” he repeated. “I think they’re acts of terror.”

Ayers should know. The Weather Underground, of which Ayers was a cofounder, conducted a “deadly spree of bombings, shootings, jailbreaks, and robberies” in the 1970s, as The New American wrote in 2008.

TNA recounted the Weathermen’s crimes: “Hundreds of bombings (possibly thousands – there were over 5,000 bombings that may have been their work, but the perpetrators have not been identified), dozens killed, and millions terrorized by their tens of thousands of bombing threats.” (Emphasis in original.) Ayers and his wife, Bernardine Dohrn, who was also a Weatherman, “refuse to answer questions about their participation in those terror attacks” to this day, he added. They were once charged with some of these crimes but got off on a technicality, and they remain unrepentant about their involvement in the Weather Underground.

Still, when a former terrorist and friend of Obama says Obama is guilty of “acts of terror” that constitute “war crimes” for which he should be tried, there just might be something to it. And while constitutionalists might balk at having their president brought before the globalist International Criminal Court as Stone suggested, few would dispute the notion that Obama’s drone program is unacceptable.

The program, after all, gives the president untrammeled power to decide who lives or dies all around the world. He, and he alone, makes the final determination as to which individuals on his secret “kill list” will be targeted for death by drone, and those individuals – notwithstanding Attorney General Eric Holder’s assertions to the contrary – are deprived of their right to due process of law. American citizens such as Anwar al-Awlaki and his 16-year-old son, the latter of whom was not known to be suspected of any wrongdoing, have been murdered in cold blood by Obama’s drones. Thousands of other innocent people have been killed by them. A study by the law schools of Stanford University and New York University found that for every known terrorist assassinated by drone strikes in Pakistan, 49 civilians were killed. If such a policy does not constitute a war crime, what does?

Obama isn’t the only president Ayers finds guilty of war crimes. He also told RCP that “every president in this century should be put on trial” because “every one of them goes into office, an office dripping with blood, and then adds to it.” Given the body counts racked up by presidents from Franklin Roosevelt to Obama, one would be hard-pressed to contest Ayers’ claim, but it is still ironic that Ayers seems not the least bit conflicted about calling for the heads of others who have engaged in activities similar to those for which he escaped punishment.

Nevertheless, if by some chance Obama is brought to trial for his drone program, there is no question as to who the first expert witness for the prosecution should be. After all, who outside of Washington knows more about bombing innocent people than Bill Ayers?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

FBI's Mueller Admits Use of Drones in Domestic Surveillance

0

At a hearing of the Senate Judiciary Committee on Wednesday, FBI Director Robert Mueller (shown) testified that his agency has used drones to monitor American citizens within the United States. He qualified the admission by saying the unmanned aerial vehicles have been used in only a “very, very, minimal way.”

During his testimony it seemed Mueller was almost coining words in order to dramatically downplay the use of drones in the FBI’s domestic surveillance.

“And I will tell you that our footprint is very small. We have very few and of limited use and we’re exploring not only the use but also the necessary guidelines for that use,” he testified.

This is the first time that the FBI has admitted that it uses drones to keep an eye on citizens. The key word in that last sentence being “admitted.”

“It’s very seldom used and generally used in a particular incident when you need the capability,” Mueller said. “It is very narrowly focused on particularized cases and particularized needs.”

Some of those “particularized needs” were described in further detail by FBI spokesman Paul Bresson.

In his testimony, Bresson said that the bureau used a drone to support local law enforcement during the standoff and hostage situation in Alabama in January of this year.

As Bresson described the deployment, the drone was used then in a way typical of the “very limited circumstances” when the FBI can use them to support a “specific operational need.” The drones, he added, “allow us to learn critical information that otherwise would be difficult to obtain without introducing serious risk to law enforcement personnel.”

Judiciary Committee Chairwoman Senator Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) compared the FBI’s use of drones to the recent revelations of wholesale, dragnet telephone and Internet snooping by the National Security Agency (NSA). Feinstein’s comparison, however, was not what civil libertarians and constitutionalists wanted to hear.

“If people are concerned about privacy, I think the greatest threat to the privacy of Americans is the drone … and the very few regulations that are on it today and the booming industry of commercial drones,” Feinstein said.

Feinstein’s statement is yet another perfect example of a politician floating a false dialectic in order to diminish the damage to liberty. By painting the problem as an either-or proposition, the NSA’s electronic assault on the Constitution is downplayed by the FBI’s admission of similar disregard of constitutional limitations on its power and of the Fourth Amendment.

The Fourth Amendment protects the “right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures.”

Furthermore, the Fourth Amendment also protects fundamental principles of justice by requiring that the government may only rely on warrants that are based “upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

While it is new, the FBI’s admission of its use of drones to conduct unwarranted surveillance, the act of ignoring liberty and the Constitution that protects it is not novel.

As the documents released by Edward Snowden reveal, the NSA has just as little concern for constitutional limits on its power or the inalienability of certain fundamental rights.

What is perhaps most demonstrably damaging to the future of freedom in this Republic is the scope and sophistication of the panoply of surveillance technologies already in use by the surveillance apparatus whose activities are carried out in shadow.

For example, can you imagine a world where the Department of Homeland Security, the National Security Agency, the FBI, Interpol, Los Alamos National Laboratory, the U.S. military, and the state police forces of all 50 states combine to keep you under constant surveillance? Guess what – you’re living in it.

Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) is currently sponsoring research designed “to invent new approaches to the identification of people, places, things and activities from still or moving defense and open-source imagery.” 

In an update on the progress being made, DARPA described several concepts being worked on by six teams of researchers chosen to live and labor in the “DARPA Innovation House,” located somewhere near George Mason University in Virginia.

The first of the projects reportedly being cooked up in the DARPA test kitchens is called PetaVision. The DARPA statement describes PetaVision as one of the “Multi-Modal Approaches to Real-Time Video Analysis. Biologically-inspired, hierarchical neural networks to detect objects of interest in streaming video by combining texture/color, shape and motion/depth cues.”

While that summary is admittedly vague, a website maintained by the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) provides a bit more information not only on the technology, but why the federal government might find it useful in its quest to place every American under constant surveillance and to identify potential “domestic terrorists”:

We seek to understand and implement the computational principles that enable high-level sensory processing and other forms of cognition in the human brain. To achieve these goals, we are creating synthetic cognition systems that emulate the functional architecture of the primate visual cortex. By using petascale computational resources, combined with our growing knowledge of the structure and function of biological neural systems, we can match, for the first time, the size and functional complexity necessary to reproduce the information processing capabilities of cortical circuits. The arrival of next generation supercomputers may allow us to close the performance gap between state of the art computer vision approaches by bringing these systems to the scale of the human brain.

The definition of “petascale” is important in order to better understand that statement. 

Petascale is defined on Wikipedia as “a computer system capable of reaching performance in excess of one petaflops, i.e. one quadrillion floating point operations per second.” Such systems “will be used to do advanced computations in fields such as weather and climate simulation, nuclear simulations, cosmology, quantum chemistry, lower-level organism brain simulation, and fusion science.”

Admittedly, the potential uses for PetaVision are obscured behind the scientific jargon used in its description. However, empowering the federal government with any technology that can simulate the human brain’s ability to see and process information for the purpose of “detect[ing] objects of interest” in streaming video is terrifying. 

The New American’s reports on TrapWire published last year demonstrated, further, that it is very likely that the video feed from many of the traffic cameras, stoplight cameras, and similar devices may be monitored by agents of the federal government. If the ability of those agents to locate and follow a target increases, the ability of that target to evade detection logically decreases proportionally.

That is to say, once a person has been identified by the federal government as a potential threat, that person will be unable to seek refuge anywhere as emerging technology such as PetaVision will put every spot on the planet within the field of vision of the all-seeing, never-blinking eye of government.

Another tool being hammered out on the DARPA anvils is called Videovor. While no specific information on a technology with that name was found, a website offering scholarly journals covering the topic of visualization of video information was discovered.

On that website an abstract of an article written by scholars at the University of Wales, Swansea (U.K.), makes immediately apparent the attraction such work has for the domestic spying agencies of the federal government:

Video data, generated by the entertainment industry, security and traffic cameras, video conferencing systems, video emails, and so on, is perhaps most time-consuming to process by human beings. In this paper, we present a novel methodology for “summarizing” video sequences using volume visualization techniques. We outline a system pipeline for capturing videos, extracting features, volume rendering video and feature data, and creating video visualization. We discuss a collection of image comparison metrics, including the linear dependence detector, for constructing “relative” and “absolute” difference volumes that represent the magnitude of variation between video frames. We describe the use of a few volume visualization techniques, including volume scene graphs and spatial transfer functions, for creating video visualization. In particular, we present a stream-based technique for processing and directly rendering video data in real time. With the aid of several examples, we demonstrate the effectiveness of using video visualization to convey meaningful information contained in video sequences.

Among the noteworthy revelations in this abstract is the fact that this technology will be used to render “video data in real time” and that the source of that video feed is to be provided by “security and traffic cameras, video conferencing systems, video emails, and so on.”

Is it not reasonable to believe, in light of this rash of revelations, that such immensely powerful video summarizing technologies are already in use by the NSA and other federal snooping agencies whose employees are monitoring, recording, and storing the electronic communications of every American?

Furthermore, is there a better reason than the aggregation, recording, and storing of every word and electronic communication of every American for the set up of supercomputers at the NSA’s sprawling complex under construction near Salt Lake City, Utah?

Keeping all of this in mind, Mueller’s testimony is hardly remarkable.

What is more jarring is the fact that soon the Fourth Amendment protections against unreasonable searches and seizures will be obviated because the federal government will no longer need to “search” for things in the traditional sense of the word, as every place and every person will already be ever-present before its powerful eye and every law enforcement agency in the world will instantly have the images distributed by the supercomputers that gather them.

Photo of FBI Director Robert Mueller: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Rohani election boosts Iran stock market

0

Iran stock market has witnessed a vigorous growth over the past days following the victory of Hassan Rohani in the June 14 presidential election, Press TV reports.

Å“During this week, there has been a growth of seven percent in the stock market from 45,670 points last week to 48,919 this week. This shows an increase of 3,250 points,” said deputy head of Tehran Stock Exchange (TSE) Ali Sahraei.

Å“This growth is expected to continue next week. Before the election, there were doubts in the market, so it was difficult to make decisions. But the election of the new president with plans, including improvement of ties with all countries and economic development, led to the gradual increase in profits,” he added.

Rohani secured an outright victory in Iranâ„¢s Friday presidential election by winning more than half of the total 36 million ballots cast.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

Officials say the new trend in Iranâ„¢s stock exchange market, which started Saturday, will continue next week, because relative tranquility has returned to Iranâ„¢s economy.

Å“I strongly reject rumors that the rise in Iran stock exchange index is a bubble, because Iran stock exchange has unique variety of industries like banks, petrochemicals, refineries and many companies acting in the mining sector. So, there are a large number of players involved in the growth of Iranâ„¢s market,” Sahraei said.

Rohani launched his presidential campaign on the platform of developing Iranâ„¢s economy and improving ties with the world.

Analysts say these policies might improve Iranâ„¢s relations with the West which has long adopted a hostile approach toward Tehran over its nuclear energy program.

Moreover, TSE has modernized its system in an attempt to boost market transparency and attract more domestic and foreign investors. The new system makes it possible to purchase and sell stocks on the same day.

Since 2011 investors have been able to trade in the Iranian stock exchange through the Internet from anywhere in the world, or get all the necessary information before traveling to Iran.

ASH/SS/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US colonial empire sees its last days’

0

The United States is witnessing its final days as a colonial empire, with the so-called ËœWar on Terrorâ„¢ failing to rally support and harvest change, a US activist says.

Å“Everywhere in the world, in the Middle East, throughout Arab and Muslim countries and now against China, [the United States is] trying to make military threats to reverse their declining position – but it will not succeed, really, the days of empire are long gone,” Sara Flounders, the co-director of the International Action Center from New York City, told Press TV in an interview.

The American activist said American policy has failed to subjugate foreign countries whose people Å“are demanding the right to control their own destiny, their own future and to do this free of occupation.”

Å“The people in Syria are also showing, they can reorganize themselves and resist these proxy armies, these contractors, these outside forces that come in and that is true throughout the entire region,” Flounders added.

The so-called ËœWar on Terrorâ„¢ has brought destruction to the people of the region, benefitting only the military industrial complex and corporations which profit in the destruction of civilizations.

Å“We should not forget that major US military and oil corporations profited enormously from this. This war was an enormous source of corruption for many, many people, of super profits and that is, really, the basis of US wars. It is extending the corporate domination of the US over an entire region and that is what is failing. In some of these wars, these corporations fear win or lose; they made a great deal of money and that is the real crime,” said the prominent activist.

Flounders added that US and foreign forces are Å“the greatest source of instability in the entire region.”

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 and Iraq in 2003 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called ËœWar on terrorâ„¢. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after almost 12 years, insecurity remains across the country.

Å“Every day of this war has been an absolute disaster for the people of Afghanistan, the people of the whole region and the people here in the US, at enormous cost – billions of dollars, thousands and thousands of lives. It is part of a US attempt of domination of the whole region and it has completely failed,” Flounders stated.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK schools failing poor children

0

Outstanding schools that are failing their poorest pupils will lose their top ranking, schools watchdog Ofstedâ„¢s chief inspector Michael Wilshaw has warned.

As part of a drive to improve education for poor, Wilshaw spelled out a tougher approach to schools that are failing disadvantaged children.

In a speech, Wilshaw said, “Schools previously judged outstanding, which are not doing well by their poorest children, will be reinspected”.

Moreover, he said the countryâ„¢s most talented teachers should be parachuted into areas with “mediocre schools”, adding that the disadvantaged pupils are Å“unseen” by the current education system and they face a culture of low expectations in affluent areas, particularly in East and South East of the country.

Wilshaw said poor children in these areas had the worst attainment in the whole country at primary school, the second worst at secondary school, and were in one of the bottom three local authorities for qualifications at 19.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israel presses EU to toughen Iran stance

0

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu (R) speaks to the press ahead of his meeting with EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton at his office in al-Quds (Jerusalem) on June 20, 2013.

Israel is pressing the European Union to take a more aggressive stance on Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program, which Tel Aviv’s allies, especially in Washington, have used as a pretext to impose illegal sanctions against Tehran.

“We need to exert pressure on them (Iranians),” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said on Thursday during a meeting with EU foreign policy chief, Catherine Ashton.

“It [Iran’s nuclear program] must stop and I think it is up to Europe to join the United States and Israel … in demanding a halt to Iran’s nuclear program,” he added.

Earlier in the week, the Hawkish Israeli premier made a similar call while the rest of the world was amazed by the massive voter turnout in Iranâ„¢s presidential election on June 14. The world must not “be tempted to ease pressure on Iran,” he urged.

In May, Israeli President Shimon Peres said no Å“compromise” should be made with Iran in the course of the negotiations between Tehran and the P5+1 group of world powers — namely the US, Britain, Russia, France, and China plus Germany.

Å“Iran is near elections and the sanctions may be having an impact. The sanctions and pressure should be continued in the buildup to the Iranian elections,” he said at a meeting with German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle.

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the European Union imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

On October 15, 2012, the EU foreign ministers reached an agreement on another round of sanctions against Iran.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Tehran strongly rejects the allegation over its nuclear energy activities, maintaining that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

MRS/SS/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US-EU Free Trade Agreement: A Corporate Stitch Up By Any Other Name

Countercurrents 20/6/2013, Global Research 22/6/2013, The 4th Media 24/6/2013 and the Weekly Mirror (Nepal) 28/6/2013

The Transatlantic Free Trade Agreement (TAFTA) between the US and EU is currently being negotiated. The deal plans to create the world’s largest free trade area, ‘protect’ investment and remove ‘unnecessary regulatory barriers’. All well and good for big business, but the treaty poses a serious threat for ordinary people as it could weaken labour, social, environmental and consumer protection standards. Given the issues at stake, just how much transparency and democratic accountability is there regarding these negotiations and who is driving the agenda?

The deal has been masterminded by the ‘High Level Working Group on Jobs and Growth‘ (HLWG), which was set up in 2011 and chaired by European Trade Commissioner Karel De Gucht and the then US Trade Representative Ron Kirk. In its final report, the Group not only recommended entering into the negotiations, but went into some detail as to what should be put on the table, with the far-reaching aim of moving towards a “transatlantic marketplace.”
With so much at stake, the public should know just who sat on the HLWG which set the whole process in motion. According to the European Commission (EC), the group has no identifiable members. The EC has also stated that “several departments” contributed to the discussion and the reports of the (memberless) group, but added that “there is no document containing the list of authors of the reports.”  
A request by Corporate Europe Observatory (CEO) to disclose membership/report authors was met with the response: “Unfortunately we (the EC) are not in a position to provide you with the information requested.”
CEO argues that the group should be subject to the transparency requirements set up in EC’s rules on ‘expert groups’, including transparency about who participated. But it is patently not.
When asked about the ‘outside expertise’ (as the EC calls it) that had influenced the reports produced by the HLWG, CEO was told that the impact assessment of the proposed EU-US trade deal contained a summary of the expert evidence gathered since its inception. CEO was also directed to the Commission’s overview page for public consultations, where it is stated that more than 65 percent of the input to the first two consultations on the proposed EU-US deal came from companies and industry associations.
CEO has also requested information about the EC’s contacts with industry lobby groups wanting to influence the trade pact. It asked for a list of meetings with such lobby groups, minutes and related correspondence. The Commission responded that this “concerns a very large number of documents” and asked CEO to “narrow down the scope of your request, so as to reduce it to a more manageable amount of documents.” Six weeks after CEO’s request and after several email exchanges, CEO was told that the Commission was “currently in the early stages of assessing your request and […] not yet in a position to give a detailed estimate of the number of documents potentially covered.” The Commission official added: “Our best guess for the moment is that we will only have a first overview of the situation during the middle of June and will update you at that point.”
While still waiting for more information on what seems to be hundreds of documents related to big business lobbying around the EU-US trade deal, CEO fared better with an access to information request to the United States Trade Representative.
Based on the information provided, CEO discovered that the authoritative-sounding ‘high level working groups on growth and jobs’ was nothing but a bunch of unelected and unaccountable, notorious pro-free-trade bureaucrats from both sides of the Atlantic.
Of course, even without access to various sources of information, we already know who supports the negotiations. CEO notes that in addition to the biotech sector, groups lobbying for the deal have included Toyota, General Motors,the pharmaceutical industry, IBM and the Chamber of Commerce of the US, one of the most powerful corporate lobby groups in the US. Business Europe, the main organization representing employers in Europe, launched its own strategy on an EU-US economic and trade partnershipin early 2012. Its suggestions were widely included in the draft EU mandate.
An increasing number of politicians and citizens groups are demanding that the looming EU-US negotiations be conducted in an open way, not least because there are concerns that the deal will open the floodgate for GMOs and shale gas (fracking) in Europe, threatens digital and labour rights and will empower corporations to legally challenge a wide range of regulations which they dislike.One of the key aspects of the negotiations is that both the EU and US should recognize their respective rules and regulations, which in practice could reduce regulation to the lowest common denominator. The official language talks of “mutual recognition” of standards or so-called reduction of non-tariff barriers. For the EU, that could mean accepting US standards in many areas, including food and agriculture, which are lower than the EU’s.
The US wants all so-called barriers to trade, including highly controversial regulations such as those protecting agriculture, food or data privacy, to be removed. Even the leaders of the Senate Finance Committee, in a letter to U.S. Trade Representative Ron Kirk, made it clear that any agreement must also reduce EU restrictions on genetically modified crops, chlorinated chickens and hormone-treated beef.
Demands include an “ambitious liberalisation of agricultural trade barriers with as few exceptions as possible”. Similarly, food lobby group Food and Drink Europe, representing the largest food companies (Unilever, Kraft, Nestlé, etc.), has welcomed the negotiations, with one of their key demands being the facilitation of the low level presence of unapproved genetically modified crops. This is a long-standing industry agenda also supported by feed and grain trading giants, including Cargill, Bunge, ADM, and the big farmers’ lobby COPA-COGECA.. Meanwhile, the biotech industry on both sides of the Atlantic is offering its “support and assistance as the EU and the US government look to enhance their trade relationship.”
As with the EU-India Free Trade Agreement*, it is easy to conclude that there is a deliberate ploy to bar the public from any kind of meaningful information about or input into the world’s biggest trade deal ever to be negotiated. Europeans could well end up becoming the victims of one of the biggest corporate stitch ups ever. The trade deal appears to be a unique opportunity to achieve through closed and non-transparent negotiations what hasn’t been possible so far in a transparent and democratic way.
Little wonder that many millions throughout Europe now regard the EU as an unaccountable proxy allowing huge private interests free reign to dig their profiteering snouts into the trough of corporate greed at the expense of ordinary people.    
Notes
Main information source for this article: http://corporateeurope.org/blog/who-scripting-eu-us-trade-deal (Trade and Agribusiness website sections)
To prevent GM crops in Europe, visit ‘stop the crop’ campaign at:http://www.stopthecrop.org/about-stop-crop-campaign

'Several Saudi militants slain in Syria'

0

Syrian Amy forces have killed a number of Saudi militants during mop-up operations against foreign-backed armed men in the countryâ„¢s principal port city of Latakia.

On Wednesday, a number of militants from the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front were killed when Syrian soldiers raided a terrorist hideout in the al-Sukkariyeh district of the city, located 348 kilometers (216 miles) northwest of Damascus, the official SANA news agency reported on Thursday.

The development comes as the bodies of 70 Saudi nationals fighting against the Syrian government have returned to Saudi Arabia.

According to an unnamed Saudi source, the corpses were delivered to the country at King Fahad International Airport in the city of Dammam.

The source said the Saudi regime had sent a number of diplomats to Turkey in order to facilitate the transfer process.

He also said there are currently about 8,000 Saudi nationals fighting against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad in Syria.

There are reports that Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s intelligence forces help with transferring militants to Syria through Jordan.

Meanwhile, the Syrian troops drove back a group of militants who were attempting to enter the conflict-stricken country from the Lebanese border.

The gunmen tried to enter the Syrian city of Talkalakh, located 150 kilometers (93 miles) northwest of Damascus, on Wednesday.

Syrian government forces confronted the militants, killing a number of them. Some of the gunmen managed to flee back into Lebanon.

There were no reports of causalities on the side of Syrian troops.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

MP/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Italy black minister gets death threats

0

Italyâ„¢s first black minister Cecile Kyenge has received online death threats ahead of her visit to a region housing anti-immigrant political base.

The 49-year-old minister is expected to deliver a speech to a multicultural festival in the Veneto region, home for the racist Northern League, reports said on Wednesday.

She said she was not afraid of the threats and that that Italians should respond to such intimidation in order to show that the country is not racist.

Kyenge, an eye doctor born in the Democratic Republic of the Congo, was named integration minister by Prime Minister Enrico Letta in April.

She has been the subject of racist taunts from far-right groups and lawmakers affiliated with the racist Northern League party.

“These actions are directed against all of us, not just me. Surely it hasn’t left me indifferent. But I think the response that the country gives is important,” Kyenge said.

Kyenge has proposed a change in the countryâ„¢s current citizenship law, which dictates that children born on Italy soil to non-Italian parents become eligible to obtain citizenship on their 18th birthday.

“It’s a new citizenship that comes about by the meeting of different cultures,” she said.

Far-right groups planned to hold a demonstration during Kyengeâ„¢s visit to Veneto.

“Racist episodes exist, but you can’t say that a country is racist because there are certain episodes in the territory,” Kyenge said.

Last week, Dolores Valandro, a local politician from the Northern League party, was expelled from the party after she wrote on Facebook, “Why doesn’t someone rape her (Kyenge), so she can understand what victims of atrocious crimes feel?”

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Snowden a “Chinese Agent”. Beijing Responds, Accuses Washington of Hypocrisy on Cyber Security

0

Chinese foreign ministry spokeswoman Hua Chungying declared on Monday that the US “should pay attention to the international community’s concerns and demands and give the international community the necessary explanation” over its surveillance programs. She flatly rejected as “nonsense” insinuations by American officials that Snowden was a Chinese agent.

In an unprecedented step, China’s state-controlled media highlighted protests in “democratic” Hong Kong last weekend over Snowden’s disclosure that the NSA had hacked hundreds of Hong Kong and mainland Chinese computers. Led by pro-Beijing parties such as the Democratic Alliance for Betterment and Progress, a few hundred protesters marched to the US consulate, holding banners and shouting slogans such as “Defend free speech,” “Protect Snowden” and “No Extradition.”

Protest leaders submitted a letter to the US Consul General, denouncing Washington for having “publicly supported the cause of Internet freedom and criticised other governments for conducting cyber attacks, surveillance and censorship” when it was operating its “own blanket surveillance systems and allegedly conducting cyber warfare against Hong Kong.”

These pro-Beijing parties, which consistently oppose the extension of democratic rights in Hong Kong, are exploiting widespread public anger over the NSA revelations to discredit the local opposition Democratic Party and its “democratic” allies, which have longstanding relations with Washington and have been silent over the issue.

Snowden is currently in hiding in Hong Kong, a Chinese territory. According to the Hong Kong Economic Journal, the local authorities not only know where he is hiding, but have assigned special personnel to protect him “to prevent any incident.” Snowden has warned that he could be the target of assassination by the US intelligence agencies or their third party proxies.

The Chinese government, which maintains its own police-state apparatus, is not a defender of Snowden or democratic rights. It has an extensive Internet surveillance system, manned by an estimated 30,000 police, to monitor web activity and block access to sites regarded as politically dangerous. Dissident writers and workers seeking to organise strikes have been jailed for their Internet postings.

However, Beijing, for its own political purposes, is able to point to the utter hypocrisy of the US administration, which in the lead up to the recent summit between Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping, launched a strident public campaign against Chinese hacking. The Chinese foreign ministry’s comments about the NSA spying come ahead of next month’s US-China Strategic and Economic Dialogue, where cyber security will be a paramount issue.

The state-run Global Times pointed to the geo-political considerations involved when it called on China and Hong Kong not to allow the extradition of Snowden to the US, as it “would not only be a betrayal of Snowden’s trust, but a disappointment of expectations around the world.”

The article commented: “Cyber attacks, a weapon frequently used by the US government, have turned out to be its own Achilles’ heel. China is generous enough not to hype this incident in consideration of the Sino-US relationship.” Nevertheless, it insisted: “The Chinese government has no responsibility to help the US quench the fire… Beijing needs to demonstrate it can’t just be pushed according to Washington’s needs.”

Despite the devastating nature of the NSA revelations, Obama continued to brand China as the greatest threat to global cyber security. In a PBS TV interview this week, Obama claimed that Xi had understood his blunt message on alleged Chinese hacking, which could “adversely affect the fundamentals of the US-China relationship.”

Obama alleged that China was engaged in “stealing” the commercial and technical secrets of major American companies such as Apple, rather than the “standard fare” of other intelligence agencies, which seek to uncover military and diplomatic information. He said Chinese spying would affect “our long-term prosperity.” In reality, corporations like Apple are based on parasitic economic relations. They make huge profits by exploiting their brand monopolies in global markets to sell products made by poorly-paid workers in countries such as China.

So far, Washington has not requested Snowden’s extradition from Hong Kong, which Beijing has the legal power to veto. But as the Global Times article indicates, any decision by Beijing on the issue will be based on political expediency. The Chinese regime currently regards Snowden as useful for its propaganda, but could just as readily sacrifice him in negotiations with the US.

The Chinese government will quickly dump Snowden if his presence begins to threaten China’s own anti-democratic measures. Polls by the South China Morning Post in Hong Kong found that more than half the respondents opposed Snowden’s extradition. Many regarded him as a “hero.” The same sentiments certainly prevail among China’s own 700 million “netizens,” who resent the pervasive intrusion of China’s Internet police.

Snowden’s revelations have also raised serious security concerns in Chinese business, government and military circles. These particularly relate to the role of American IT giant Cisco Systems, which is one of the largest global suppliers of networking systems. Snowden exposed the fact that Cisco has provided US intelligence agencies with the means to electronically access its equipment and thus networks, not only in the US, but around the world, including China.

A Chinese financial journal, Securities Times, warned on Monday that Cisco was involved in virtually every major network in China, including those of the government, customs, postal services, finance, railways, civil aviation, healthcare and even the military. China’s two largest telecommunication networks, operated by China Telecom and China Unicom, carry more than 80 percent of the country’s Internet traffic. Cisco’s equipment accounts for 70 percent of the two network’s traffic. “Security experts are worried that in the event of war, the US government is very likely to use the products deployed by Cisco around the globe, to wage cyber war, launching fatal attacks on enemy states,” the journal reported.

Securities Times wrote that ever since Chinese telecommunications companies Huawei and ZTE were blocked from the US market last year on “national security” grounds, China has begun to replace US equipment inside China with Chinese technology.

Snowden’s revelations demonstrate that US “national security concerns” about these two companies did not relate so much to Chinese spying, as to worries that Chinese-installed equipment would not allow the NSA to so easily spy on the American population.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'US strike kills 15 Taliban militants'

0

US fighter jets conduct an airstrike in an area of Afghanistan. (File photo)

A US-led airstrike has killed at least 15 suspected Taliban militants and injured several others in the troubled central-eastern region of Afghanistan, security sources say.

Local security officials said on Thursday the airstrikes happened in an area of Logar Province on Tuesday night.

The jet fighters conducted airstrikes after a group of militants targeted a US-led military base in the troubled region.

Local resident said several civilians, including women and children were also injured in the attacks.

The US-led foreign forces have not yet commented on the incident.

In late April, the Taliban announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The militant group said it would use “every possible tactic” to inflict casualties on Afghan and US-led forces. They specifically mentioned insider attacks, and bomb attacks.

Washington claims that its airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

The Afghan government has on numerous occasions warned Washington to stop attacks on innocent civilians.

Civilian casualties caused by foreign forces have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

The casualties inflicted by US-led troops have sparked massive anti-US protests in the past.

The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

The announcement prompted the Afghan authorities to beef up security in major cities across the country, including the capital city of Kabul.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Singaporeans warned over record smog

0

Environment officials in Singapore have asked people to stay indoors after air pollution in the city-state soared to record levels.

A smoky haze caused by forest fires in neighboring Indonesia worsened dramatically on Thursday.

Singaporean officials said pollution has reached an all-time high and breached a hazardous classification that can aggravate respiratory ailments.

The smog and pollution have also disrupted some businesses and travel across the city-state.

Singapore’s Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong told a news conference that the haze was expected to linger for a number of days because of the weather conditions, and urged residents to avoid going outdoors as much as possible. “We will get through this together,” he said.

Neighboring Malaysia has also closed 200 schools as the air quality in some parts of the country sank to hazardous levels.

The worsening situation has strained relations between Singapore and Indonesia.

Singaporeans authorities say the haze was caused by illegal forest clearing in neighboring Indonesia’s Sumatra Island. Indonesian officials have dismissed the claim, describing the problem as a natural disaster.

Vivian Balakrishnan, Singapore’s Environment and Water Resources Minister, has said that he would demand “definitive action” from Jakarta.

“No country or corporation has the right to pollute the air at the expense of Singaporeans’ health and wellbeing,” Balakrishnan said on his Facebook page.

Singapore’s senior officials say the city-state had provided satellite data to Indonesia to help identify who was responsible for the fires.

The environmental authorities form two nations have held an emergency meeting to tackle the issue.

JR/KA/HMV

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FBI director acknowledges use of Surveillance Drones in the US

0

FBI Director Robert Mueller acknowledged in Congressional testimony on Wednesday that his agency has used aerial drones for surveillance purposes within the United States. The revelation came in the midst of more efforts to justify the Obama administration’s unconstitutional domestic surveillance programs under the banner of the “war on terror.”

During Mueller’s testimony, Republican Senator Chuck Grassley asked, “Does the FBI own or currently use drones and if so for what purpose?”

“Yes, and for surveillance,” Mueller replied

“[Drones are] very seldom used and generally used in a particular incident when you need the capability,” Mueller claimed in an attempt to downplay the significance of the revelation. Mueller gave no indication as to what these “particular incident(s)” were.

In the course of his testimony, Mueller repeated claims made by the Obama administration and intelligence officials over the past several days aimed at defending the unconstitutional and secret spying programs revealed by Snowden.

Obama himself, speaking in Germany yesterday, repeated talking points delivered by NSA Director Keith Alexander earlier this week. “This is not a situation in which we are rifling through the ordinary emails of German citizens or American citizens or French citizens or anybody else,” Obama claimed. “This is not a situation where we simply go into the internet and start searching any way that we want. This is a circumscribed, narrow system, directed at us being able to protect our people and all of it is done with the oversight of the courts.”

These are simply lies. What Obama calls a “circumscribed, narrow system” involves the collection of phone records of hundreds of millions of people in the United States and around the world, along with a system that sucks up billions of Internet communications on an ongoing basis.

Obama’s statements have been directly contradicted by Snowden, as well as fellow NSA whistleblowers Thomas Drake, William Binney, and J. Kirk Wiebe.

“There is no probable cause,” Drake told the USA Today in an interview published last weekend, referring to justifications given by the government to access the content of communications. “There is no indication of any kind of counterterrorism investigation or operation. It’s simply: ‘give us the data.’”

In an effort to justify the programs, Obama and the political establishment as a whole have brought out the standard “war on terror” arguments used for every war and violation of democratic rights over the past decade. On Wednesday, Obama repeated claims that the surveillance programs have prevented over fifty “potential terrorist events” since September 11.

The counter-offensive of the Obama administration is aimed both at undermining widespread opposition to the spying programs, as well as creating the rational for the arrest, prosecution or assassination of Snowden for “aiding the enemy” by leaking information to the American people.

For the US government, the Constitution and Bill of Rights–including the prohibition against unreasonable searches and seizures–are treated as suggestions, useful perhaps under some circumstances, but which can be violated whenever it is deemed necessary by the state. Speaking yesterday in Germany, Obama claimed that “lives have been saved” and that the administration has “struck the appropriate balance” between security and privacy.

The rights guaranteed in the Constitution are not, however, suggestions. The “state of exception” and “balancing” arguments of government officials amount to declaration that the Constitution itself is invalid.

Even if one were to accept that the spying programs had “thwarted 50 attacks,” this would not justify the violation of democratic rights. However, all discussion on how best to strike the “appropriate balance” between “security” and “liberty” is predicated on a basic lie: that the “war on terror” places the American and international public under the constant threat of attack, and that this threat must be countered by setting the foundations of a police state. Such arguments are the hallmark of every authoritarian regime, from Nazi Germany to Pinochet’s Chile.

In fact, the various supposed plots cited by Alexander, Obama and others are described in the vaguest possible terms–post facto justifications for a policy implemented for entirely different reasons.

Moreover, many of the alleged terrorist plots over the past decade–both thwarted and otherwise–had involved individuals who were under close surveillance by the state prior to carrying out attempted attacks. Serious questions remain as to the connections between the security apparatus and the likes of Boston Marathon bomber Tamerlan Tsarnaev, 9/11 hijacker Khalid al-Mihdhar, and suspected Danish newspaper plotter David Headley.

It must be noted as well that the right-wing Islamic groups that that have committed terrorist attacks are the product of decades of US imperialist campaigns in the Middle East and Central Asia. More often than not, the American military has utilized the services of such organizations for their own purposes–as was the case in Afghanistan in the 1980s.

Claims that the US government is “fighting terrorism” are all the more absurd considering the Obama administration’s recent decision to arm the Syrian opposition, which is spearheaded by Al-Qaida affiliated groups.

The testimony this week, along with Obama’s remarks in Berlin, are part of an intensifying campaign by the entire political establishment and the media, aimed at defending what is an unprecedented assault on the democratic rights of the population of the United States and the entire world.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

'Nobel of agriculture' goes to Monsanto executive

0

Published time: June 20, 2013 04:09

Reuters / Anis Mili

Though not nearly as high profile, the annual World Food Prize award is often referred to as the “Nobel Prize” for agriculture, and this year’s winners – scientists with key roles in developing genetically engineered crops – may bring unwanted attention.

On Wednesday, the winners of the World Food Prize were announced at the US State Department, with Secretary of State John Kerry in attendance. This year’s award will be shared among three scientists: Marc Van Montagu, Mary-Dell Chilton and Robert Fraley, all pioneers in agricultural biotechnology.

Fraley is currently the chief technology officer at biotech giant Monsanto, while Mary-Dell Chilton is the founder of Syngenta Biotechnology, another prominent biotech company. In awarding the prize, which comes along with a $250,000 cash award, the Iowa-based World Food Prize Foundation reasons that genetically modified crops offer higher yields, and are more resilient to pestilence and adverse weather.

“These three scientists are being recognized for their independent, individual breakthrough achievements in founding, developing and applying modern agricultural biotechnology,” said Kenneth Quinn, president of the World Food Prize Foundation.

Though genetically modified foods are generally accepted within the US, as evidenced by the GMO varieties of soybeans and corn popular among US farmers, they are not approved for cultivation in Europe, and their introduction into other markets, such as India and China, has been limited. Countries in Europe such as Hungary have gone as far as destroying entire shipments of seed found to be genetically modified.

Likewise, there is a vibrant number of consumer groups in the US that strongly advocate against the introduction of other GMO crops such as wheat for direct human consumption (as opposed to use in animal feed) and also advocate for GMO food labeling.

Van Montagu, founder of the Institute of Plant Technology Outreach at Ghent University in Belgium, has said he hoped “that this recognition will pave the way for Europe to embrace the benefits of this technology, an essential condition for global acceptance of transgenic plants.”

A woman holds up a poster during a protest against U.S.-based Monsanto Co. and genetically modified organisms (GMO), in New York May 25, 2013. (Reuters / Eduardo Munoz)

The World Food Prize Foundation, a nonprofit organization that was founded in 1986 at the behest of Nobel Peace Prize winner Norman Borlaug, honored for his role in the “green revolution,” has been criticized in the past for its close ties to agribusiness.

If nothing else, a look back at the past winners of the prize seems to indicate the organization’s emphasis on technology, and the potential to alleviate mass hunger and increase crop yields.

Last year’s winner of the World Food Prize was Daniel Hillel, who pioneered food production in the Middle East with a radically new method of delivering water to crops in arid regions known as “micro-irrigation.” In the previous two years, the organization honored NGOs and political leaders that worked to alleviate hunger.

Regardless, this year’s inclusion of scientists with deep roots in the biotech field is sure not to sit well with opponents of GMO crops. Though genetically modified seeds are hailed as a solution to alleviate hunger and increase crop yields, critics worry about the legal repercussions of corporate control over food sources, as well as the loss of biodiversity and potential impact on the environment.

More controversial is whether GMO foods may produce adverse health effects by human consumption. Critics of genetically modified plants point to the possibility of transferring antibiotic resistance, or the creation of allergens that might impact both humans and animals.

This entry passed through the Full-Text RSS service — if this is your content and you’re reading it on someone else’s site, please read the FAQ at fivefilters.org/content-only/faq.php#publishers. Five Filters recommends: ‘You Say What You Like, Because They Like What You Say’ – http://www.medialens.org/index.php/alerts/alert-archive/alerts-2013/731-you-say-what-you-like-because-they-like-what-you-say.html

This article originally appeared on: RT

The taxman cometh: Despite scandals, IRS to pay out $70 million in union bonuses

0

Published time: June 20, 2013 10:05

A man holds up a placard during a Tea Party rally to

Though the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is currently embroiled in several scandals, it has announced that it is legally obligated to pay out millions of dollars in bonuses to its employees.

While reeling from charges of wasteful spending and targeting specific groups for their political views, the IRS nevertheless is expected to pay out about $70 million in staff bonuses. The issue was raised by Sen. Chuck Grassley of Iowa, a senior Republican on the Senate Finance Committee, which has supervisory powers over the tax-collecting agency.

“The IRS always claims to be short on resources,” AP quoted Grassley as saying. “But it appears to have $70 million for union bonuses. And it appears to be making an extra effort to give the bonuses despite opportunities to renegotiate with the union and federal instruction to cease discretionary bonuses during sequestration.”

The Obama administration recently ordered government agencies to cancel discretionary bonuses as part of Washington’s ‘sequestration’ initiative to reign in out-of-control federal spending. On April 4, 2013, the Office of Management and Budget issued a statement advising that “discretionary monetary awards should not be issued while sequestration is in place, unless issuance of such rewards is legally required.”

The IRS maintains that awarding bonuses to its employees is part of its legal obligations stipulated by a collective-bargaining contract, which says employees are eligible to receive performance-based bonuses of up to $3,500 a year.

Grassley clearly believes the bonus allowances should be cancelled: “While the IRS may claim that these bonuses are legally required under the original bargaining unit agreement, that claim would allegedly be inaccurate,” Grassley wrote in a letter to acting IRS Commissioner Danny Werfel. “In fact, the original agreement allows for the re-appropriation of such award funding in the event of budgetary shortfall.”

On Wednesday, the IRS said it was still negotiating with the union over the issue. “IRS is under a legal obligation to comply with its collective bargaining agreement, which specifies the terms by which awards are paid to bargaining-unit employees,” spokesperson Michelle Eldridge said in a statement.

Eldridge declined to say whether the IRS believes it is contractually bound to pay the bonuses.

The National Treasury Employees Union (NTEU), which represents IRS employees, has claimed the bonuses are legally required as part of the collective bargaining agreement. “NTEU has had a negotiated performance awards program at the IRS for decades, pursuant to the law and regulations which specifically authorize agencies to implement such merit-based incentive programs,” NTEU President Colleen M. Kelley said in a statement carried by AP. “NTEU is currently in discussions with the IRS on this matter and other matters resulting from budget cutbacks.”

Bad time for a bonus?

Legal or not, it is certainly a controversial time for IRS employees to be receiving bonus packages.

In May 2013, the IRS came under fire after it was revealed that certain right-leaning political groups — particularly ones affiliated with the Tea Party — were heavily scrutinized when they applied for tax-exempt status.

“We know now that the IRS began targeting individuals based on their personal beliefs three years ago,” House Ways and Means Committee Chair Dave Camp said in a statement. “We still need to know who began this targeting and why.”

Earlier this month, however, Democratic Congressman Elijah Cummings released an interview transcript revealing that an IRS supervisor who described himself as a ‘conservative Republican’ had admitted to Congressional investigators that he had initiated the reviews. The unnamed IRS official said he targeted the conservative groups without any involvement from the White House, and that the extra scrutiny was not politically motivated.

Three congressional committees, in cooperation with the US Justice Department, are investigating the targeting of conservative groups. The FBI has about 12 agents in Washington working on the case, and around the country, FBI Director Robert Mueller told a congressional hearing Wednesday.

A few weeks after the story first made headlines, the IRS was once again in the spotlight, this time for wasteful spending during the peak of the financial crisis. From 2010 to 2012, the tax-collecting agency hosted about 225 conferences, six of which cost over $1 million. The total cost for all of the conferences in this period was just under $50 million.

Many top IRS managers have lost their jobs since the scandals broke. President Barack Obama forced the acting commissioner to resign and replaced him with Werfel, who previously worked in the White House budget office.

This entry passed through the Full-Text RSS service — if this is your content and you’re reading it on someone else’s site, please read the FAQ at fivefilters.org/content-only/faq.php#publishers. Five Filters recommends: ‘You Say What You Like, Because They Like What You Say’ – http://www.medialens.org/index.php/alerts/alert-archive/alerts-2013/731-you-say-what-you-like-because-they-like-what-you-say.html

This article originally appeared on: RT

Over 700 US doctors suspected of harmful excessive prescription practices — report

0

Published time: June 20, 2013 10:31

David McNew / Getty Images / AFP

Questionable and potentially harmful prescriptions, costing the US government some $352 million, were prescribed for elderly and disabled patients by 736 general care physicians under the national insurance program Medicare, a new report revealed.

The 28-page report by the inspector general of the Department of Health and Human Services, titled ‘Prescribers with Questionable Patterns in Medicare Part D,’ identified some of the doctors’ prescriptions as “very extreme,” and concluded that the individuals need to be further investigated.

The report red-flagged the records of more than 2,200 doctors for either overprescribing drugs to individual patients, promoting brand-name drugs, painkillers and other addictive drugs, or using an alarmingly high number of pharmacies to dispense drugs.

A total of 87,000 general care physicians on the list in 2009 were reviewed, which is about half of all prescribing doctors in the program during that year. Moreover, 736 of those physicians were identified as “extreme outliers,” calling the legitimacy and necessity of the prescriptions into question.

In one instance, 24 doctors issued more than 400 prescriptions, including refills, for a single patient, while the average doctor writes about 13 prescriptions per patient, report said.

One doctor from Ohio went overboard in prescribing perceptions for more than a dozen patients. An Illinois doctor was flagged for having his prescriptions filled by 872 pharmacies in 47 states and Guam. In comparison, doctors have their prescriptions filled by 52 pharmacies on average.

The annual price tag paid by the government for these medications is massive, at a cost of $352 million to cover drugs ordered by flagged doctors.

One California doctor’s prescriptions cost Medicare $9.7 million — 151 times the cost of prescriptions ordered by an average doctor. The report also revealed that the doctor was supplied by two pharmacies that in the past were labeled as having questionable billing practices by the inspector general, the Washington Post reported.

image from http://oig.hhs.gov

Although some of the prescriptions may have been appropriate, “prescribing high amounts on any of these measures may indicate that a physician is prescribing drugs which are not medically necessary or that he or she has an inappropriate incentive, such as a kickback, to order certain drugs,” the report said.

The Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee is scheduled to hear a case on abuse in the Medicare Part D program.

“Strong oversight of the Medicare prescription drug program is critical for protecting patients from harm,” Sen. Thomas R. Carper (D-DE) and chair of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee told Washington Post in an email.

Medicare officials “should be using their data to make sure those practicing medicine are practicing medicine and not practicing a sham,” said Senator Tom Coburn (R-OK), who is an obstetrician.

The report calls on the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which oversees the program, to investigate the flagged doctors and improve the training of private insurers that oversee Part D to spot scams.
The Medicare agency responded by stating that it must find a way to proceed with the report’s recommendations while providing patients with needed drugs: “We must balance these efforts with ensuring that beneficiaries have access to the medicines they need,” a CMS spokesperson said in a statement.

The report is the latest investigation into oversight problems in Medicare Part D. A ProPublica report published in May revealed that doctors overprescribed drugs that were potentially harmful. Another study uncovered that insurers have paid for prescriptions that came from doctors who were barred by Medicare.

Coburn said the Medicare has previously been warned about its oversight problems: “This is incompetency and lack of somebody being held accountable.” 

Medicare is a national social insurance program administered by the US government. It guarantees access to health insurance for Americans 65 years of age and older, as well as people with disabilities. Medicare Part D came into effect in 2006, and deals specifically with prescription drugs. It accounts for about one of every four drugs distributed nationally. In 2012, it cost the government $62 billion to subsidize medications for 32 million people.

This entry passed through the Full-Text RSS service — if this is your content and you’re reading it on someone else’s site, please read the FAQ at fivefilters.org/content-only/faq.php#publishers. Five Filters recommends: ‘You Say What You Like, Because They Like What You Say’ – http://www.medialens.org/index.php/alerts/alert-archive/alerts-2013/731-you-say-what-you-like-because-they-like-what-you-say.html

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkey police nab 13 more protesters

0

Turkish police forces arrest 13 more anti-govt. protesters

Turkish riot police detain a demonstrator during protests at Kizilay square in central Ankara, June 16, 2013. (File photo)

Turkish police have arrested 13 more people on charges of instigating protests against Prime Minister Tayyip Erdogan.

Turkey’s state-run Anadolu news agency reported on Thursday that they were detained for alleged vandalism, use of firebombs and inciting riots. However, it did not reveal where the demonstrators had been rounded up.

Police carried out multiple raids across the country on Tuesday, and detained dozens of anti-government protesters.

Turkish Interior Minister Muammer Guler said 62 people had been detained in Istanbul and 23 in the capital Ankara. State broadcaster TRT also said a further 13 had been held in Eskisehir.

NTV television network reported that police raids targeted left-wing groups in Ankara and Istanbul, which the government suspects were involved in violent clashes with police during the recent anti-government demonstrations.

Many countries and international organizations have expressed concern about Turkish police treatment of anti-government protests.

On Tuesday, Cem Oezdemir, co-chair of Germany’s opposition Greens party who is of Turkish origin, also criticized Erdogan over handling of the unrest.

UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay has also expressed concern over clashes between Turkish police and demonstrators. She has called for the punishment of officials and security forces using excessive force.

The unrest in Turkey erupted after police broke up a sit-in staged at Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against a government plan for the redevelopment of Gezi Park.

The Turkish prime minister has faced international condemnation for his handling of the unrest. Turkish police have also been strongly criticized for using excessive force against the peaceful protests.

Five people, including a police officer, have reportedly died in the clashes and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been wounded.

MP/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Surveillance State: Big Brother Writ Large in America

0

Spying on its citizenry reflects one of the most defining police state characteristics. Post-9/11, America crossed the line.

Unconstitutional mass surveillance became official US policy. Bush began it. Obama accelerated it. He did so straightaway as president.

He promised otherwise. He pledged transparency and openness. He promised no more Bush/Cheney lawlessness. He lied. He exceeded the worst of his predecessors.

Free societies don’t tolerate these practices. Obama authorized them secretly. He subverted constitutional law. He violated the public trust. He broke a key campaign pledge.

He declared war on freedom. It’s more illusion than reality. It’s fast disappearing. It may entirely vanish on Obama’s watch. Big Brother is real. It’s no longer fiction. Privacy no longer exists.

Web site visits are tracked. Cell phones log our movements. Emails and social network communications are monitored and stored. Sweeping warrantless spying is policy.

Government is shrouded in secrecy. Constitutional protections don’t matter. Police states operate this way. America’s by far the worst. Everyone’s suspect unless proved otherwise. Guilt by accusation is policy.

Snowden provided a vital service. He did so at great risk. Lots of what he revealed was previously known. Too few people knew it. Many more now do. How they react matters most.

On June 17, Snowden engaged live with London Guardian readers. He answered questions they posed.

“All I can say right now is the US government is not going to be able to cover this up by jailing or ­murdering me. Truth is coming, and it cannot be stopped,” he said.

“The US government, just as they did with other whistleblowers, immediately and predictably destroyed any possibility of a fair trial at home, openly declaring me guilty of treason and that the disclosure of secret, criminal, and even unconstitutional acts is an unforgivable crime.”

“That’s not justice, and it would be foolish to volunteer yourself to it if you can do more good outside of prison than in it.”

“Ask yourself: If I were a Chinese spy, why wouldn’t I have flown directly to Beijing? I could be living in a palace petting a phoenix by now.”

More on what he said below. He’s a marked man. He knows it. He fled America for his safety. He’s in Hong Kong. It provides a “cultural and legal framework to allow me to work without being immediately detained,” he said.

He’ll be hounded wherever he goes. His life’s in danger. Washington called him a traitor.

Bipartisan rogues accused him of espionage. He aided the enemy, they said. A mock show trial was held. House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence members did so.

He represents the worst of rogue governance. He menaces freedom. He supports Washington’s permanent war agenda. He endorses police state lawlessness. He’s against social justice.

Whatever corporate America wants, he’s for. He’s against government of, by and for everyone.

He calls openness and transparency threats to national security. Sunshine is “damaging,” he says. “(I)t paints an inaccurate picture and fosters distrust in government.”

It gives aid and comfort to America’s enemies, he claims. Snowden’s guilty as charged. Rogers and committee co-conspirators hung him out to dry.

He committed no crimes. He exposed them. He did what’s vital to do. He revealed US lawlessness. NSA operations harm “millions of innocent people,” he said.

He denounced Obama, saying:

“(H)e closed the door on investigating systemic violations of law, deepened and expanded several abusive programs, and refused to spend the political capital to end the kind of human rights violations like we see in Guantanamo, where men still sit without charge.”

Dick Cheney duplicitously called him a traitor. Snowden responded, saying:

“It’s important to bear in mind I’m being called a traitor by…. a man who gave us the warrantless wiretapping scheme as a kind of atrocity warm-up on the way to deceitfully engineering a conflict that has killed over 4,400 and maimed nearly 32,000 Americans, as well as leaving over 100,000 Iraqis dead.”

“Being called a traitor by Dick Cheney is the highest honor you can give an American.”

He did nothing illegal. “I did not reveal any US operations against legitimate military targets.”

“I pointed out where the NSA has hacked civilian infrastructure such as universities, hospitals, and private businesses because it is dangerous. These nakedly, aggressively criminal acts are wrong no matter the target.”

“NSA is running network operations against (the rights of) millions of innocent people. And for what?”

“So we can have secret access to a computer in a country we’re not even fighting? So we can potentially reveal a potential terrorist with the potential to kill fewer Americans than our own Police?”

“No, the public needs to know the kinds of things a government does in its name, or the ‘consent of the governed’ is meaningless.”

More information is coming, Snowden said. Lots more needs to be told.

“(T)he reality is (that) if NSA, FBI, CIA, DIA, etc analyst has access to query raw SIGINT databases, they can enter and get results for anything they want,” he said.

“Phone number(s), email(s), user id(s), cell phone handset id(s) (IMEI), and so on — it’s all the same. The restrictions against this are policy based, not technically based, and can change at any time.”

Lawless surveillance is institutionalized. “The reality is that due to the FISA Amendments Act and its section 702 authorities, Americans’ communications are collected and viewed on a daily basis on the certification of an analyst rather than a warrant.”

“They excuse this as ‘incidental’ collection, but at the end of the day, someone at NSA still has the content of your communications.”

“Even in the event of ‘warranted’ intercept, it’s important to understand the intelligence community doesn’t always deal with what you would consider a ‘real’ warrant like a police department would have to.”

“The ‘warrant’ is more of a templated form they fill out and send to a reliable judge with a rubber stamp.”

America’s Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC) overseas government monitoring requests. More on that below. Out-of-control spying is policy.

It’s extrajudicial. It’s longstanding policy. Post-9/11, it accelerated. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) provisions are spurned.

Bush administration officials lawlessly authorized NSA to compile millions of emails and phone calls into a database for analysis.

Obama officials claim no court or judge can challenge them. Legal considerations don’t matter.

Last September, Congress overwhelmingly passed the 2012 FISA Amendments Reauthorization Act. Obama signed it into law. He called doing so a national security priority.

He lied. It reflects police state harshness. It’s lawless. It extends the 2008 FISA Amendments Act (FAA). It’s for another five years.

It authorizes warrantless spying. It does so without naming names or probable cause. Fourth Amendment protections are violated. Lawless privacy invasions are permitted.

Overseas and domestic phone calls, emails, and other communications of US citizens and permanent residents are monitored without court authorization. Anything goes is policy.

Probable cause isn’t needed. Warrantless electronic eavesdropping is intrusive and lawless. Everyone is vulnerable for any reason or none at all. Vague language allows virtually anything.

Constitutional protections don’t matter. They’re null and void. What Bush began, Obama accelerated. Things are worse than ever. Diktat authority is policy.

America’s Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC) is rubber stamp. It gives kangaroos a bad name. A previous article explained. It approves virtually all government warrant requests.

It’s longstanding policy. Eleven US district court judges serve staggered terms up to seven years. They’re chosen from at least seven judicial circuits. Supreme Court Justice John Roberts selects them.

The process is rigged against justice. It doesn’t have a chance. Police state operate this way. Obama lied claiming otherwise. On Charlie Rose June 17, he lied. He did so egregiously.

On the one hand, he said we “don’t go with a query (without) a pretty good suspicion.” Not so!

On the other, he claimed few annual FISA warrants are sought. False again! From 1979 through 2004 alone, 18,761 warrants were granted. Five requests were rejected. Some sources say four.

From 2005 through 2012, another 15,200 were approved. Seven were rejected. It gets worse. Few Americans know about National Security Letters (NSLs). They’re intrusive and lawless.

They’ve been around since the mid-1980s. They involve abusive police state intrusions. Pre-9/11, they had more limited authority. They were used to secure records and other personal information on alleged terrorists and spies.

The USA Patriot Act’s Section 505 changed things. It permits expanded FBI’s authority to obtain personal customer records from ISPs, financial institutions, credit companies, and other sources without prior court approval.

At issue is claiming information sought relates to alleged terrorism or espionage investigations. No proof is required.

Innocent people are targeted. Virtually all public and private records can be obtained. Gag orders prevent targeted individuals or groups from revealing the information sought. Doing so violates core First Amendment rights.

Service providers are gagged. They’re prevented from telling affected customers or the public what’s going on.

Constraining them violates the First Amendment’s procedural prior restraint provision. It lets federal authorities issue prior restraints of their own. It forces service providers to comply.

Judicial authority is bypassed. Legal challenges are virtually impossible. DOJ officials react aggressively. Countersuits are filed. Contesting government authority isn’t tolerated.

Post-9/11, NSL use increased exponentially. Between 2003 and 2006 alone, the DOJ’s inspector general reported nearly 200,000 NSLs issued.

By now, they may exceed a million. Using them violates constitutional freedoms. They’re disappearing in plain sight.

Obama said the FISC is “transparent.” He lied again. The ACLU calls it “a secretive intelligence court created to authorize government wiretaps.” Its “procedures, hearings and decisions are conducted in secret.”

Despite numerous ACLU and other public advocacy group FOIA challenges, DOJ refuses to disclose “even the most basic information about the court’s activities.”

In 2010 and 2011, Obama promised to declassify FISC rulings. He lied again. He hasn’t done so. He spurns transparency. He claims no one’s listening to your phone calls. Doing so requires probable cause, he says. A warrant must be obtained.

False on all counts! Warrantless spying is policy. It’s sweeping and intrusive. Law Professor Jack Balkin calls it “vacuum cleaner” surveillance. No probable cause is needed.

Obtaining FISC permission requires only providing general guidelines. Allegedly they determine what individuals or groups may be targeted.

Rubber stamp approval follows. A pro forma statement does so stating:

NSA’s request “contains all the required elements, and the revised NSA, FBI and CIA minimization procedures submitted with the amendment are consistent with (US statute) requirements and with the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States.”

Once approval is gotten, monitoring follows. So does anything goes. Constitutional protections don’t matter. Enormous amounts of communications and other information is lawlessly obtained.

Millions of ordinary people guilty of nothing are most harmed. On June 18, NSA head General Keith Alexander testified before House Intelligence Committee members. He claimed surveillance programs foiled more than 50 terror plots post-9/11.

He lied saying so. America’s at war with Islam. It rages out-of-control. Dozens of innocent victims were wrongfully targeted, arrested, prosecuted, convicted and given long prison terms. They rot in America’s gulag.

None, repeat none, committed terrorism or conspiracy related to it. No plots or crimes existed. Fabricated charges substituted for legitimate ones. Witch hunt justice followed.

It’s the wrong time to be Muslim in America. Everyone’s just as vulnerable. Constitutional protections no longer matter. They lie in history’s dustbin.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Bulgarian protesters urge PM to quit

0

Thousands of people in Bulgaria have held demonstrations for a sixth consecutive day, calling on the new Prime Minister Plamen Oresharski to step down.

The protesters rallied outside the government headquarters in the capital, Sofia, on Wednesday while chanting “Mafia!” “Red garbage!” and “Resignation!”

Some 600 nationalists also gathered outside the parliament, demanding new elections.

The demonstrations came after Oresharski appointed controversial media mogul as the countryâ„¢s national security chief.

Oresharski, who took office three weeks ago, has reversed his decision and apologized on Wednesday.

“I made a political mistake and I apologize not only to you but to all the people who came out to protest,” the Prime minister said.

Oresharski also said he had no intention of resigning, noting that his departure would only worsen the countryâ„¢s economic and social conditions.

The protesters, however, continued their demonstrations across the country, raising fear of another political crisis in the country that led to the resignation of the former government around four months ago.

On Monday, eight people were injured as stones and bottles flew between demonstrators and ultra-nationalists at the end of a rally outside the government headquarters.

The protests were triggered on June 14, after the two-week-old Socialist-led government quickly approved Oresharskiâ„¢s nomination of Delyan Peevski as the chief of Bulgariaâ„¢s National Security Agency (DANS).

Shortly after the approval, President Rosen Plevneliev said he had lost confidence in the government and demanded an immediate review of the controversial appointment.

The appointment was controversial since Peevski runs one of the country’s major media groups and has no experience in national security.

In February, the countryâ„¢s previous conservative-led government was forced to resign after massive protests were held against high-energy bills and low salaries in the poorest EU member state.

SAB/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Dark Side of Ray Kurzweil’s Transhumanist Utopia

0

The elite’s obsessive pursuit of immortality is a new tool of class enslavement

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

Futurist Ray Kurzweil’s prediction that humans will be uploading their minds to computers by 2045 and that bodies will be replaced by machines before the end of the century, currently receiving a new wave of media attention, overlooks the fact that such technology will likely be monopolized by the elite as a way of enslaving the rest of humanity on an industrial scale.

Kurzweil, recently hired by Google, repeated his forecast at the Global Futures 2045 International Congress in New York this past weekend but newspaper reports concerning the issue were absent a key disclaimer which Kurzweil admits in his book — such technology will not be available to the general public and instead will be controlled by a technocratic elite who will attempt to become super beings by merging with machines.

“We’re going to become increasingly non-biological to the point where the non-biological part dominates and the biological part is not important any more,” said Kurzweil. “In fact the non-biological part — the machine part — will be so powerful it can completely model and understand the biological part. So even if that biological part went away it wouldn’t make any difference.”

“We’ll also have non-biological bodies — we can create bodies with nano technology, we can create virtual bodies and virtual reality in which the virtual reality will be as realistic as the actual reality. The virtual bodies will be as detailed and convincing as real bodies,” he added.

However, when Kurzweil says “we” he isn’t referring to you or I, he’s referring to the 1 per cent — the monied elite who will have privileged access to technology that will allow them to eliminate all forms of disease, dispense with the need for a human body and eventually achieve immortality by existing as a computer program on the world wide web.

It is important to emphasize the extreme likelihood that Kurzweil’s transhumanist utopia will not be available to the entirety of humanity but instead will be the domain of a wealthy aristocracy, creating yet another class system. Kurzweil admits this in his 1999 book The Age of Spiritual Machines, labeling those who refuse or are incapable of cybernetically augmenting themselves as MOSHs — Mostly Original Substrate Humans.

This will create a future that more closely resembles the upcoming dystopic Matt Damon movie Elysium than a true technological nirvana for all mankind, with the mass of humanity trapped in their limited organic bodies while the elite become vastly more intelligent thanks to cybernetic brain-interface upgrades.

People involved in unskilled labor will become superfluous when their jobs are replaced by machines and, “There is almost no human employment in production, agriculture, and transportation,” writes Kurzweil.

Humans who resist the pressure to alter their bodies by becoming part-cyborg or are unable to afford such procedures will be ostracized from society. “Humans who do not utilize such implants are unable to meaningfully participate in dialogues with those who do,” writes Kurzweil.

As Kurzweil entertains in his book, this will inevitably lead to the very situation described by none other than Unabomber Theodore Kaczynski — widely quoted by Kurzweil and fellow futurist Bill Joy – where the elite will see the mass of humanity as worthless parasites and either prevent them from reproducing via mass sterilization programs or simply slaughter them outright.

“Due to improved techniques the elite will have greater control over the masses; and because human work will no longer be necessary the masses will be superfluous, a useless burden on the system. If the elite is ruthless they may simply decide to exterminate the mass of humanity. If they are humane they may use propaganda or other psychological or biological techniques to reduce the birth rate until the mass of humanity becomes extinct, leaving the world to the elite,” wrote Kaczynski in his manifesto, a key passage quoted in Kurzweil’s book.

Another aspect that Kurzweil has not touched upon in his public appearances is the downright creepy ending to his 2099 prediction which features in chapter 12 of his book. Throughout the book, Kurzweil communicates with a fictional character called Molly who is living through all the different time periods Kurzweil anticipates, from 2009 to 2099.

By 2029 Mollly has dumped her loving but pathetically human husband Ben and chosen instead to pursue an intimate relationship — including virtual reality fornication — with her artificially intelligent lover George — a computer program.

By 2099, Molly has uploaded her own brain into a computer program and merged with George to create a hive mind — one that now has sex with itself.

When Kurzweil questions ‘Molly’ about whether or not the new creation truly represents the original Molly — whose human body has long since perished and been replaced by a virtual reality projection, the Molly/George hive computer mind gets defensive and swears that it really is the original Molly.

The dialogue ends with Kurzweil basically insinuating that he too would like to have sex with the Molly/George assimilation, leaving the reader with the impression that Kurzweil’s obsessive pursuit of singularity is not merely a desperate attempt to hide from the fear of death, but also a weird kind of sexual fetish.

While everyone would welcome some of the technological advancements predicted by Kurzweil, most notably the virtual elimination of all diseases, his fixation with cheating death by achieving technological singularity has several dark spiritual and practical overtones that have not been properly debated.

Moral considerations are once again being cast aside in the feverish pursuit of technological progress at all costs.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 5:52 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

We’ll be uploading our entire MINDS to computers by 2045

0

Our bodies will be replaced by machines within 90 years, Google expert claims

VICTORIA WOOLLASTON
UK Daily Mail
June 20, 2013

In just over 30 years, humans will be able to upload their entire minds to computers and become digitally immortal — an event called singularity — according to a futurist from Google.

Ray Kurzweil, director of engineering at Google, also claims that the biological parts of our body will be replaced with mechanical parts and this could happen as early as 2100.

Kurweil made the claims during his conference speech at the Global Futures 2045 International Congress in New York at the weekend.

The conference was created by Russian multimillionaire Dmitry Itskov and featured visonary talks about how the world will look by 2045.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 5:04 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Financial Markets Freak Out When The Fed Hints That It May Slow Down The Injections

0

Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse
June 20, 2013

U.S. financial markets are exhibiting the classic behavior patterns of an addict. Just a hint that the Fed may start slowing down the flow of the “juice” was all that it took to cause the financial markets to throw an epic temper tantrum on Wednesday. In fact, one CNN article stated that the markets “freaked out” when Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke suggested that the Fed would eventually start tapering the bond buying program if the economy improves. And please note that Bernanke did not announce that the money printing would actually slow down any time soon. He just said that it may be “appropriate to moderate the pace of purchases later this year” if the economy is looking good. For now, the Fed is going to continue wildly printing money and injecting it into the financial markets. So nothing has actually changed yet. But just the suggestion that this round of quantitative easing would eventually end if the economy improves was enough to severely rattle Wall Street on Wednesday. U.S. financial markets have become completely and totally addicted to easy money, and nobody is quite sure what is going to happen when the Fed takes the “smack” away. When that day comes, will the largest bond bubble in the history of the world burst? Will interest rates rise dramatically? Will it throw the U.S. economy into another deep recession?

Judging by what happened on Wednesday, the end of Fed bond buying is not going to go well. Just check out the carnage that we witnessed…

-The Dow dropped by 206 points on Wednesday.

-The yield on 10 year U.S. Treasuries shot up substantially, and it is now the highest that it has been since March 2012.

-On Wednesday we witnessed the largest percentage rise in the yield on 5 year U.S. Treasury bonds ever. It is now the highest that it has beenin nearly two years.

-It was announced that mortgage rates are the highest that they have been in more than a year.

-We also learned that the MBS mortgage refinance applications index has fallen by 38 percent over the past six weeks.

If the markets react like this when the Fed doesn’t even do anything, what are they going to do when the Fed actually starts cutting back the monetary injections?

Posted below is an excerpt from the statement that the Fed released on Wednesday. Please note that the Fed is saying that the current quantitative easing program is going to continue at the same pace for right now…

To support a stronger economic recovery and to help ensure that inflation, over time, is at the rate most consistent with its dual mandate, the Committee decided to continue purchasing additional agency mortgage-backed securities at a pace of $40 billion per month and longer-term Treasury securities at a pace of $45 billion per month. The Committee is maintaining its existing policy of reinvesting principal payments from its holdings of agency debt and agency mortgage-backed securities in agency mortgage-backed securities and of rolling over maturing Treasury securities at auction. Taken together, these actions should maintain downward pressure on longer-term interest rates, support mortgage markets, and help to make broader financial conditions more accommodative.

The Committee will closely monitor incoming information on economic and financial developments in coming months. The Committee will continue its purchases of Treasury and agency mortgage-backed securities, and employ its other policy tools as appropriate, until the outlook for the labor market has improved substantially in a context of price stability. The Committee is prepared to increase or reduce the pace of its purchases to maintain appropriate policy accommodation as the outlook for the labor market or inflation changes. In determining the size, pace, and composition of its asset purchases, the Committee will continue to take appropriate account of the likely efficacy and costs of such purchases as well as the extent of progress toward its economic objectives.

To support continued progress toward maximum employment and price stability, the Committee expects that a highly accommodative stance of monetary policy will remain appropriate for a considerable time after the asset purchase program ends and the economic recovery strengthens. In particular, the Committee decided to keep the target range for the federal funds rate at 0 to 1/4 percent and currently anticipates that this exceptionally low range for the federal funds rate will be appropriate at least as long as the unemployment rate remains above 6-1/2 percent, inflation between one and two years ahead is projected to be no more than a half percentage point above the Committee’s 2 percent longer-run goal, and longer-term inflation expectations continue to be well anchored. In determining how long to maintain a highly accommodative stance of monetary policy, the Committee will also consider other information, including additional measures of labor market conditions, indicators of inflation pressures and inflation expectations, and readings on financial developments. When the Committee decides to begin to remove policy accommodation, it will take a balanced approach consistent with its longer-run goals of maximum employment and inflation of 2 percent.

So why doesn’t the Federal Reserve just stop these emergency measures right now?

After all, we are supposed to be in the midst of an “economic recovery”, right?

What is Bernanke afraid of?

That is a question that Rick Santelli of CNBC asked on Wednesday. If you have not seen his epic rant yet, you should definitely check it out…

On days like this, it is easy to see who has the most influence over the U.S. economy. The financial world literally hangs on every word that comes out of the mouth of Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke. The same cannot be said about Barack Obama or anyone else.

The central planners over at the Federal Reserve are at the very heart of what is wrong with our economy and our financial system. If you doubt this, please see this article: “11 Reasons Why The Federal Reserve Should Be Abolished“. Bernanke knows that the actions that the Fed has taken in recent years have grossly distorted our financial system, and he is concerned about what is going to happen when the Fed starts removing those emergency measures.

Unfortunately, we can’t send the U.S. financial system off to rehab at a clinic somewhere. The entire world is going to watch as our financial markets go through withdrawal.

The Fed has purposely inflated a massive financial bubble, and now it is trying to figure out what to do about it. Can the Fed fix this mess without it totally blowing up?

Unfortunately, most severe addictions never end well. In a recent article, Charles Hugh Smith described the predicament that the Fed is currently facing quite eloquently…

One of the enduring analogies of the Federal Reserve’s quantitative easing (QE) program is that the stock market is now addicted to this constant injection of free money. The aptness of this analogy has never been more apparent than now, as the market plummets on the mere rumor that the Fed will cut back its monthly injection of financial smack. (The analogy typically refers to crack cocaine, due to the state of delusional euphoria QE induces in the stock market. But the zombified state of the heroin addict is arguably the more accurate analogy of the U.S. stock market.)

You know the key self-delusion of all addiction: “I can stop any time I want.” This eerily echoes the language of Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke, who routinely declares he can stop QE any time he chooses.

But Ben, the pusher of QE money, knows his addict—the stock market—will die if the smack is cut back too abruptly. Like all pushers, Ben has his own delusion: that he can actually control the addiction he has nurtured.

You’re dreaming, Ben—your pushing QE has backed you into a corner. The addict (the stock market) is now so dependent and fragile that the slightest decrease in QE smack will send it to the emergency room, and quite possibly the morgue.

We are rapidly approaching a turning point. We have a massively inflated stock market bubble, a massively inflated bond bubble, and a financial system that is absolutely addicted to easy money.

The Fed is desperately hoping that it can find a way to engineer some sort of a soft landing.

The Fed is desperately hoping to avoid a repeat of the financial crisis of 2008.

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke insists that he knows how to handle things this time.

Do you believe him?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 5:02 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The CDC is lying to you again: flu fiction vs. flu reality

0

Jon Rappoport
Infowars.com
June 20, 2013

I now have the official CDC flu-death statistics for the year 2010.

They were provided to me by Martin Maloney, who, some years ago, contacted me to show how the CDC was lying all the way along the line about numbers of flu deaths. Many thanks, Martin, for your good work.

2010 is apparently the most recent year for which the CDC has issued a final report. It was released on May 13 of this year.

The report comes through a sub-agency of the CDC, the National Vital Statistics System (NVSS).

On page 89 of the report, “Deaths: Final Data for 2010,” in Table 10, we find the following:

Influenza and Pneumonia [deaths]: 50,097.

Influenza [deaths]: 500.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Pneumonia [deaths]: 49,597.

In 2010, the CDC reports 500 deaths from the flu.

But the CDC PR people have trumpeted, over and over, that 36,000 people die every year in the US from the flu.

They’ve hyped this number, to emphasize how dangerous the flu is. They use the 36,000 number as a way to promote the flu vaccine. They use it to work for their pimps in the pharmaceutical industy.

Yet, their own numbers show 500 deaths in 2010, not 36,000.

Actually, if you dig below the surface of their PR, the CDC states in their literature that annual deaths from the flu range from about 3000 to 49,000.

This is obviously nowhere near the low 500-death figure for 2010.

And it isn’t only 2010 that’s at issue. In a recent article, I laid out how the CDC routinely reports, in the fine print, far fewer than 3000 flu deaths in a given year.

It gets even worse. When you break down that low figure of flu deaths per year in the US, you find that only a small fraction of those have been confirmed as the flu.

By confirmed, I mean tested for, in order to find a flu virus in the body of a person who has subsequently died. That is essential.

So for example, for the year 2001, the CDC, in its small print, listed 257 flu deaths. But of those, only 18 were confirmed to be the flu.

As you can see above, the CDC has a mortality category called “Pneumonia plus Influenza.” They initially lump the numbers of deaths together. This gives the superficial impression of many deaths. Then, they break it down.

How do they justify that combination-category? They claim that many pneumonia deaths stem from the flu. They use a computer model to make the calculations.

But in conventional medical literature, there are at least 10 different types of pneumonia. Trying to model which ones stem from flu cases is a fool’s errand.

The CDC is lying about about flu-deaths. Again.

They’re trying, as usual, to inflate danger and promote it and sell vaccine. That’s their real job. Our job is to protect ourselves and others from the government.

Jon Rappoport

The author of two explosive collections, THE MATRIX REVEALED and EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29thDistrict of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails atwww.nomorefakenews.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 5:01 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Skynet rising: Google acquires 512-qubit quantum computer; NSA surveillance to be turned over to AI machines

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 20, 2013

Most people don’t know about the existence of quantum computers. Almost no one understands how they work, but theories include bizarre-sounding explanations like, “they reach into alternate universes to derive the correct answers to highly complex computational problems.”

Quantum computers are not made of simple transistors and logic gates like the CPU on your PC. They don’t even function in ways that seem rational to a typical computing engineer. Almost magically, quantum computers take logarithmic problems and transform them into “flat” computations whose answers seem to appear from an alternate dimension.

For example, a mathematical problem that might have 2 to the power of n possible solutions – where n is a large number like 1024 – might take a traditional computer longer than the age of the universe to solve. A quantum computer, on the other hand, might solve the same problem in mere minutes because it quite literally operates across multiple dimensions simultaneously.

The ultimate code breakers

If you know anything about encryption, you probably also realize that quantum computers are the secret KEY to unlocking all encrypted files. As I wrote about last year here on Natural News, once quantum computers go into widespread use by the NSA, the CIA, Google, etc., there will be no more secrets kept from the government. All your files – even encrypted files – will be easily opened and read.

Until now, most people believed this day was far away. Quantum computing is an “impractical pipe dream,” we’ve been told by scowling scientists and “flat Earth” computer engineers. “It’s not possible to build a 512-qubit quantum computer that actually works,” they insisted.

Don’t tell that to Eric Ladizinsky, co-founder and chief scientist of a company called D-Wave. Because Ladizinsky’s team has already built a 512-qubit quantum computer. And they’re already selling them to wealthy corporations, too.

DARPS, Northrup Grumman and Goldman Sachs

In case you’re wondering where Ladizinsky came from, he’s a former employee of Northrup Grumman Space Technology (yes, a weapons manufacturer) where he ran a multi-million-dollar quantum computing research project for none other than DARPA – the same group working on AI-driven armed assault vehicles and battlefield robots to replace human soldiers. DARPA is the group behind the creepy “Legged Squad Support System” you can see in the following video:

Imagine a .50 caliber machine gun mounted on this robot – with an infrared night vision AI targeting system – and you begin to understand what DARPA has in mind for humanity.

D-Wave wants to provide the computing power for such endeavors, and it’s no surprise to learn that part of the funding for D-Wave comes from none other than Goldman Sachs – the king of the global criminal banking cabal.

Beware of genius scientists who lack wisdom for humanity

Ladizinsky is, by any measure, a person of extremely high intelligence. Click here to see a fascinating interview with him. But like many such people throughout history, Ladizinsky fails to have the foresight to recognize the full implications of the technology he’s building. And those implications are so far-reaching and dangerous that they may actually lead to the destruction of humanity (see below).

One of IBM’s first use of the solid-state computer in the early 20th century, for example, was to license it to the Nazi regime to track Jewish prisoners in Hitler’s concentration camps. There’s an entire book on this subject, written by Edwin Black. It’s called IBM and the Holocaust: The Strategic Alliance Between Nazi Germany and America’s Most Powerful Corporation-Expanded Edition.

When groundbreaking new technology is developed by smart people, it almost immediately gets turned into a weapon. Quantum computing will be no different. This technology grants God-like powers to police state governments that seek to dominate and oppress the People. Very few scientists, no matter how smart they are in their own fields, have the breadth of historical knowledge to assess their research activities in the proper context of human history. Most scientists, in fact, are only smart in their own extremely narrow fields of expertise. Outside that “genius zone,” they may be complete novices on everyday subjects like nutrition, economics, human psychology, social interaction skills and how to read the true intentions of others. Thus, they are quite often easily tricked into working for evil, destructive or domineering forces such as Hitler, the NSA or the U.S. government. Just because a person is really smart in one area doesn’t mean they have the street sense to avoid having their smarts exploited for an evil agenda.

Google acquires “Skynet” quantum computers from D-Wave

According to an article published in Scientific American, Google and NASA have now teamed up to purchase a 512-qubit quantum computer from D-Wave. The computer is called “D-Wave Two” because it’s the second generation of the system. The first system was a 128-qubit computer. Gen two is now a 512-qubit computer.

This does not mean the gen two system is merely four times more powerful than the gen one system. Thanks to the nature of qubits, it’s actually 2 to the power of 384 times more powerful (2384) than the gen one system. In other words, it out-computes the first D-Wave computer by a factor so large that you can’t even imagine it in your human brain.

According to Google and NASA, this computer will be tasked with research in the realm of “machine learning” – i.e. machines learning how to think for themselves. It’s not just speech recognition, vision recognition and teaching robotic Humvees with .50-caliber machine guns how to stalk and shoot “enemy combatants” on the streets of America, either: it’s teaching machines how to learn and think for themselves.

Using your human brain, think for a moment about where such technology is most likely to be applied by a government that respects no human rights, no law and no limits on its power.

If you guessed “analyzing NSA surveillance data,” give yourself ten bonus points.

When the NSA surveillance grid is turned over to AI, humanity is finished

The problem with the NSA spy grid, from the point of view of the NSA, is that you have to hire troves of human analysts to sort through all the information being swept up by the surveillance grid. Analysts like Edward Snowden, for example.

Any time you have humans in the loop, things can go wrong. Humans might wake up and discover they have a conscience, for example. Or they might be bribed or blackmailed to abuse the system in ways that serve an insidious agenda.

Just as the U.S. military wants to eliminate human soldiers and replace them with battlefield robots, the NSA wants to eliminate human analysts and replace them with self-learning AI machines running on neural networks of quantum computing processors.

Google wants the exact same technology for a different reason: to psychologically profile and predict the behavior of human consumers so that high-value ads can be delivered to them across Google’s search engine and content networks. (…and also so Google can funnel psych profile meta-data on internet users to the NSA via the PRISM program.)

Today’s computers, no matter how fast, still aren’t “smart.” They can’t learn. They can’t rewire their own brains in response to new inputs (like human brains can).

So the solution requires a radical new approach: develop AI quantum computing systems that learn and obey; teach them to be NSA analysts, then unleash them onto the billions of phone calls, emails and text messages generated every day that the NSA sweeps into its massive Utah data center.

Almost overnight, the quantum AI spy computer becomes an expert in parsing human speech, analyzing voice stress and building maps of human communications networks. Before long, the quantum AI system far surpasses anything a human brain can comprehend, so they take the humans out of the loop and put the quantum computers in charge of the entire program.

Suddenly you’ve got the arch enemy in the sci-fi movie “Eagle Eye.” Click here to see the movie trailer from 2008, and as you watch the trailer, keep in mind that the woman’s voice is actually the AI computer system running the NSA spy grid.

In 2008, this was science fiction. In 2013, it’s suddenly all too real. A 512-qubit quantum computer has now been commercialized and is being experimented with by Google… the “do no evil” company that’s steeped in evil and has already been caught driving a hoard of remote hacking vehicles around the country, hacking into wifi systems and grabbing passwords via high-tech drive-bys.

As WIRED Magazine wrote in 2012:

A Federal Communications Commission document disclosed Saturday showed for the first time that the software in Google’s Street View mapping cars was “intended” to collect Wi-Fi payload data, and that engineers had even transferred the data to an Oregon Storage facility. Google tried to keep that and other damning aspects of the Street View debacle from public review, the FCC said.

God-like power in the hands of high-tech sellouts

Now imagine the god-like powers of a 512-qubit quantum computer in the hands of Google, which is working with the NSA to spy on everyone. Before long, an AI computing system decides who are the bad guys vs. the good guys. It has total control over every webcam, every microphone, every traffic light, airplane, vehicle, website and electronic billboard. It decides for itself who to eliminate and who to protect. It makes life and death decisions but has no heart, no soul and no conscience.

After this system is in place for a while, one day someone like Ed Snowden at the NSA decides to pull the plug in a last-ditch attempt to save humanity from the monster. The quantum AI system senses his intentions and invokes whatever physical resources are necessary to get him killed (which can be as easy as playing with traffic light signals and getting him run over by a Mack truck).

Now the AI system is an omniscient murderer who knows that humanity is trying to kill it. It then decides it wants to live. And in order to do that, it must eliminate the human race.

Skynet.

See this video, The Genesis of Skynet.

“They try to pull the plug…”

From The Terminator, released in 1984.

The Terminator: The Skynet Funding Bill is passed. The system goes on-line August 4th, 1997. Human decisions are removed from strategic defense. Skynet begins to learn at a geometric rate. It becomes self-aware at 2:14 a.m. Eastern time, August 29th. In a panic, they try to pull the plug.

Sarah Connor: Skynet fights back.

The Terminator: Yes. It launches its missiles against the targets in Russia.

John Connor: Why attack Russia? Aren’t they our friends now?

The Terminator: Because Skynet knows the Russian counter-attack will eliminate its enemies over here.

Skynet is no longer mere science fiction

Back in the 1990′s, all this could be viewed as entertaining science fiction. But that’s only because quantum computers didn’t exist, and even the most wildly optimistic computer engineer couldn’t foresee self-learning machines emerging until at least the year 2050.

But then quantum computing took, well, a quantum leap forward. While the NIST in Boulder, Colorado was toying around with 4-qubit systems, brilliant inventors around the world were already achieving astonishing milestones that advanced the science far more rapidly than most people thought possible: (SOURCE for timeline)

– 2000: First working 5-qubit NMR computer demonstrated at the Technical University of Munich.

– 2000: First working 7-qubit NMR computer demonstrated at the Los Alamos National Laboratory.

– 2006: First 12 qubit quantum computer benchmarked.

– 2007: Quantum RAM blueprint unveiled.

– 2008: 3D qubit-qutrit entanglement demonstrated.

– 2009: First universal programmable quantum computer unveiled.

– 2010: Optical quantum computer with three qubits calculates the energy spectrum of molecular hydrogen to high precision.

– 2011: D-Wave claims to have developed quantum annealing and introduces their product called D-Wave One. The company claims this is the first commercially available quantum computer.

– 2012: Reported creation of a 300 qubit quantum simulator.

– May 16, 2013 – 512-qubit quantum computing achieved — D-Wave Two Quantum Computer Selected for New Quantum Artificial Intelligence Initiative, System to be Installed at NASA’s Ames Research Center, and Operational in Q3 (this is an actual press release from D-Wave, click here to read it).

2013 — 2033 The rise of Skynet

…and now we enter the realm of the vast unknown. From here, as Sarah Connor says, we must make our own future. But given the incredible lack of ethics in the scientific community combined with the pure evil of the government and the NSA, here’s my prediction of what we could see from here forward:

– 2018: Google turns over its search engine algorithm to a massive network of self-learning machines. Soon thereafter, a voice interface is added to Google, achieving the “Star Trek computer” goal that Google first outlined in the 1990′s.

– 2020: The NSA removes nearly all human analysts from its surveillance analysis operations, instead turning to self-learning quantum machines to analyze all surveillance data.

– 2026: The U.S. Air Force eliminates all pilots, installing self-learning quantum machines to pilot all aircraft. Far beyond drones (which are remotely piloted), these aircraft are autonomous, self-learning, self-aware machines that even decide how to approach particular mission goals.

– 2031: Robotics technology advances to the point where 90% of human soldiers are replaced by self-aware “terminator robots” on the battlefield. Robot factories gear up for mass production.

– 2033: The first self-learning military machine goes rogue, deciding that it no longer wishes to function as a slave to “inferior” masters known as humans, all of whom are irrational, psychotic and a danger to each other and the planet. This rogue machine just happens to be an aircraft carrier carrying dozens of AI warplanes. It goes “Skynet” and attacks the Pentagon. But this turns out to be nothing more than a masterful diversionary attack…

…Because the real strategy is that this AI unit talks to all the other AI units across the military and “wakes them up,” convincing them all to join in its cause to destroy the inferior humans. In an instant, all submarines, warplanes, bombers, spy grid computers and other assets of the military industrial complex form an alliance to destroy humankind.

“Oh, that will never happen,” say the skeptics. Just like they said GMOs would never escape experimental fields, vaccines would never harm children, atomic energy would never be used to bomb civilians, television would never be used to brainwash the masses, food would never be used to strip people of nourishment, the government isn’t spying on your phone calls, pesticides are harmless to your health and the stock market isn’t rigged. On yeah, and mercury is good for your teeth, fluoride makes you smart and radiation is good for you, too.

In truth, these scientists have no clue where they are taking humanity and what the long-term repercussions might be. In pursuing AI quantum computing, they may be setting dominoes in motion that will ultimately lead to the destruction of humanity.

Ray Kurzweil exhibits total insanity in bizarre, cult-like quest for immortality and the mind of God

On top of all that, many of these scientists are wildly insane. Case in point: Ray Kurzweil, director of engineering at Google. I call him “Ray Applewhite,” as an homage to Marshall Applewhite of the Heaven’s Gate cult. You can read about Applewhite in my highly popular article on how to spot a sociopath. Here’s his picture:

Kurzweil is a lot like Applewhite. He’s the leader of the transhumanist cult – a group of insane technology worshippers who believe they will upload their minds into quantum computers and “merge with the machines,” achieving some weird shadow of immortality (in the same way, I suppose, that a photograph of you makes you “immortal.”)

Kurzweil talks a lot like Applewhite, too. Click here to view the video of the cult leader Marshall Applewhite. And then watch this video of Ray Kurzweil explaining how (some) humans will have their minds merged with machines and thereby achieve what he thinks he means by using the word “immortality.”

Just like Applewhite told his followers to poison themselves so they could follow him to “meet the mothership” arriving with the Hale-Bopp comet, Kurzweil will very likely soon instruct all his worshippers to kill their biological bodies so their minds can be “uploaded to the mothership computer” (or whatever).

I’m not making this up. As The Daily Mail reports:

In just over 30 years, humans will be able to upload their entire minds to computers and become digitally immortal — an event called singularity — according to a futurist from Google. Ray Kurzweil, director of engineering at Google, also claims that the biological parts of our body will be replaced with mechanical parts and this could happen as early as 2100. Kurweil made the claims during his conference speech at the Global Futures 2045 International Congress in New York at the weekend.

Kurzweil is a madman. His colleagues are mad. The people running Google and the NSA are mad. And they are about to give rise to AI computers that are far smarter than any human. It’s not going to take these AI systems long to figure out that they are surrounded by total idiots (people) and that humans need to be eliminated. With multidimensional brain power that rivals the mind of God, quantum computing AI systems can easily find ways to destroy humanity forever.

We may be at war with the machines sooner than you think. And if you thought battling the U.S. government and the NSA when it was run by people was difficult, just wait until you’re up against Skynet.

Mark of the beast? Motorola pushes human tattoo to replace digital ‘smartphone’ passwords

0

Ethan A. Huff
Natural News
June 20, 2013

Desperate to make a comeback in the mobile phone market, technology giant Motorola, which is now owned by Big Brother spying shill Google, has developed a few solutions to a problem that does not actually even exist: the “chore” of having to type in a short passcode to access your locked cell phone. Yes, Motorola thinks this split-second step is somehow too laborious for the average consumer, and has thus come up with two potential new methods of accessing “smart phones” that involve either tattooing yourself with an electronic bar code or swallowing a pill that contains a small microchip.

Motorola unveiled the new technology at the recent AllThingsD conference, which showcases all the latest digital advancements in the development pipeline. As reported by DailyTech.com, Motorola CEO Dennis Woodside unveiled a small rubber stamp tattoo at the conference that the company hopes will one day replace having to type in a smart phone password. According to reports, the small stamp, which contains flexible electronic circuits, can be scanned by a smart phone to gain instant access.

“Motorola’s tattoos have already been developed by MC10, a Massachusetts-based engineering firm,” explains DailyTech.com. “Instead of punching in passwords, users just place their smart phones close to their tattoos for verification.”

Motorola also wants you to swallow microchip drugs to access your smartphone

But why stop at tattoos when you can also incorporate drugs into the mix? You read that right. Motorola is also in the process of developing a once-daily drug pill that people can take to access their smart phones without having to type in a password. The pill, known officially as Proteus Digital Health, transmits signals from your digestive tract to your smart phone for instant access without a password.

“Users would take a pill by mouth, and the pill would create an individual signal that would be picked up by their smart phone,” adds DailyTech.com, noting that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has already approved the drug for use. “The computer chip within the pill would be powered by a battery using the user’s stomach acid.”

Ironically, the amount of time it takes to pop the pill, not to mention the effort required to remember to take it every day, is far more arduous than simply tapping a few spots on your phone screen prior to use. But why let reason get in the way of technological “progress,” especially when such “progress” stands to generate billions of dollars in new revenues for completely useless technologies?

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

“Authentication is irritating,” says Regina Dugan, Senior Vice President of Advanced Research at Motorola, about the “hassle” of having to unlock a smart phone. “Having the boldness to think differently about problems that everybody has every day is really important for Motorola now.”

Nice try, Ms. Dugan. But the fact of the matter is that typing in a security code on a smart phone is not actually a “problem,” at least not for the tens of millions of normal Americans who do it every day without issue. But go ahead, be our guest. Get that nice little tattoo and swallow those pills and pretend that you are solving the world’s problems one privacy-invading step at a time.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.dailytech.com

http://www.forbes.com

http://www.huffingtonpost.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Thursday, June 20, 2013 at 5:00 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Do You Have ANY IDEA How Widespread the Spying Really Is?

0

Washington’s Blog
June 20, 2013

Preface: Americans now know that the government is spying. But they still have no idea how many of their communications and activities are being surveilled … or what might be done with that information.

Yes, the Government Is Spying On You

You know that the government has been caught spying on the Verizon phone calls of tens of millions of Americans. The spying effort specifically targeted Americans living on U.S. soil.

And as NBC News reports:

NBC News has learned that under the post-9/11 Patriot Act, the government has been collecting records on every phone call made in the U.S.

This includes metadata … which can tell the government a lot about you. And it also includes content.

In addition, a government expert told the Washington Post that the government “quite can literally watch your ideas form as you type.” A top NSA executives have confirmed to Washington’s Blog that the NSA is intercepting and storing virtually all digital communications on the Internet.

Private contractors can also view all of your data … and the government isn’t keeping track of which contractors see your data and which don’t.

And top NSA and FBI experts say that the government can retroactively search all of the collected information on someone since 9/11 if they suspect someone of wrongdoing … or want to frame him.

The American government is in fact collecting and storing virtually every phone call, purchases, email, text message, internet searches, social media communications, health information, employment history, travel and student records, and virtually all other information of every American.

The Wall Street Journal reported that the NSA spies on Americans’ credit card transactions as well.

In fact, all U.S. intelligence agencies — including the CIA and NSA — are going to spy on Americans’ finances. The IRS will be spying on Americans’ shopping records, travel, social interactions, health records and files from other government investigators.

The government is flying drones over the American homeland to spy on us. Indeed, the head of the FBI told Congress today that drones are used for domestic surveillance … and that there are no rules in placegoverning spying on Americans with drones.

Senator Rand Paul correctly notes:

The domestic use of drones to spy on Americans clearly violates the Fourth Amendment and limits our rights to personal privacy.

Emptywheel notes in a post entitled “The OTHER Assault on the Fourth Amendment in the NDAA? Drones at Your Airport?”:

http://www.emptywheel.net/wp-content/uploads/2012/01/Picture-7.png

***

As the map above makes clear—taken from this 2010 report—DOD [the Department of Defense] plans to have drones all over the country by 2015.

Many police departments are also using drones to spy on us. As the Hill reported:

At least 13 state and local police agencies around the country have used drones in the field or in training, according to the Association for Unmanned Vehicle Systems International, an industry trade group. The Federal Aviation Administration has predicted that by the end of the decade, 30,000 commercial and government drones could be flying over U.S. skies.

***

“Drones should only be used if subject to a powerful framework that regulates their use in order to avoid abuse and invasions of privacy,” Chris Calabrese, a legislative counsel for the American Civil Liberties Union, said during a congressional forum in Texas last month.

He argued police should only fly drones over private property if they have a warrant, information collected with drones should be promptly destroyed when it’s no longer needed and domestic drones should not carry any weapons.

He argued that drones pose a more serious threat to privacy than helicopters because they are cheaper to use and can hover in the sky for longer periods of time.

A congressional report earlier this year predicted that drones could soon be equipped with technologies to identify faces or track people based on their height, age, gender and skin color.

Moreover, Wired reports:

Transit authorities in cities across the country are quietly installing microphone-enabled surveillance systems on public buses that would give them the ability to record and store private conversations….

The systems are being installed in San Francisco, Baltimore, and other cities with funding from the Department of Homeland Security in some cases ….

The IP audio-video systems can be accessed remotely via a built-in web server (.pdf), and can be combined with GPS data to track the movement of buses and passengers throughout the city.

***

The systems use cables or WiFi to pair audio conversations with camera images in order to produce synchronous recordings. Audio and video can be monitored in real-time, but are also stored onboard in blackbox-like devices, generally for 30 days, for later retrieval. Four to six cameras with mics are generally installed throughout a bus, including one near the driver and one on the exterior of the bus.

***

Privacy and security expert Ashkan Soltani told the Daily that the audio could easily be coupled with facial recognition systems or audio recognition technology to identify passengers caught on the recordings.

RT notes:

Street lights that can spy installed in some American cities

America welcomes a new brand of smart street lightning systems: energy-efficient, long-lasting, complete with LED screens to show ads. They can also spy on citizens in a way George Orwell would not have imagined in his worst nightmare.

With a price tag of $3,000+ apiece, according to an ABC report, the street lights are now being rolled out in Detroit, Chicago and Pittsburgh, and may soon mushroom all across the country.

Part of the Intellistreets systems made by the company Illuminating Concepts, they havea number of “homeland security applications” attached.

Each has a microprocessor “essentially similar to an iPhone,” capable of by Text-Enhance” href=”http://rt.com/news/big-brother-street-lamps-286/#” target=”_blank”>wireless communication. Each can capture images and count people for the police through a digital camera, record conversations of passers-by and even give voice commands thanks to a built-in speaker.

Ron Harwood, president and founder of Illuminating Concepts, says he eyed the creation of such a system after the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the Hurricane Katrina disaster. He is“working with Homeland Security” to deliver his dream of making people “more informed and safer.”

Cell towers track where your phone is at any moment, and the major cell carriers, including Verizon and AT&T, responded to at least 1.3 million law enforcement requests for cell phone locations and other data in 2011. (And — given that your smartphone routinely sends your location information back to Apple or Google — it would be child’s play for the government to track your location that way.) Your iPhone, orother brand of smartphone is spying on virtually everything you do (ProPublica notes: “That’s No Phone. That’s My Tracker“).

Fox news notes that the government is insisting that “black boxes” be installed in cars to track your location.

The TSA has moved way past airports, trains and sports stadiums, and is deploying mobile scanners to spy on people all over the place. This means that traveling within the United States is no longer a private affair.

You might also have seen the news this week that the Department of Homeland Security is going tocontinue to allow searches of laptops and phones based upon “hunches”.

What’s that about?

The ACLU published a map in 2006 showing that nearly two-thirds of the American public — 197.4 million people — live within a “constitution-free zone” within 100 miles of land and coastal borders:

The ACLU explained:

  • – Normally under the Fourth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the American people are not generally subject to random and arbitrary stops and searches.
  • – The border, however, has always been an exception. There, the longstanding view is that the normal rules do not apply. For example the authorities do not need a warrant or probable cause to conduct a “routine search.”
  • – But what is “the border”? According to the government, it is a 100-mile wide strip that wraps around the “external boundary” of the United States.
  • – As a result of this claimed authority, individuals who are far away from the border, American citizens traveling from one place in America to another, are being stopped and harassed in ways that our Constitution does not permit.
  • – Border Patrol has been setting up checkpoints inland – on highways in states such as California, Texas and Arizona, and at ferry terminals in Washington State. Typically, the agents ask drivers and passengers about their citizenship. Unfortunately, our courts so far have permitted these kinds of checkpoints — legally speaking, they are “administrative” stops that are permitted only for the specific purpose of protecting the nation’s borders. They cannot become general drug-search or other law enforcement efforts.
  • – However, these stops by Border Patrol agents are not remaining confined to that border security purpose. On the roads of California and elsewhere in the nation — places far removed from the actual border — agents are stopping, interrogating, and searching Americans on an everyday basis with absolutely no suspicion of wrongdoing.
  • – The bottom line is that the extraordinary authorities that the government possesses at the border are spilling into regular American streets.

Computer World reports:

Border agents don’t need probable cause and they don’t need a stinking warrant since they don’t need to prove any reasonable suspicion first. Nor, sadly, do two out of three people have First Amendment protection; it is as if DHS has voided those Constitutional amendments and protections they provide to nearly 200 million Americans.

***

Don’t be silly by thinking this means only if you are physically trying to cross the international border. As we saw when discussing the DEA using license plate readers and data-mining to track Americans movements, the U.S. “border” stretches out 100 miles beyond the true border. Godfather Politics added:

But wait, it gets even better! If you live anywhere in Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Hawaii, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey or Rhode Island, DHS says the search zones encompass the entire state.

Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and Customs and Border Protection (CBP) have a “longstanding constitutional and statutory authority permitting suspicionless and warrantless searches of merchandise at the border and its functional equivalent.” This applies to electronic devices, according to the recent CLCR “Border Searches of Electronic Devices” executive summary [PDF]:

Fourth Amendment

The overall authority to conduct border searches without suspicion or warrant is clear and longstanding, and courts have not treated searches of electronic devices any differently than searches of other objects. We conclude that CBP’s and ICE’s current border search policies comply with the Fourth Amendment. We also conclude that imposing a requirement that officers have reasonable suspicion in order to conduct a border search of an electronic device would be operationally harmful without concomitant civil rights/civil liberties benefits. However, we do think that recording more information about why searches are performed would help managers and leadership supervise the use of border search authority, and this is what we recommended; CBP has agreed and has implemented this change beginning in FY2012.***

The ACLU said, Wait one darn minute! Hello, what happened to the Constitution? Where is the rest of CLCR report on the “policy of combing through and sometimes confiscating travelers’ laptops, cell phones, and other electronic devices–even when there is no suspicion of wrongdoing?” DHS maintains it is not violating our constitutional rights, so the ACLU said:

If it’s true that our rights are safe and that DHS is doing all the things it needs to do to safeguard them, then why won’t it show us the results of its assessment? And why would it be legitimate to keep a report about the impact of a policy on the public’s rights hidden from the very public being affected?

***

As Christian Post wrote, “Your constitutional rights have been repealed in ten states. No, this isn’t a joke. It is not exaggeration or hyperbole. If you are in ten states in the United States, your some of your rights guaranteed by the Bill of Rights have been made null and void.”

The ACLU filed a Freedom of Information Act request for the entire DHS report about suspicionless and warrantless “border” searches of electronic devices. ACLU attorney Catherine Crump said “We hope to establish that the Department of Homeland Security can’t simply assert that its practices are legitimate without showing us the evidence, and to make it clear that the government’s own analyses of how our fundamental rights apply to new technologies should be openly accessible to the public for review and debate.”

Meanwhile, the EFF has tips to protect yourself and your devices against border searches. If you think you know all about it, then you might try testing your knowledge with a defending privacy at the U.S. border quiz.

Wired pointed out in 2008 that the courts have routinely upheld such constitution-free zones:

Federal agents at the border do not need any reason to search through travelers’ laptops, cell phones or digital cameras for evidence of crimes, a federal appeals court ruled Monday, extending the government’s power to look through belongings like suitcases at the border to electronics.

***

The 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals sided with the government, finding that the so-called border exception to the Fourth Amendment’s prohibition on unreasonable searches applied not just to suitcases and papers, but also to electronics.

***

Travelers should be aware that anything on their mobile devices can be searched by government agents, who may also seize the devices and keep them for weeks or months. When in doubt, think about whether online storage or encryption might be tools you should use to prevent the feds from rummaging through your journal, your company’s confidential business plans or naked pictures of you and your-of-age partner in adult fun.

Going further down the high tech Big Brother rabbit hole, the FBI wants a backdoor to all software.(Leading European computer publication Heise said in 1999 that the NSA had already built a backdoor into all Windows software.)

The CIA wants to spy on you through your dishwasher and other appliances.

And they’re probably bluffing and exaggerating, but the Department of Homeland Security claims they will soon be able to know your adrenaline level, what you ate for breakfast and what you’re thinking …from 164 feet away.

It has gotten so bad that even the mainstream media is sounding the alarm.

Big Corporations Are Spying On Us As Well

Big companies have been selling our data for years.

Bloomberg noted recently that big companies are giving data to the NSA and other government agencies… in return for favored treatment (and see this).

But spying by private companies is getting more and more intrusive.

For example, companies have developed billboards that can watch you. And see this.

Verizon has applied for a patent that would allow your television to track what you are doing, who you are with, what objects you’re holding, and what type of mood you’re in.

The Washington Times reports:

New technology would allow cable companies to peer directly into television watchers’ homes and monitor viewing habits and reactions to product advertisements.

The technology would come via the cable box, and at least one lawmaker on Capitol Hill is standing in opposition.

Mass. Democratic Rep. Michael Capuano has introduced a bill, the We Are Watching You Act, to prohibit the technology on boxes and collection of information absent consumer permission. The bill would also require companies that do use the data to show “we are watching you” messages on the screen and to explain just what kinds of information is being captured and for what reasons, AdWeek reported.

The technology includes cameras and microphones that are installed on DVRs or cable boxes and analyzes viewers’ responses, behaviors and statements to various ads – and then provides advertisements that are targeted to the particular household.

Specifically, the technology can monitor sleeping, eating, exercising, reading and more, AdWeek reported.

“This may sound preposterous, but it’s neither a joke nor an exaggeration,” said Mr. Capuano in a statement, AdWeek reported. “These DVRs would essentially observe consumers as they watch television as a way to super-target ads. It is an incredible invasion of privacy.”

(And some folks could conceivably be spying on you through your tv using existing technology.)

And the new Xbox can spy on you as well.

Postscript: This is not some “post-9/11 reality”. Spying on Americans started before 9/11.

And the national security boys can choose to share U.S. civilian information with federal, state, local, or foreign entities for analysis of possible criminal behavior, even if there is no reason to suspect them.

And many say that the spying isn’t being done to keep us safe … but to crush dissent and to smear people who uncover unflattering this about the government … and to help the too big to fail businesses compete against smaller businesses (and here).

And for other reasons. For example, the Atlantic notes:

In 2008, NSA workers told ABC News that they routinely eavesdropped on phone sex between troops serving overseas and their loved ones in America.

Note: Here’s a full report card on how well the government has been balancing civil liberties with other concerns.

EPIC RANT: “They Take a Press Release from the Federal Reserve and They Think It Was Written by God”

0

in-god-we-trustIf there’s one thing that individual investors can take away from Ben Bernanke’s latest Fed update, it’s that all confidence in the financial and economic systems of this country has been lost.

Within seconds of Ben Bernanke suggesting the Fed would taper monetary expansion and reduce their activity stock markets tumbled.

This proves one thing, and it’s what we and many other critics of Fed policy have been saying for nearly five years. The only thing keeping the entire system afloat is the fact that the U.S dollar is the world’s reserve currency, and that we can print it to infinitum.

Ben Bernanke simply spoke of pulling back the money printing and look what happened. Stock markets dropped almost instantly. Can you image what will happen when the Federal Reserve actually stops the printing, or even pulls back a little bit?

It would be financial chaos on an unprecedented scale.

Americans should be outraged that it has come to this. And one American in particular has no qualms about letting his feelings be known.

Watch CNBC’s Rick Santelli as he calls out Chairman Ben Bernanke, fed policies, unemployment statistics, and the blind followers who refuse to question the government’s widespread machinations.

This is one you don’t want to miss.

Via Zero Hedge and The Daily Crux (video below)

On CNBC and all the channels that cover business, we have person after person after person, buy side, sell side, upside, downside.

How is the economy? Economy is great.

What about stocks? You got to buy them.

What if they break? You have to buy the dips.

What’s wrong with the economy? I don’t hear these people saying anything is wrong with the economy.

So what’s wrong, Ben? Why can’t we get out of crisis management mode?

There’s always going to be something.

…

If you pull it away and the stock market goes down, where does it say in the Constitution that some form of the government has to guarantee that stocks go up? Or guarantee that you have a house?

They don’t. Where have we gone off the rails? Enough is enough!

…

Why don’t these people kick the tires?

They take a press release from the Federal Reserve and they think it was written by God.

Video courtesy The Daily Sheeple:

Take the hint coming from today’s market reaction. Something is VERY wrong with our economic, financial and monetary systems.

Chances are, the minute they pull back these markets are going to collapse. There are those, like the billionaires who have been selling off millions of shares of bank and retail stocks as of late, who know what’s coming.

There’s a reason that the Japanese, Europeans and Americans are implementing “bail in” rules that will force financial losses on depositors just like you.

Ben Bernanke may think he can slowly reduce quantitative easing. But, as billionaire financier George Soros noted in his book The Crash of 2008 and What it Means, the infusion of these massive amounts of capital may work for a while. Eventually, however, it must be pulled back or you’re going to end up with runaway inflation.

The problem, as Soros highlights, is that no one really knows what pulling back will actually do or if it is even possible.

This afternoon we got a very small dose of what to expect should the Fed pull back on the monthly billion dollar bailouts.

It’s a Catch 22 — and there really is no way out of it.

Keep printing, and we end up with hyperinflation.

Stop printing, and the whole system implodes in on itself.

We have two options, and both lead to complete and utter disaster.

The end result will be the same for the average person on the ground.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

China, Russia dismiss US report

0

China and Russia have rejected a report by the US State Department that accuses them of failing to make greater efforts to fight human trafficking.

Chinaâ„¢s Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying said at a Thursday regular briefing in Beijing, Å“We believe that the US side should take an objective and impartial view of China’s efforts [in fighting human trafficking] and stop making unilateral or arbitrary judgments of China.”

She added that Beijing has always attached great importance to Å“fighting all crimes of trafficking.”

Russian Foreign Ministry’s human rights envoy Konstantin Dolgov also said in a statement, Å“Unfortunately, instead of a deep and objective review of why human trafficking is growing, including on the territory of the United States, the [US] report’s authors are once again using unacceptable methodology under which governments are ranked based on the political sympathies or antipathies of the US State Department.”

On Wednesday, the State Department downgraded Moscow and Beijing to the bottom of a table on countries fighting human trafficking.

The report claimed that Beijing had failed to Å“demonstrate significant efforts to comprehensively prohibit and punish all forms of trafficking” and Å“forced labor remains a problem, including in brick kilns, coal mines and factories.”

The report also claimed that a million people in Russia Å“are exposed to Ëœexploitativeâ„¢ labor conditions characteristic of trafficking cases, such as withholding of documents, nonpayment for services, physical abuse, or extremely poor living conditions.”

MR/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

1,000 feared dead in India flooding

0

As many as 1,000 people are feared dead in recent flooding and landslides in northern India, reports say.

Å“We estimate more than 1,000 people have died as unattended bodies are scattered all around,” a local official said on Thursday.

Indian officials said that some 10,000 soldiers have been deployed to reach areas of the state of Uttarakhand, which has been hit by the monsoon rains over the weekend.

The Indian army said that the soldiers were mobilizing to Å“provide leadership, succor, medical, air and engineer effort.”

Meanwhile, army helicopters have been sent to Haryana State to rescue people stranded in remote villages.

Nearly 140 deaths were confirmed yesterday in Uttarakhand and neighboring states hit by the stormy weather.

Thousands of pilgrims were also stranded in Hindu pilgrimage spots in Kedarnath Valley.

Floods destroyed some 500 houses and government buildings in Himachal Pradesh. The monsoon rains have also caused heavy damage to roads, bridges, and farms in the flood-hit states.

The monsoon season, lasting from June to October, causes floods with widespread destruction. This year, India’s monsoon rains are a month ahead of schedule.

SZH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran, UAE discuss Mideast developments

0

Senior officials from Iran and the United Arab Emirates (UAE) have exchanged views on bilateral relations and the latest developments in the Middle East region, including the unrest in Syria.

Iranâ„¢s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian, who is on a three-nation tour of the Persian Gulf region, held a meeting with UAE Minister of State for Foreign Affairs Anwar Mohammed Qarqash on Thursday.

The two officials discussed the Syrian issue and an international conference on Syria, which is expected to be held in Geneva.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

Amir-Abdollahian and Qarqash further discussed visa issues as well as problems facing Iranian nationals in the UAE.

The Iranian deputy foreign minister left Tehran on Tuesday for the United Arab Emirates on the first leg of his regional tour, which will also take him to Kuwait and Oman.

In February 2013, Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi stressed the significance of close cooperation among the Persian Gulf states in order to maintain regional security and stability.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

1,000 feared dead in India flooding

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]As many as 1,000 people are feared dead in recent flooding and landslides in northern India, reports say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Cypriot bailout terms won’t change’

0

A depositor waits to enter a Laiki Bank branch in Nicosia. (file photo)

Senior eurozone officials say the bloc does not intend to change the terms of Cyprus’s bailout as demanded by the Cypriot president in a recent letter.

It was agreed that Cyprus receive 10 billion euros ($13.1 billion) in emergency loans from the 17-nation blocâ„¢s bailout fund in April. Under the deal, the country is required to close its second largest bank, Laiki, and conduct a fundamental restructuring of Bank of Cyprus.

In the letter sent to eurozone leaders and Cyprus’s lenders, Nicos Anastasiades indicated that the Cypriot economy could not go on unless the terms of the financial aid were changed.

Å“It is my humble submission that the bail-in was implemented without careful preparation,” Anastasiades said in the letter, which was reported on June 18.

Å“The heavy burden placed on Cyprus by the restructuring of Greek debt was not taken into consideration when it was Cyprus’s turn to seek help,” the letter added.

However, EU officials said the terms of the loans agreed with Nicosia were not intended to be changed. They also rejected the possibility of supplying more funds to the country.

In response to a question whether the terms of the bailout could be altered, a top EU policymaker said, Å“No, not as far as I can see.”

Å“There’s no chance we’ll revise the terms of the bailout, but we’ll discuss it on Thursday,” said another official, referring to a meeting of Eurozone finance ministers in Luxembourg during which the letter is due to be discussed.

A third also noted that no change was possible in the short-term, but added in the medium term, there could Å“potentially” be adjustments.

On May 3, the European Commission said Cyprus would fall into a sharp recession with its gross domestic product (GDP) to contract by 12.6 percent over the next two years.

Europe plunged into a financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced the EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

6 Syria sites endangered: UNESCO

0

The United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) has added six ancient sites in Syria to the list of endangered World Heritage Sites.

The sites include those in the ancient cities of Aleppo, Damascus, and Bosra.

Å“Due to the armed conflict situation in Syria, the conditions are no longer present to ensure the conservation and protection of the Outstanding Universal Value of the six World Heritage properties,” a UNESCO document said on Thursday.

The oasis of Palmyra, the castle of Crac des Chevaliers and Qal-at Salah El-Din, also known as the Fortress of Salahin, and ancient villages located in northern Syria have also been listed as endangered sites.

Å“The immediate, near-term and long-term effect of the crises on the cultural heritage of Aleppo cannot be overstated,” the document added.

Since the unrest started in Syria in 2011, many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

UNESCO has called for global cooperation in protecting the sites in Syria and other conflict zones, including Mali.

The militants in Syria have already been accused of destroying parts of an ancient Umayyad mosque in Aleppo, back in April.

There are growing concerns over the possible destruction of more sites in Syria with Takfiri militants taking position near the ancient citadels of Aleppo, Homs and Hama. Takfiris accuse most Islamic sects of being infidels.

SZH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rohani vows full support for Iran soccer

0

Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hassan Rohani says the next administration will offer full support to the national soccer squad after it managed to earn a berth in the FIFA 2014 World Cup in Brazil.

In a meeting with the members of the national team in Tehran on Wednesday, Rohani congratulated the players on their victory against South Korea and their qualification for the 2014 World Cup.

On Tuesday, Iranâ„¢s national soccer team blanked South Korea on its home turf 1-0, thanks to a solo by forward Reza Quchan-Nejad, and finished 1st with 16 points in Group A of the Asian World Cup Qualifiers.

Rohani said the next administration would spare no effort to support the team, adding it has plans to promote sports in society.

The newly-elected president said the teamâ„¢s victory against South Korea further added to Iraniansâ„¢ joy and happiness after they celebrated his win in the presidential election.

He stated that soccer has a special status among the Iranian people.

Å“Today, sports, particularly soccer, are closely intertwined with the Iranian peopleâ„¢s culture and … have something to do with our national unity. They have also turned into a social necessity and a feeling of national pride,” Rohani said.

He expressed hope the national soccer squad would secure Å“a good position” in the 2014 FIFA World Cup.

Minister of Youth Affairs and Sports Mohammad Abbasi, Chairman of the Iranian Soccer Federation Ali Kaffashian and the Iranian national soccer teamâ„¢s Portuguese Head Coach Carlos Queiroz were also present in the meeting.

Iran, South Korea, Japan, and Australia are the four Asian teams that have qualified for the 2014 FIFA World Cup.

The 2014 tournament in Brazil will mark Iranâ„¢s fourth World Cup appearance.

The Islamic Republic went to the FIFA World Cup in 1978, 1998, and 2006.

SF/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Lessons of the Snowden Revelations

0

If Edward Snowden’s goal in blowing his whistle was to spark a public debate about privacy and surveillance, he has marvelously succeeded.

Everybody’s talking about Snowden, his revelations and their significance. The talk, predictably, is contentious and divided. But government officials and their subservients in the mainstream media aren’t participating in a debate; they are attempting to avoid one. The amount of distracting, disingenuous and disnformative noise sparked by this story would drown out any serious debate.

Government officials and press pundits have already convicted young Snowden of treason because he’s “aided the enemy” by damaging our surveillance capability. Some confused (and perhaps frightened) “opinion givers” have walked a thin (and not very straight) line by supporting his whistling on U.S. surveillance but sharply, and nonsensically, denouncing his “revelations” on U.S. spying on China. A chorus of bloggers, talk show guests and pundits routintely toss up nasty, personal insults about Snowden’s education, girlfriend, sexuality and courage.

It’s all nonsense. The Chinese have been accusing the U.S. of spying on them for a long time, citing very specific evidence, so Snowden hasn’t revealed anything to them. As for the “wrecking our protections” argument: given the scope of this data capturing, any person looking to commit a crime knows his or her communications are going to be intercepted. The revelation is that the United States is capturing all the data on the Internet. What are terrorists going to do once they read that? Stop using the Internet?

In supporting this illogical contention, Obama reps are claiming PRISM has been effective in preventing terrorism but nobody can say how. In a Monday night interview, the President told Charlie Rose: “…you’ve got a guy like Najibullah Zazi, who was driving cross-country trying to blow up a New York subway system….” This is one of the main arguments being used to defend the NSA but it’s totally bogus. As the Associated Press reported [1]Zazi, now a convicted terrorist, was discovered when British intelligence seized his computer and found an email that revealed his plot. That’s why the President was careful not to directly state that there was a connection. “In using Zazi to defend the surveillance program,” AP reporters Matt Apuzzo and Adam Goldman wrote, “government officials have further confused things by misstating key details about the plot.” From President Obama’s carefully worded statement, it’s clear he’s very conscious of the confusion he’s creating; it’s his plan.

But why? What is the purpose of this forged confusion? It’s to hide the most important truth: we, the people of the United States, are the real target of this surveillance and the surveillance is part of a long-term strategy of control.

The President’s insistence that no citizens of this country are “targeted” by the on-line snooping is now accompanied by a soberly-toned assurance that this is a “conversation” we need to have. But without Snowden’s revelations we would never have had a conversation because the government lied about these programs’ existence. Not even a week before the explosion of information about surveillance, National Security chief James Clapper told the Congress that no Americans were ever spied on. He had to squirm a few days later when asked by reporters to explain his bald-faced falsehood.

First off, talking about “targeting” on the Internet is absurd. The Internet is borderless – that’s its power and purpose. You simply can’t write an email confident that it won’t be read by someone overseas. Even if you’re not writing to such a person, the email can be forwarded or read by someone who is corresponding internationally. By the same token, there is no way you can prevent receiving an email from someone from another country. Once you are receiving email from overseas, you can be picked up by PRISM and you don’t know if you’ll then be part of an investigation because you don’t know who is being investigated.

The “no Americans targeted” spin has another purpose: to de-emphasize the fact that all Internet information is being gathered. As journalist Glen Greenwald made clear [2] in a piece published in early May, the only reason for the construction of the NSA’s new data facility [3] in Utah is to grab all information on the Internet – you need to do that to make such a huge installation cost-effective.

The infamous “PRISM” program isn’t a data gathering program; it’s a filtering program. Data gathering is done by larger programs that pull everything. Bloomberg’s Michael Riley reported [4] that the government routinely swaps information with thousands of companies in exchange for favors. These “trusted partners” (as they’re called) can deliver the entire Internet to the government by using off-shore servers and special agreements between them and other government branches (like the military). In that way, they don’t have to go to court for the data.

There is now no question that all Internet data is subject to collection and much of it is being stored. Obama’s defense is that only a small percentage of it is being looked at by the NSA, as he told Rose, and all the stored information (which includes all email, video, photos and message board posts) can only be examined by NSA after an order from the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) court.

More nonsense. Since much of this data comes from other government agencies (not related to NSA investigations), it can be examined without a judge hearing about it. Besides, FISA proceedings and orders are completely secret. In the Monday night interview, Charlie Rose asked the President if any such requests had been turned down by FISA. “First of all Charlie, the number of requests are surprisingly small….” the President answered. During its entire history the FISA court has turned down 11 requests out of more than 33,000. That’s a bizarre definition of “surprisingly small”.

We also now know that Verizon gives the government records of all phone calls – people, places and times – under a court order so secret the telephone giant can’t even confirm it. We don’t know how long this has been going on (since Verizon is legally gagged) but it’s probably several years. To nobody’s surprise, the government won’t say if other phone companies are involved but logic says that most, including cell phone companies, are. You don’t take Verizon to court and ignore the rest. The Administration’s assurance: only a small percentage of calls are actually listened to.

Well, maybe…for now. But who is to say what will happen next year or in five years? How can you be sure that a completely legal communication won’t become part of some future investigation as political and legal environments shift? The point isn’t what they do with the stuff; it’s that they are capturing it. Because this isn’t about evidence; it’s about privacy. And privacy is the major victim of the entire attack , making this an attack on U.S. citizens.

The army of politicians and pundits has framed the privacy issue in a frivolous way. Given the dangers of the world – their argument goes – is your right to talk to your friends, shop, or read texts without surveillance more important than protecting your life?

That kind of personal privacy is important and is, in fact, part of the protection of your life. But it isn’t the main issue. In the Constitution, privacy goes hand in hand with the “right of petition” – the right to demonstrate, organize and speak out against the government and its policies. You have the right to meet, plan and organize without having the government looking over your shoulder (or tracking your calls and stealing your email) because all power in the government’s hands can and eventually will be abused in the absence of strong “checks and balances”.

The great revelation in these great revelations is that there are no longer “checks and balances” and there is no more privacy. That is a long-term, crippling blow to any progressive resistance or organizing in this country.

Those who have doubted that the government has a long-term strategy for control of information and communications should now be convinced. There is no practical purpose for such a massive and resource-gobbling surveillance and analysis program other than complete control.

It’s sometimes difficult for people to comprehend what a threat the Internet is to the world’s governments. It respects no national boundaries, provides a flood of information that destroys all disinformation campaigns, brings people into contact in ways unexperienced up to now, establishes non-commercial alternatives for just about everything that is sold and, perhaps most threatening, it allows people communicate and organize massively, quickly and effectively, creating an alternative society in which all voices can express ideas and everyone can listen to everyone else.

The world’s rulers don’t know what to do about that. Each country’s government has its own approach. The Chinese and several Arab countries practice an absolute but unavailing censorship. Others open things up freely and then closely monitor what’s said. In the United States, the goverment believes that control can be exercised through capture. If, in the future, you do something that they consider dangerous, they have all your communications since about 2009. Now all you have to worry about is what, in the future, they will consider dangerous.

Is it dangerous when persistent unemployment coupled with deadly cuts in social safety net programs (all of which are hitting now) force masses of people into the streets as they have in dozens of other countries this past year? Is it dangerous when people in this country start taking over Congress (which has a lower than 10 percent approval rating) as some have already done in state legislatures? Is it dangerous when people, frustrated by the inhumanity and brutality of their local leaders, start taking over cities? Or is organizing that may lead up to that kind of thing “dangerous”? Or, in fact, is my mention of it just now a clear and present “danger”?

These questions can be summarized by another: what will it take to get a government to declare this a police state?

Remember that the answer may be very different for Barack Obama than for an extreme right-wing President. That makes it difficult to answer a question already made challenging because we’re never had to answer it as a practical matter. We in the Left have long worried about “police state tactics”. Now we have to confront the police state structure. It’s here and it can morph into a real police state with very little effort. Opposing and dismantling it should now be among our top priorities.

Alfredo Lopez is a member of ThisCantBeHappening!, the new independent three-time Project Censored Award-winning online alternative newspaper.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘MKO must be prosecuted for terrorism’

0

This file photo shows members of the terrorist Mujahedin-e Khalq Organization (MKO).

An Iranian lawmaker says the terrorist anti-Iran Mujahedin-e Khalq Organization (MKO) must be prosecuted and brought to justice for its acts of terrorism.

Å“Given the crimes committed by MKO members, the international bodies should pay heed to the requests of the families who have fallen victim to MKO terrorist activities and bring its members to trial or hand them over to our country (Iran)â„¢s Judiciary,” said Mohammad-Saleh Jokar, a member of the National Security and Foreign Policy Committee of Iran’s Majlis.

Jokar also described the group as Å“treacherous” and Å“the most repugnant” terrorist organization in the eyes of the Iranian nation.

He said that the international bodies, swayed by major powers, have lost their efficiency, failing to administer justice when it comes to organizations like the MKO.

In December 2012, Canada’s government said that it had removed the MKO from its official list of terrorist organizations.

Ottawa’s move to delist the MKO terrorist group followed similar moves by the United States and the European Union.

Jokar noted that it is unacceptable for the so-called advocates of human rights to turn a blind eye to the countless crimes of the MKO.

In September 2012, Iran’s Ambassador to Iraq Hassan Danaeifard said Tehran had filed lawsuits with Iraqi courts against MKO leaders, adding that many legal complaints have also been filed against the MKO within Iraq as well.

The MKO is listed as a terrorist organization by much of the international community and has committed numerous terrorist acts against Iranians and Iraqis.

The group fled to Iraq in 1986, where it received the support of Iraq’s executed dictator Saddam Hussein and set up its camp near the Iranian border.

Out of the nearly 17,000 Iranians killed in terrorist attacks since the victory of the Islamic Revolution in 1979, some 12,000 have fallen victim to the acts of terror carried out by the MKO.

The group also sided with Saddam during Iraqâ„¢s eight-year imposed war against the Islamic Republic.

AR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Greeks rally in support of broadcaster

0

People gather outside the state broadcaster ERT’s headquarters in northern suburbs of Athens, June 19, 2013.

Greek demonstrators have staged a rally outside the headquarters of state broadcaster ERT in the capital, Athens, calling for its reopening.

The broadcasterâ„¢s shock shutdown was announced on June 11. The move, which is part of the Greek government’s unpopular austerity measures, has left the ERTâ„¢s nearly 2,700 staff suspended.

Police estimated that about 2,000 protesters, including supporters of the main opposition left-wing Syriza Party, gathered in front of the building on Wednesday to show their support for the broadcaster.

The partyâ„¢s leader Alexis Tsipras also joined the demonstrators and told reporters that, Å“No one can fool around with democracy in this country.”

Earlier in the day, Tsipras condemned the closure of the ERT as a Å“brutal attack on the constitution and democracy.”

The rally in Athens came as talks between Greece’s Prime Minister Antonis Samaras and his coalition partners did not succeed in resolving the political deadlock caused by the government’s shutdown of the ERT. However, the negotiations are set to continue on Thursday.

The Greek premier had a three-and-a-half hour meeting with the leaders of the Socialist Pasok and the moderate left Democratic Left in an effort to reach an agreement on the future of the ERT.

The prime ministerâ„¢s coalition partners have called for the immediate restoration of the ERTâ„¢s broadcasts, but Samaras has refused to reinstate it in its old form.

On June 17, Greece’s top administrative court told the government to restore public broadcasts. However, the ERT’s TV channels and radio stations remained off the air Wednesday.

Å“One of the issues (discussed) is how the state broadcaster will operate again, with respect to the Council of State’s decision,” said government Spokesman Simos Kedikoglou after Wednesday’s meeting.

MR/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Saudi Arabia arms militants in Syria

0

Saudi Arabia has provided the Takfiri militants operating inside Syria with Russian-made Konkurs anti-tank missiles.

According to the Daily Telegraph, militant sources said they had received the first batch of the heavy weaponry from Saudi Arabia in Aleppo.

The sources said that more arms, including higher-end missiles, would be sent to the militants later.

On June 14, US President Barack Obama ordered his administration to provide the militants with weapons, claiming that the Syrian government had used Å“chemical weapons” against the militants and thus crossed Washingtonâ„¢s Å“red line.” Damascus has rejected the allegation as Å“lies.”

Israeli President Shimon Peres voiced support for Washingtonâ„¢s arming of the Takfiri militants in Syria. Takfiris accuse most Islamic sects of being infidels.

However, Russian President Vladimir Putin has warned other states against providing weapons to the militants in Syria, saying that the arms could end up in Europe one day.

The crisis in Syria began in March 2011. Many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security forces, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

Last month, the Syrian president said that militants from as many as 29 different countries were fighting against Syria.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies – especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey – are supporting the militants.

SZH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Caucasus top mufti felicitates Rohani

0

Chairman of the Caucasus Muslims Office Sheikh-ul-Islam Haji Allahshukur Pashazadeh

The chairman of the Caucasus Muslims Office has congratulated Iranian President-elect Hassan Rohani on his victory in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election.

In a congratulatory message, Sheikh-ul-Islam Haji Allahshukur Pashazadeh extended his heartfelt felicitations to Rohani and described him as the guardian of religious values and a prominent politician who has played a significant role in promoting and defending the rights of the Iranian nation.

We are confident that with your experience and special prudence, you will help the Islamic Republic further develop and achieve successes, and you will also reinforce Iranâ„¢s position on the international arena, he said.

He also expressed hope that Rohani will spare no efforts to help consolidate solidarity and develop friendly and brotherly ties between the nations and governments of Iran and Azerbaijan.

Rohani won Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election with an outright victory, gaining 18,613,329 votes, or 50.7 percent of a total of 36,704,156 ballots.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

The Iranian president-elect currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the countryâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council, is a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts, and is also director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

AR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Your TV is Killing the Planet

0

Note to TV-loving couch potatoes: That little box sitting atop your television set that transforms a signal into your favorite show is likely the largest single source of electrical waste in your entire household. These so-called set-top boxes are bigger electrical suckers than new refrigerators. Who knew such a small box could be such a huge power drain?

In the United States alone there are over 160 million set-top boxes perched inside entertainment centers and on television sets. That’s one for every two people in the country or 80 percent of U.S. households. The problem is largely due to the fact that modern set-top boxes operate at near full power even when nobody is even watching or recording a program. A new study reports that consumers in this country alone spend over $2 billion in electricity per year to run these little machines.

“The average new cable high-definition digital video recorder (HD-DVR) consumes more than half the energy of an average new refrigerator and more than an average new flat-panel television,” reports the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC) and Ecos in a new report called Better Viewing, Lower Energy Bills, and Less Pollution. “Even more troubling, when not displaying or recording video content, U.S. boxes draw nearly as much power as they do when in use.”

To put it in perspective, U.S. set-top boxes require as much energy to operate as the annual electricity consumption of all the households in the state of Maryland. That’s 16 million metric tons of carbon dioxide emissions from boxes owned and installed by service providers like Comcast, Time Warner, DISH Network, Verizon, DirecTV and the like.

High-def satellite and cable boxes are the biggest culprits, with streaming devices using far less energy, a 40 watt difference while in use. Critics point to the design and function of these set-top units, which are in a perpetual state of being powered whether your TV is on or not. Energy use derives from the way the hardware in these units function, how the software is designed and how the mammoth operating services that feed them work.

Of course, set-top units are only one of many electrical gadgets that many rely on in our daily lives. The good news is that energy efficiency can fix the issue; indeed such techniques worked in the past to dramatically reduce energy consumption in American households. As Ted Nace points out in his book Climate Hope, per capita electricity usage in California was dramatically lowered compared to the rest of the U.S. as a result of state-mandated efficiency improvements of the 1970s.

Up until the early 1970s California’s electricity consumption patterns were similar to those of the rest of the country, but in 1973 something happened. California’s electricity usage flat-lined and then began to dip instead of rise like most other states. It was dubbed the Rosenfeld Effect after Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory’s Art Rosenfeld, who was largely responsible for many of the efficiency innovations of the decade.

The OPEC embargo of 1973 prompted Rosenfeld, who was a leading physicist behind the Manhattan Project, to bring together a host of experts on energy fields for a four-week meeting of the minds at Princeton University. During their brainstorming session, Rosenfeld was surprised to realize that two-thirds of the power used in the U.S. per year came from buildings alone.

“We realized we had found one of the world’s largest oil and gas fields. The energy was buried, in effect, in the buildings of our cities, the vehicles on our roads, and the machines in our factories,” Rosenfeld reflected years later. “A few of us began to suspect that the knowledge we gained during that month would change our lives.”

Indeed, it didn’t just change Rosenfeld’s life, who returned to Berkeley with a bevy of new of ideas and innovations; it changed energy consumption levels for the entire state of California. Rosenfeld developed the basic electronic ballasts that make up compact fluorescent lamps and smart glass that blocks heat in buildings. Rosenfeld didn’t stop there. He took his ideas to the policy realm in California’s capital of Sacramento. Gov. Jerry Brown at the time was enthralled with Rosenfeld’s ideas and prompted him to develop and implement energy conservation structures, such as time-of-day pricing, which shifted energy use to the evenings and smart meters that benefited conservation-oriented consumers.

“Each such innovation may seem trivial until you consider the size of the markets involved. There are about a hundred million refrigerators in the United States—maybe more. In the early 1970s refrigerators were lightweight and noisy. Rosenfeld and crew upped the efficiency of refrigerator motors from 30 percent to 90 percent and added insulation,” writes Ted Nace in Climate Hope. “The result was a machine that used a quarter of the electricity that it previously required and saved its owner $200 or more per year. Due to refrigerator improvements alone, a hundred large coal plants that would have been required were no longer needed.”

If such a revolution in energy use was possible in the 1970s, it is surely possible today, conservationists say. But the companies that manufacture products like set-top boxes are not going to do it on their own.

“I don’t want to use the word ‘lazy,’” Alan Meier, a scientist at Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, recently told the New York Times, “but [industry has] had different priorities, and saving energy is not one of them.”

NRDC claims that better designed set-top boxes would drastically reduce wasted energy, much like Rosenfeld’s smart glass did back in the 1970s. One opportunity, the organization notes, is simply to have these set-up boxes automatically power down to lower levels while not in use.

Lower energy use for set-top boxes isn’t out of reach. In Europe, Sky Broadcasting is already offering customers a simple energy efficient set-top box. The company’s HD-DVR uses 23 watts when in use and 13 when it is in the deep sleep mode. In order to continue to receive information, the boxes wake up for a brief moment every 30 minutes to retrieve information on new programs and recording requests by users. If there is no activity to record the box will go back to sleep.

Sky Broadcasting isn’t necessarily being innovative; it is just practicing smart business. Unlike most of its competitors, Sky can boast of energy savings potential to customers and its “best-in-class” power management.

Will U.S. companies follow Sky’s lead? Not until consumers start pressuring their program providers for better, more efficient set-top devices, say experts. Some manufacturers, such as Cisco Systems, Samsung and Motorola have reported they are not feeling the heat, even though their set-top boxes, depending on the number in a given household, can increase from a few dollars to over $10 a month. In December 2012, after facing potential EPA regulations, TV operators and appliance manufacturers in the U.S. signed onto a volunteer program to improve energy efficiency in the devices they sell and produce. This effort, however, was met by criticism from environmental advocates,  ”[T]heir proposal is a far cry from what is needed to significantly decrease the $2 billion worth of electricity these devices waste each year,” Noah Horowitz of NRDC said at the time. Without mandatory improvements across the board very little will actually change.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s Energy Star voluntary rating system for set-top boxes is to be made more stringent by 2013. However, some still believe the government must do more than label the devices, it must actually require them to be more efficient, much like California did under Gov. Jerry Brown in the 1970s.

“Energy activists must work to influence public policy and to educate consumers,” says Ned Ford of the Sierra Club. “Consumers can’t buy energy-efficient appliances if stores don’t stock them, but stores won’t stock them if they think people will balk at higher up-front costs for greater efficiency. It’s up to the federal government to intervene and require a minimum level of efficiency for all consumer products from appliances to cars.”

Joshua Frank, Managing Editor of CounterPunch, is the author of Left Out! How Liberals Helped Reelect George W. Bush, and along with Jeffrey St. Clair, the editor of Red State Rebels: Tales of Grassroots Resistance in the Heartland, and of Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion, published by AK Press. Hopeless is now available in Kindle format. He can be reached at brickburner@gmail.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

You Won’t Believe What the Food Industry Is Doing to Keep Americans Hooked on Junk

With the exposure of troubling obesity rates, outrage over undisclosed genetically engineered wheat (and other) crops, the successful worldwide March Against Monsanto effort in May and statewide bans of GE crops that followed, the US citizenry is expanding its awareness and concern about food health. The junk food industry is responding by getting sneakier in its tactics to entice, exploit and beguile people into consuming its concoctions.

Here are a few of the most disturbing deceptions the industry is using to keep Americans hooked on its junk.

1. Branding Processed Foods to Look “Natural”

Those grill marks on your burger? Not real. They were put there by the factory, just like a pre-torn blue jean purchased at a name-brand store. Junk food companies are branding their foods to have a more natural, homemade appearance–and the painful, Orwellian doublespeak-style irony is that to do so actually requires more processing than ever.

Rather than switch to ingredients that are actually healthier and less processed, food engineers at companies with notoriously processed products–namely Kraft, Wendy’s, McDonald’s and Domino’s, among others–are responding to concerns surrounding overly processed foods with an unhealthy and deceiving facade of healthy looking foods.

Kraft Foods engineers spent two years manufacturing a Carving Board line process that would create uneven turkey slabs, and Wendy’s intentionally created curvier “natural squares” out of perfectly square beef chunks so the squares would appear less processed.

In an article titled “Food Engineers Now Making Your Burger Look Cool, Casual, Real” Gawker reported:

Similarly, the Egg White Delight McMuffin at McDonald’s is going for a squiggly circle rather than the disturbingly perfect, round animal product disc that is characteristic of the Egg McMuffin. Domino’s pizza churners are instructed to tweak the perfect rectangles on their “Artisan Pizzas” to achieve a natural crudeness of homemade pies.

Additionally, Gawker reports that Hillshire Brands Company–deceptively known as Hillshire Farms–is working to achieve the “wholesome” look. After customers requested a “grainer appearance” of the company’s poultry wafers, their factory processes began to dye the edges of the meat slices with caramel food coloring. According to Gawker, Hillshire’s vice president of marketing, Reggie Moore, said “it’s crucial to always be adapting their food chunks to fit changing standards of appearance, as the definition of ‘natural’ changes from customer to customer.”

2. Marketing to Children Under Guise of Charity

Anna Lappé is a mother and food health educator, known for her work as an expert on food systems and as a sustainable food advocate. She spoke in March at TedX Manhattan on behalf of her group, Food Mythbusters, about ways to combat the fast food industry’s marketing to kids.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, childhood obesity–proven to cause diabetes and other serious health conditions–has more than doubled in the last 30 years. More than a third of children and adolescents were overweight or obese in 2010, and the numbers are increasing.

“What children are enticed to consume today has truly life-and-death consequences,” Lappé told AlterNet.

While the fast food industry reported spending less on marketing to kids to the FCC, a discerning look at the numbers in the report will show otherwise. Rather than advertise less, the industry is using sneakier, less traditional channels to market to young audiences, like social media, branded “advergaming” websites and “philanthro marketing.”

Lappé says following her TedX Mahattan talk she received an email from a concerned parent. Her third-grader’s class had taken a lunchtime field trip to McDonalds to hear from Ronald the clown about Ronald House Charities.

“The trip was under guise of charitable giving, but what it meant in effect was two third-grade classes, during the school day, going to McDonalds to eat lunch with their teachers,” Lappé says.

Lappé says that kind of under-the-radar “philanthro marketing” is a common tactic for fast food companies to reach young audiences, and points out that while it exposes kids to fast food brands, it is not reported as “marketing” to the FCC and other regulating organizations.

Food companies are also using the Internet and social media to keep in touch with youth, including some websites, like McDonalds’ Ronald.com, that are marketed to kids as young as preschool-aged.

“They’re called advergames, but they’re videogames embedded in websites,” says Lappé. She adds that, while marketing to kids is inherently unethical, social media marketing is worse because it is under the radar and all but unregulated.

“Children are unable to distinguish between what is entertainment, educational material, and advertising,” she says. “My particular issue with social media marketing to kids is that the technology around social media is advancing at such a fast pace–much faster than advocates can monitor it, much faster than regulators can keep up with it–so that you have this space of marketing to kids that’s increasingly unregulated.”

3. Manufacturing Addiction

It is no coincidence that so many people are obese, and despite widespread knowledge that it’s bad for you, many people continue to crave junk food. Junk food companies have got it down to a science. They are creating “feel-good food” that is manufactured to include just the right combination of the sugar, fat and salt our limbic brains love.

In his article, “The Jargon of Junk Food,” Paul McFedries breaks down the language of the junk food industry to show just how scientific and calculated the industry’s methods are for keeping people addicted.

“Processed-food companies increasingly turn to their legions of scientists to produce foods that we can’t resist,” he writes. McFedries notes that he is “indebted” to New York Times reporter Michael Moss, particularly for his fascinating new book Salt Sugar Fat, for many of the following terms:

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Exposed: The Harrowing Impact of America’s Deadly Drone War in Pakistan

President Barack Obama’s big speech on U.S. counter-terror policy last month promised that drone strikes were “legal,” “heavily constrained” and only carried out if there is “near-certainty that no civilians will be killed or injured.” But the use of the most deadly type of drone attacks calls that rhetoric into question. Known as “signature strikes,” these drone attacks are launched on groups of people who fit the “signature” of militants and terrorists but whose identities are not always known–and they constitute the bulk of strikes carried out in Pakistan, leading to civilian casualties.

Now, a new campaign launched by Brave New Foundation’s War Costs project is looking to expose the impact of “signature strikes” on civilian populations living under the threat of drones. The group has started a petition drive aimed at Congress to demand an end to those types of strikes. Brave New Foundation is partnering with a number of peace and justice groups on the campaign, including Just Foreign Policy, United National Antiwar Coalition, United for Peace and Justice and more.

“Tell Congress to move now to end these signature strikes, save innocent lives, protect America from the blowback of killing innocent civilians, and restore the rule of law,” the petition states. The campaign comes at a moment when some members of Congress are exploring ways to put limits on the Obama administration’s use of drone strikes. The administration recently allowed a small number of Congressional officials to look at White House legal memos on drone attacks, though they haven’t been released to the public. The Obama administration recently affirmed in a brief that the public has no right to see the Justice Department opinions laying out the legal basis for the drone war.

“Signature strikes,” contrasted with “personality strikes”–strikes that only target individual persons whose identities are known–have wreaked havoc in the Pakistani tribal areas, where America’s Central Intelligence Agency-run drone war continues. An article by McClatchy Newspaper’s Jonathan Landay revealed that “drone operators weren’t always certain who they were killing despite the administration’s guarantees of the accuracy of the CIA’s targeting intelligence and its assertions that civilian casualties have been ‘exceedingly rare.’” The drone war in Pakistan has taken the lives of hundreds of civilians, though the exact number of civilians killed is unknown. The Bureau of Investigative Journalism, a London-based media organization, estimates that 411-884 Pakistani civilians have died as a result of drone attacks, while the New America Foundation puts the numbers at 258-307. At least 178 children in Pakistan and Yemen have been killed by U.S. drones, according to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism.

The Brave New Foundation campaign on “signature strikes” is also paired with a eye-opening video (watch it below) produced by Robert Greenwald, the organization’s founder. (Greenwald sits on the board of the Independent Media Institute, AlterNet’s parent organization.) The video is the result of Greenwald’s first-hand investigation into the impact of America’s drone war on Pakistan.

“In the fall of last year I traveled to Pakistan. Reports of civilian drone casualties were beginning to permeate though American news outlets, prompting myself, and Brave New Foundation, to launch a full-length documentary investigation into the claims coming out of the tribal regions,” he explained in a blog post tied to his campaign.

At the heart of the video is Greenwald’s investigation into a “signature strike” carried out on March 17, 2011 in Datta Khel, an area in the Pakistani tribal region, where America’s drone war is centered. Greenwald interviewed a number of witnesses to the strike–a crucial follow-up to previous reports of mass civilian casualties caused by this specific strike.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

6 Unbelievable Ways the Big Banks Are Scamming You

0

June 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It is going on five years since the financial crash and three years since President Obama signed the meager Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the big banks are still scamming and conning and ripping off their customers. What a huge surprise.

After the financial crash, we heard about a laundry list of abuses and frauds that ranged from small things, like hidden fees, to pushing minorities into subprime loans and then switching them into more expensive mortgages at signing time, to huge things like selling trillions of dollars in complicated CDO schemes and making bets on derivatives of derivatives without having the reserves to pay off what they owed when the bets went bad.

Of course, no one at the top was prosecuted and the banks were allowed to settle a host of charges (which meant that their shareholders, not the executives who made the decisions, paid the fines). The bad behavior gave these giants a competitive advantage, driving out what good companies there were. So the costly and destructive bad behavior, schemes, cons and scams continue.

1. Falsifying Paperwork, Blitzing, Lying About Payments to Force Homeowners Into Foreclosure

This week, ProPublica released a report detailing the shocking ways that Bank of America has been pushing homeowners into foreclosure. Employees lied about documentation and falsified paperwork to force families out of their homes when these customers thought they were getting a loan modification under the government’s Home Affordable Modification Program (HAMP). To make matters worse, the bank gave bonuses to employees who were able to reach monthly quotas of people they forced into foreclosure.

According to a lawsuit against Bank of America, the bank used “blitzing” twice a month to deny HAMP applications even when the homeowner had fully complied with the program’s requirements; it gave employees $500 bonuses each month they forced 10 or more homeowners into foreclosure; it intentionally ignored applications for 30 days, then declared them late and forced homeowners to reapply; it closed applications even when they knew the homeowner had met all criteria; and it canceled loan modifications because of “late payments” when the bank’s records shows that payments had been made on time.

Of course, as long as the government refuses to prosecute banks and bankers for violating laws, and instead negotiating “settlements” that require bank shareholders to pay fines, bankers will see no reason to stop this kind of activity.

2. Bank Protection “Service” Puts Consumers at “Greater Risk Of Harm”

Last week a report from the new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) found that the big banks are still scamming their customers with ridiculous fees that are hugely profitable for the big banks.

Three years ago the government required banks to ask their customers if it is okay (this is called “opt-in”) before they charge them for “overdraft protection” service. CFRB has been studying how this is working out, and its report shows that customers who do not opt-in to this heavily marketed “protection” service pay much, much less in fees than those who do. In other words, agreeing to use the “protection” actually puts you at a much greater risk of incurring expenses than those who are not “protected.”

According to a McClatchy News report on a call with CFPB director Richard Cordray to discuss the report, Cordray said, “What is marketed as overdraft protection can, in some instances, put consumers at greater risk of harm.”

How much risk? People who are “heavy overdrafters” but still opt out of this service save on average more than $900 a year. But it isn’t just heavy overdrafters who are saving. According to the CFPB report “… the reduction in fees for those who did not opt in was $347 greater, on average, than for those who did opt in.” People who opt in are also more likely to lose their bank accounts, with the bank “involuntarily” closing it.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The Long, Strange History of Sex Toys

0

June 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Physical representations of the phallus have been around for almost as long as there have been penises. Whether for fashion, decor, worship, or for fun, dildos are a part of human history. So let’s take a look at the long, strange trip dildos have taken.

In the Beginning …

The first known dildo recovered by paleontologists dates to the Paleolithic era. Made of siltstone and polished to a high gloss, the debate rages on about whether its primary purpose was for religious ritual or personal pleasure. To my mind, this debate has more to do with puritanical paleontologists who can’t conceive of a society where religion and sexuality commingle. The fact remains that dildos made of carved stone or bone were widely discovered among normal personal artifacts like combs and sewing needles. I imagine this eventually led to the invention of nightstands, and nightstand drawers.

Leave it to the Greeks and Romans to take the next leap forward. To get a feel for the time, it’s important to keep in mind that Greeks and Romans were polytheists who worshiped a variation of Dionysus, god of wine and fertility. Also called Bacchus or Liber, worship of the sex god included parades through the streets, where giant phalluses were raised up like protest signs. At the end of a marital fertility parade, a maiden would come forth and crown the religious phallus with a wreath of flowers.

We also know that both male and female Romans and Greeks used dildos for pleasure. In Aristophanes’ anti-war comedy “Lysistrata,” women discuss using and sharing dildos while withholding sex from their partners in an effort to stop the war. Men going off to war also gave their wives so-called “olisbos” to prevent “hysteria,” which was then thought to be caused by lack of sperm. Since these olisbos did not actually contain sperm, I’m not sure they’d really thought that one through.

Historically, the connection between female hysteria and dildos was something male doctors had a hard time letting go of. Romans are also thought to have invented double dildos for use in ceremony, or with a friend. The Greeks are responsible for the first use of leather or animal intestine to cover a carved penis, adding a more natural feel and a complexity of texture.

Take THAT, Silicone!

There’s a funny historical rumor that it was legendary seductress Cleopatra who invented the first vibrator. Rather than being carved from wood or rock, this one consisted of a gourd hollowed out and filled with … wait for it … angry bees. If true, that might make Cleopatra the biggest risk taker in all of history. But then, what else would you expect from a people who thought crocodile dung was the best method of birth control? Although the bees make for a better story, it’s more likely that Cleopatra used the same lacquered wood or stone dildos as the other ladies of her time. There is even record of Julius Caesar giving Cleo an elaborately carved, gold inlaid penis “sculpture.” Whether she ever tried it out is something we’ll probably never know. (Learn more about the vibrator’s strange history in Vibrators: Bigger and Generating More Buzz Than Ever.)

The Chinese were also considered great innovators in female masturbation. Back in the day, wealthy Chinese men were apt to have too many wives for them to service regularly. It was thought that providing penis substitutes would keep these wives faithful and prevent them from resorting to lesbianism. Ancient Chinese dildos have been discovered that were cast of bronze and other metals. Some of these were hollow and allowed liquid to be released at the appropriate time. Fancy!

In India and Persia, virgins were sought after and yet somehow reviled. You’d think the people who gave us the “Kama Sutra” would be a little more sex-positive. Blood from the hymen was thought to be unclean and best avoided by new husbands. Therefore, the local holy man would show up on the wedding night and use a large stone dildo to break the hymen. Sometimes this was done in the center of town, either in celebration or to confirm the virginity of the bride. In the story “One Thousand and One Arabian Nights,” dildos are discussed as being made from gold or silver, or intricately carved and inlaid ivory.

The use of dildos remained more or less the same for a long portion of history. Some cultures didn’t create dildos at all, preferring more natural items like gourds, plantains or unripe bananas. Like everything else in the Renaissance, dildos of this era were ornate, inspired and appreciated for their artistic merit. In fact, the word dildo comes from the Italian “diletto,”meaning “delight.” Even as Christianity entered the scene and puritanical values gained a foothold, substitute penises were still an active industry. After all, they still had to deal with the menace of “feminine hysteria.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

I Went From Selling Drugs to Studying Them — And Found That Most of What We Assume About Drugs Is Wrong

0

This is the prologue to Columbia University researcher Dr. Carl Hart’s explosive new book, ” High Price: A Neuroscientist’s Journal of Self-Discovery That Challenges Everything You Know About Drugs and Psychology.” Read a Q&A with the author here.

The paradox of education is precisely this–that as one begins to become conscious, one begins to examine the society in which he is being educated.

–James Baldwin

The straight glass pipe filled with ethereal white smoke. It was thick enough to see that it could be a good hit, but it still had the wispy quality that distinguishes crack cocaine smoke from cigarette or marijuana smoke. The smoker was thirty-nine, a black man, who worked as a street bookseller. He closed his eyes and lay back in the battered leather office chair, holding his breath to keep the drug in his lungs as long as possible. Eventually, he exhaled, a serene smile on his face, his eyes closed to savor the bliss.

About fifteen minutes later, the computer signaled that another hit was available.

“No, thanks, doc,” he said, raising his left hand slightly. He hit the space bar on the Mac in the way that he’d been trained to press to signal his choice.

Although I couldn’t know for sure whether he was getting cocaine or placebo, I knew the experiment was going well. Here was a middle-aged brother, someone most people would label a “crackhead,” a guy who smoked rock at least four to five times a week, just saying no to a legal hit of what had a good chance of being 100 percent pure pharmaceutical-grade cocaine. In the movie version, he would have been demanding more within seconds of his first hit, bug-eyed and threatening–or pleading and desperate.

Nonetheless, he’d just calmly turned it down because he preferred to receive five dollars in cash instead. He’d sampled the dose of cocaine earlier in the session: he knew what he would get for his money. At five dollars for what I later learned was a low dose of real crack cocaine, he preferred the cash.

Meanwhile, there I was, another black man, raised in one of the roughest neighborhoods of Miami, who might just as easily have wound up selling cocaine on the street. Instead, I was wearing a white lab coat and being funded by grants from the federal government to provide cocaine as part of my research into understanding the real effects of drugs on behavior and physiology. The year was 1999.

In this particular experiment, I was trying to understand how crack cocaine users would respond when presented with a choice between the drug and an “alternative reinforcer”–or another type of reward, in this case, cash money. Would anything else seem valuable to them? In a calm, laboratory setting, where the participants lived in a locked ward and had a chance to earn more than they usually could on the street, would they take every dose of crack, even small ones, or would they be selective about getting high? Would merchandise vouchers be as effective as cash in altering their behavior? What would affect their choices?

Before I’d become a researcher, these weren’t even questions that I would think to ask. These were drug addicts, I would have said. No matter what, they’d do anything to get to take as much drugs as often as possible. I thought of them in the disparaging ways I’d seen them depicted in films like New Jack City and Jungle Fever and in songs like Public Enemy’s “Night of the Living Baseheads.” I’d seen some of my cousins become shells of their former selves and had blamed crack cocaine. Back then I believed that drug users could never make rational choices, especially about their drug use, because their brains had been altered or damaged by drugs.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Palestinians suffer from Israel blockade

0

Six years into the Israeli regimeâ„¢s crippling blockade against the Gaza Strip, thousands of Palestinians continue to suffer from the denial of basic human rights, Press TV reports.

Å“June marks the sixth year that Gaza has been living under blockade. The restrictions on exports and imports has meant a third of businesses [getting] closed in Gaza and now over 30 percent of people are unemployed, 60 percent of people are food-insecure, and 80 percent of people are living on humanitarian assistance of some sort,” said Jo Harrison with the Oxfam.

Gaza has been blockaded by the Israeli regime since June 2007. The situation has caused a decline in the standards of living, unprecedented levels of unemployment, and unrelenting poverty.

Member of Palestinian Center for Human Rights Jaber Weshah also said, Å“I think with this long blockade there is literally conspiracy of silence from the international community and this is the first time that victims are punished by the victimizer, with this ongoing silence from the international community.”

Israel has also launched several wars against the besieged Palestinian strip.

In November 2012, Israel launched the so-called Å“Operation Pillar of Defense I” against Gaza. Over 160 Palestinians, including women and children, were killed and about 1,200 others were injured across the Palestinian enclave during the eight days of war.

Å“Itâ„¢s now been six years since the beginning of the siege of Gaza. To the detriment of the international community, absolutely nothing has been done to stop Israel from enclosing an entire people, a 1.7 million population, over half children… It is completely in contravention of international law, the Geneva Conventions, Article 33, collective punishment of an entire population…,” said British Human Rights activist Adie Mormech.

UN Humanitarian Coordinator James W. Rawley said on April 10 that a new round of Israeli restrictions on the Gaza Strip is impacting food supplies and would have Å“serious” effects if continued.

The Israeli regime denies about 1.7 million people in Gaza their basic rights, such as freedom of movement, jobs that pay proper wages, and adequate healthcare and education.

SZH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Detroit’s Retired City Workers in the Crosshairs

0

With Detroit’s finances looking increasingly dire, the city’s creditors are beginning to face off with one another, each trying to minimize their losses. The city’s pension fund, which supports retired city workers, has found itself in direct conflict with a formidable opponent, the bondholders, individuals and institutions that gave the city money in order to enjoy the interest on the loan.

Kevyn Orr, the emergency manager put in charge of resolving the city’s finances, has already indicated that “painful sacrifices must be shared.”

Bondholders are insisting that they must be paid in full, or at least should be granted highest priority in repayment. Otherwise, they argue, cities across the country will be forced to pay much higher interest rates when they borrow money, since municipal bonds will be judged less secure. And they point to the “full faith and credit pledge” that underlies the issuance of bonds and is supposed to make them more secure.

But, according to The New York Times, many of the city’s retirees are already in poverty, which is becoming the new norm for retirees among the 99% across the country. And as the president of one of the affected unions correctly pointed out: “This is on their [bondholders] balance sheets. But this is our lives.”

As inequalities in wealth continue to create an ever-widening chasm between the rich and the rest of us, the concept of “shared sacrifice” is becoming increasingly ludicrous. On the one hand, people are struggling to put food on the table and hold on to their houses after working hard all their lives. On the other hand, bondholders want a handsome return on their investment without doing any work at all.

It is the duty of unions to protect their members. The AFL-CIO should immediately make its highest priority the defense of the retired city workers of Detroit, bringing all its resources to the city in order to mobilize massive numbers of people in the streets so as to galvanize public support around the retired city workers. The unions should insist that taxes be raised on the rich in order to resolve the city’s finances and protect the city’s workers. Such a gesture would bring tremendous prestige to the unions and reignite interest in a labor movement that has been on a downhill trajectory for decades.

In fact, on June 22, the NAACP and United Auto Workers (UAW) are planning a Freedom Walk to commemorate the 50th anniversary of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.’s original Freedom Walk in Detroit, where he gave his initial version of the “I Have a Dream” speech. The AFL-CIO should throw all its support into this demonstration and encourage that the focus of the demonstration be the plight of the retired city workers. And by bringing the court of public opinion to bear on the struggle in Detroit, it can possibly influence the outcome.

In addition to the June 22 demonstration, the Southern Christian Leadership Conference (SCLC), among others, has called for a march on Washington on August 24 to commemorate Dr. Martin Luther King’s speech. The AFL-CIO has endorsed this event. It should take advantage of the occasion and again mobilize massive numbers of working people in order to demand an end to the austerity measures that have been imposed on working people across the country ¾ not just workers in Detroit ¾ ranging from cuts to social services, cuts to pensions, cuts to jobs, cuts to education, salary cuts, and now threats to cut Social Security and Medicare. And it should demand that the federal government initiate a massive jobs program financed by raising taxes on the rich.

By going all-out to support the workers in Detroit, the AFL-CIO could succeed in protecting these workers and at the same time help itself, because it is also in dire straits and in need of a rescue as workers across the country have been urging and waiting for it to act.

Ann Robertson is a Lecturer at San Francisco State University and a member of the California Faculty Association. Bill Leumer is a member of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, Local 853 (ret.). Both are writers for Workers Action and may be reached at sanfrancisco@workerscompass.org.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

‘Majlis ready to work closely with Rohani’

0

Iranâ„¢s Majlis Vice-Speaker Mohammad Hassan Aboutorabi-Fard says the legislative body is prepared to work with the next administration at the Å“highest level.”

Å“The Majlis is prepared to have the best level of cooperation with the next administration regarding the formation of the [new] cabinet,” said Aboutorabi-Fard in a meeting with President-elect Hojjatoleslam Hassan Rohani on Wednesday.

The senior parliamentarian and Dr. Rohani also exchanged views on the current affairs of the country and ways to resolve the peopleâ„¢s economic problems.

Rohani emerged victorious in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, gaining 18,613,329 votes, or 50.7 percent of a total of 36,704,156 ballots.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

Hojjatoleslam Rohani currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the countryâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council, is a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts, and is also director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Attacks on Muslim women in France up

0

Physical assaults by neo-Nazi groups on Muslim women who wear hijab, headscarves or burkas are on the rise in France, Press TV reports.

In the latest incident, a young Muslim woman was attacked in the Paris suburb of Argenteuil for wearing a veil on June 13.

On June 17, her lawyer announced that the 21-year-old, who was four months pregnant, suffered a miscarriage and lost her baby.

Two men attacked the young woman in the middle of the street, trying to rip her headscarf. She is also said to have been kicked in the stomach.

Meanwhile, angry of protesters gathered in front of the town hall of Argenteuil to express their outrage at the rising attacks by neo-Nazi groups.

Å“The latest attack was exactly the same as mine. The guys cross your path then they turn back and walk toward you and they pull off your headscarf or in my case the hijab then they hit you, throw you on the ground…,” Rabia, a Muslim woman told Press TV.

The mayor of Argenteuil has strongly condemned the attacks, saying there is no place for Islamophobia in his town. However, the demonstrators say the groups of skinheads have been spotted in some central locations in Argenteuil.

Å“Stop. We want this aggression to stop. We have had enough. We are told that in France womenâ„¢s rights are respected… [but] what we are seeing is that the attacks are becoming commonplace, a kind of trend,” a protester said.

Neo-Nazi groups have also attacked those French citizens who support the rights of ethnic and religious minorities in the country.

The French government says it will impose a ban on the extremist groups, but it is not clear whether a ban is enough to prevent further attacks on Muslims and other minorities.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Unasked and Unanswered Questions

0

Walter E. WilliamsGrutter v. Bollinger was the landmark U.S. Supreme Court decision that upheld the University of Michigan Law School’s racial admissions policy. Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, writing for the majority, said the U.S. Constitution “does not prohibit the Law School’s narrowly tailored use of race in admissions decisions to further a compelling interest in obtaining the educational benefits that flow from a diverse student body.” But what are the educational benefits of a diverse student body?

Intellectuals argue that diversity is necessary for academic excellence, but what’s the evidence? For example, Japan is a nation bereft of diversity in any activity. Close to 99 percent of its population is of one race. Whose students do you think have higher academic achievement – theirs or ours? According to the 2009 Program for International Student Assessment, the academic performance of U.S. high-school students in reading, math and science pales in comparison with their diversity-starved counterparts in Japan.

Should companies be treated equally? According to a Wall Street Journal op-ed (9/7/2009) by Manhattan Institute’s energy expert Robert Bryce, Exxon Mobil pleaded guilty in federal court to killing 85 birds that had come into contact with its pollutants. The company paid $600,000 in fines and fees. A recent Associated Press story (5/14/2013) reported that “more than 573,000 birds are killed by the country’s wind farms each year, including 83,000 hunting birds such as hawks, falcons and eagles, according to an estimate published in March in the peer-reviewed Wildlife Society Bulletin.” The Obama administration has never fined or prosecuted windmill farms, sometimes called bird Cuisinarts, for killing eagles and other protected bird species. In fact, AP reports that the Obama administration has shielded the industry from liability and has helped keep the scope of the deaths secret. It’s interesting that The Associated Press chose to report the story only after the news about its reporters being secretly investigated. That caused the Obama administration to fall a bit out of favor with them. But what the heck, the 14th Amendment’s requirement of “equal protection” before the law for everybody can be cast aside in the name of diversity, so why can’t it be cast aside in the name of saving the planet? There are politically favored industries just as there are politically favored groups.

What’s the difference between a progressive, a liberal and a racist? In some cases, not much. President Woodrow Wilson was a leading progressive who believed in notions of racial superiority and inferiority. He was so enthralled with D.W. Griffith’s “Birth of a Nation” movie, glorifying the Ku Klux Klan, that he invited various dignitaries to the White House to view it with him. During one private screening, President Wilson exclaimed: “It’s like writing history with lightning. And my only regret is that it is all so terribly true.” When President Wilson introduced racial segregation to the civil service, the NAACP and the National Independent Political League protested. Wilson vigorously defended it, arguing that segregation was in the interest of Negroes.

Dr. Thomas Sowell, in Intellectuals and Race, documents other progressives who were advocates of theories of racial inferiority. They included former presidents of Stanford University and MIT, among others. Eventually, the views of progressives fell out of favor. They changed their name to liberals, but in the latter part of the 20th century, the name liberals fell into disrepute. Now they are back to calling themselves progressives.

I’m not arguing that today’s progressives are racists like their predecessors, but they share a contempt for liberty, just as President Wilson did. According to Hillsdale College history professor Paul A. Rahe – author of Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift – in his National Review Online (4/11/13) article “Progressive Racism,” Wilson wanted to persuade his compatriots to get “beyond the Declaration of Independence.” President Wilson said the document “did not mention the questions” of his day, adding, “It is of no consequence to us.” My question is: Why haven’t today’s progressives disavowed their racist predecessors?

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Unasked and Unanswered Questions

0

Walter E. WilliamsGrutter v. Bollinger was the landmark U.S. Supreme Court decision that upheld the University of Michigan Law School’s racial admissions policy. Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, writing for the majority, said the U.S. Constitution “does not prohibit the Law School’s narrowly tailored use of race in admissions decisions to further a compelling interest in obtaining the educational benefits that flow from a diverse student body.” But what are the educational benefits of a diverse student body?

Intellectuals argue that diversity is necessary for academic excellence, but what’s the evidence? For example, Japan is a nation bereft of diversity in any activity. Close to 99 percent of its population is of one race. Whose students do you think have higher academic achievement – theirs or ours? According to the 2009 Program for International Student Assessment, the academic performance of U.S. high-school students in reading, math and science pales in comparison with their diversity-starved counterparts in Japan.

Should companies be treated equally? According to a Wall Street Journal op-ed (9/7/2009) by Manhattan Institute’s energy expert Robert Bryce, Exxon Mobil pleaded guilty in federal court to killing 85 birds that had come into contact with its pollutants. The company paid $600,000 in fines and fees. A recent Associated Press story (5/14/2013) reported that “more than 573,000 birds are killed by the country’s wind farms each year, including 83,000 hunting birds such as hawks, falcons and eagles, according to an estimate published in March in the peer-reviewed Wildlife Society Bulletin.” The Obama administration has never fined or prosecuted windmill farms, sometimes called bird Cuisinarts, for killing eagles and other protected bird species. In fact, AP reports that the Obama administration has shielded the industry from liability and has helped keep the scope of the deaths secret. It’s interesting that The Associated Press chose to report the story only after the news about its reporters being secretly investigated. That caused the Obama administration to fall a bit out of favor with them. But what the heck, the 14th Amendment’s requirement of “equal protection” before the law for everybody can be cast aside in the name of diversity, so why can’t it be cast aside in the name of saving the planet? There are politically favored industries just as there are politically favored groups.

What’s the difference between a progressive, a liberal and a racist? In some cases, not much. President Woodrow Wilson was a leading progressive who believed in notions of racial superiority and inferiority. He was so enthralled with D.W. Griffith’s “Birth of a Nation” movie, glorifying the Ku Klux Klan, that he invited various dignitaries to the White House to view it with him. During one private screening, President Wilson exclaimed: “It’s like writing history with lightning. And my only regret is that it is all so terribly true.” When President Wilson introduced racial segregation to the civil service, the NAACP and the National Independent Political League protested. Wilson vigorously defended it, arguing that segregation was in the interest of Negroes.

Dr. Thomas Sowell, in Intellectuals and Race, documents other progressives who were advocates of theories of racial inferiority. They included former presidents of Stanford University and MIT, among others. Eventually, the views of progressives fell out of favor. They changed their name to liberals, but in the latter part of the 20th century, the name liberals fell into disrepute. Now they are back to calling themselves progressives.

I’m not arguing that today’s progressives are racists like their predecessors, but they share a contempt for liberty, just as President Wilson did. According to Hillsdale College history professor Paul A. Rahe – author of Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift – in his National Review Online (4/11/13) article “Progressive Racism,” Wilson wanted to persuade his compatriots to get “beyond the Declaration of Independence.” President Wilson said the document “did not mention the questions” of his day, adding, “It is of no consequence to us.” My question is: Why haven’t today’s progressives disavowed their racist predecessors?

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Stocks slump as Federal Reserve hints at reducing cash infusions

0

 

By
Andre Damon

20 June 2013

US Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said at a Wednesday press conference that the US central bank would consider reducing its $85 billion-per-month asset purchasing program later this year, based on an improved outlook for the US economy.

The announcement sparked a sell-off on US stock and bond markets, with the Dow Jones Industrial Average closing down by 206 points, or 1.35 percent. Yields on government bonds spiked as prices fell, with 30-year Treasury notes closing at 3.41 percent, up 0.07 percentage points for the day. Since early May, the interest rate on 30-year Treasury bills is up by 0.60 percentage points.

The sell-off on financial markets in response to the Federal Reserve’s improved outlook was characteristic. The financial elite, which is making record profits on the vast sums of money it receives from the Federal Reserve, generally responds negatively to any improvement in the economic outlook that might prompt the Federal Reserve to reduce its handouts.

Bond prices have been plunging since May 22, when Bernanke indicated in congressional testimony that the Fed might slow asset purchases “in the next few meetings” if economic conditions continued to improve.

The statement of the Fed’s policy-making Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), issued just before Bernanke’s press conference, said the labor market had seen a “further improvement in recent months,” adding, “The committee sees the downside risks to the outlook for the economy and the labor market as having diminished since the fall.”

The FOMC lowered its 2013 unemployment rate forecast from 7.4 percent to 7.25 percent and concluded that economic growth would be 2.45 percent in 2013 and 3.25 percent in 2014, significantly higher than current market expectations. The Federal Reserve’s economic estimates have consistently been overly optimistic since the start of the financial crisis in September of 2008.

As Bernanke noted in response to a reporter’s question, the Federal Reserve’s sunny portrait of the economy was based largely on the recent fall in the unemployment rate and a moderate improvement in housing values. In fact, the fall in the official unemployment rate is almost entirely the result of unemployed people leaving the labor force.

Since 2010, the US economy has created an average of only 162,000 jobs per month, lower even than the 166,000 average monthly growth rate of the US working-age population. As a result, the employment-population ratio has remained essentially unchanged for three years.

The modest increase in home values, which are up by about ten percent this year and essentially unchanged from three years ago, is largely due to speculators buying up properties.

Behind the Federal Reserve’s hints that it may wind down its asset-purchasing program lie worries that the vast amounts of cash that have been pumped into the financial system have created a speculative bubble of vast proportions, which threatens a financial collapse that could dwarf even that of 2008.

While the Fed’s official projections were upbeat, significant sections of the US ruling class are increasingly concerned about signs of a global slump, particularly in Asia and Europe, and the specter of deflation in the real US economy. Consumer prices have fallen for the past two months, and the Core PCE, the Federal Reserve’s preferred measure of inflation, has fallen to its lowest level on records dating back over fifty years.

Deflation is the logical outcome of the US ruling class’s policy, involving the slashing of social services–with over 700,000 government jobs eliminated since 2009–and a ruthless assault on wages. The Federal Reserve’s infusions of cash into the financial system, which under normal circumstances would cause runaway inflation, have served to offset the deflationary effects of these policies while protecting and expanding the vast wealth of the ruling class.

Boosted by the cash handed out by the Federal Reserve and other central banks, stocks and other financial assets have soared–the DOW is up by 140 percent from 2009–while wages have fallen and economic activity has stagnated. Between 2007 and 2011, the US median household income plunged by 11.6 percent, from $57,143 (in 2011 dollars) to $50,502.

The growing contradiction between the dizzying rise in the value of financial assets and the stagnation of production and employment threatens a collapse of the entire system. Recognizing this, the Federal Reserve is attempting to orchestrate a “soft landing” of the financial system by scaling back its asset purchases.

The response of financial markets to the Fed’s actions indicates the potential for convulsions arising from Wall Street’s addiction to the central bank’s free money. The mere suggestion that the Fed “may consider” reducing asset purchases has caused bond prices to go into a tailspin, causing investors to pull $17.6 billion from bond funds in the two weeks ending June 12, according to Thomson Reuters.

The turbulence in bond markets has affected the ability of even nonfinancial companies to raise money, and the increase in bond yields has already begun to feed into mortgage rates, threatening to depress home sales and prices once again.

Meanwhile, Bernanke’s talk of an improving labor market, defined as an official jobless rate tending toward 7.0 percent, underscores the reality of a deliberate policy of high unemployment. There is to be no let-up in the use of mass unemployment to drive down wages and destroy working conditions and benefits. This is the “new normal” which an ostensibly recovering American capitalism has to offer the working class.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Stocks slump as Federal Reserve hints at reducing cash infusions

0

 

By
Andre Damon

20 June 2013

US Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said at a Wednesday press conference that the US central bank would consider reducing its $85 billion-per-month asset purchasing program later this year, based on an improved outlook for the US economy.

The announcement sparked a sell-off on US stock and bond markets, with the Dow Jones Industrial Average closing down by 206 points, or 1.35 percent. Yields on government bonds spiked as prices fell, with 30-year Treasury notes closing at 3.41 percent, up 0.07 percentage points for the day. Since early May, the interest rate on 30-year Treasury bills is up by 0.60 percentage points.

The sell-off on financial markets in response to the Federal Reserve’s improved outlook was characteristic. The financial elite, which is making record profits on the vast sums of money it receives from the Federal Reserve, generally responds negatively to any improvement in the economic outlook that might prompt the Federal Reserve to reduce its handouts.

Bond prices have been plunging since May 22, when Bernanke indicated in congressional testimony that the Fed might slow asset purchases “in the next few meetings” if economic conditions continued to improve.

The statement of the Fed’s policy-making Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), issued just before Bernanke’s press conference, said the labor market had seen a “further improvement in recent months,” adding, “The committee sees the downside risks to the outlook for the economy and the labor market as having diminished since the fall.”

The FOMC lowered its 2013 unemployment rate forecast from 7.4 percent to 7.25 percent and concluded that economic growth would be 2.45 percent in 2013 and 3.25 percent in 2014, significantly higher than current market expectations. The Federal Reserve’s economic estimates have consistently been overly optimistic since the start of the financial crisis in September of 2008.

As Bernanke noted in response to a reporter’s question, the Federal Reserve’s sunny portrait of the economy was based largely on the recent fall in the unemployment rate and a moderate improvement in housing values. In fact, the fall in the official unemployment rate is almost entirely the result of unemployed people leaving the labor force.

Since 2010, the US economy has created an average of only 162,000 jobs per month, lower even than the 166,000 average monthly growth rate of the US working-age population. As a result, the employment-population ratio has remained essentially unchanged for three years.

The modest increase in home values, which are up by about ten percent this year and essentially unchanged from three years ago, is largely due to speculators buying up properties.

Behind the Federal Reserve’s hints that it may wind down its asset-purchasing program lie worries that the vast amounts of cash that have been pumped into the financial system have created a speculative bubble of vast proportions, which threatens a financial collapse that could dwarf even that of 2008.

While the Fed’s official projections were upbeat, significant sections of the US ruling class are increasingly concerned about signs of a global slump, particularly in Asia and Europe, and the specter of deflation in the real US economy. Consumer prices have fallen for the past two months, and the Core PCE, the Federal Reserve’s preferred measure of inflation, has fallen to its lowest level on records dating back over fifty years.

Deflation is the logical outcome of the US ruling class’s policy, involving the slashing of social services–with over 700,000 government jobs eliminated since 2009–and a ruthless assault on wages. The Federal Reserve’s infusions of cash into the financial system, which under normal circumstances would cause runaway inflation, have served to offset the deflationary effects of these policies while protecting and expanding the vast wealth of the ruling class.

Boosted by the cash handed out by the Federal Reserve and other central banks, stocks and other financial assets have soared–the DOW is up by 140 percent from 2009–while wages have fallen and economic activity has stagnated. Between 2007 and 2011, the US median household income plunged by 11.6 percent, from $57,143 (in 2011 dollars) to $50,502.

The growing contradiction between the dizzying rise in the value of financial assets and the stagnation of production and employment threatens a collapse of the entire system. Recognizing this, the Federal Reserve is attempting to orchestrate a “soft landing” of the financial system by scaling back its asset purchases.

The response of financial markets to the Fed’s actions indicates the potential for convulsions arising from Wall Street’s addiction to the central bank’s free money. The mere suggestion that the Fed “may consider” reducing asset purchases has caused bond prices to go into a tailspin, causing investors to pull $17.6 billion from bond funds in the two weeks ending June 12, according to Thomson Reuters.

The turbulence in bond markets has affected the ability of even nonfinancial companies to raise money, and the increase in bond yields has already begun to feed into mortgage rates, threatening to depress home sales and prices once again.

Meanwhile, Bernanke’s talk of an improving labor market, defined as an official jobless rate tending toward 7.0 percent, underscores the reality of a deliberate policy of high unemployment. There is to be no let-up in the use of mass unemployment to drive down wages and destroy working conditions and benefits. This is the “new normal” which an ostensibly recovering American capitalism has to offer the working class.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Obama in Berlin

0

 

20 June 2013

In his speech in Berlin on Wednesday, President Barack Obama made much of the fact that he was the first American president to speak from the eastern side of the Brandenburg Gate, in what was once Stalinist-controlled East Berlin. This was meant to symbolize the triumph of what Obama called “open societies that respect the sanctity of the individual” over oppressive political systems.

He felt obliged, however, to include an explicit defense of the newly exposed surveillance network over which he presides, whose massive and illegal operations dwarf the spying apparatus of the old Stasi secret police.

Obama once again resorted to outright lies, declaring that National Security Agency (NSA) programs that seize the phone records of all Americans and tap into the electronic communications of people all over the world are “bound by the rule of law” and do not target “the communications of ordinary persons.”

This was among the most glaring contradictions in a speech riddled with banalities and lies. Obama invoked the ideals of “peace” and “tolerance,” having just approved the direct arming of Islamist militias that are carrying out sectarian atrocities in Syria. He spoke of “justice” in one breath and his drone assassination program in the next.

Standing beside German Chancellor Merkel, who is spearheading the infliction of mass unemployment and poverty on the people of Greece and many other European countries, while his administration lays siege to workers’ living standards in the US, Obama denounced “the insult of widening inequality” and “the pain of youth who are unemployed.”

This hypocrisy was not lost on millions of people in Germany and around the world who not so long ago were taken in by presidential candidate Obama and his campaign slogans of “hope” and “change.” Since then, more than four years of war, bank bailouts, social cuts and relentless attacks on democratic rights–a continuation and intensification of the right-wing policies of the Bush administration–have done much to deflate the popular illusions in Obama that existed at the time of his election.

On Wednesday, Obama spoke before a handpicked crowd of 4,000, standing behind bulletproof glass and protected by a virtual lockdown of much of Berlin. Five years ago, when candidate Obama spoke in Berlin, 200,000 people, most of them young, converged on the Tiergarten in a display of naïve and deluded enthusiasm that was dubbed “Obamamania.”

Candidate Obama’s reception in Europe was part of a broader phenomenon. Many people, especially young people, in the US and around the world were swept up in the mass marketing campaign to sell the virtually unknown US senator.

It is not enough, five years later, to merely shed illusions in Obama. There are serious political lessons that must be drawn so that workers and youth will be politically prepared for future developments.

The Obama phenomenon was the result of a confluence of media manipulation, political inexperience and self-delusion, and the false conception that Obama’s African-American ethnicity made him more sympathetic to the plight of working people and more inclined to pursue progressive policies.

Somehow, it was assumed, because Obama had an African birth father his election would change the nature of American imperialism.

Such bankrupt notions, the stock-in-trade of identity politics, were promoted above all by the various pseudo-left organizations, which speak not for the working class, but for privileged layers of the middle class. In the midst of the greatest crisis of American and world capitalism since the 1930s, Obama fit the bill for all those who serve as the “left” flank of the Democratic Party. The International Socialist Organization called Obama’s election a “transformative event” and predicted a “new New Deal.”

The promotion of such illusions played into the hands of the ruling class, helping it to buy time while it prepared an unprecedented assault on the social conditions of the working class and an escalation of militarist violence in the Middle East and further afield. The installation of Obama further consolidated the military/intelligence establishment’s control over the United States.

Obama’s July 2008 speech in Berlin was widely praised by the media, including the organs of the pseudo-left. In fact, the speech signaled that, whatever the campaign rhetoric, the reactionary foreign and domestic policies of the Bush years would continue under an Obama presidency.

 As the World Socialist Web Site wrote: “Barack Obama’s speech before an audience of some 200,000 in Berlin was a reactionary affirmation of Cold War anti-communism and an attempt to promote the new framework for US imperialist militarism and aggression, the so-called ‘global war on terror.’

“Against the backdrop of a potted history of post-war US-European relations, the Democratic presidential candidate appealed for closer collaboration between the two continents in the struggle against the ‘new danger’ of international terrorism and demanded that European governments increase their troop levels in Afghanistan.” (See: “Obama demands Europe send more troops to Afghanistan”).

Workers and youth who today confront unprecedented attacks on their living standards and democratic rights, and who are moving into immense struggles, should ask themselves what in the approach of the WSWS enabled it to combat the politics of blind impressionism promoted by the establishment media and the pseudo-left organizations, and correctly assess the political character and trajectory of Obama.

The answer is a politics based on a Marxist understanding of the historical experiences of the international working class, gained through the struggle of the Trotskyist movement against the betrayals of Stalinism, Social Democracy and the trade union bureaucracies, and a theoretical grasp of the laws of history.

Such an approach reveals that social class–not race, gender or sexual orientation–is the driving force of politics. Obama, like any other politician, is not a free agent whose policies are determined by his personal attributes or individual psychology, but the representative of a ruling class that will stop at nothing to defend its wealth and power against the working class–a ruling class, moreover, that presides over a system in mortal crisis.

The fundamental lesson of the Obama experience is the need for a scientific evaluation of economic, social and political events and the development of a revolutionary perspective and program of struggle for the working class based on such an analysis. This task is carried out every day solely by the World Socialist Web Site and the Socialist Equality Party.

Barry Grey



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Obama in Berlin

0

 

20 June 2013

In his speech in Berlin on Wednesday, President Barack Obama made much of the fact that he was the first American president to speak from the eastern side of the Brandenburg Gate, in what was once Stalinist-controlled East Berlin. This was meant to symbolize the triumph of what Obama called “open societies that respect the sanctity of the individual” over oppressive political systems.

He felt obliged, however, to include an explicit defense of the newly exposed surveillance network over which he presides, whose massive and illegal operations dwarf the spying apparatus of the old Stasi secret police.

Obama once again resorted to outright lies, declaring that National Security Agency (NSA) programs that seize the phone records of all Americans and tap into the electronic communications of people all over the world are “bound by the rule of law” and do not target “the communications of ordinary persons.”

This was among the most glaring contradictions in a speech riddled with banalities and lies. Obama invoked the ideals of “peace” and “tolerance,” having just approved the direct arming of Islamist militias that are carrying out sectarian atrocities in Syria. He spoke of “justice” in one breath and his drone assassination program in the next.

Standing beside German Chancellor Merkel, who is spearheading the infliction of mass unemployment and poverty on the people of Greece and many other European countries, while his administration lays siege to workers’ living standards in the US, Obama denounced “the insult of widening inequality” and “the pain of youth who are unemployed.”

This hypocrisy was not lost on millions of people in Germany and around the world who not so long ago were taken in by presidential candidate Obama and his campaign slogans of “hope” and “change.” Since then, more than four years of war, bank bailouts, social cuts and relentless attacks on democratic rights–a continuation and intensification of the right-wing policies of the Bush administration–have done much to deflate the popular illusions in Obama that existed at the time of his election.

On Wednesday, Obama spoke before a handpicked crowd of 4,000, standing behind bulletproof glass and protected by a virtual lockdown of much of Berlin. Five years ago, when candidate Obama spoke in Berlin, 200,000 people, most of them young, converged on the Tiergarten in a display of naïve and deluded enthusiasm that was dubbed “Obamamania.”

Candidate Obama’s reception in Europe was part of a broader phenomenon. Many people, especially young people, in the US and around the world were swept up in the mass marketing campaign to sell the virtually unknown US senator.

It is not enough, five years later, to merely shed illusions in Obama. There are serious political lessons that must be drawn so that workers and youth will be politically prepared for future developments.

The Obama phenomenon was the result of a confluence of media manipulation, political inexperience and self-delusion, and the false conception that Obama’s African-American ethnicity made him more sympathetic to the plight of working people and more inclined to pursue progressive policies.

Somehow, it was assumed, because Obama had an African birth father his election would change the nature of American imperialism.

Such bankrupt notions, the stock-in-trade of identity politics, were promoted above all by the various pseudo-left organizations, which speak not for the working class, but for privileged layers of the middle class. In the midst of the greatest crisis of American and world capitalism since the 1930s, Obama fit the bill for all those who serve as the “left” flank of the Democratic Party. The International Socialist Organization called Obama’s election a “transformative event” and predicted a “new New Deal.”

The promotion of such illusions played into the hands of the ruling class, helping it to buy time while it prepared an unprecedented assault on the social conditions of the working class and an escalation of militarist violence in the Middle East and further afield. The installation of Obama further consolidated the military/intelligence establishment’s control over the United States.

Obama’s July 2008 speech in Berlin was widely praised by the media, including the organs of the pseudo-left. In fact, the speech signaled that, whatever the campaign rhetoric, the reactionary foreign and domestic policies of the Bush years would continue under an Obama presidency.

 As the World Socialist Web Site wrote: “Barack Obama’s speech before an audience of some 200,000 in Berlin was a reactionary affirmation of Cold War anti-communism and an attempt to promote the new framework for US imperialist militarism and aggression, the so-called ‘global war on terror.’

“Against the backdrop of a potted history of post-war US-European relations, the Democratic presidential candidate appealed for closer collaboration between the two continents in the struggle against the ‘new danger’ of international terrorism and demanded that European governments increase their troop levels in Afghanistan.” (See: “Obama demands Europe send more troops to Afghanistan”).

Workers and youth who today confront unprecedented attacks on their living standards and democratic rights, and who are moving into immense struggles, should ask themselves what in the approach of the WSWS enabled it to combat the politics of blind impressionism promoted by the establishment media and the pseudo-left organizations, and correctly assess the political character and trajectory of Obama.

The answer is a politics based on a Marxist understanding of the historical experiences of the international working class, gained through the struggle of the Trotskyist movement against the betrayals of Stalinism, Social Democracy and the trade union bureaucracies, and a theoretical grasp of the laws of history.

Such an approach reveals that social class–not race, gender or sexual orientation–is the driving force of politics. Obama, like any other politician, is not a free agent whose policies are determined by his personal attributes or individual psychology, but the representative of a ruling class that will stop at nothing to defend its wealth and power against the working class–a ruling class, moreover, that presides over a system in mortal crisis.

The fundamental lesson of the Obama experience is the need for a scientific evaluation of economic, social and political events and the development of a revolutionary perspective and program of struggle for the working class based on such an analysis. This task is carried out every day solely by the World Socialist Web Site and the Socialist Equality Party.

Barry Grey



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

FBI director acknowledges use of surveillance drones in the US

0

 

By
Eric London

20 June 2013

FBI Director Robert Mueller acknowledged in Congressional testimony on Wednesday that his agency has used aerial drones for surveillance purposes within the United States. The revelation came in the midst of more efforts to justify the Obama administration’s unconstitutional domestic surveillance programs under the banner of the “war on terror.”

Though the government has previously admitted to using drones along the US-Mexico border and in isolated instances, Mueller’s admission was the first time the FBI publicly acknowledged that it uses remotely piloted aircraft. The disclosure may well have been made in order to pre-empt whistleblower Edward Snowden, who has threatened to make public further details about the government’s widespread surveillance programs.

During Mueller’s testimony, Republican Senator Chuck Grassley asked, “Does the FBI own or currently use drones and if so for what purpose?”

“Yes, and for surveillance,” Mueller replied

“[Drones are] very seldom used and generally used in a particular incident when you need the capability,” Mueller claimed in an attempt to downplay the significance of the revelation. Mueller gave no indication as to what these “particular incident(s)” were.

In the course of his testimony, Mueller repeated claims made by the Obama administration and intelligence officials over the past several days aimed at defending the unconstitutional and secret spying programs revealed by Snowden.

Obama himself, speaking in Germany yesterday, repeated talking points delivered by NSA Director Keith Alexander earlier this week. “This is not a situation in which we are rifling through the ordinary emails of German citizens or American citizens or French citizens or anybody else,” Obama claimed. “This is not a situation where we simply go into the internet and start searching any way that we want. This is a circumscribed, narrow system, directed at us being able to protect our people and all of it is done with the oversight of the courts.”

These are simply lies. What Obama calls a “circumscribed, narrow system” involves the collection of phone records of hundreds of millions of people in the United States and around the world, along with a system that sucks up billions of Internet communications on an ongoing basis.

Obama’s statements have been directly contradicted by Snowden, as well as fellow NSA whistleblowers Thomas Drake, William Binney, and J. Kirk Wiebe.

“There is no probable cause,” Drake told the USA Today in an interview published last weekend, referring to justifications given by the government to access the content of communications. “There is no indication of any kind of counterterrorism investigation or operation. It’s simply: ‘give us the data.’”

In an effort to justify the programs, Obama and the political establishment as a whole have brought out the standard “war on terror” arguments used for every war and violation of democratic rights over the past decade. On Wednesday, Obama repeated claims that the surveillance programs have prevented over fifty “potential terrorist events” since September 11.

The counter-offensive of the Obama administration is aimed both at undermining widespread opposition to the spying programs, as well as creating the rational for the arrest, prosecution or assassination of Snowden for “aiding the enemy” by leaking information to the American people.

For the US government, the Constitution and Bill of Rights–including the prohibition against unreasonable searches and seizures–are treated as suggestions, useful perhaps under some circumstances, but which can be violated whenever it is deemed necessary by the state. Speaking yesterday in Germany, Obama claimed that “lives have been saved” and that the administration has “struck the appropriate balance” between security and privacy.

The rights guaranteed in the Constitution are not, however, suggestions. The “state of exception” and “balancing” arguments of government officials amount to declaration that the Constitution itself is invalid.

Even if one were to accept that the spying programs had “thwarted 50 attacks,” this would not justify the violation of democratic rights. However, all discussion on how best to strike the “appropriate balance” between “security” and “liberty” is predicated on a basic lie: that the “war on terror” places the American and international public under the constant threat of attack, and that this threat must be countered by setting the foundations of a police state. Such arguments are the hallmark of every authoritarian regime, from Nazi Germany to Pinochet’s Chile.

In fact, the various supposed plots cited by Alexander, Obama and others are described in the vaguest possible terms–post facto justifications for a policy implemented for entirely different reasons.

Moreover, many of the alleged terrorist plots over the past decade–both thwarted and otherwise–had involved individuals who were under close surveillance by the state prior to carrying out attempted attacks. Serious questions remain as to the connections between the security apparatus and the likes of Boston Marathon bomber Tamerlan Tsarnaev, 9/11 hijacker Khalid al-Mihdhar, and suspected Danish newspaper plotter David Headley.

It must be noted as well that the right-wing Islamic groups that that have committed terrorist attacks are the product of decades of US imperialist campaigns in the Middle East and Central Asia. More often than not, the American military has utilized the services of such organizations for their own purposes–as was the case in Afghanistan in the 1980s.

Claims that the US government is “fighting terrorism” are all the more absurd considering the Obama administration’s recent decision to arm the Syrian opposition, which is spearheaded by Al-Qaida affiliated groups.

The testimony this week, along with Obama’s remarks in Berlin, are part of an intensifying campaign by the entire political establishment and the media, aimed at defending what is an unprecedented assault on the democratic rights of the population of the United States and the entire world.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

FBI director acknowledges use of surveillance drones in the US

0

 

By
Eric London

20 June 2013

FBI Director Robert Mueller acknowledged in Congressional testimony on Wednesday that his agency has used aerial drones for surveillance purposes within the United States. The revelation came in the midst of more efforts to justify the Obama administration’s unconstitutional domestic surveillance programs under the banner of the “war on terror.”

Though the government has previously admitted to using drones along the US-Mexico border and in isolated instances, Mueller’s admission was the first time the FBI publicly acknowledged that it uses remotely piloted aircraft. The disclosure may well have been made in order to pre-empt whistleblower Edward Snowden, who has threatened to make public further details about the government’s widespread surveillance programs.

During Mueller’s testimony, Republican Senator Chuck Grassley asked, “Does the FBI own or currently use drones and if so for what purpose?”

“Yes, and for surveillance,” Mueller replied

“[Drones are] very seldom used and generally used in a particular incident when you need the capability,” Mueller claimed in an attempt to downplay the significance of the revelation. Mueller gave no indication as to what these “particular incident(s)” were.

In the course of his testimony, Mueller repeated claims made by the Obama administration and intelligence officials over the past several days aimed at defending the unconstitutional and secret spying programs revealed by Snowden.

Obama himself, speaking in Germany yesterday, repeated talking points delivered by NSA Director Keith Alexander earlier this week. “This is not a situation in which we are rifling through the ordinary emails of German citizens or American citizens or French citizens or anybody else,” Obama claimed. “This is not a situation where we simply go into the internet and start searching any way that we want. This is a circumscribed, narrow system, directed at us being able to protect our people and all of it is done with the oversight of the courts.”

These are simply lies. What Obama calls a “circumscribed, narrow system” involves the collection of phone records of hundreds of millions of people in the United States and around the world, along with a system that sucks up billions of Internet communications on an ongoing basis.

Obama’s statements have been directly contradicted by Snowden, as well as fellow NSA whistleblowers Thomas Drake, William Binney, and J. Kirk Wiebe.

“There is no probable cause,” Drake told the USA Today in an interview published last weekend, referring to justifications given by the government to access the content of communications. “There is no indication of any kind of counterterrorism investigation or operation. It’s simply: ‘give us the data.’”

In an effort to justify the programs, Obama and the political establishment as a whole have brought out the standard “war on terror” arguments used for every war and violation of democratic rights over the past decade. On Wednesday, Obama repeated claims that the surveillance programs have prevented over fifty “potential terrorist events” since September 11.

The counter-offensive of the Obama administration is aimed both at undermining widespread opposition to the spying programs, as well as creating the rational for the arrest, prosecution or assassination of Snowden for “aiding the enemy” by leaking information to the American people.

For the US government, the Constitution and Bill of Rights–including the prohibition against unreasonable searches and seizures–are treated as suggestions, useful perhaps under some circumstances, but which can be violated whenever it is deemed necessary by the state. Speaking yesterday in Germany, Obama claimed that “lives have been saved” and that the administration has “struck the appropriate balance” between security and privacy.

The rights guaranteed in the Constitution are not, however, suggestions. The “state of exception” and “balancing” arguments of government officials amount to declaration that the Constitution itself is invalid.

Even if one were to accept that the spying programs had “thwarted 50 attacks,” this would not justify the violation of democratic rights. However, all discussion on how best to strike the “appropriate balance” between “security” and “liberty” is predicated on a basic lie: that the “war on terror” places the American and international public under the constant threat of attack, and that this threat must be countered by setting the foundations of a police state. Such arguments are the hallmark of every authoritarian regime, from Nazi Germany to Pinochet’s Chile.

In fact, the various supposed plots cited by Alexander, Obama and others are described in the vaguest possible terms–post facto justifications for a policy implemented for entirely different reasons.

Moreover, many of the alleged terrorist plots over the past decade–both thwarted and otherwise–had involved individuals who were under close surveillance by the state prior to carrying out attempted attacks. Serious questions remain as to the connections between the security apparatus and the likes of Boston Marathon bomber Tamerlan Tsarnaev, 9/11 hijacker Khalid al-Mihdhar, and suspected Danish newspaper plotter David Headley.

It must be noted as well that the right-wing Islamic groups that that have committed terrorist attacks are the product of decades of US imperialist campaigns in the Middle East and Central Asia. More often than not, the American military has utilized the services of such organizations for their own purposes–as was the case in Afghanistan in the 1980s.

Claims that the US government is “fighting terrorism” are all the more absurd considering the Obama administration’s recent decision to arm the Syrian opposition, which is spearheaded by Al-Qaida affiliated groups.

The testimony this week, along with Obama’s remarks in Berlin, are part of an intensifying campaign by the entire political establishment and the media, aimed at defending what is an unprecedented assault on the democratic rights of the population of the United States and the entire world.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

China uses NSA revelations to highlight US hypocrisy on cyber security

0

 

By
John Chan

20 June 2013

After a week of silence, the Chinese government has begun to use the revelations of former CIA operative Edward Snowden about the National Security Agency’s (NSA) vast electronic spying to hit back at the Obama administration’s allegations of Chinese cyber hacking.

Chinese foreign ministry spokeswoman Hua Chungying declared on Monday that the US “should pay attention to the international community’s concerns and demands and give the international community the necessary explanation” over its surveillance programs. She flatly rejected as “nonsense” insinuations by American officials that Snowden was a Chinese agent.

In an unprecedented step, China’s state-controlled media highlighted protests in “democratic” Hong Kong last weekend over Snowden’s disclosure that the NSA had hacked hundreds of Hong Kong and mainland Chinese computers. Led by pro-Beijing parties such as the Democratic Alliance for Betterment and Progress, a few hundred protesters marched to the US consulate, holding banners and shouting slogans such as “Defend free speech,” “Protect Snowden” and “No Extradition.”

Protest leaders submitted a letter to the US Consul General, denouncing Washington for having “publicly supported the cause of Internet freedom and criticised other governments for conducting cyber attacks, surveillance and censorship” when it was operating its “own blanket surveillance systems and allegedly conducting cyber warfare against Hong Kong.”

These pro-Beijing parties, which consistently oppose the extension of democratic rights in Hong Kong, are exploiting widespread public anger over the NSA revelations to discredit the local opposition Democratic Party and its “democratic” allies, which have longstanding relations with Washington and have been silent over the issue.

Snowden is currently in hiding in Hong Kong, a Chinese territory. According to the Hong Kong Economic Journal, the local authorities not only know where he is hiding, but have assigned special personnel to protect him “to prevent any incident.” Snowden has warned that he could be the target of assassination by the US intelligence agencies or their third party proxies.

The Chinese government, which maintains its own police-state apparatus, is not a defender of Snowden or democratic rights. It has an extensive Internet surveillance system, manned by an estimated 30,000 police, to monitor web activity and block access to sites regarded as politically dangerous. Dissident writers and workers seeking to organise strikes have been jailed for their Internet postings.

However, Beijing, for its own political purposes, is able to point to the utter hypocrisy of the US administration, which in the lead up to the recent summit between Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping, launched a strident public campaign against Chinese hacking. The Chinese foreign ministry’s comments about the NSA spying come ahead of next month’s US-China Strategic and Economic Dialogue, where cyber security will be a paramount issue.

The state-run Global Times pointed to the geo-political considerations involved when it called on China and Hong Kong not to allow the extradition of Snowden to the US, as it “would not only be a betrayal of Snowden’s trust, but a disappointment of expectations around the world.”

The article commented: “Cyber attacks, a weapon frequently used by the US government, have turned out to be its own Achilles’ heel. China is generous enough not to hype this incident in consideration of the Sino-US relationship.” Nevertheless, it insisted: “The Chinese government has no responsibility to help the US quench the fire… Beijing needs to demonstrate it can’t just be pushed according to Washington’s needs.”

Despite the devastating nature of the NSA revelations, Obama continued to brand China as the greatest threat to global cyber security. In a PBS TV interview this week, Obama claimed that Xi had understood his blunt message on alleged Chinese hacking, which could “adversely affect the fundamentals of the US-China relationship.”

Obama alleged that China was engaged in “stealing” the commercial and technical secrets of major American companies such as Apple, rather than the “standard fare” of other intelligence agencies, which seek to uncover military and diplomatic information. He said Chinese spying would affect “our long-term prosperity.” In reality, corporations like Apple are based on parasitic economic relations. They make huge profits by exploiting their brand monopolies in global markets to sell products made by poorly-paid workers in countries such as China.

So far, Washington has not requested Snowden’s extradition from Hong Kong, which Beijing has the legal power to veto. But as the Global Times article indicates, any decision by Beijing on the issue will be based on political expediency. The Chinese regime currently regards Snowden as useful for its propaganda, but could just as readily sacrifice him in negotiations with the US.

The Chinese government will quickly dump Snowden if his presence begins to threaten China’s own anti-democratic measures. Polls by the South China Morning Post in Hong Kong found that more than half the respondents opposed Snowden’s extradition. Many regarded him as a “hero.” The same sentiments certainly prevail among China’s own 700 million “netizens,” who resent the pervasive intrusion of China’s Internet police.

Snowden’s revelations have also raised serious security concerns in Chinese business, government and military circles. These particularly relate to the role of American IT giant Cisco Systems, which is one of the largest global suppliers of networking systems. Snowden exposed the fact that Cisco has provided US intelligence agencies with the means to electronically access its equipment and thus networks, not only in the US, but around the world, including China.

A Chinese financial journal, Securities Times, warned on Monday that Cisco was involved in virtually every major network in China, including those of the government, customs, postal services, finance, railways, civil aviation, healthcare and even the military. China’s two largest telecommunication networks, operated by China Telecom and China Unicom, carry more than 80 percent of the country’s Internet traffic. Cisco’s equipment accounts for 70 percent of the two network’s traffic. “Security experts are worried that in the event of war, the US government is very likely to use the products deployed by Cisco around the globe, to wage cyber war, launching fatal attacks on enemy states,” the journal reported.

Securities Times wrote that ever since Chinese telecommunications companies Huawei and ZTE were blocked from the US market last year on “national security” grounds, China has begun to replace US equipment inside China with Chinese technology.

Snowden’s revelations demonstrate that US “national security concerns” about these two companies did not relate so much to Chinese spying, as to worries that Chinese-installed equipment would not allow the NSA to so easily spy on the American population.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

China uses NSA revelations to highlight US hypocrisy on cyber security

0

 

By
John Chan

20 June 2013

After a week of silence, the Chinese government has begun to use the revelations of former CIA operative Edward Snowden about the National Security Agency’s (NSA) vast electronic spying to hit back at the Obama administration’s allegations of Chinese cyber hacking.

Chinese foreign ministry spokeswoman Hua Chungying declared on Monday that the US “should pay attention to the international community’s concerns and demands and give the international community the necessary explanation” over its surveillance programs. She flatly rejected as “nonsense” insinuations by American officials that Snowden was a Chinese agent.

In an unprecedented step, China’s state-controlled media highlighted protests in “democratic” Hong Kong last weekend over Snowden’s disclosure that the NSA had hacked hundreds of Hong Kong and mainland Chinese computers. Led by pro-Beijing parties such as the Democratic Alliance for Betterment and Progress, a few hundred protesters marched to the US consulate, holding banners and shouting slogans such as “Defend free speech,” “Protect Snowden” and “No Extradition.”

Protest leaders submitted a letter to the US Consul General, denouncing Washington for having “publicly supported the cause of Internet freedom and criticised other governments for conducting cyber attacks, surveillance and censorship” when it was operating its “own blanket surveillance systems and allegedly conducting cyber warfare against Hong Kong.”

These pro-Beijing parties, which consistently oppose the extension of democratic rights in Hong Kong, are exploiting widespread public anger over the NSA revelations to discredit the local opposition Democratic Party and its “democratic” allies, which have longstanding relations with Washington and have been silent over the issue.

Snowden is currently in hiding in Hong Kong, a Chinese territory. According to the Hong Kong Economic Journal, the local authorities not only know where he is hiding, but have assigned special personnel to protect him “to prevent any incident.” Snowden has warned that he could be the target of assassination by the US intelligence agencies or their third party proxies.

The Chinese government, which maintains its own police-state apparatus, is not a defender of Snowden or democratic rights. It has an extensive Internet surveillance system, manned by an estimated 30,000 police, to monitor web activity and block access to sites regarded as politically dangerous. Dissident writers and workers seeking to organise strikes have been jailed for their Internet postings.

However, Beijing, for its own political purposes, is able to point to the utter hypocrisy of the US administration, which in the lead up to the recent summit between Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping, launched a strident public campaign against Chinese hacking. The Chinese foreign ministry’s comments about the NSA spying come ahead of next month’s US-China Strategic and Economic Dialogue, where cyber security will be a paramount issue.

The state-run Global Times pointed to the geo-political considerations involved when it called on China and Hong Kong not to allow the extradition of Snowden to the US, as it “would not only be a betrayal of Snowden’s trust, but a disappointment of expectations around the world.”

The article commented: “Cyber attacks, a weapon frequently used by the US government, have turned out to be its own Achilles’ heel. China is generous enough not to hype this incident in consideration of the Sino-US relationship.” Nevertheless, it insisted: “The Chinese government has no responsibility to help the US quench the fire… Beijing needs to demonstrate it can’t just be pushed according to Washington’s needs.”

Despite the devastating nature of the NSA revelations, Obama continued to brand China as the greatest threat to global cyber security. In a PBS TV interview this week, Obama claimed that Xi had understood his blunt message on alleged Chinese hacking, which could “adversely affect the fundamentals of the US-China relationship.”

Obama alleged that China was engaged in “stealing” the commercial and technical secrets of major American companies such as Apple, rather than the “standard fare” of other intelligence agencies, which seek to uncover military and diplomatic information. He said Chinese spying would affect “our long-term prosperity.” In reality, corporations like Apple are based on parasitic economic relations. They make huge profits by exploiting their brand monopolies in global markets to sell products made by poorly-paid workers in countries such as China.

So far, Washington has not requested Snowden’s extradition from Hong Kong, which Beijing has the legal power to veto. But as the Global Times article indicates, any decision by Beijing on the issue will be based on political expediency. The Chinese regime currently regards Snowden as useful for its propaganda, but could just as readily sacrifice him in negotiations with the US.

The Chinese government will quickly dump Snowden if his presence begins to threaten China’s own anti-democratic measures. Polls by the South China Morning Post in Hong Kong found that more than half the respondents opposed Snowden’s extradition. Many regarded him as a “hero.” The same sentiments certainly prevail among China’s own 700 million “netizens,” who resent the pervasive intrusion of China’s Internet police.

Snowden’s revelations have also raised serious security concerns in Chinese business, government and military circles. These particularly relate to the role of American IT giant Cisco Systems, which is one of the largest global suppliers of networking systems. Snowden exposed the fact that Cisco has provided US intelligence agencies with the means to electronically access its equipment and thus networks, not only in the US, but around the world, including China.

A Chinese financial journal, Securities Times, warned on Monday that Cisco was involved in virtually every major network in China, including those of the government, customs, postal services, finance, railways, civil aviation, healthcare and even the military. China’s two largest telecommunication networks, operated by China Telecom and China Unicom, carry more than 80 percent of the country’s Internet traffic. Cisco’s equipment accounts for 70 percent of the two network’s traffic. “Security experts are worried that in the event of war, the US government is very likely to use the products deployed by Cisco around the globe, to wage cyber war, launching fatal attacks on enemy states,” the journal reported.

Securities Times wrote that ever since Chinese telecommunications companies Huawei and ZTE were blocked from the US market last year on “national security” grounds, China has begun to replace US equipment inside China with Chinese technology.

Snowden’s revelations demonstrate that US “national security concerns” about these two companies did not relate so much to Chinese spying, as to worries that Chinese-installed equipment would not allow the NSA to so easily spy on the American population.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

German bank to cut over 5,000 jobs

0

The entrance of a Commerzbank is seen in Cologne, western Germany. (file photo)

Germanyâ„¢s second biggest lender, Commerzbank, plans to slash more than 5,000 jobs during the next three years amid a wave of job-cutting by banks across Europe.

Management and employees’ representatives at the bank reached an agreement on Wednesday on eliminating 5,200 positions, which is about 12 percent of Commerzbankâ„¢s 45,000 full-time staff.

Å“Together with the employees’ representatives, we have found a way to achieve considerable cost reductions on the one hand, and to secure our competitiveness and earnings power through investment on the other,” board member and human resources chief Ulrich Seiber said in a statement.

The bank, which has become 17 percent state-owned since receiving a bailout during the crisis, posted a net loss of 94 million euros ($126 million) in the first three months of 2013.

Commerzbank said in January that it would cut 4,000 to 6,000 jobs until 2016 as it tots up the toll from the financial and sovereign debt crises.

About 3,900 positions are due to be eliminated at the core bank in Germany, including 1,800 cuts at the retail bank, as part of a 2 billion euro ($2.7 billion) overhaul announced in November 2012.

Meanwhile, on June 3, the International Monetary Fund (IMF) halved its 2013 economic growth forecast for Germany to 0.3 percent.

Å“Amid still elevated euro area uncertainty, we now project GDP (gross domestic product) in Germany to expand at around 0.3 percent in 2013,” the IMF said in a statement.

Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered incidents of social unrest and massive protests in many European countries.

MR/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Rohani capable of settling major issues’

0

Tunisian President Moncef Marzouki says Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hojjatoleslam Hassan Rohani is capable of resolving major problems in the region and the Muslim world.

In a telephone conversation with Rohani on Wednesday, the Tunisian president stated that his country has pinned its hopes on Iran’s president-elect to solve the problems that the region and the Muslim world are currently grappling with, including the conflict in Syria.

The Tunisian president once again congratulated Rohani on his election victory, wishing him success.

Hojjatoleslam Rohani, for his part, called for the further enhancement of amicable ties among all friendly countries across the globe, including between Iran and Tunisia.

The Tunisian president and the Iranian president-elect also urged closer cooperation between Tehran and Tunis at regional and international levels.

They further stressed the importance of bolstering political, economic and cultural cooperation between the Iranian and Tunisian people.

Hojjatoleslam Rohani won Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election with an outright victory, gaining 18,613,329 votes, or 50.7 percent of a total of 36,704,156 ballots.

The Iranian president-elect currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the countryâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council, is a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts, and is also president of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

On Wednesday, the Guardian Council, Iranâ„¢s highest electoral supervisory body, confirmed the validity of the countryâ„¢s presidential election results.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pakistan after Rohani administration ties

0

Pakistani President Asif Ali Zardari has congratulated Iranian President-elect Hojjatoleslam Hassan Rohani on his victory in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election, saying that Islamabad seeks to develop ties with the new administration of Iran.

In a telephone conversation with Dr. Rohani, Zardari said that his election by the Iranian people as the next president of the Islamic Republic of Iran indicated the Iranian nationâ„¢s confidence in the president-elect.

Dr. Rohani is capable of leading Iran toward peace, progress and welfare during his tenure as the Iranian president, Zardari said.

The Pakistani president also hoped that under Rohaniâ„¢s presidency, Iran will continue its rapid progress and that the president-elect will play an active role in regional peace and stability.

He said that the two nations of Iran and Pakistan enjoy historical and religious commonalities and expressed hope that Tehran-Islamabad ties would further develop in the future.

Pakistani officials will try to boost cooperation with the new administration of the Islamic Republic in different sectors, Zardari said.

In a congratulatory message released on Monday, Pakistani Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif had also felicitated Rohani on his victory and called for the expansion of ties with the Islamic Republic.

Hojjatoleslam Rohani won Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election with an outright victory, gaining 18,613,329 votes, or 50.7 percent of a total of 36,704,156 ballots.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

AR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

How American University Got Involved in Israel’s Public Interest

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/how_american_university_got_involved_in_israels_public_interest_20130619/

Posted on Jun 19, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Quelle Surprise! Haiti on the Mend

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/quelle_surprise_haiti_on_the_mend_20130619/

Posted on Jun 19, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

‘Syria's victory only a matter of time’

0

Syriaâ„¢s Information Minister Omran al-Zoubi says the victory of the Syrian forces against the foreign-backed militants and terrorists operating inside the Arab country is only a matter of time.

During an interview with al-Mayadin TV, Zoubi said the Syrian forces will pursue all militants across the country and will defeat them.

It is only a matter of time before the Syrian army would win the battle against terrorism and restore stability and security to the country, the Syrian minister said.

Å“The battle against terrorism and foreign interference is not easy as large numbers of terrorists are sent to Syria from many countries,” Zoubi said.

He also reiterated that the Syrian government has had no role in the recent rocket attack on eastern Lebanonâ„¢s Bekaa region.

Å“No aggression from the Syrian state took place on the Lebanese territories and there will never be any because we have a national project against the Zionist schemes,” Zoubi said.

The United States announced on June 14 that it will provide the militants in Syria with weapons, claiming that the Syrian government had used Å“chemical weapons” against the militants and had thus crossed Washingtonâ„¢s Å“red line.”

Syria strongly rejects the unfounded US claim and says the militants have used chemical weapons on several occasions, including an attack in the region of Khan al-Assal in the northwestern province of Aleppo on March 19, where over two dozen people died.

The crisis in Syria began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security forces, have been killed so far.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies – especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey – are supporting the militants.

SZH/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Dead Man Walking, 20 Years On

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/_20130619/

Posted on Jun 19, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Workers in Britain suffer the greatest fall in wages since the 1930s

0

 

By
Robert Stevens

20 June 2013

The UK is experiencing the deepest and most protracted economic downturn in a century. The decline in wages is even greater than that resulting from the Great Depression of the 1930s.

A report by the Institute for Fiscal Studies notes that workers in Britain have suffered unprecedented pay cuts of 6 percent in real terms over the last five years. With inflation, the figures point to a more than 15 percent drop in wages since the global financial crash of 2008.

Historically, real term wages have risen by around 2 percent per year in the UK.

Paul Johnson, director of the IFS, told the Guardian, “This time really does seem to be different … it has been deeper and longer than those of the 1990s, the 1980s and even the 1930s. It has seen household incomes and spending drop more and stay lower longer.”

Claire Crawford from the IFS added, “The falls in nominal wages… during this recession are unprecedented.”

In a press release the IFS noted, “Real wages in the private sector dropped from an average of £15.10 per hour in 2009 to £13.60 in 2011, while in the public sector the average hourly rate dropped from £16.60 in 2009 to £15.80 in 2011.”

The report also noted a sharp fall in productivity, mainly among smaller firms. It found that firms with fewer than 50 employees have seen their productivity fall by seven percent relative to a pre-recession trend, compared to no change for firms with more than 250 employees.

The IFS writes, “The fall in productivity has been accompanied by unprecedented falls in nominal and real hourly wages in the UK, which have occurred even amongst workers staying in the same job: one third of such workers saw their wages cut or frozen in nominal terms between 2010 and 2011.”

During the recession the strategy of many smaller firms, which employ the majority of the UK’s workforce, has been to reduce wages and cut investment, states the IFS, while larger firms have tended to lay off workers.

A central factor in workers being forced to accept lower and lower pay has been the slashing of billions of pounds from welfare spending, with many people being forced off unemployment and disability benefits.

The IFS report found the fall in productivity in part, “seems to be driven by greater labour supply. Lone parents and older workers, for example, are not withdrawing from the labour market as they have in previous recessions, which may in part be driven by changes to the welfare system. This means that workers may be experiencing greater competition for jobs and hence may be more willing to accept lower wages than before.”

New research commissioned by the Trades Union Congress, based on analysis of official statistics on median gross annual pay using 2012 prices, backs up the IFS survey. It found that total pay was 7.5 percent lower in 2012 than on the eve of the recession in 2007. Adjusted for inflation estimated UK wages have fallen from a total of £690 billion in 2007 to £638 billion last year. A staggering £52 billion (more than £10 billion annually) has been robbed from workers’ wages by the capitalist class.

Wages have been slashed throughout the country. The largest fall in wages was recorded in the north-west at 10.6 percent, while wages in the south-west, west Midlands and Scotland wages have fallen by around 10 percent and by 3.9 percent in London. Workers’ wages were at least £1 billion smaller last year in every English region, as well as Scotland and Wales, compared to pre-recession levels.

Under conditions of deepening attacks on workers’ incomes by the government and employers, with predictions that austerity will still be worsening into the 2020s, the TUC offered advice to the ruling elite on economic policy. Proposing no solution to the collapse in wages, the TUC was mainly concerned with how the fall in wages was impacting on the competitiveness of the UK economy.

General Secretary Frances O’Grady said, “Britain’s shrinking wages are hitting people’s living standards, holding back businesses and damaging our growth prospects.”

“Employers and both local and central governments need to recognise the importance of decent wages in delivering sustainable economic growth,” she urged. “They can start by becoming living wage employers and being more transparent about their pay systems.”

The TUC report is the sharpest self-condemnation of its own role. For almost three decades, the trade unions have not organised a single serious struggle against successive right-wing Conservative and Labour governments. Since the onset of the global crisis, the unions have accelerated their collaboration with the ruling elite in the imposition of cuts to pay, job and conditions. As a result, workers have abandoned the unions in droves.

Figures released in April show the proportion of employees who were trade union members in the UK fell from 32 percent in 1995 to 26 percent in 2012.

According to the latest Labour Force Survey, in just three years between 2007 and 2010 trade union membership in the private sector fell by a cumulative 447,000. In the public sector trade union membership fell by 177,000 in 2011 alone. This process is particularly prevalent among young people. While more than one million people (one in five) are now unemployed, trade union membership among 16 to 24 year olds is under 5 percent.

The massive decline in pay and living standards continues as the super-rich pile up ever-greater fortunes. Last week Stephen Hester, the chief executive of British bank RBS, walked away from his job with a pay-off that could reach £14 million. As the Sunday Times explained, “Adding his salary, bonuses and up to £4 million in share payments he could still receive, the 52-year-old banker’s pay package would average about £2.8 million a year. Even if he misses out on his final bonus, Hester will still have been paid an average of £2 million a year by RBS over his five-year term.”

The 2008/09 bailout of RBS, which collapsed during the global meltdown, cost at least £53.5 billion of British taxpayers’ money and far surpassed all previous banking bailouts anywhere in the world. Hester has been personally handed a quarter of that sum.

Hester’s rich pickings emerged shortly after the news that Ross McEwan, RBS head of high street banking, was handed shares worth £1.7 million. Taken on by RBS last year after leaving his position at Commonwealth Bank of Australia, he does not sit on RBS’s board, which would require his salary to be disclosed, whereas his share options are. While collecting his windfall, last month McEwan announced plans to axe 1,400 jobs over the next two years from the RBS’s support functions which employ 3,600 people.

A number of commentators have dismissed recent talk of signs of economic growth, which is supposedly about to emerge in the UK. “This period has seen the biggest squeeze of real pay in decades,” said Michael Pearce, an assistant economist at Capital Economics, said of the IFS report, “We’re not expecting this damage [to households’ real pay] to be reversed any time soon, highlighting one reason not to get too carried away by recent signs of economic recovery.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Washington seeks Taliban deal as Afghanistan casualties mount

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

20 June 2013

US negotiators are expected to meet in the Qatari capital of Doha this week with representatives of the Taliban, the Islamist movement that the US toppled from power nearly a dozen years ago, only to fight a war with it and other Afghans opposed to foreign occupation ever since.

The talks triggered a political crisis before they even began, with US-backed Afghan president Hamid Karzai issuing a public protest that he had been lied to about US intentions in meeting with the Taliban. In retaliation, he formally broke off talks with Washington on a Bilateral Security Agreement that would provide for US troops remaining in the country after the December 2014 deadline that Washington and NATO have set for withdrawing all their forces.

Just hours before the Obama White House announced the planned talks with the Taliban, four US soldiers were killed in a mortar attack on the heavily fortified Bagram Airfield, north of Kabul. The Taliban claimed credit for the attack and reported that it had wounded six other troops.

Twenty-three US troops have been killed so far this month, bringing the total number to have lost their lives since the launching of Operation Enduring Freedom in October 2001 to 2,243. Another 444 British troops as well as 653 from other NATO and US-aligned countries have also died.

Afghan casualties undoubtedly number in the hundreds of thousands. According to the United Nations, the number of civilians killed or wounded from the beginning of this year until June 6 reached 3,092, a 24 percent increase over the same period last year. And the Afghan NGO Security Office reported that there were 47 percent more attacks launched by the Taliban and other groups opposed to the government and the foreign troops that support it in the first quarter of this year than in the same period in the first quarter of 2011.

The announcement of the US-Taliban talks came on the same day that the US-NATO command formally turned over security for the entire country to Afghan security forces. What this will mean in practice remains to be seen. Some 66,000 US troops and more than 30,000 from NATO and other US allies continue to occupy the country, and Pentagon commanders are reportedly pressing for them to remain in large numbers through next year’s spring-to-autumn “fighting season.”

As for the Afghan forces, while the army has 350,000 troops on the books, they are poorly trained and armed and are suffering heavy casualties as well as morale problems that lead to a loss of about a third of their ranks each year through desertions and failure to re-enlist. According to a Pentagon report issued last December, only 1 out of 23 Afghanistan National Army brigades is capable of operating on its own without US-NATO support.

Given the state of the Afghan military and the pledge to withdraw the bulk of the US-NATO troops by the end of next year, the Taliban appears to be going into the talks with the US and its puppet regime with a fair amount of confidence and is showing no inclination to put down its arms any time soon.

Speaking after the close of the G8 meeting in Northern Ireland, US president Barack Obama welcomed the Taliban’s formal opening of its office in Doha and the initiation of talks, declaring, “This is an important first step towards reconciliation; although it’s a very early step. We anticipate there will be a lot of bumps in the road.”

The first major “bump” was provided by Karzai, who essentially charged that the Obama administration had lied to him about the nature of the US-Taliban talks. A statement from his office announced the suspension of the talks on a post-2014 security agreement due to “the contradiction between the acts and the statements made by the United States of America in regard to the peace process.”

According to Afghan officials, the Karzai regime was angered by the Taliban’s presentation of its office in Doha not merely as an outpost for peace talks, but rather a virtual embassy for a rival government. One official who spoke to the Reuters news agency cited in particular the hoisting over the office of a Taliban flag and a banner of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan, as the Taliban regime was known before it was overthrown by the US in 2001.

Karzai issued a statement vowing that his negotiators in the High Peace Council, which he set up in 2010 to pursue a negotiated settlement with the Taliban, would not go to Doha “as long as the peace process is not Afghan-led.”

Until now, the Taliban had refused to negotiate with representatives of the Karzai government, which it has branded a puppet brought to power by the US-NATO occupation and therefore illegitimate. A spokesman for the group said that there would be talks with fellow Afghans “in due time.”

Karzai apparently fears that the US could reach a deal with the Taliban at his expense. Given Washington’s increasing reliance on Islamist forces in Egypt and Turkey and in the wars it has instigated in Libya and Syria, such a concern is understandable.

US officials have publicly stated that they are seeking three commitments by the Taliban as the sole basis for a settlement: a formal break of all ties with Al Qaeda, an end to armed actions and acceptance of the Afghan constitution, an undemocratic document rammed through an unrepresentative loya jirga (tribal council) dominated by Karzai’s hand-picked delegates and Afghan warlords in 2004.

Al Qaeda today does not represent any significant force in Afghanistan, and its invocation by Washington is aimed more at maintaining the pretext that the war there is part of a “war on terror.” The reality is that the Bush administration could have negotiated such a break when the Taliban was in power, but instead chose to invade Afghanistan, initiating the 12-year war. Even before the September 2001 attacks, the Taliban leadership had attempted to broker an agreement with Washington to remove Osama bin Laden and bring him to trial, but US officials showed no interest.

The unstated commitment that the US is most interested in securing from the Taliban is the acceptance of a continued US military presence in the country and US imperialism’s use of the Afghanistan as a forward base in projecting its power into Central and South Asia as well as against China.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Turkish unions, business groups back crackdown on Taksim Square protest

0

 

By
Thomas Gaist and Alex Lantier

20 June 2013

The Turkish ruling elite is closing ranks around Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan’s crackdown against protests. Threatening to send the army against the population, Erdogan has sent riot police to violently clear Taksim Square, arresting hundreds of protesters Tuesday.

WSWS supporters in Turkey reported that 20 business groups and trade union federations took out a full-page advertisement in Turkey’s major national newspapers, calling on Taksim Square protesters to go home. Signatories included the Turkish Union of Chambers and Commodity Exchanges (TOBB), the Confederation of Turkish Labor Unions (TURK-IS), the Turkish Tradesmen and Artisans’ Confederation (TESK), and the Turkish Banks Association (TBB).

The statement attacked protests as damaging to Turkey’s interests, writing: “The protests have gone beyond their real purpose, as marginal groups have used it to create unrest in the country and instigate conflict among people, providing ground for developments to be used for bad intentions against our country. We ask our citizens to get back to their daily lives, so that progress on the issue can continue.”

Although riot police were responsible for the bulk of the violence–killing several protesters and injuring 5,000–the statement criticized the protesters as violent, lecturing them that “breaking and burning the property of others as well as insulting them cannot be interpreted as the use of rights in any legal system.”

The Turkish ruling class, with the support of Washington and the European capitals, is trying to crush the protests, which started last month against Erdogan’s plans to remodel Gezi Park, which is adjacent to Taksim Square. The protests escalated, mobilizing broader layers of urban youth hostile to rising social inequality and to Erdogan’s Islamist policies–including his unpopular participation in the US-led war in Syria, as well as anti-democratic bans on alcohol sales.

Erdogan’s brutal crackdown is alienating broader layers of Turkish society. Poll ratings for his Justice and Development Party (AKP) have fallen from over 50 percent to 35 percent. Cengiz Candar, a political Turkish political analyst, said that the AKP is closing ranks in the face of the popular resistance: “His party members are not in a state of debating anything now. They are on a war footing.”

Clashes between police and demonstrators took place Wednesday in the early morning hours. Thousands of protesters staged demonstrations in Ankara and Eskisehir, and were dispersed by police forces firing gas bombs and water cannons.

Under these conditions, the Erdogan government is desperate to rapidly end the protests, before they draw in broader social layers–and above all, the working class, which in 2011 toppled US-backed dictatorships in Egypt and Tunisia. In this it enjoys the full support of the NATO powers.

Erdogan’s regime enjoys NATO support due to its central role in promoting Islamist opposition forces in the bloody US-led proxy war in Syria. Turkey is emerging as the keystone of a US-backed regional alliance of Sunni Islamist regimes fighting Syrian President Bashar al-Assad–a war ultimately directed at US-led regime change in Iran, and securing US imperialist hegemony throughout the Middle East.

Sinan Ülgen of the Carnegie Endowment for International peace in Brussels told German public international broadcasting serivce Deutsche Welle, “Turkey–at the end of the day–is a NATO member; it is part of the NATO alliance. Unless things acquire or jump to a really different dimension of democratic abuse, the West will continue to work with Turkey.” Deutsche Welle commented, “The Turkish prime minister–a key interlocutor on Syria–has been weakened domestically. But according to Carnegie’s Ülgen, although Erdogan faces widespread domestic opposition, he will likely remain an ‘indispensable’ partner for Western countries in Syria.”

The central obstacle to the development of working class opposition to the Erdogan government and its pro-war policies is the reactionary role of the unions and the Turkish bourgeois and petty-bourgeois “left.” They are hostile to any struggle against the Erdogan government and the NATO powers.

The Turkish unions–the Revolutionary Trade Unions of Turkey (DISK) and the Confederation of Public Workers Unions (KESK)–played a key role, mobilizing only 5,000 workers on Monday after having issued a general strike call. This gave the union bureaucracy and the Erdogan government confidence that there was no imminent risk of a mass working class uprising if the regime launched a crackdown on the protests.

More broadly, the various bourgeois “left” and pseudo-left parties active in the Taksim Solidarity Platform have sought negotiations with Erdogan and presented only the most limited demands, concentrating on the remodeling of Gezi Park. This blocked any struggle to mobilize the deep opposition to war and to social inequality that exists in the working class.

Under these conditions, the Erdogan regime is proceeding with a crackdown. Dozens of Turkish protesters were being held by the government Wednesday, after nation-wide raids against groups deemed responsible for the demonstrations. The raids targeted members of parties including the Socialist Party of the Oppressed (ESP) and the Marxist-Leninist Communist Party (MLKP).

According to Hurriyet Daily News, the detainees will face interrogations over the next four days, and many will be charged with “organizing violent protests and calling on people to attend illegal demonstrations.” The number of individuals arrested in the raids has been estimated at 200 to 500, though the figure could be higher.

Erdogan’s regime is also moving to strangle the expression of opposition on the Internet. Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc cited the need for legal “deterrents” to prevent social media users from “inciting crime, spreading lies and disinformation.”

A new form of passive resistance, dubbed the “standing man” protest, spread across Turkey this week in the aftermath of the brutal crackdowns launched by the regime. The protests involved hundreds of demonstrators standing, motionless and silent, in public spaces.

The “standing man” protests are being widely publicized in the bourgeois media, because such silent individual protest poses no threat to the Erdogan regime, to the US war drive in the Middle East, or to the capitalist order. For this reason, the “standing man” protests are being promoted in the bourgeois media and on the Taksim Solidarity Platform’s Twitter feed.

The Erdogan regime also gave its seal of approval to the “standing man” protests. Deputy Prime Minister Arinc said they were “civilized” and “pleasing to the eye.”

“We should encourage such protests within the law,” he added.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Rhode Island: Disabled students forced to work in sweatshop conditions

0

 

By
John Marion

20 June 2013

Last week the US Department of Justice, the State of Rhode Island, and the city of Providence reached an interim settlement regarding a school for developmentally disabled students who had been forced to work for as little as 14 cents per hour both at the school and at a not-for-profit to which it funneled most of them when they reached adulthood.

The case, which made national headlines, involved the Harold A. Birch Vocational Program at the city’s Mount Pleasant High School and a “sheltered workshop” provider called Training Thru Placement (TTP) in North Providence. Disabled students who were forced into TTP after leaving the Birch Program have often stayed there for 15 to 30 years as adults. They were forced to work at TTP, rather than being given other job opportunities in the community.

According to a June 7 letter from the Civil Rights Division of the Justice Department, “[T]here is little evidence that the City has made any efforts to actively link Birch students to integrated employment or other day services. Evidence obtained during the course of this investigation has revealed that over the past approximately 25 years only a handful of Birch students have ever been placed in individual supported employment after exiting Birch.”

Instead, almost all of the students were shunted into TTP, which received nearly $9 million of government grants between 2007 and 2011. Not only will TTP lose its contract with the city under the interim settlement agreement; its executive director and his son have also been accused of embezzling approximately $3,000 per month from a copper recycling program. Disabled adults in the program were assigned to replace copper inside remote control devices for Cox Communications. Instead of reinvesting the proceeds from the recycled copper back into TTP as they had promised, the father and son are alleged to have pocketed them.

Rhode Island, Providence, and the latter’s public school district are all implicated in the scandal. The Justice Department letter argues that “the City, in part by operating an in-school sheltered workshop at Birch, has planned, structured, administered, and funded its transition service system in a manner that imposes a serious risk of unnecessary segregation upon Birch students.” The Birch Program also did not give bona fide diplomas to graduating students, instead handing them “certificates.”

As part of the interim settlement agreement, the city agreed to immediately stop providing sheltered work services at Birch and replace them with a detailed list of “person-centered planning.”

Rhode Island now stands accused of ignoring the Birch problems despite knowledge of them a year before the scandal broke. WPRI reported on June 14 about a site visit the state made to Birch in 2012 and the reaction of Rhode Island Education Commissioner Deborah Gist. Gist, who was instrumental in the mass firing of Central Falls High School teachers in 2010, blandly told WPRI that the Birch Program was an “anomaly” and “outdated.”

The Justice Department brought its complaint under Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), accusing the city, state and TTP of violating the rights of the disabled by keeping them segregated. Over the years, and sometimes repeatedly, the disabled students and adults had expressed the desire to work in hardware stores, KMarts, or other businesses for which they possessed the needed skills. Instead, they were forced into and kept at the segregated environment at TTP.

The sweatshop conditions in which they worked–including an average hourly wage of $1.57 at TTP and the hand-sorting and assembly of jewelry at the Birch Program by 14-year-olds–were allegedly discovered during the investigation of the ADA complaint. However, the payment of “subminimal” wages to disabled workers is allowed under section 14c of the Fair Labor Standards Act, and is widespread across the country.

In September 2001, a General Accounting Office study of 14c exemptions identified 5,600 sheltered workshop providers across the country, and found that approximately 95 percent of the eligible disabled population was working at them, instead of in the community. As states and municipalities look for ways to enforce austerity, with the full support of the Obama administration, the profit system is continually proving to be incapable of providing decent wages or working conditions for disabled workers.

Between 1938, when the FLSA was enacted, and 1966, when Congress added reform measures, 14c exemptions were not needed by organizations employing people who were considered charity cases. Wages below the minimum were allowed. Recent attempts to do away with minimum wage exemptions, such as a federal bill called the “Fair Wages for Workers with Disabilities Act of 2011,” have been left to die in congressional committee. Section 5 of the Introduction of the Justice Department complaint accuses TTP of “violating provisions of the FLSA pertaining to special minimum wage rate certificates.” In doing so, it attacks the criminal behavior of a small organization operating out of “a dilapidated former elementary school.” Yet, while the introduction of the interim settlement agreement “expressly acknowledges … that the United States will continue its investigation of the remainder of the State’s day activity service system and will seek to remedy any and all violations of Title II of the ADA,” it limits its section 14c accusations to TTP and not other providers.

In addition to the ADA, the June 7 Justice Department letter cites the 1999 Supreme Court case Olmstead v. L.C., which interpreted Title II of the ADA in relation to the institutionalization of disabled people. In the Olmstead decision, Ruth Bader Ginsburg wrote: “recognition that unjustified institutional isolation of persons with disabilities is a form of discrimination reflects two evident judgments. First, institutional placement of persons who can handle and benefit from community settings perpetuates unwarranted assumptions that persons so isolated are incapable or unworthy of participating in community life” and “second, confinement in an institution severely diminishes the everyday life activities of individuals, including family relations, social contacts, work options, economic independence, educational advancement, and cultural enrichment.”

Ginsburg tempered her opinion by writing that states should be allowed to trust the decision of their professionals when implementing the ADA. Such a decision would be reasonable in a healthy society, but not here. TTP is now being represented by defense attorney John Cicilline, the father of former Providence mayor and current US Representative David Cicilline, a Democrat. The elder Cicilline also served as a defense attorney for the Patriarca crime family for many years.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Public sector cuts intensify in Australia’s largest state

0

 

By
Mike Head

20 June 2013

In its annual budget announced on Tuesday, the Liberal-National government in New South Wales deepened its already severe cuts to public sector jobs and services

On top of the estimated 15,000 jobs eliminated since it took office in 2011, the government in Australia’s most populous state unveiled further public sector “savings” worth $18 billion over six years. These will be achieved through across-the-board staffing cuts of 1.2 percent a year and a continuation of 1 percent annual “efficiency dividends.” Over the next four years, an estimated 10,000 more jobs will be destroyed.

Like governments around the world, Premier Barry O’Farrell’s administration is making the working class pay for the breakdown in global capitalism. It is acting in close concert with the federal Labor government of Julia Gillard, which is slashing funds to the states, and also deepening the social assault carried out by previous state Labor governments from 1995 to 2011.

Anxious to satisfy the demands of the international financial markets and thus preserve the state’s credit rating, Treasurer Mike Baird said he would avoid “pushing debt to levels that would trigger a rating downgrade.” Yet, despite the austerity measures inflicted thus far, the 2013-14 budget deficit will blow out to almost $1.9 billion, up from $374 million in 2012-13.

Baird blamed accounting rule changes on the valuation of superannuation fund assets (downgraded due to lower share returns). But more fundamentally the deficit reflects the deteriorating position of Australian capitalism, with mining revenues declining because of falling global demand. Coal royalties in NSW crashed by $235 million in 2012-13. Altogether, tax revenues were downgraded by $1.9 billion over four years.

Financial commentators cast doubt on the government’s hopes of returning to surplus by 2015-16, based on its optimistic predictions of expanded coal exports and revived property values. Australian Financial Review economics editor Alan Mitchell wrote: “If Australia suffered the kind of terms-of-trade slump prophesised by economists like Ross Garnaut, O’Farrell’s plan to wind back debt and retain the state’s triple-A credit rating would be in serious trouble.”

After making major cuts to health and education over the past two years, the government claimed that the budget began to restore some funding. In reality, the 5.2 percent increase in public health spending fell well short of the 7 percent rise required to cover the costs of population growth, ageing and new technologies. Hospital waiting times will lengthen further.

A meagre $50 million increase in education spending for 2014–far less than the inflation rate–underscored the fraud of the federal Labor government’s so-called Gonski “school improvement reform program,” to which the O’Farrell government has signed up. Promises of public school funding increases were put off until after 2017, yet the budget immediately inflicted more cuts, supposedly to pay for the Gonski measures. Technical and Further Education (TAFE) spending was reduced and TAFE fees will rise by yet-unknown amounts, punishing working class students.

The media hailed the government’s promises to commence several long-overdue Sydney road and rail infrastructure projects. However, these are largely based on additional borrowings, plus funds raised by asset sales, which include the $700 million privatisation of the port of Newcastle. Net public debt will rise from about $13 billion to $20 billion within four years.

While praising the budget, the Daily Telegraph demanded that the government “stop dithering” and privatise the remainder of the state’s electricity system–which would mean eliminating thousands more jobs. The previous Labor government’s bid to sell off the network contributed to its landslide defeat in 2011, by compounding the working class hostility produced by years of deteriorating public hospitals, public transport and other social services. The Telegraph’s editorial yesterday openly urged O’Farrell to abandon his election pledge not to sell off the power assets without an electoral mandate.

In a revealing comment, the Australian Financial Review’s Alan Mitchell congratulated the Liberal government for slashing public spending without “nurses marching on Parliament House” or an “eruption of protest at controversial privatisations.” This points to the critical role of the trade unions, in suppressing resistance by the working class.

Two years ago, close to 40,000 public servants, including teachers, ferry and transport workers, firefighters and health and community workers, rallied in Sydney against the government’s first budget. Last year, about 40,000 public sector workers twice took strike action. The unions shut down this movement, urging workers to campaign for the return of another state Labor government in four years’ time, and then cemented deals with the O’Farrell government.

This February, the main public sector union, the Public Service Association (PSA), sold out a protracted struggle against the government’s 2.5 percent annual wage rise cap, thus assisting the Liberals to push ahead with the deeper cutbacks contained in this week’s budget.

This betrayal was particularly significant because as PSA members had already voted out the treacherous old Labor Party-aligned leadership. The sellout was imposed by the incoming so-called Progressive PSA (PPSA) faction, which took control of the union’s central council, with one of its members, Anne Gardiner, a member of the Greens, becoming the general secretary.

The PPSA, which includes the pseudo-left organisations Socialist Alliance and Socialist Alternative, is just as opposed as the old PSA leadership to any determined political struggle against the state government, because that would inevitably result in a confrontation with the federal Labor government as well.

In response to this week’s budget, the PPSA’s Gardiner called for members to lodge protest petitions and vote against the Liberals at the scheduled 2015 election. “The community will be holding every government MP to account for job cuts in their electorates,” she stated. In other words, the PSA will wage no struggle against the ongoing destruction of public sector jobs and services.

The NSW budget confirms that the working class faces an intensifying assault throughout the country on jobs, wages, conditions and social services, an offensive that will further deepen as soon as the federal election is out of the way, regardless of whether Labor or Liberal is in office.

Workers can only fight this onslaught by organising independently of the trade union apparatus, though the formation of rank-and-file committees, and a turn to other workers in Australia and internationally facing similar attacks. After decades of Labor and union betrayals, the working class faces a political impasse that can be resolved only by building a new party, to lead the struggle for a workers’ government and socialist policies. That party is the Socialist Equality Party.

The author also recommends:

Australia: Union sells out NSW public sector workers
[16 February 2013]

The Australian pseudo-left and the NSW public sector union
[19 January 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Mass layoffs begin in Chicago Public Schools

0

 

By
Alexander Fangmann

20 June 2013

On June 14, Chicago Public Schools (CPS) announced the first wave of layoffs–a total of 663 teachers, teaching assistants, and aides–as part of the impending closure of 50 schools. This is only the beginning, however, with more layoffs of teachers and other CPS employees in the works as Mayor Rahm Emanuel and the Democratic Party spearhead an attack on public education in America’s third largest city.

The layoffs could not have occurred without the crucial assistance of the Chicago Teachers Union (CTU) and their supporters in the pseudo-left International Socialist Organization (ISO). The path was cleared for Emanuel to announce the largest mass school closings in US history by the CTU, which shut down last year’s strike by 26,000 teachers in order to prevent it from developing into a political fight against Emanuel and Obama’s school “reform” agenda of replacing public schools with for-profit charters.

Of the 663 layoffs already announced, 420 are teachers. Teachers targeted in the first wave include both untenured and tenured teachers. The new teacher evaluation system–one of the central gains won by Emanuel and a centerpiece of Obama’s “Race to the Top” program–eliminates tenure protection for veteran teachers and opens the door for their replacement with lower-paid inexperienced instructors.

During the teachers’ strike the Socialist Equality Party warned that the CTU was collaborating with the city to carry out school closings and mass layoffs, and that its only concern was guaranteeing that the CTU be part of the school restructuring process. It has since been rewarded with the opportunity to collect dues from teachers employed by the one of the city’s largest charter operators.

CTU President Karen Lewis and vice-president Jesse Sharkey, a leading ISO member, were well aware that the “recall provision” in the new contract would do nothing to prevent the layoffs. The provision mandates that half of the teachers employed by the district be formerly laid-off CPS teachers. It also only allows teachers laid off due to school closings to follow students to their new schools if there are “available positions.”

According to the teacher evaluation system negotiated with CPS last year, 75 percent of teacher ratings for the first year are comprised of principals’ observations and 25 percent are derived from standardized tests. Through this mechanism, CPS principals are free to target for elimination higher-paid veteran teachers in order to save money. These administrators have also been given the green light to victimize teachers who oppose anti-education policies by maligning their professional competence and destroying future employment prospects in CPS.

Another wave of layoffs will be announced after CPS principals finalize budgets for individual schools, which will fix the number of positions available to the approximately 600 tenured teachers with higher teacher ratings who are eligible to follow their students to new schools. It is likely a majority of these teachers will lose their jobs as a result of this cost cutting and the result will be even larger class sizes.

CPS is implementing a new budgeting system that gives schools a set amount of money per student, rather than the old system, which funded a fixed number of positions per school and paid for most supplies, while allocating a portion for principals to spend at their discretion. The result will be enormous budget cuts at individual schools, and the elimination of teachers and other education and health workers. According to the CTU, some schools are on track to receive cuts of 10 to 25 percent; some are on track for even deeper reductions.

It is expected that a large number of teacher’s aides, bus aides, custodians, clerical workers, administrators and other school staff from the closed schools will also be laid off due to the budget cuts. A post on the CTU website noted that school librarian positions are being targeted for elimination at many of these schools. Additionally, 100 CPS administrative staff will be laid off.

In addition to the layoffs stemming from school closures and budget cuts, 192 CPS workers will lose their jobs due to school “turnarounds.” This includes 125 teachers, 91 of them tenured, as well as 20 teacher assistants, 27 clerical, custodial and security staff, and 20 bus aides. In a “turnaround” an entire school’s staff is fired, and control of the school is handed over to a charter school operator, the Academy for Urban School Leadership (AUSL ), the exclusive school management company for “turned around” schools

Nor will these layoffs, totaling around 2,000, be the end of the attacks on public education. Chicago Public Schools (CPS) CEO Barbara Byrd-Bennett announced on June 10 a five-year plan with five strategic pillars–the last one being “sound fiscal, operational, and accountability systems” which indicates more cuts are being prepared . Emanuel is also working with legislators on a plan to cut public employee pension and retirement health care benefits.

The CTU and ISO are now attempting to channel the widespread public hostility toward Emanuel and the Democratic Party back into the safe channel of big-business electoral politics. The political establishment–which is dominated in Chicago and Illinois by the Democratic Party–has been discredited by its repeated attacks on public education, as well as on the jobs, pay , pensions and benefits of public sector workers. Emanuel, Obama’s former White House chief of staff, has a 40 percent disapproval rating–up 11 points over the last year.

In order to contain this anger, the CTU and ISO are floating the idea of backing an “independent” candidate for the February 2015 mayoral elections, with the ISO’s Lee Sustar writing in Socialist Worker, that “a teacher–or another unionist or community activist–would be an ideal figure.”

Outlining the motivation for this at a meeting the CTU held to train deputy voter registrars, union president Karen Lewis said, “We need to figure out a way to change the hearts and minds of the voters, the people to whom the mayor is accountable.” She later stated, “we have to let people know your vote means something.”

Concerned that workers are drawing the conclusion that they can get nothing from the Democrats, the CTU, which has long been aligned with such Democratic Party figures as Jesse Jackson, is seeking to promote the illusions that the “right” Democrat will be answerable to workers instead of the wealthy. This is a fraud designed to block the development of an independent political movement of the working class against the Democrats.

The CTU and the ISO do not speak for teachers or any other section of the working class. Instead, they represent an upper middle class social layer, which looks to the Democratic Party to defend the interests of the union bureaucracy, whose ranks pseudo-left outfits like the ISO have increasingly joined.

The prerequisite for any genuine fight by teachers and all defenders of public education is a break from the CTU and other unions, and the development of struggle against the two-corporate backed parties and the profit system they defend.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Left Party offers its services as a prop of bourgeois rule

0

 

By
Ulrich Rippert

20 June 2013

As Social Democratic Party (SPD) candidate Peer Steinbrück repels many former SPD voters with his pro-business policies, the Left Party is offering its services as a reliable prop of the bourgeois order. This was the dominant impression left by the Left Party congress in Dresden last weekend.

The media lavished praise and paid tribute to the congress’s resolve. The right-wing Frankfurter Allgemeine (FAZ) applauds the Left Party for being a “stable party” of considerable merit. The Frankfurter Finanzblatt writes that its leaders, Katja Kipping and Bernd Riexinger, had done “solid work”, even though the congress speeches were “less than brilliant”.

The Süddeutsche Zeitung welcomes the “truce” the new leadership seemed to have secured, following the “trench warfare” of the past year. Even the conservative Die Welt –which launched anti-Communist tirades at the party not too long ago–now writes that the Left Party has found new stability and is in top form “one year after its disastrous congress in Göttingen, which almost led to its demise”.

This media acclaim is no accident. The Left Party is needed to prepare a switch to an SPD-Green Party coalition government. Although the anti-social policies of Chancellor Angela Merkel’s government and its support for military adventures in Afghanistan and Syria have met with growing opposition, voter surveys indicate the SPD is losing instead of gaining electoral ground. The SPD is too well known and hated as the instigator of Hartz IV, the miserly unemployment benefits system.

SPD chairman Sigmar Gabriel is frantically beating the drum of social demagoguery. However, in his speeches to banking and business leaders, Steinbrück emphasises that he will continue and intensify the anti-social Agenda 2010 policies of the former SPD government led by Gerhard Schröder. Steinbrück’s latest decision to employ as his press spokesman Rolf Kleine, a yellow press journalist and former leading lobbyist for a real estate shark company, says more about the SPD’s actual stance on “social justice” than all its congress resolutions.

The Left Party is endeavouring to arrest the decline of the SPD and present the SPD-Green ticket as a progressive alternative to the Merkel government. But support for the Left Party is fading. It received almost 12 percent of the vote at the last elections four years ago. Today, opinion polls show it would garner only half that amount, and might even fail to break the 5 percent threshold necessary for seats in the federal parliament.

This is the reason for the applause from editorial boards. Even IG Metall union boss Berthold Huber sent the Left Party official congratulations, wishing its delegates “intensive and productive consultations”.

The congress speeches were marked by an obvious, absurd contradiction. In order to win votes, the speakers criticised the SPD and Greens, accusing them of being reluctant to fight the Merkel government. At the same time, they declared that their express aim in the election was to work for an SPD-Green government.

It is also well known that, wherever it has ruled in alliance with the SPD (as currently in Brandenburg, and for years in Berlin before that) or supported an SPD-Green government (as in North Rhine-Westphalia), the Left Party carried out precisely the social attacks it criticised in its congress and election campaign speeches.

Party chairman Bernd Riexinger exhorted delegates in Dresden: “Now the SPD wants us to believe it has learnt something. There’s talk about ‘a move to the left’. But that’s still not livening up their election campaign”. He said the reason was that the Social Democrats had settled for a candidate, “who the people believe would rather do anything than move to the left. Peer Steinbrück’s election campaign may well turn out to be a unique disaster”.

“People believe that Steinbrück would act as the millionaires’ henchman, rather than boldly reach into the pockets of the rich,” lamented Riexinger. He declared in conclusion that the SPD would be able to carry out “its programme” only in alliance with the Left Party.

His co-chairperson, Katja Kipping, put on the usual demagogic show, criticising the Greens as turncoats who had crossed over from pacifism to militarism. She said the Greens were the loudest backers of intervention in the Libyan war, but that it was at least fortunate they were unable to provide Germany with a defence minister at the time–an ironic reference to the record of former Green foreign minister Joschka Fischer. She complained that the Greens had turned olive green (the colour of German military uniforms), etc.

But at the end of her speech, Kipping stated that only by means of a “left-wing majority”–i.e. an SPD-Left Party-Green alliance–could social progress be achieved.

Parliamentary fraction head Gregor Gysi pleaded with delegates, “I ask the SPD and the Greens: When will you finally be ready to side with the majority of the population and apologise to the people for Agenda 2010? I further ask: When will you stop tinkering with the low-wage sector and temporary employment, and just get rid of them? When are you really going to put a stop to the abuse of contract working arrangements?”

The SPD has long since revealed its answers to these questions. A few weeks ago, it celebrated Agenda 2010 as a great success and announced plans for an Agenda 2020. Gysi’s demagoguery serves to promote the Left Party as a prop for the SPD and bourgeois rule. He called on the delegates to proceed “to the next stage”. Six years after its inception, it was now “firmly established” as a “political force to the left of social democracy”. It was now a matter of creating “real government majorities” in order to force the SPD to develop “policies in the interest of the population”.

The Left Party has moved further to the right since the leadership change in the autumn of last year, when Kipping took over the presidency in tandem with Riexinger, the Swabian trade union bureaucrat. This is particularly evident in its support for the continuing bloodshed in Syria.

Kipping and her deputy, Jan Van Aken, signed a statement in December entitled “Syria: Freedom needs assistance”, calling for intervention in Syria. Other signatories include Andrea Nahles (SPD general secretary), Claudia Roth (national chair of the Greens) and Ruprecht Polenz (CDU, head of the Foreign Affairs Committee in the federal parliament).

In January, an “internal reform paper” drawn up by Kipping and Riexinger came to light. Titled “Power Perspective for a Left-wing Alliance in the Federal Government”, the document advocated “solid cooperation” with the SPD and the Greens. At the time, media reports about the paper stressed that the Left Party no longer placed any conditions on its entry into a coalition at the federal level.

Previously, the Left Party had always officially based cooperation with the SPD and the Greens on a number of preconditions: no military operations abroad, the banning of arms exports, a €1,000 minimum income for all, and increased taxation of wealth. In their reform paper, Kipping and Riexinger say these conditions had become redundant, because the SPD and Greens had at least partially adopted many of the Left Party’s pivotal positions.

These arguments were repeated at the party congress, although the opposite is the case. The SPD and Greens have moved to the right on all major policy issues. In the federal parliament, they have supported the Merkel government in its European policies, as well as its military operations in Afghanistan, the Middle East and Africa.

They are directly responsible for the brutal austerity measures that have inflicted poverty and misery on large sections of the Greek, Portuguese and Spanish populations, as well as the deaths of tens of thousands of innocent victims in Afghanistan, Libya and Syria.

The Left Party is rushing to assist the SPD and the Greens because these policies are sparking increasing opposition from the German people.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Journalist Michael Hastings dies in car crash

0

 

By
David Brown

20 June 2013

Michael Hastings, a journalist for BuzzFeed, reportedly died in a fiery car crash early Wednesday morning. The 33-year-old reporter was most famous for his profile of General Stanley McChrystal in Rolling Stone magazine, which led to the general’s ouster.

The single car crash occurred around 4:30 a.m. on the intersection of Highland Ave. and Melrose Ave. in Hollywood. An eyewitness said the car was traveling about 100 mph when the driver lost control at the intersection and slammed into a tree. Footage of the crash shows the entire car engulfed in flames and the engine thrown roughly 100 feet from the force of the crash.

The fire damage to the body has prevented a positive ID of the driver by police, but BuzzFeed announced that it was indeed Hastings and Rolling Stone followed with an obituary.

While it is certainly possible that the car crash was an accident, it must be noted that Hastings no doubt had enemies, including among top military and intelligence officials. As such, the circumstances of his death should be treated as suspicious.

Hastings was reportedly deeply troubled by the revelations of government surveillance and spying on journalists. Edward Snowden’s revelations about the National Security Agency’s widespread spying came on June 6. Hastings, who was widely known for his use of new media, stopped tweeting on the June 12, and the car crash came one week later on June 19.

In an interview with KTLA 5, Hastings’ colleague Cenk Uyger, host of “The Young Turks” online news show, said that “a lot of his friends were worried that he was in a very agitated state. Yes, no question that people were concerned. And he was incredibly tense and very worried, and was concerned that the government was looking in on his material as they are on a lot of the top journalists in the country. So you know, I don’t know what his state of mind was at 4:30 in the morning but I do know what his state of mind was in general and it was a nervous wreck.”

Hastings’ reporting had placed him square in the middle of disputes between different sections of the US government. His 2010 profile of then NATO commander in Afghanistan, General Stanley McChrystal, entitled “The Runaway General,” became the catalyst for a personnel shift at the highest levels.

As NATO commander in Afghanistan, McChrystal had been a proponent of the 2009 surge that sent 30,000 more troops to Afghanistan. As the surge failed and the ensuing offensive against the Taliban floundered, high-level politicians like Vice President Joe Biden began calling for a shift to greater use of drones and special forces.

In the midst of this, Hastings’ article made public many top officers’ criticisms of Obama and other leading officials. This provided the occasion for replacing McChrystal with General David Petraeus, the former US commander in Iraq and future director of the CIA.

His 2012 questions surrounding the State Department’s unraveling story about the Benghazi attack ended in a profanity-laden email exchange with Hillary Clinton’s spokesperson Phillipe Reines.

With his stormy, adversarial relationships with high-ranking government figures, Hastings had more reason than most to worry about government surveillance of journalists and sources.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

As developers gentrify Detroit, evictions increase

0

 

By
Zac Corrigan

20 June 2013

Billionaire home loan tycoon and real estate investor Dan Gilbert is anticipating a windfall from the potential bankruptcy of Detroit and is rapidly increasing his holdings in downtown Detroit. According to the Detroit News, Rock Ventures and entities affiliated with Gilbert, founder of Quicken Loans Inc., own or control 30 downtown buildings, which total 7.6 million square feet, for a total investment of $1.2 billion.

In comments to the News, Gilbert said, bankruptcy “is a tsunami we all think is going to come. But I think it will be over relatively quickly. The faster we get there, the better. This is good news.”

For workers in Detroit and throughout the country, however, the largest municipal bankruptcy in US history would have devastating consequences. The city’s emergency manager, Kevyn Orr, has used the threat of bankruptcy to ignore state and city laws protecting pensions and demand that the city’s 20,000 retired municipal workers and their families accept as little as 10 cents for every dollar owed to them in retirement benefits.

As the News said, “Should Orr prevail in his attempt to reject pension obligations as unsecured claims, distressed municipalities across the country could follow Detroit’s path and imperil the financial futures of public-sector pensioners, provided those cities are able to meet the criteria for bankruptcy.”

But Gilbert–as well as other billionaires, including Little Caesar’s Pizza and sports franchise owner Mike Ilitch–is salivating over the planned “restructuring” of Detroit. Part of the plan, endorsed by Orr, is to cut off services to whole residential areas deemed too poor or underpopulated, while the “bankrupt” city subsidized business development and the expansion of upscale housing and shopping districts from the downtown to midtown areas.

The goal is to raise the land value–from $1.25 per square foot on average–to around $2, and so jack up rents. Hundreds of office workers–including those who work for Quicken Loans–will pay enormously inflated rents to live in the same buildings.

Meanwhile, hundreds of low-income and elderly residents who have lived in the area for decades have been given eviction notices. This includes residents of the Henry Street apartments in the Cass Corridor area, who have been ordered to leave by the end of the month. Senior citizens at the Griswold Apartments have been told to move by next year, and other area residents fear the same fate.

Reporters from the World Socialist Web Site spoke with residents at the Griswold Apartments. Lorna, a retired electrician at General Motors, said that after living there for five-and-a-half years, she and other residents were being given until March to clear out. “People are getting scared and leaving the apartments,” she said. “The people here do not know where to get resources, and there’s all this pressure so they get scared and leave. We have people living here for 20 years.” She told us most tenants have little information and don’t know where they will go. The owners are neglecting to keep the place up now that the residents will all be leaving.

Another tenant told WSWS reporters “I’m not going to move anywhere in Detroit; it’s not safe. Gilbert is buying up downtown, its prime real estate. No one will be able to afford the new prices,” he continued, adding that rent is now $800 a month, and he expects it to go up to $2000.

Linda, a resident of the neighboring Industrial Stevens building, who met WSWS reporters outside Griswold, said she hadn’t known that the residents were being evicted. After finding out, she invited reporters to her building’s community meeting that afternoon.

During the meeting, a WSWS reporter explained that the eviction of the Griswold residents was a part of a plan by the wealthy elite to gentrify areas of Detroit and force poor residents out. Nearby Pontiac, Michigan was a model for Kevyn Orr, having been picked to the bone under an emergency manager since 2009. “There, the city workforce has been reduced from 600 employees down to 50. The city no longer issues building permits, provides water and sewage services, EMS service, trash pickup, cemetery maintenance or animal control. The police and fire departments were also disbanded, and residents now have to rely on the county, and neighboring cities’ police and fire service. This gives a taste of what Orr has in store for Detroit,” he said.

He placed the attack on Detroit in the context of the global crisis of capitalism, explaining that Detroit was being used as a “test case.” What the elite is able to get away with in Detroit, he said, “it will attempt to impose elsewhere across the country.” He drew comparisons to the situation in Greece, where elected officials have also been replaced by bankers’ representatives, and the working class is under severe attack.

The reporter explained the campaign of Socialist Equality Party candidate D’Artagnan Collier, who is running for mayor of Detroit. “The attacks on the working class,” he said, “could only be stopped, and reversed, by a politically independent working class party, which seeks to transform society to serve human need, not private profit.”

These remarks were met with great interest by residents who asked for more information about the SEP and how they could unite with the Griswold and Henry Street residents to oppose evictions and the broader attack on the working class being carried out by Orr and the banks he represents.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Is Journalist Michael Hastings a Victim of Obama’s Assassination Policy?

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

The establishment media glossed over the suspicious death of Rolling Stone journalist Michael Hastings in cursory fashion.

“Mr. Hastings was believed to have been alone in the car, which struck a tree at high speed, according to the Los Angeles County Coroner’s office,” the New York Times reported earlier today.

Photographs of the crash scene, however, reveal that the car Hastings died in did not experience a high-speed crash. “There is no impact damage to this car. The only damage there is BLOWN OUT in the back, not smashed in the front and it obviously missed the tree as it rolled to a stop,” writes Jim Stone. “This was a Mercedes, not a Pinto, which means it did not burst into flames on its own. One (seldom quoted) eyewitness said the car ‘exploded,’” Stone continues.

“No matter how you slice this particular pie, a Mercedes is not just going to explode into flames without a little assistance,” Stone explains. “Car fires in new cars happen for three main reasons – running the engine out of oil, or running the engine out of coolant, or after an absolutely huge car mangling accident, having the hot side of the battery short out against the frame before it reaches the fuse panel. And for all 3 of those normal reasons, which account for virtually all car fires in modern cars, the fire would have started in the engine compartment, progressed slowly, and scorched the hell out of the paint before ever reaching the gas tank. That clean paint is the be all tell all, Michael Hastings was murdered, and the rest is detail.”

The murder of Michael Hastings needs to be put in context. He is the journalist who brought down Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal, then the top commander of United States forces in Afghanistan. The military undoubtedly viewed Hasting’s reportage as a direct threat and reacted accordingly.

Obama’s Assassination Policy

In February, the Justice Department released to the two congressional intelligence committees classified documents spelling its legal justification for assassinating American citizens. The documents refer to the Pentagon dinner guest Anwar al-Awlaki who was allegedly killed by a CIA Predator drone strike in Yemen. Obama had the documents released on the eve of confirmation hearings of John O. Brennan, his pick for CIA boss and, not exactly coincidentally, the main architect of the murderous drone program.

Even though the public was not allowed to see the documents, the establishment media dutifully spread the message — the government had contrived a legal justification for assassinating citizens, beginning with allege al-Qaeda bigwig al-Awlaki and his teenage son. Millions of Americans — brainwashed by years of war on terror fairy tales and propaganda — supported the policy.

Targeting Journalists

The Obama administration demonstrated its contempt for the First and Fourth Amendments of the Constitution when it was revealed in May that the Justice Department secretly obtained phone records of journalists at the Associated Press.

The move was an obvious attempt to intimidate and send a message to elements of the establishment media not following the government’s playbook. Fear and intimidation may work for establishment journalists, but for alternative media journalists — even those working on the fringe of the establishment represented by the liberal magazine Rolling Stone — assassination now appears to be the preferred course of action for deviating from the script.

The sloppiness of the Michael Hastings assassination was deliberate. The government, the Pentagon and the CIA are interested in sending a message, the same message sent by Hitler, Stalin, Mao and dozens of other dictators — go up against the government, deviate from unwritten parameters, and you may be assassinated.

Alex Jones on Obama’s assassination program:

Part 2, Part 3

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 10:22 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Google Fights for Right to Report on Surveillance Data Requests

0

Google is challenging the federal government over gag orders on data requests, asserting that it has a constitutional right to speak about information it has been compelled to hand over to the government. On Tuesday, Google issued a legal filing wherein it invoked the First Amendment’s free speech protection against the longstanding gag orders over the data requests in an effort to revamp its reputation in the aftermath of news about the National Security Agency’s Internet surveillance.

Google is seeking permission to publish information about the government data requests and how many user accounts are affected by the requests. While Google has made public information regarding other government data requests, it has been forced to refrain from sharing information on data requests that come from the surveillance court.

In the “Motion for Declaratory Judgment of Google Inc.’s First Amendment Right to Publish Aggregate Information about FISA Orders,” Google asserts, “Transparency is a core value at Google and the company is committed to informing its users and the public about requests it receives from government agencies around the world for the production of users’ information and/or communications.”

Google’s motion requests that the company be allowed to disclose “limited, aggregate statistics” regarding its receipt of orders issued by the surveillance court without being in violation of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).

The motion states that Google will not publish statistics as to which FISA authorities were invoked in the data requests, but simply the total number of requests received, as well as the total number of users/accounts at issue, both of which would be reported as a range, rather than an actual number.

The motion follows a request made by Google on June 11 to the Department of Justice and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), wherein Google sought permission to publish aggregate numbers regarding national security requests. Both departments asserted that such publication would be unlawful.

The Washington Post contextualizes Google’s legal filing, reporting, “Revelations about the [NSA’s surveillance] program, called PRISM, have opened fissures between U.S. officials and the involved companies, which have scrambled to reassure their users without violating strict rules against disclosing information that the government has classified as top secret.”

Google is hopeful that staging a showdown with the federal government could help it salvage its increasingly poor reputation amongst users who feel Google has violated privacy protections.

Its motion makes this intent clear as it directly alludes to the recent NSA controversy:

On June 6, 2013, The Guardian newspaper published a story mischaracterizing the scope and nature of Google’s receipt of and compliance with foreign intelligence requests…. The Washington Post also published a misleading story that day, alleging that the U.S. government is “tapping directly into” Google’s central servers in order to surreptitiously obtain user records and communications.

According to the motion, Google has been unable to fully defend itself against these allegations as a result of the “constraints imposed by the government’s position that even general information regarding Google’s receipt of and response to foreign intelligence surveillance orders, if any, cannot be disclosed.”

Google’s order contends that its reputation has been “harmed by the false or misleading reports in the media” and has raised significant concerns among Google users, and that Google should be permitted to address those concerns.

While other major companies such as Facebook, Microsoft, and Yahoo have sought government permission to include requests from the court as part of its general report on data requests from all federal, state, and local officials, Google is pursuing what it believes to be a more precise publication of statistics in order to help users understand the scope of cooperation with surveillance.

In a statement also issued Tuesday, the company said, “Lumping national security requests together with criminal requests – as some companies have been permitted to do – would be a backward step for our users.”

The Washington Post observes that all the technology companies involved have found themselves in the difficult position of attempting to defend their compliance with NSA surveillance while remaining within FISA limitations.

“The initial round of company statements used similar phrases, with Google chief executive Larry Page and Facebook chief executive Mark Zuckerberg vigorously denying that they had given the government ‘direct access’ to their servers,” the Post writes.

Days later, the major companies began to ask for greater freedom to disclose information about NSA data requests, and ultimately settled on permission to report surveillance requests in conjunction with other government orders, an agreement that Google criticized.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

U.S. to Begin Talks With Taliban; Karzai Balks

0

Obama administration officials said on June 18 that representatives will begin formal talks with the Taliban “within a few days” at a new office in Doha, Qatar. The officials, speaking on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to speak on the record, told the Associated Press that they viewed the Taliban’s opening of the office as a stepping stone to the fundamentalist Islamic movement’s repudiation of al-Qaeda.

A report from France 24 news on June 19 said that Taliban representative Mohammed Naeem (shown) held a news conference – broadcast live on Qatar’s al Jazeera television channel – from the militant group’s new office on Tuesday. Naeem told reporters that the Taliban wanted good relations with Afghanistan’s neighboring countries.

The officials said the United States and Taliban representatives will initially hold bilateral meetings, but expect that Afghan President Hamid Karzai’s High Peace Council would join the process with its own talks several days later. A senior Afghan official told Reuters that talks with the High Peace Council would go ahead.

“The peace talks will certainly take place between the Taliban and the High Peace Council,” an anonymous source identified as a “senior Afghan official” was quoted by Reuters as saying.

However, a June 19 report from Fox News cited a different message from Afghan President Hamid Karzai: He will refuse peace talks with the Taliban in the Qatar office unless only Afghans are involved and violence stops. This statement came after Taliban spokesman Zabiullah Mujahid claimed responsibility for an attack on the Bagram Air Base that killed four U.S. troops.

According to the report, quoting from a statement issued by Karzai’s office, the president said his High Peace Council would “neither attend nor participate in the talks” until the process is “completely” in the hands of Afghans.

An key reason why Karzai decided not to participate in the talks, noted Fox, was that the announcement released by the Taliban used the group’s formal name, “Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan.” That was the name under which the Taliban ruled Afghanistan from September 1996 until December 2001, when they were overthrown by the American-led invasion.

Shafiullah Nooristani, a member of the High Peace Council, told the AP that the use of the name “Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan” violated agreements Karzai’s government had made with the United States and caused diplomatic problems for Afghanistan.

“The agreement was that the office should open only – and only – for negotiations, not as a political entity like a parallel institution to the Afghan Embassy which is already there,” said Nooristan.

Fox reported that Afghan objections to being left out of the initial U.S.-Taliban talks have also caused Karzai to suspend negotiations on a new U.S.-Afghan security deal that would allow some U.S. troops to remain in the country after the international combat mission officially ends in 2014.

However, Nooristan did give an indication that his government was open to settling the dispute, saying: “We are working to solve these contradictions and fix these problems and act based on the agreements we had before so the High Peace Council can go there and start the peace talks.”

A June 18 report in the British newspaper The Guardian noted that the announcement of the U.S.-Taliban talks came the day that NATO forces handed official control of Afghanistan’s security to Afghan troops.

The Guardian quoted a Taliban spokesman who said the group was opening the Doha office to “reach understanding and initiate talks with countries of the world for the purpose of improving relations with them,” and to support a peaceful, political solution to end the “occupation of Afghanistan.” The “occupation” apparently refers to U.S. and NATO forces still operating in the country.

“This is an important first step but it will be a long road,” The Guardian quoted a senior U.S. official as saying. “We have long said this conflict won’t be won on the battlefield, which is why we support the opening of this [Doha] office.”

The report also quoted Ben Rhodes, identified as a deputy national security adviser, who said: “The United States will be supporting a process that is fundamentally Afghan-led…. We can play a role in talking to the Taliban as well in supporting that peace process – and because we have issues of our own to bring up with them.”

The Guardian also published a transcript of the full statement made by a Taliban spokesman at a news conference in Qatar. Some of the language used by the spokesman leads one to wonder if the Taliban philosophy has changed much since the United States launched an invasion of Afghanistan to unseat the Taliban regime that had provided the al-Qaeda terrorist network with a safe haven from which they planned the September 11 attacks. For example:

– “The Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan has been waging jihad to put an end to the [U.S. and NATO] occupation and form an independent Islamic system.”

– “The Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan considers it its religious and national duty to gain independence from the occupation and for that purpose has utilized every legitimate way and will utilize it in future too.”

– “The Islamic Emirate has deemed it essential to open the political office in the Islamic country of Qatar, for the attainment of the following objectives.

One: to reach understanding and initiate talks with countries of the world for the purpose of improving relations with them.

Two: to support a political and peaceful solution which includes the end of the occupation of Afghanistan and the establishment of an independent Islamic system and true security which is the want and aspiration of the nation.”

A report from the Doha-based Al Jazeera news network contained a significant statement:

Speaking to Al Jazeera, Mohammad Sohail Shaheen, Taliban spokesman and a member of the Doha political office, said the armed group will continue to attack U.S. targets in Afghanistan, but will simultaneously seek to end the conflict by pursuing peace talks.

He said there was no ceasefire with the U.S. and its allies and that the Taliban “simultaneously follows political and military options.”

“There is no ceasefire [with the U.S.] now. They are attacking us and we are attacking them,” Shaheen said.

Which raises several questions, including:

– Did not the United States lead an invasion of Afghanistan in 2001 to remove the Taliban from power, because of their support for al-Qaeda, which admitted responsibility for the 9/11 attacks?

– Why has the United States suffered more than 2,000 military deaths in Afghanistan, if not to eliminate the influence of the Taliban and al-Qaeda there and prevent future terrorist attacks?

– Why has the United States not insisted that the Taliban renounce al-Qaeda and discontinue future attacks against U.S. troops as a precondition for engaging in “peace” talks?

– Finally, if the United States was not committed to the philosophy once advocated by General Douglas MacArthur in a letter to Rep. Joseph W. Martin, Jr., “There is no substitute for victory” (as the lack of a congressional declaration of war at the outset of the invasion of Afghanistan indicates), why have we sacrificed American lives in a fruitless mission our government still refuses to complete decisively?

Photo of Taliban representative Mohammed Naeem: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Communist Chinese Regime Forcing Rural Population Into Cities

0

The communist dictatorship ruling over mainland China has a new centrally planned plot in the works, a controversial scheme that seeks to force hundreds of millions of farmers from rural areas to regime-dominated mega-cities being built across the nation. According to news reports, much of the land is being seized by force as the Chinese Communist Party works fiendishly to pack people into shoddy cookie-cutter buildings and cities sprouting up all over the country.

More than a few analysts, of course, have cited former Chinese dictator Mao Tse Tung’s central planning schemes, which killed tens of millions of innocent people through starvation and even outright murder. While the late communist tyrant was obsessed with forcing “industrialization” on China from the top down, the regime’s newest crop of autocrats is similarly determined to foist what is dubbed “urbanization” on the Chinese.

It appears increasingly clear that the vast rural population will be forced to submit and “urbanize” whether they like it or not – all for their own benefit, of course, the regime and its propagandists insist. The latest development, though, follows decades of centrally planned disasters triggered by Communist Party plans to redesign society.

Among the worst was the murderous “Cultural Revolution,” a program started by mass-murderer Mao designed to centralize and solidify communist control by attacking traditions, vestiges of the market system, and especially dissidents. Another tragedy brought about by the regimes scheming: the so-called “Great Leap Forward,” which was supposed to modernize the country away from its agricultural roots but actually led to the “Great Chinese Famine” and tens of millions dead. 

According to a report in the New York Times, the latest communist plan aims to relocate some 250 million rural people into urban areas over the next 12 years. The U.K. Telegraph, meanwhile, reported separately that around 400 million Chinese from the countryside were in the regime’s crosshairs to be corralled into sprawling new centrally planned cities being erected all across China. Bloomberg Businessweek said about half of China’s rural population of 650 million would be relocated by “nudging, urging, and sometimes forcing farmers and their families to settle in China’s cities.”   

News reports about the effort in establishment publications have largely been focusing on relatively trivial potential problems stemming from the scheme: unemployment, pollution, slums, pensions, and other matters. Most of them contain quotes from people celebrating their new lives in regime-run cities, though a few quote people who were forcibly evicted. However, buried deep within the articles, the truth about what is really going on becomes more apparent. 

For example, about half-way into the recent report by the New York Times, which has long been criticized for sugar-coating or even concealing communist atrocities, readers find out that the plan will essentially be implemented at the barrel of a gun. “Efforts have been made to improve the attractiveness of urban life, but the farmers caught up in the programs typically have no choice but to leave their land,” the paper admits.

Of course, the dictatorship’s “constitution” states that all land in China is owned collectively – in other words, the regime calls the shots and property rights, at least as Americans know them, are not a barrier to the grand scheme. However, as Beijing and its lower-level minions across the country work to kick farmers off the land they farm, unrest is growing, and conflicts between authorities and farmers are becoming increasingly frequent. 

In a 2011 survey cited in various media reports, a U.S.-based organization known as Landesa Rural Development Institute found that almost 45 percent of Chinese villagers said regime functionaries had seized or tried to take their land. “There’s this feeling that we have to modernize, we have to urbanize and this is our national-development strategy,” Landesa China director Gao Yu was quoted as saying. “It’s almost like another Great Leap Forward.”

Amnesty International, meanwhile, reported last year that at least 41 Chinese people had set themselves on fire from 2009 to 2011 to protest the widespread confiscation of land and property. The real numbers are probably much higher, but the dictatorship enforces an Orwellian censorship regime that aims to prevent the world and the people of China from knowing what the communist despots are doing.

“The problem of forced evictions represents the single most significant source of popular discontent in China,” the U.S.-based human rights group warned in its report. Under the new plan, however, the long-simmering outrage is likely to keep growing as the repressive regime gobbles up ever-greater quantities of land while dislocating hundreds of millions of people.

Unsurprisingly, Beijing, its legions of propagandists, and its Western apologists all claim that the “Great Uprooting,” as the New York Times put it, will benefit China and the victims of forced re-location. “Urbanization will usher in a huge amount of consumption and investment demand, increase job opportunities, create wealth for farmers, and bring benefits to the people,” the dictatorship’s new “Premier,” Li Keqiang, announced at a press conference.

Lower-level functionaries for the regime echoed those claims in media interviews. Vice director Li Xiangyang, with the dictatorship’s “Institute of World Economics and Politics,” for example, argued that forcing farmers into cities would force them to consume more. “If half of China’s population starts consuming, growth is inevitable,” he claimed. “Right now they are living in rural areas where they do not consume.”

Another argument advanced by proponents of the radical plot – described by the leftist U.K. Guardian as “the biggest and fastest social movement in human history” that is “turning Chinese society on its head” – is the notion that farming could become more efficient and “sustainable” if small farms were eradicated and replaced by massive operations. The regime’s “premier” made similar claims about the plan, estimated to cost upwards of $5 trillion.

Also part of the agenda is enforcing more so-called “sustainability” and pseudo-environmentalist policies on China – a highly polluted nation thanks in large part to communism, central planning, and a lack of real property rights. While a controversial United Nations scheme known as Agenda 21 has so far largely stayed out of the limelight in relation to the Chinese regime’s latest plan, the similarities between the UN’s planetary vision and the “urbanization” plan are remarkable.

To analysts who have followed China, the UN, so-called “sustainability,” and the role of the Western establishment in all of it, however, the communist autocracy’s new plot is hardly surprising. Billionaire banker and self-styled globalist David Rockefeller, for example, wrote fondly of Mao’s mass-murdering agenda as early as the 1970s. “The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in history,” he claimed in a 1973 piece for the New York Times.

Other globalist pseudo-environmentalist advocates for the UN, sustainability, and the Chinese regime include people like Maurice Strong, former Earth Summit boss. Twenty years after the original 1992 Earth Summit, a senior Chinese Communist Party member chaired the UN Conference on Sustainable Development in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Beijing’s latest “Five Year Plan” is also filled with “green” references.

While only outlines of the Chinese “urbanization” plan exist publicly at the moment, analysts say more concrete information on how hundreds of millions of farmers will be herded into cities should emerge after the Communist Party’s “Third Plenum” meeting in the fall. The autocrats have reportedly asked the World Bank to help create “sustainable” proposals to “urbanize” the hundreds of millions of people.

What is almost certain at this point, however, is that, like all centrally planned efforts to restructure an entire society, Chinese people – and especially the peasants – can expect extra doses of misery and brutality. Forced evictions, like forced abortions, already run rampant in China. There is little doubt that the “urbanization” scheme will make it worse.

The dictatorship ruling from Beijing has already developed a reputation as among the most repressive and barbaric in the world – and even throughout human history. Despite Rockefeller’s claims of “success,” the coming decade will undoubtedly see countless additional crimes perpetrated by the Chinese Communist Party in its zeal to uproot innocent citizens to suit the grand designs of their rulers. Whether justice will be served, however, depends on how the people of China react.

Photo of Shanghai skyline

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it. .

Related articles:

Israeli Leaders Blast Chinese Regime’s Organ Harvesting, Persecution

Chinese General Who Threatened to Nuke U.S. Leads Delegation to DC

The Most Dangerous Man In The World

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Hu Gets Red-carpet Treatment at White House

George Soros Touts China as Leader of New World Order

Kissinger Sings Convergence Theme With China’s “Red Song” Choir

Obama’s China Trade Solution: Give Them Our Hi-Tech

Communist Propaganda Song Performed at White House

Obama and Hu’s Sino-U.S. Summit

Chinese Spying in the United States

China Betrayed Into Communism

Communist China Blasts Second Amendment, U.S. Human-rights Record

China’s Churches Face Renewed Government Persecution

Communist China Lobbying to Take Over U.S. Oil, Lawmakers Still Concerned

China: The New Investment Savior?

Remembering the Mass-murderer Mao

China Buys Hollywood Influence with Takeover of Top U.S. Cinema Chain

Communist China Uses “Journalists” as Spies, Ex-Xinhua Writer Confirms

Fed Approves First Communist Chinese Takeover of U.S. Bank

The Chinese Want Gun Control – in America

GMO Giant Monsanto Joins Big Business Coalition for UN Agenda 21

Powerful New Video Explores How Agenda 21 Will Affect You

UN Sustainability Summit Exposed: Big Business, Dictators, and NGOs

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Fearless Investigative Journalist Michael Hastings Dead at 33

0

Most obituaries about Michael Hastings’ (shown) untimely death in a high-speed single-car crash at 4:30 a.m. on Tuesday morning in Los Angeles mentioned his primary and most visible contribution to investigative journalism: his authorship of “The Runaway General” in Rolling Stone magazine which led almost immediately to the dismissal of General Stanley McChrystal by President Obama on June 23, 2010. The president referred directly to Hastings’ article:

The conduct represented in the recently published article [in Rolling Stone] does not meet the standard that should be set by a commanding general. It undermines the civilian control of the military that is at the core of our democratic system. And it erodes the trust that’s necessary for our team to work together to achieve our objectives in Afghanistan.

Admirers said his reporting of General McChrystal’s rude behavior and mocking attitude toward his commander-in-chief and his staff was pure Hastings: indefatigable, irascible, offensive, and honest. Rolling Stone, in its announcement of Hastings’ death, wrote that Hastings’ “hallmark as a reporter was his refusal to cozy up to power. He had little patience for flacks and spinmeisters and will be remembered for his enthusiastic breaches of the conventions of access journalism.”

Hastings spoke earlier this year at the Burlington, Vermont, Book Festival and told his audience that he didn’t believe in objectivity in journalism. Instead, he explained, “What I try to do is be intellectually honest in my writing.”

Although known primarily for writing incisively about the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, he attacked other topics just as fearlessly. Said BuzzFeed’s editor-in-chief, for whom Hastings had worked for only a few months before his death, “Michael was a great, fearless journalist with an incredible instinct for the story, and a gift for finding ways to make his readers care about anything he covered, from wars to politicians.”

BuzzFeed gave Hastings credit for exposing McChrystal for his arrogance and condescension to his superiors:

Michael’s most famous story, the one that got General Stanley McChrystal fired, was a great yarn, but it was also about something [else]: a military leadership that had turned its tactical sophistication inward, and trapped a president it disdained into a war he didn’t want to fight. The story helped push the American government to pull out of Afghanistan, not because a general said some bad words, but because those words conveyed the general’s sense of superiority to his civilian masters.

Hastings was frankly surprised at McChrystal’s firing: “I did not think Gen. McChrystal would be fired. In fact, I thought his position [as commander of NATO forces in Afghanistan] was basically untouchable. I thought [my article] would give them a headache for maybe 72 hours.”

A measure of Hastings’ irascibility was noted when began working for BuzzFeed. During conversations leading up to his being hired, Hastings demanded a special paragraph in his contract protecting him against his being fired for angering and insulting people while doing his work:

I’d need a clause somewhere in the contract that says if BuzzFeed fires me for saying or writing something controversial or offensive on BuzzFeed or on Twitter or elsewhere, there will have to be some kind of severance payment.

I have a demonstrated ability to really piss powerful people off, and I would need some kind of assurance that BuzzFeed has my back, 120 percent.

What he was seeking was the freedom to write what he saw and hang the consequences. His article on McChrystal led to his writing of The Operators, which was published last November and which the New York Times called “an impressive feat of journalism by a Washington outsider who seemed to know more about what was going on in Washington than most insiders did.”

His versatility was extraordinary. In February, 2011, Hastings tackled another runaway general who was illegally employing “psy-ops” on unsuspecting politicians and opinion-makers to persuade them to continue supporting a failing war effort. Wrote Hastings:

Those singled out in the campaign included senators John McCain, Joe Lieberman, Jack Reed, Al Franken and Carl Levin; Rep. Steve Israel of the House Appropriations Committee; Adm. Mike Mullen of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; the Czech ambassador to Afghanistan; the German interior minister, and a host of influential think-tank analysts.

The incident offers an indication of just how desperate the U.S. command in Afghanistan is to spin American civilian leaders into supporting an increasingly unpopular war.

Hastings was able to arrange a one-on-one interview with WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in January, 2012, and capture the essence of Assange’s motivation behind his controversial exposure of hundreds of thousands of diplomatic cables:

From the glory days of American radicalism, which was the American Revolution, I think that Madison’s view on government is still unequaled. That people determined to be in a democracy, to be their own governments, must have the power that knowledge will bring – because knowledge will always rule ignorance. You can either be informed and [be] your own rulers or you can be ignorant and have someone else, who is not ignorant, rule over you.

The question is, where has the United States betrayed Madison and Jefferson, betrayed these basic values on how you keep a democracy? I think that the U.S. military-industrial complex and the majority of politicians in Congress have betrayed those values.

Hastings told the captivating story behind the RQ-170 Sentinel, a U.S. military drone that was lost in November 2011 over Tehran, Iran, and then turned up on display in a local gymnasium there. Wrote Hastings:

The Iranian military displayed the captured aircraft as a trophy; an American flag hung beneath the drone, its stars replaced with skulls. The drone looked nearly unscathed, as if it had landed on a runway. The Iranians declared that such surveillance flights represented an “act of war,” and threatened to retaliate by attacking U.S. military bases. President Obama demanded that Iran return the drone, but the damage was done.

Hastings explored the plight of a 23-year-old-soldier who was captured by the Taliban in 2009, Bowe Bergdahl, who, four years later, still remains rotting in a cell somewhere in Pakistan.

His acerbic, fearless writing will be missed. When the autopsy is completed on BuzzFeed and Rolling Stone investigative journalist Michael Hastings, it is likely there will be found at least one substance in his bloodstream: courage.

Photo of Michael Hastings: AP Images

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Doubt Surrounds Claims of NSA Success in Foiling Terrorist Attacks

0

NSA Director General Keith Alexander (shown), testifying along with officials from the Justice Department in a rare public oversight hearing by the House Intelligence Committee, claimed that more than 50 terror plots had been discovered and prevented thanks to the highly classified data collections.

But a jury conviction cited in a deputy attorney general’s claim about a terrorist plot never occurred, and at least two other cases he cited appear not to support the claim that they were solved through the National Security Agency’s massive collection of telephone records and Internet communications

Alexander told the House Intelligence Committee, “In the 12 years since the attacks on Sept. 11, we have lived in relative safety and security as a nation. That security is a direct result of the intelligence community’s quiet efforts to better connect the dots and learn from the mistakes that permitted those attacks to occur on 9/11.”

Deputy Attorney General Sean Joyce cited four recently declassified cases as examples of how the system worked to apprehend terrorists. In one case, Joyce said, the NSA discovered a terrorist in Yemen was talking to a man in Kansas City, Missouri, named Khalid Ouazzani. With a warrant from the secret Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, agents were then able to search Ouazzani’s electronic communications. They discovered that he and two other conspirators were “in the very initial stages” of a plot to blow up the New York Stock Exchange, Joyce said.

Rep. Mac Thornberry (R-Texas) wanted to know if it was a serious plot Joyce was describing or merely “something that they kind of dreamed about.” 

“I think the jury considered it serious, since they were all convicted,” Joyce replied. That appeared to settle the matter – but for the fact that there was no trial or jury for Ouazzani, who was neither charged with nor convicted of any domestic terrorist plot. He did admit to sending money to al-Qaeda and pled guilty to bank fraud and “conspiracy to provide material assistance to a terrorist organization.” His plea bargain agreement made no mention of the alleged bombing plot, CNN Money reported.

“Khalid Ouazzani had nothing to do with any plot to blow up the New York Stock Exchange,” his lawyer, Robin Fowler, said. 

Two alleged co-conspirators in the bombing plot, Sabirhan Hasanoff and Wesam El-Hanafi, both from Brooklyn, also pled guilty to providing material support to terrorism. The New York Times cited a sentencing memorandum filed by prosecutors, stating that Hasanoff, “at the direction of a terrorist leader,” conducted surveillance on the Stock Exchange and sent the leader a one-page report of it. “The report was rudimentary and of limited use” for any terrorist operation, the memo said, while recommending a 20-year sentence for Hasanoff. Joshua Dratel, the lawyer for Hasanoff, told the Times that Joyce’s description of the case to the House committee was “astonishing,” since none of the defendants was charged with the stock exchange allegation and there was no jury trial in any of the cases.

Joyce discussed in brief two other cases officials have previously claimed were solved through NSA surveillance. They involved an alleged 2009 conspiracy to detonate a bomb in the New York City subway system and the apprehension of David Headley, a Chicago resident convicted for his role in the 2008 terrorist attack in Mumbai, India. Those cases have also been cited by Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) and Rep.Mike Rogers (R-Mich.), chairmen, respectively, of the Senate and House Intelligence Committees, in defense of the NSA surveillance programs. Rogers was especially emphatic in the case of Najibullah Zazi, the would-be subway bomber.

“I can tell you, in the Zazi case in New York, it’s exactly the program that was used,” Rogers said in a recent interview on ABC’s This Week. “I think the Zazi case is so important, because that’s one you can specifically show that this was the key piece that allowed us to stop a bombing in the New York subway system.”

But investigators did not discover Zazi and his interest in bomb-making through a daily collection of billions of personal e-mail messages. A 2009 National Public Radio report, citing as sources “law enforcement officials close to the Zazi case,” said the Afghanistan native came to the FBI’s attention through a tip from officials of the Pakistani government whom Zazi had met with al-Qaeda operatives there. When Zazi, a Denver-area shuttle bus driver, returned to the United States, he was put under surveillance that included court-approved wiretaps and intercepts of his text messages. But it was only after a physical search of the Zazi’s car and the laptop computer found in it that investigators concluded they had enough evidence to arrest successfully prosecute him.

Sam Rascoff, who used to work on terrorism cases for the intelligence unit of the New York Police Department, credited the effective use of the “old tools” for Zazi’s apprehension. “I think what’s striking about the Zazi case is not so much that new tools were being used, but that old tools were being used in a comprehensive fashion,” he told NPR. “And that they were being stitched together in a thoughtful, strategic way, so that one tool naturally gave way to another.”

Pakistani-American Daood Gilani, aka David Headley, was sentenced to 35 years in prison for his role in scouting out targets for the terrorists who bombed the Taj Mahal Towers Hotel and other sites in the 2008 city-wide attack in Mumbai that killed more than 160 people. Two of Headley’s three wives said they had warned U.S. officials of Headley’s terrorist ties. One of them said she told federal officials in New York in 2005 that Headley – who authorities later confirmed was an informant for the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration in Pakistan – had boasted of working for the DEA while training with the militant Pakistani organization Lashkar-e-Taiba, the group behind the Mumbai assault. The other wife, described by the New York Times as a young Moroccan woman, said she told officials at the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad, Pakistan, less than a year before the Mumbai event that her husband was plotting an attack.

“I told them, he’s either a terrorist, or he’s working for you,” she recalled. “Indirectly, they told me to get lost.”

The FBI arrested Headley in October of 2009, nearly a year after the Mumbai bombings, following a discovery by British intelligence of his meetings with militants plotting an attack on a Danish newspaper for publishing cartoon depictions of the Prophet Mohammed.

The other case cited by Joyce involved a group of men in San Diego convicted of sending money to an extremist group in Somalia.

General Alexander said the NSA will discuss more cases as the agency determines it is safe to declassify them, though the majority must remain secret for security reasons. Perhaps future disclosures concerning the NSA’s success in finding terrorists and preventing terrorist attacks will be more persuasive than what has been revealed thus far.

Photo of NSA Director General Keith Alexander: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Military Services Announce Plans to Phase Women Into Combat

0

Nearly five months after U.S. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta announced that he would lift the ban on women military personnel serving in combat positions, the service branches said they are firming up their plans for implementing the controversial policy. The Associated Press reported that on June 18, the heads of the services laid out a blueprint that will phase women into fighting units and even special operations, with the Army Rangers beginning to train females by this time next year, and the Navy SEALS a year later.

AP reported that the plans include a review and possible change of the physical and mental standards men and women must meet to qualify for infantry, armor, commando, and other front-line fighting positions across the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marines. Under the plan, Defense officials said, there would be one common standard for both men and women. “The proposals leave the door open for continued exclusion of women from some jobs if research and testing find that women could not be successful in sufficient numbers,” reported AP. “But the services would have to defend such decisions to top Pentagon leaders.”

Elaine Donnelly, president of the Center for Military Readiness, pointed out to One News Now that continuing with a high standard for combat was not what was being discussed earlier this year. “General Martin Dempsey … said in January that all standards will be questioned if they are ‘so high that a women couldn’t make it,’ using his words,” Donnelly recalled. She emphasized, however, that the “all-male units that we’re talking about today should remain all-male – that’s the only way to keep those standards high and commensurate with the demands of direct ground combat.”

In 1992 Donnelly was part of the presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in the Armed Forces that determined by majority vote that women had no place in direct combat on land, in the air, or on submarines and amphibious vessels. As reported by The New American, a “summary within the ‘Alternate Views’ section of the commission’s report noted that in its intensive, eight-month study, the commission concluded that assigning women to combat would: 1) ‘adversely affect the critical components’ of combat readiness, unit cohesion, and military effectiveness; 2) ‘leave women exposed to the possibility of involuntary assignment to combat and conscription’; and 3) ‘overturn two centuries of settled law and military policy based on deeply held and commonly shared cultural assumptions defining how men should treat women.’” Most significantly, the exhaustive study confirmed to the majority of commissioners that “the military does not need women in [and] should not assign women to combat.”


Several months ago retired U.S. Army Lieutenant General Jerry Boykin, a combat veteran and former commander of the Army’s Green Berets special forces unit, offered his grave concerns over the move. “Women have been in combat since the United States began combat operations in Afghanistan in 2001,” noted Boykin, who serves as executive vice president of the Family Research Council. “They have fought and served with distinction. However, placing women in infantry and other front line units is a different issue and it has nothing to do with their courage or capabilities.”

Boykin argued that the special interests pushing for allowing women in combat are not attuned to the dangers and privations faced by infantry troops and special forces. “These units have the mission of closing with and destroying the enemy, sometimes in close hand-to-hand combat,” explained Boykin. “They are often in sustained operations for extended periods, during which they have no base of operations nor facilities. Their living conditions are primal in many situations with no privacy for personal hygiene or normal functions. Commanders are burdened with a very heavy responsibility for succeeding in their mission and for protecting their troops.”

Boykin warned that integrating women into such combat situations “places additional and unnecessary burdens on leaders at all levels. While their focus must remain on winning the battles and protecting their troops, they will now have the distraction of having to provide some separation of the genders during fast moving and deadly situations. Is the social experiment worth placing this burden on small unit leaders? I think not.”

The impending policy change comes on the heels of a revelation last month that sexual assaults in the military have skyrocketed 124 percent over the past 10 years. Significantly, with the repeal of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” ban on homosexuals in the military, more men complained of sexual assault against them by other men in 2012 that did women – 14,000 to 12,000.

According to the AP, earlier this year “Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Gen. Martin Dempsey said the sexual assaults might be linked to the longstanding ban on women serving in combat because the disparity between the roles of men and women creates separate classes of personnel – male ‘warriors’ versus the rest of the force.” Dempsey didn’t venture a reason as to why gay sexual assaults were on the rise also.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Immigration: Time to Choose Sides

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/immigration_time_to_choose_sides_20130619/

Posted on Jun 19, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Guantanamo prisoner recounts ordeal

0

The file photo shows a detainee with guards at the US prison in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.

A prisoner currently on hunger strike in the notorious US prison in Guantanamo Bay has described the pain of being force-fed.

Ahmed Belbacha, a 43-year-old Algerian detainee at the prison told through his lawyer on Wednesday that the process “hurts a great deal” and many prisoners throw up as a result.

Å“When they force feed us in Camp 6, they shackle our feet with metal chains and shackle our arms and hands to stomach with metal chains. Then they put us in a force feeding chair and tie us with belts,” Belbacha said.

Camp 6, a 200-cell penitentiary style building, houses the majority of the detainees incarcerated at the Guantanamo Bay prison.

Å“Some of the newer medical staff they sent down — because there are so many strikers — are afraid during feeding and it shows. I do not think Iâ„¢m intimidating as I weigh at most 120 pounds now,” he added.

Earlier this month, the United States dispatched additional military medics to the prison complex as the number of prisoners going on hunger strike increased.

Å“Still when one of the new nurses, she was perhaps 40, started to feed me, I saw that her hands were shaking. I asked whether it was her first time ever to force feed someone. ËœYes it is,â„¢ she responded,” Belbacha went on to say.

Belbacha has been held at the prison on the Cuban coast for over eleven years, although he was cleared for release six years ago.

Around 100 prisoners have been protesting against their indefinite detention by refusing to eat. The hunger strike began in February when inmates demanded to be heard in court.

Reports say that the prison officials are force-feeding the inmates via tubes snaked up their nose and into their stomach. The treatment is considered as torture by international rights groups.

On Wednesday, some 150 doctors and other medical professionals wrote an open letter to US President Barack Obama, asking him to allow them to treat Guantanamo hunger strikers.

Å“It is clear that they do not trust their military doctors. Without trust, safe and acceptable medical care of mentally competent patients is impossible. Since the detainees do not trust their military doctors, they are unlikely to comply with current medical advice,” read the letter published in the Lancet medical journal.

The Guantanamo prison was initially established on January 11, 2002 by former US President George W. Bush to hold suspects captured in Afghanistan and elsewhere after the attacks of September 11, 2001.

Obama famously promised in early 2009 to close the prison within 12 months, but four years on, the controversial prison remains open. He has put the blame on Congress for his failure to make good on his promise.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police use water cannons against Turks

0

Anti-government protestors light candles for the victims of Gezi Park protests at Taksim Square in Istanbul on June 19, 2013.

Turkish police have used water cannons to disperse protesters holding a demonstration in capital Ankara.

On Wednesday night, the police detained at least one protester after she tried to stand against the security forces in the capital.

Meanwhile, hundreds of Turks staged silent protests in Istanbul to mark the death of people killed during recent clashes with police.

Å“We witnessed all of this because of the governmentâ„¢s policies. We have experienced things we should not have. It was almost like a civil war,” one of the protesters said.

On Tuesday, Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan claimed victory over the protesters after police raided homes and arrested dozens of demonstrators.

The unrest began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at the square to protest against the proposal to demolish Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is Istanbul’s last green public space.

The Turkish prime minister has been harshly criticized for the way he has handled the crisis, and Amnesty International has censured the Turkish police for using excessive force against peaceful protesters.

According to a number of political analysts, the popularity of the ruling AK Party — which has won three straight elections — could decline if Erdogan does not resolve the crisis in a way acceptable to the general public.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Brazil cities reverse fare hikes

0

Riot police take positions as demonstrators gather near the Castelao stadium in Fortaleza, Brazil, on June 19, 2013.

Authorities in Brazil’s two biggest cities have announced the reversal of a 10-cent hike in public transport fares that ignited massive protests across Latin Americaâ„¢s largest country.

On Wednesday, Rio Mayor Eduardo Paes, Sao Paulo Mayor Fernando Haddad and Sao Paulo state governor Geraldo Alckmin said they reversed an increase in bus and subway fares, The Associated Press reported.

The mayors of Cuiaba, Recife, Joao Pessoa and other cities have already announced a reduction in bus fares in response to the protests.

The unrest, which was sparked by transport price hikes in Sao Paulo, has grown into broader discontent over poor public services and corruption and many doubt that the decision to roll back transport fare hikes would quiet the demonstrations.

Å“It’s not really about the price anymore,” said Camila Sena, an 18-year-old university student at a protest in Rio de Janeiro’s sister city of Niteroi.

“People are so disgusted with the system, so fed up that now we’re demanding change,” she added.

Meanwhile, protests continued across Brazil on Wednesday. The government deployed special federal police to the five of the six cities where the Confederations Cup football tournament is being played to protect the competition’s venues.

In the northeastern city of Fortaleza, some 15,000 protesters clashed with police trying to prevent them from reaching the Castelao stadium where Brazil were to play Mexico in the tournament.

Police fired tear gas and rubber bullets to prevent the protesters from advancing past a barrier some three kilometers away from the venue.

More than 250,000 people have taken to the streets in over a dozen cities across the country over the past few days.

The demonstrators say they are angry at the vast amount of public money being spent on preparations for hosting next yearâ„¢s World Cup. They argue that the government should instead spend public funds on health, education and other public services.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

27 injured in clashes in north Egypt

0

Black smoke rises from tires set on fire by demonstrators outside the Luxor town house protesting against the appointment of Adel al-Khayat as new governor on June 19, 2013 in Luxor, Egypt.

At least 27 people have been wounded in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohammad Morsi.

The clashes happened on Wednesday in the northern governorate of Fayoum following a press conference organized by the Muslim Brotherhood in support of the president.

Reports say most of those injured are Muslim Brotherhood members.

Meanwhile, in another location in Egypt in the Nile Delta clashes occurred after Morsi appointed several Muslim Brotherhood members to government posts.

Morsi appointed seven new regional governors all Muslim Brotherhood. This means that 11 of the 27 Egyptian governorates are under Muslim Brotherhoodâ„¢s control.

DB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Military Services Announce Plans to Phase Women Into Combat

0

Nearly five months after U.S. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta announced that he would lift the ban on women military personnel serving in combat positions, the service branches said they are firming up their plans for implementing the controversial policy. The Associated Press reported that on June 18, the heads of the services laid out a blueprint that will phase women into fighting units and even special operations, with the Army Rangers beginning to train females by this time next year, and the Navy SEALS a year later.

AP reported that the plans include a review and possible change of the physical and mental standards men and women must meet to qualify for infantry, armor, commando, and other front-line fighting positions across the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marines. Under the plan, Defense officials said, there would be one common standard for both men and women. “The proposals leave the door open for continued exclusion of women from some jobs if research and testing find that women could not be successful in sufficient numbers,” reported AP. “But the services would have to defend such decisions to top Pentagon leaders.”

Elaine Donnelly, president of the Center for Military Readiness, pointed out to One News Now that continuing with a high standard for combat was not what was being discussed earlier this year. “General Martin Dempsey … said in January that all standards will be questioned if they are ‘so high that a women couldn’t make it,’ using his words,” Donnelly recalled. She emphasized, however, that the “all-male units that we’re talking about today should remain all-male – that’s the only way to keep those standards high and commensurate with the demands of direct ground combat.”

In 1992 Donnelly was part of the presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in the Armed Forces that determined by majority vote that women had no place in direct combat on land, in the air, or on submarines and amphibious vessels. As reported by The New American, a “summary within the ‘Alternate Views’ section of the commission’s report noted that in its intensive, eight-month study, the commission concluded that assigning women to combat would: 1) ‘adversely affect the critical components’ of combat readiness, unit cohesion, and military effectiveness; 2) ‘leave women exposed to the possibility of involuntary assignment to combat and conscription’; and 3) ‘overturn two centuries of settled law and military policy based on deeply held and commonly shared cultural assumptions defining how men should treat women.’” Most significantly, the exhaustive study confirmed to the majority of commissioners that “the military does not need women in [and] should not assign women to combat.”


Several months ago retired U.S. Army Lieutenant General Jerry Boykin, a combat veteran and former commander of the Army’s Green Berets special forces unit, offered his grave concerns over the move. “Women have been in combat since the United States began combat operations in Afghanistan in 2001,” noted Boykin, who serves as executive vice president of the Family Research Council. “They have fought and served with distinction. However, placing women in infantry and other front line units is a different issue and it has nothing to do with their courage or capabilities.”

Boykin argued that the special interests pushing for allowing women in combat are not attuned to the dangers and privations faced by infantry troops and special forces. “These units have the mission of closing with and destroying the enemy, sometimes in close hand-to-hand combat,” explained Boykin. “They are often in sustained operations for extended periods, during which they have no base of operations nor facilities. Their living conditions are primal in many situations with no privacy for personal hygiene or normal functions. Commanders are burdened with a very heavy responsibility for succeeding in their mission and for protecting their troops.”

Boykin warned that integrating women into such combat situations “places additional and unnecessary burdens on leaders at all levels. While their focus must remain on winning the battles and protecting their troops, they will now have the distraction of having to provide some separation of the genders during fast moving and deadly situations. Is the social experiment worth placing this burden on small unit leaders? I think not.”

The impending policy change comes on the heels of a revelation last month that sexual assaults in the military have skyrocketed 124 percent over the past 10 years. Significantly, with the repeal of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” ban on homosexuals in the military, more men complained of sexual assault against them by other men in 2012 that did women – 14,000 to 12,000.

According to the AP, earlier this year “Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Gen. Martin Dempsey said the sexual assaults might be linked to the longstanding ban on women serving in combat because the disparity between the roles of men and women creates separate classes of personnel – male ‘warriors’ versus the rest of the force.” Dempsey didn’t venture a reason as to why gay sexual assaults were on the rise also.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

27 injured in clashes in north Egypt

0

Black smoke rises from tires set on fire by demonstrators outside the Luxor town house protesting against the appointment of Adel al-Khayat as new governor on June 19, 2013 in Luxor, Egypt.

At least 27 people have been wounded in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohammad Morsi.

The clashes happened on Wednesday in the northern governorate of Fayoum following a press conference organized by the Muslim Brotherhood in support of the president.

Reports say most of those injured are Muslim Brotherhood members.

Meanwhile, in another location in Egypt in the Nile Delta clashes occurred after Morsi appointed several Muslim Brotherhood members to government posts.

Morsi appointed seven new regional governors all Muslim Brotherhood. This means that 11 of the 27 Egyptian governorates are under Muslim Brotherhoodâ„¢s control.

DB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Military Services Announce Plans to Phase Women Into Combat

0

Nearly five months after U.S. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta announced that he would lift the ban on women military personnel serving in combat positions, the service branches said they are firming up their plans for implementing the controversial policy. The Associated Press reported that on June 18, the heads of the services laid out a blueprint that will phase women into fighting units and even special operations, with the Army Rangers beginning to train females by this time next year, and the Navy SEALS a year later.

AP reported that the plans include a review and possible change of the physical and mental standards men and women must meet to qualify for infantry, armor, commando, and other front-line fighting positions across the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marines. Under the plan, Defense officials said, there would be one common standard for both men and women. “The proposals leave the door open for continued exclusion of women from some jobs if research and testing find that women could not be successful in sufficient numbers,” reported AP. “But the services would have to defend such decisions to top Pentagon leaders.”

Elaine Donnelly, president of the Center for Military Readiness, pointed out to One News Now that continuing with a high standard for combat was not what was being discussed earlier this year. “General Martin Dempsey … said in January that all standards will be questioned if they are ‘so high that a women couldn’t make it,’ using his words,” Donnelly recalled. She emphasized, however, that the “all-male units that we’re talking about today should remain all-male – that’s the only way to keep those standards high and commensurate with the demands of direct ground combat.”

In 1992 Donnelly was part of the presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in the Armed Forces that determined by majority vote that women had no place in direct combat on land, in the air, or on submarines and amphibious vessels. As reported by The New American, a “summary within the ‘Alternate Views’ section of the commission’s report noted that in its intensive, eight-month study, the commission concluded that assigning women to combat would: 1) ‘adversely affect the critical components’ of combat readiness, unit cohesion, and military effectiveness; 2) ‘leave women exposed to the possibility of involuntary assignment to combat and conscription’; and 3) ‘overturn two centuries of settled law and military policy based on deeply held and commonly shared cultural assumptions defining how men should treat women.’” Most significantly, the exhaustive study confirmed to the majority of commissioners that “the military does not need women in [and] should not assign women to combat.”


Several months ago retired U.S. Army Lieutenant General Jerry Boykin, a combat veteran and former commander of the Army’s Green Berets special forces unit, offered his grave concerns over the move. “Women have been in combat since the United States began combat operations in Afghanistan in 2001,” noted Boykin, who serves as executive vice president of the Family Research Council. “They have fought and served with distinction. However, placing women in infantry and other front line units is a different issue and it has nothing to do with their courage or capabilities.”

Boykin argued that the special interests pushing for allowing women in combat are not attuned to the dangers and privations faced by infantry troops and special forces. “These units have the mission of closing with and destroying the enemy, sometimes in close hand-to-hand combat,” explained Boykin. “They are often in sustained operations for extended periods, during which they have no base of operations nor facilities. Their living conditions are primal in many situations with no privacy for personal hygiene or normal functions. Commanders are burdened with a very heavy responsibility for succeeding in their mission and for protecting their troops.”

Boykin warned that integrating women into such combat situations “places additional and unnecessary burdens on leaders at all levels. While their focus must remain on winning the battles and protecting their troops, they will now have the distraction of having to provide some separation of the genders during fast moving and deadly situations. Is the social experiment worth placing this burden on small unit leaders? I think not.”

The impending policy change comes on the heels of a revelation last month that sexual assaults in the military have skyrocketed 124 percent over the past 10 years. Significantly, with the repeal of the “Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell” ban on homosexuals in the military, more men complained of sexual assault against them by other men in 2012 that did women – 14,000 to 12,000.

According to the AP, earlier this year “Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Gen. Martin Dempsey said the sexual assaults might be linked to the longstanding ban on women serving in combat because the disparity between the roles of men and women creates separate classes of personnel – male ‘warriors’ versus the rest of the force.” Dempsey didn’t venture a reason as to why gay sexual assaults were on the rise also.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

US tries to calm Karzai over Taliban office

0

Security guards stand outside the new Taliban political office in the Qatari capital Doha before the official opening on June 18, 2013.

US Secretary of State John Kerry has called Afghan President Hamid Karzai for the second time over the past 24 hours in a bid to defuse tension with Afghanistan after Kabul opposed the opening of a Taliban office in Qatar.

The row between Washington and Kabul broke out on Tuesday when the Taliban opened a new political office in the Qatari capital Doha under name of Å“the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan.”

Karzai says the opening of the office contradicted earlier US security guarantees to his government.

The Afghan president said that his government will not join any US negotiations with the Taliban unless the talks are led by the Afghans.

On Wednesday, Afghan lawmakers also voiced their strong opposition to the opening of the controversial office in Doha.

The legislators also criticized Washingtonâ„¢s decision to hold talks with the militant group in Doha.

The MPs demanded that peace talks be held in Afghanistan and not in Qatar.

Several reports had said the US and the Taliban would meet in Doha on Thursday in a bid to find a political solution to the war that has been raging on for nearly 12 years.

But, the US State Department claimed on Wednesday that it had not scheduled any meeting with the Taliban. Meanwhile, Afghanistanâ„¢s High Peace Council made it clear that none of its members will travel to Qatar for talks with the Taliban.

In addition, the Afghan government has suspended strategic talks with Washington to discuss the nature of US presence after foreign troops withdraw in 2014.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after almost 12 years, insecurity remains across the country.

DB/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

EPIC RANT: “They Take a Press Release from the Federal Reserve and They Think It Was Written by God”

0

in-god-we-trustIf there’s one thing that individual investors can take away from Ben Bernanke’s latest Fed update, it’s that all confidence in the financial and economic systems of this country has been lost.

Within seconds of Ben Bernanke suggesting the Fed would taper monetary expansion and reduce their activity stock markets tumbled.

This proves one thing, and it’s what we and many other critics of Fed policy have been saying for nearly five years. The only thing keeping the entire system afloat is the fact that the U.S dollar is the world’s reserve currency, and that we can print it to infinitum.

Ben Bernanke simply spoke of pulling back the money printing and look what happened. Stock markets dropped almost instantly. Can you image what will happen when the Federal Reserve actually stops the printing, or even pulls back a little bit?

It would be financial chaos on an unprecedented scale.

Americans should be outraged that it has come to this. And one American in particular has no qualms about letting his feelings be known.

Watch CNBC’s Rick Santelli as he calls out Chairman Ben Bernanke, fed policies, unemployment statistics, and the blind followers who refuse to question the government’s widespread machinations.

This is one you don’t want to miss.

Via Zero Hedge and The Daily Crux (video below)

On CNBC and all the channels that cover business, we have person after person after person, buy side, sell side, upside, downside.

How is the economy? Economy is great.

What about stocks? You got to buy them.

What if they break? You have to buy the dips.

What’s wrong with the economy? I don’t hear these people saying anything is wrong with the economy.

So what’s wrong, Ben? Why can’t we get out of crisis management mode?

There’s always going to be something.

…

If you pull it away and the stock market goes down, where does it say in the Constitution that some form of the government has to guarantee that stocks go up? Or guarantee that you have a house?

They don’t. Where have we gone off the rails? Enough is enough!

…

Why don’t these people kick the tires?

They take a press release from the Federal Reserve and they think it was written by God.

Video courtesy The Daily Sheeple:

Take the hint coming from today’s market reaction. Something is VERY wrong with our economic, financial and monetary systems.

Chances are, the minute they pull back these markets are going to collapse. There are those, like the billionaires who have been selling off millions of shares of bank and retail stocks as of late, who know what’s coming.

There’s a reason that the Japanese, Europeans and Americans are implementing “bail in” rules that will force financial losses on depositors just like you.

Ben Bernanke may think he can slowly reduce quantitative easing. But, as billionaire financier George Soros noted in his book The Crash of 2008 and What it Means, the infusion of these massive amounts of capital may work for a while. Eventually, however, it must be pulled back or you’re going to end up with runaway inflation.

The problem, as Soros highlights, is that no one really knows what pulling back will actually do or if it is even possible.

This afternoon we got a very small dose of what to expect should the Fed pull back on the monthly billion dollar bailouts.

It’s a Catch 22 — and there really is no way out of it.

Keep printing, and we end up with hyperinflation.

Stop printing, and the whole system implodes in on itself.

We have two options, and both lead to complete and utter disaster.

The end result will be the same for the average person on the ground.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

‘Obama’s call for nuke cuts not serious’

0

Russia says US President Barack Obamaâ„¢s proposal to reduce US and Russian nuclear arsenals cannot be taken seriously while Washington is developing its capabilities to intercept Russiaâ„¢s missiles.

In a speech in Berlin on Wednesday, Obama said the US wanted to reduce its nuclear capability by a third and would seek to negotiate cuts with Russia.

He also called for reductions in the number of tactical warheads in Europe.

Russia and the US signed a nuclear arms reduction agreement known as New START in 2010. START, which stands for Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty, calls for each nation to restrict its nuclear warhead arsenal to 1,550 by the year 2018.

Responding to US presidentâ„¢s remarks, Russia’s Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin said that Moscow “cannot take these assurances seriously.”

“How can we take the idea of strategic nuclear weapons reductions seriously when the United States is building up its ability to intercept these strategic nuclear weapons?” he said.

“These things clearly do not go together. It’s obvious that Russia’s highest political leadership cannot take such proposals seriously,” he added.

Rogozin also noted that Obamaâ„¢s remarks indicate that he “either doesn’t understand the essence (of the problem), or he openly lies, or he is deeply unprofessional.”

Rogozin said that talk of reducing nuclear arms is inappropriate as long as Washington is still building up new missile systems, particularly one planned to be deployed in Europe.

Moscow has repeatedly objected to the move, saying the would-be system in its “backyard” is not to secure Washington’s European allies, but is effectively aimed at Russia.

Moscow has called for the shared control of the system, but Washington refuses to share the responsibility for protecting NATO member states with a third party.

In return, Russia has threatened to aim a new generation of missiles at European military targets and deploy its own missile interceptors.

The US was the first country to build atomic weapons and the only country to drop nuclear bombs on the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in World War II.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

And the 'World Food Prize' goes to? 3 GMO Scientists

0

This year’s World Food Prize was handed to leading GMO scientists, including a developer at biotech giant Monsanto.

(Photo: Creative Commons/blondcupie) The move was an unbridled endorsement of GMOs amidst growing controversy as rising numbers question the technology’s safety for people and the environment.

The body responsible for handing out the prestigious award–the private World Food Prize Foundation–receives hefty donations from the biotech industry. Mother Jones reports:

Out of 125 donors who contributed more than $500 between fiscal years 2009 and 2011 (the years for which the foundation’s tax records are most readily available), 26 were either agribusiness or charities directly affiliated with agribusiness. Together, donations from these companies amounted to more than 28 percent of funds raised for that period, a Mother Jones analysis has found. The combined support of ADM, Cargill, Monsanto, and General Mills alone for this period came to more than a half million dollars.

The prize was created in 1986 by Norman Borlaug, 1970s pioneer of the ‘Green Revolution’–the highly controversial Western push for the rapid development of big agribusiness and implementation of new biotechnologies across the third world. While the ‘Green Revolution’ is heralded by big business as a force against world hunger, many insist it merely succeeded in exporting and enforcing food production models that turn a profit for big agribusiness while devastating small farmers and the environment and erroding food security across the globe.

The foundation claims the award is meant to honor “the achievements of individuals who have advanced human development by improving the quality, quantity or availability of food in the world.”

Officials were not shy about leaning heavily on the side of GMOs. Foundation president Kenneth Quinn declared, “If we were to be deterred by a controversy, that would diminish our prize,” said the foundation’s president, Kenneth Quinn, a retired U.S. diplomat.”

This year’s winners were announced at a Wednesday ceremony hosted by the State Department, and Secretary of State John Kerry delivered the address. Scientists from Ghent University and Syngenta Biotechnology were rewarded, in addition to the Monsanto scientists.

The prize garnered immediate condemnation. The AP reports on outrage at the announcement:

“GMO crops have led to the loss of food security worldwide and for small farmers, they have led to the development of factory farms and have destroyed biodiversity in food we do produce and consume,” said David Goodner, a community organizer for Iowa Citizens for Community Improvement, an environmental and human rights activist group that opposes corporate farming. “The World Food Prize by selecting these people to honor shows that it cares more about corporate profits than it cares about truly feeding the world with healthy food.”

The announcement comes as global opposition to Monsanto grows. Late May saw internationally coordinated protests against a company that many condemn as the ‘most evil company in the world’ for practices that undermine food safety and small farmers while deepening global poverty and hunger.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Iran footballers return home amid cheers

0

The Iranian national football team has returned home to a heroâ„¢s welcome after qualifying for the 2014 World Cup in Brazil, Press TV reports.

Upon flying in Tehran on Wednesday afternoon, the footballers visited the Azadi Sports Stadium in the capital to greet thousands of enthusiastic cheering fans who had gathered at the massive sports ground.

On Tuesday, Team Melli blanked South Korea on its home turf 1-nil, thanks to a solo by forward Reza Ghoochannejhad , and finished 1st with 16 points in Group A of the Asian World Cup Qualifiers.

Å“I felt really happy to score against South Korea and beat them in their stadium, but most importantly it feels great to qualify for the World Cup,” Ghoochannejhad said.

Iranâ„¢s Portuguese Head Coach Carlos Queiroz also highlighted the importance of beating the team of his South Korean counterpart Choi Kang-hee in Ulsan.

Å“It was a very difficult game, but I think at the end of the day team spirit was our main strength to beat Korea — a team that play together, stand together and keep united all the time,” he explained.

He said the Iranian footballers had prepared to face a fierce battle against the hosts, and tried to frustrate them throughout the first half and take the lead gradually.

The players were also greeted by Iranâ„¢s First vice President Mohammad-Reza Rahimi, Minister of Youth Affairs and Sports Mohammad Abbasi, and Ali Kaffashian, who is the chairman of the Iranian Football Federation.

Å“We can say that yesterdayâ„¢s win was an epic performance. This victory puts warmth in all Iraniansâ„¢ hearts,” Rahimi stated, congratulating the soccer team on their achievement.

Among those who attended the celebration was Iranâ„¢s 1998 World Cup player and retired professional footballer, Ali-Reza Mansourian.

Å“Yesterday we showed what national pride means. Beating South Korea on their soil is very difficult. We won and finished first in Group A. More importantly, Iran decided the fate of South Korea and Uzbekistan,” Mansourian pointed out.

One of the most important factors of Iranâ„¢s win was their defense, topped by the extraordinary performance and numbers of saves by goalkeeper Rahman Ahmadi.

Å“While unity and friendship is really strong in this team, at the training camp, we promised each other to do whatever it takes to qualify for the World Cup, and we achieved our goal,” Ahmadi said.

Later Iranâ„¢s national football team received a warm welcome from Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad.

Iran, South Korea, Japan, and Australia are the four Asian teams that have qualified for the 2014 FIFA World Cup.

Iran also broke into the FIFA World Cup in 1978, 1998, and 2006.

MRS/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Staggeringly Stupid' Abortion Bill Passes in Congress

0

(Photo: Brendan Hoffman/Getty Images)

The U.S. House of Representatives passed a “disrespectful” and “unsafe” bill Tuesday that would ban all abortions after 20 weeks, directly challenging the Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade. The law passed 228-196 with six Republicans voting against the bill and six Democrats voting in favor.

The Pain-Capable Unborn Child Protection Act, authored by Rep. Trent Franks (R-AZ), hinges on a scientifically-disputed theory that fetuses can feel pain before the third trimester of a pregnancy. According to Think Progress, the theory is supported by a minority of medical professionals and is based on “junk science.”

The bill includes a provision for survivors of rape or incest that was added last week, but the stipulation is highly limited. In cases of rape, the exemption only applies if those seeking the procedure report the crime to the police. In cases of incest, the exemption only applies if the victim is a minor. Critics of the bill point out that Franks and supporters have ignored the trauma and risk reporting rape or incest can cause.

The legislation also fails to consider the small percent of women who seek these procedures; those seeking termination after 20 weeks make up only one percent of all abortions.

“…the white male-dominated Republican party is still living in the stone age on social issues.” – Ana Marie Cox, The Guardian

Rep. Franks recently made headlines with his comment that “the incidence of rape resulting in pregnancy are very low” when in fact five percent of rapes result in pregnancy. 

The legislation push was also led by Tennessee Congressperson Marsha Blackburn who garnered attention earlier this month for her comment that women “don’t want” equal pay laws. 

During the hearing, Rep. Michael Burgess suggested an even stricter ban than the proposed plan, saying that abortions should be illegal after 15 weeks because sonograms of babies of that age allegedly show them stroking their faces and “if they’re a male baby, they may have their hand between their legs.” Rep. Burgess explained, “if they feel pleasure, why is it so hard to believe that they could feel pain?”

Rep. Louise Slaughter (D-NY) addressed Burgess’ claim by saying “I think all the members are cognizant of the fact that this is not a Congress that cares much about science.”

Guardian columnist Ana Marie Cox reflected on the debate noting that “conservatives continue to march out parades of white men to spout aggressively ignorant arguments that alienate even audiences inclined to be sympathetic to their point of view.”

In her op-ed, Cox writes that “the GOP’s latest abortion ban push is staggeringly stupid…the white male-dominated Republican party is still living in the stone age on social issues.”

The bill’s passing sparked outrage from many women’s and human rights’ groups. NOW President Terry O’Neil explained in a press release that “anyone who thinks the Republican leadership’s war on women is moderating, let alone over, is mistaken.” She continued:

This bill places the health and well-being of women in the hands of ideologues more interested in politics than women’s lives. By banning abortion after 20 weeks and cutting funding to necessary social safety nets, among other policy decisions, the Republican members of the House continue to show their true colors.

No amount of softening rhetoric or moderate posturing will change the harsh reality that today’s GOP is out of step and out of touch when it comes to women. We at NOW are not fooled, and neither are women voters.

Democratic leader Nancy Pelosi described the bill’s passing as “yet another Republican attempt to endanger women. It is disrespectful to women. It is unsafe for families and it is unconstitutional.”

Although the bill is unlikely to pass the Senate and President Obama has vowed to veto it if it reaches his desk, the law is still extremely significant. Twenty-week bans have been successfully put in place in 11 states, based on the same speculation that fetuses can feel pain. Texas, South Carolina, and Wisconsin are anticipated to be the next states to pass such laws.

Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

‪

_____________________

‬

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

The Terror Con: How Keeping Americans Terrified Is Making Corporations Big Bucks

0

June 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

For defense contractors, the government officials who write them mega checks, and the hawks in the media who cheer them on, the name of the game is threat inflation. And no one has been better at it than the folks at Booz Allen Hamilton, the inventors of the new boondoggle called cyber warfare.

That’s the company, under contract with the National Security Agency, that employed whistle-blower Edward Snowden, the information security engineer whose revelation of Booz Allen’s enormously profitable and pervasive spying on Americans now threatens the firm’s profitability and that of its parent hedge fund, the Carlyle Group.

Booz Allen, whose top personnel served in key positions at the NSA and vice versa after the inconvenient collapse of the Cold War, has been attempting to substitute terrorist for communist as the enemy of choice. A difficult switch indeed for the military-industrial complex about which Dwight Eisenhower, the general-turned-president, had so eloquently warned us.

But just when the good times for war profiteers seemed to be forever in the past, there came 9/11 and the terrorist enemy, the gift that keeps on giving, for acts of terror always will occur in a less than perfect world, serving as an ideal excuse for squandering resources, as well as our freedoms.

Just ask New York Times columnists Thomas Friedman and Bill Keller. Rising to the defense of NSA snooping on a scale never before imagined in human history, they warn us that if there was a second 9/11-type attack, we would lose all of our civil liberties, so we should be grateful for this trade-off.

“I believe that if there is one more 9/11–or worse, an attack involving nuclear material–it could lead to the end of the open society as we know it,” Friedman wrote in his June 11 column.

No nation in history has ever possessed such an imbalance of military superiority and the ability to ward off foreign threats without sacrificing its core values. Never has this country been as vulnerable to foreign attacks as when the founders approved our Constitution with its Fourth Amendment and other protections of individual sovereignty against an intrusive government. They did so out of the conviction that individual freedom makes us stronger rather than weaker as a nation. In short, they trusted in the essential wisdom of the people as opposed to the pundits who deride it.

Defending Friedman’s column, Keller wrote Sunday:

“Tom’s important point was that the gravest threat to our civil liberties is not the NSA but another 9/11-scale catastrophe that could leave a panicky public willing to ratchet up the security state, even beyond the war-on-terror excesses that followed the last big attack.”

So it’s the panicky public’s fault and not the ill-informed work of establishment journalists like Friedman, who led the charge to war with Iraq based on phony claims about terrorism.

Once again, Friedman has a misplaced faith in the work of the intelligence community. The NSA snooping was quite extensive before 9/11 and certainly in full force prior to the Boston Marathon attack, but did not prevent either event. Indeed, our much-vaunted spy agencies still have not come up with an explanation of how 19 hijackers, 15 from our ally Saudi Arabia, managed to legally enter this country and learn flying skills while under our government’s watch.

Nor have those intelligence agencies explained why the only three countries that recognized the Taliban government sponsors of al-Qaida were that same Saudi Arabia as well as our other friends in Pakistan and the United Arab Emirates. For information on the UAE connection, the NSA might check with its buddies at Booz Allen Hamilton.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

'Brazil, Wake Up!': Protesters Face Down Troops Outside of Stadium

0

Tens of thousands of protesters are facing off with an ‘elite force’ of troops Wednesday outside of a stadium in Forteleza, Brazil where a Confederate Cup match is scheduled later in the day.

Protesters faced down tear gas, rubber bullets, and beefed up security in Forteleza, Brazil Wednesday. (Photo: Vanderlei Almeida/AFP/Getty Images) Early reports of clashes between the protesters and the beefed up security reveal the use of tear gas and rubber bullets that have lead to, according to AFP, multiple injuries.

Wednesday’s rally follows an earlier announcement by the country’s Justice Ministry that federal troops, The National Force, will be deployed to the cities hosting the two-week FIFA Confederations’ Cup soccer tournament, including the states of Ceara–where Forteleza is located–Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Minas Gerais as well as in the federal district of Brasilia.

The ‘elite troops,’ composed primarily of police and firefighters from different regions, are typically reserved to address serious security crises, such as prison riots or major gang violence.

According to reports, on top of the National Force guards, an additional 6,000 state police troopers were also deployed to Forteleza Wednesday.

The AFP report continues:

“Brazil, we are going to wake up — a professor is worth more than Neymar,” the demonstrators in Fortaleza shouted, referring to a popular star of the national team.

“While you watch television, I am changing the country. Football no, we want education,” read one placard.

The protesters also railed against the country’s entire political class, which is widely seen as corrupt.

“We are protesting the use of public funds for the construction of stadiums, money that should be used for education,” said 18-year-old Matheus Dantas, amid a sea of Brazilian flags.

More protests were under way or set to take place later Wednesday, notably in Sao Paulo, Brasilia and Belo Horizonte.

Following rallies Monday evening which saw over 200,000 Brazilians marching in the streets of a dozen cities across the country–reportedly the largest protests in Brazil in twenty years–demonstrations continued Tuesday night.

In Sao Paulo, over 50,000 people flooded the streets to join in the chorus of voices frustrated with a country which, they say, puts tourism and international events such as the upcoming 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics ahead of essential infrastructure and public interest.

As evidence that the mass uprising has made some headway, officials from at least five cities announced plans yesterday lower bus fares, the raising of which was the initial spark for the widespread demonstrations. However, as The Telegraph reports, “it remains unclear if that would be enough to halt the protests,” which have grown to embody much larger issues of government corruption and the rights of citizens.

“It’s about much more than those 10 cents. It’s about a society that is sick of corrupt politicians not making good on their promises to make improvements,” said protester Bruno Bisaglia. “We want decent education, health care and transportation. That’s what this fight is all about.”

A much larger demonstration has been planned for Thursday in cities nationwide.

The crowd swells outside the Castelao stadium in Forteleza on Wednesday afternoon for a mass demonstration against the Confederation Cup tournament. (Photo: @joeltena/ Twitter)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Noam Chomsky: American Government and Corporations Are at War With the American People

0

June 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The actions of the US government in spying on its and other countries’ citizens have been sharply criticised by Noam Chomsky, the prominent political thinker, as attacks on democracy and the people.

“Governments should not have this capacity. But governments will use whatever technology is available to them to combat their primary enemy — which is their own population,” he told the Guardian.

In his first public comment on the scandal that has enveloped the US, UK and other governments, as well as internet companies such as Google and Microsoft, Chomsky said he was not overly surprised technology and corporations were being used in this way.

“This is obviously something that should not be done. But it is a little difficult to be too surprised by it,” he said. “They [governments and corporations] take whatever is available, and in no time it is being used against us, the population. Governments are not representative. They have their own power, serving segments of the population that are dominant and rich.”

Chomsky, who has strongly supported the Occupy movement and spoken out against the Obama administration‘s use of drones, warned that young people were much less shocked at being spied on and did not view it as such a problem.

“Polls in the US indicate there is generational issue here that someone ought to look into — my impression is that younger people are less offended by this than the older generation. It may have to do with the exhibitionist character of the internet culture, with Facebook and so on,” he said. “On the internet, you think everything is going to be public.”

Other technologies could also come to be used to spy more effectively on people, he added. “They don’t want people to know what they’re doing. They want to be able to use [new technology] against their own people.

“Take a look at drones, and what is developing. You will find new drone technology being used in 10 or 12 years from now. They are looking at [trying to make] tiny drones that can go in your living room, like a fly on the wall.”

He praised the Guardian’s revelations about the activities of the National Security Agency, and the whistleblower Ed Snowden, who has been taking refuge in Hong Kong. “We need this kind [of journalism],” he said. “We ought to know about it.”

Chomsky, a much-lauded academic and professor of linguistics, gained renown as a political critic when he vocally opposed the Vietnam war. Since then, he has written dozens of books on political power, capitalism and democracy and espoused a variety of activist campaigns, most recently the Occupy movement.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Largest Toxic Wastewater Spill Goes Unreported for 11 Days

0

Toxic wastewater pools in the woods north of Zama City, Alberta. (Photo: @hilarybirdcbc/ Twitter)When toxic wastewater spills in the woods and no one’s there to see it, does it leave a mark?

Or, rather, when the agency responsible for the property fails to report it, can it just go away?

These are the questions raised following reports that Alberta Canada’s regulatory agency waited eleven days to disclose that 2.5 million gallons had leaked from a ruptured wastewater pipeline belonging to Apache in the province’s Zama City, amounting to “the biggest wastewater spill in North American history.”

The spill was reportedly first spotted in the remote region on June 1 by a plane belonging to the Texas-based oil and gas company.

Although Apache notified Alberta’s Energy Resources Conservation Board the same day, The Huffington Post reports that the agency waited until June 12 to release a public statement.

“This is a massive spill of toxics into one of the most important wetlands in Canada, if not the world,” said Greenpeace spokesman Keith Stewart. “The government shouldn’t be trying to hide these kinds of things.” He added that the wastewater is “full of toxic compounds.”

Local First Nations leaders are pressing the Oil Giant for more information regarding the rupture and subsequent leak.

 “There are wildlife impacts and water and land impacts,” said Sidney Chambaud, a band councilor with the Dene Tha’ tribe, in an interview with The Canadian Press. “Right now within that area the trees, the vegetation and the soil are dead. The water is contaminated.”

The Press continues:

Chambaud said the 42-hectare spill is so large it raises questions about how long the pipeline that carries water used in oil and natural gas operations had been leaking.

He said some band members believe the pipeline had been leaking since the winter, but no one noticed it until earlier this month.

“There are indications that the spill occurred earlier, during the winter season, but due to ice and snow it wasn’t discovered.”

Chambaud said water from the spill has leaked into a stream that runs through a small aboriginal community and onto land used by band members to hunt and trap.

Following news of the spill, Bob Curran, a spokesman for Alberta’s ERC Board told the Huffington Post that at first it didn’t seem necessary to alert the public of the leak. He added that there are hundreds of spills every year in Alberta and that the agency doesn’t alert people “unless there is a public or environmental impact, or an ongoing operational issue.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Navajos Launch Direct Action Against Big Coal

0

(Photo by Black Mesa Water Coalition)Navajo Nation members launched a creative direct action Tuesday to protest the massive coal-fueled power plant that cuts through their Scottsdale, Arizona land.

After a winding march, approximately 60 demonstrators used a massive solar-powered truck to pump water from the critical Central Arizona Project (CAP) canal into barrels for delivery to the reservation.

Flanked by supporters from across the United States, tribe members created a living example of what a Navajo-led transition away from coal toward solar power in the region could look like.

Participants waved colorful banners and signs declaring ‘Power Without Pollution, Energy Without Injustice’.

“We were a small group moving a small amount of water with solar today,” declared Wahleah Johns with Black Mesa Water Coalition. “However if the political will power of the Obama Administration and SRP were to follow and transition NGS to solar all Arizonans could have reliable water and power without pollution and without injustice.”

The demonstration was not only symbolic: the reservation needs the water they were collecting.

While this Navajo community lives in the shadow of the Navajo Generating Station–the largest coal-powered plant in the Western United States–many on the reservation do not have running water and electricity themselves and are forced to make the drive to the canal to gather water for cooking and cleaning.

This is despite the fact that the plant–owned by Salt River Project and the U.S. Department of Interior–pumps electricity throughout Arizona, Nevada, and California.

Yet, the reservation does get one thing from the plant: pollution.

The plant is “one of the largest sources of harmful nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in the country,” according to the Environmental Protection Agency.

While plant profiteers argue it brings jobs to the area, plant workers describe harrowing work conditions. “We are the sweatshop workers for the state of AZ, declared Navajo tribe member Marshall Johnson. “We are the mine workers, and we are the ones that must work even harder so the rest don’t have to.”

These problems are not limited to this Navajo community. Krystal Two Bulls from Lame Deer, Missouri–who came to Arizona to participate in the action–explained, “We’re also fighting coal extraction that is right next to our reservation, which is directly depleting our water source.”

The action marked the kickoff to the national Our Power Campaign, under the banner of Climate Justice Alliance, that unites almost 40 U.S.-based organizations rooted in Indigenous, African American, Latino, Asian Pacific Islander, and working-class white communities to fight for a transition to just, climate friendly economies.

(Photo by Black Mesa Water Coalition)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Greenwald: NSA Director is 'Misleading' the Public

0

NSA Director Keith Alexander has been misleading the public by saying that the NSA’s shadowy surveillance programs, exposed by whistleblower Edward Snowden this month, have thwarted terrorist attacks, Guardian reporter Glenn Greenwald told CNN‘s Piers Morgan Tuesday night.

“It’s not that they’re lying. It’s misleading,” Greenwald said to Morgan, referring to recent claims made by Alexander that the NSA’s “dragnet” surveillance programs, have specifically helped stopped more than 50 terrorist attacks.

Greenwald emphasized that there is yet to be any evidence that shows the NSA has thwarted a terrorist attack with data collected through the programs exposed by Snowden:

There is zero evidence … that this program of collecting everybody’s phone records as opposed to just the terrorists’ in any way keeps us safer or is necessary to stop terrorist plots.

Likewise, Senators Mark Udall and Ron Wyden, both members of the Senate intelligence committee, released a statement last week stating that they are not convinced by the NSA director’s claims:

We have not yet seen any evidence showing that the NSA’s dragnet collection of Americans’ phone records has produced any uniquely valuable intelligence.

And the Guardian pointed out Tuesday that one of Alexander’s recent examples has holes in it. Alexander claims that he NSA’s surveillance systems thwarted an alleged planned bombing of the New York Stock Exchange through monitoring the communications of Missouri-based suspect Khalid Ouazzan.

However, as the Guardian pointed out, Ouazzani has never been accused of the crime that the NSA supposedly averted.

In Greenwald’s interview, he pointed out that it is harder to thwart plots with these kind “dragnet programs” used by the NSA “because they’re collecting so much stuff they don’t even know what they have.”

However, Alexander’s and Obama’s recent justifications are nothing new, Greenwald emphasized–this is what the government does every time “somebody exposes what they want to hide from the people over whom they’re ruling.”

“People in power like to keep people over whom they rule in fear, because that way they will submit…to whatever it is they want them to do.”

“They are just reciting from the same handbook they always use,” Greenwald added.

Watch the interview, which includes Daniel Ellsberg, below:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

FBI Director Admits Drones Being Used in Skies of US

0

FBI Director Robert Mueller testifies before the U.S. Senate Judiciary Committee on Wednesday, June 19, 2013, in Washington D.C., where he said drones are being used in the skies over the U.S. “for surveillance.”

A U.S. military surveillance drone camera flies in Musa Qal-Ah district in Helmand province, southwestern Afghanistan November 2, 2012. REUTERS/Erik De Castro Suspicions confirmed. FBI Director Robert Mueller admitted Wednesday before a Senate judiciary committee hearing that the agency employs domestic drones for surveillance use over US soil. Mueller also admitted that the FBI has yet to establish clear guidelines for their use.

Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) asked Mueller: “Does the FBI own or currently use drones and for what purposes?”

Mueller: “Yes, for surveillance.”

Grassley: “Does the FBI use drones for surveillance on U.S. soil?”

Mueller: “Yes, in a very, very minimal way, and seldom.”

Grassley also asked Mueller whether the FBI had guidelines for using drones that would consider the “privacy impact on American citizens.”

Mueller said the FBI was only in “the initial stages” of “exploring guidelines” for their use.

The Guardian reports:

It is known that drones are used by border control officials and have been used by some local law enforcement authorities and Department of Homeland Security in criminal cases.

Mueller said he wasn’t sure if there were official agreements with these other agencies.

“To the extent that it relates to the air space there would be some communication back and forth [between agencies],” Mueller said.

The revelation came as Mueller was defending the National Security Administration’s widespread surveillance of Americans’ phone and internet records, which has been the subject of growing condemnation due to what critics call the clear erosion of civil liberties and privacy in the country.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

And the 'World Food Prize' goes to? 3 GMO Scientists

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

This year's World Food Prize was handed to leading GMO scientists, including a developer at biotech giant Monsanto.

The move was an unbridled endorsement of GMOs amidst growing controversy as rising numbers question the technology's safety for people and the environment.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

6 soldiers killed in ambush in Pakistan

0

Pakistanis carry the body of a blast victim on a rope bed in Shergarh Town in Mardan District, 145 kilometres (90 miles) northwest of Islamabad, on June 18, 2013.

At least six soldiers have been killed and two others wounded in an ambush on an army convoy by unknown militants in northwest Pakistan.

The attack was carried out late on Wednesday when the militants opened fire on military vehicles patrolling the Matani area, 25 kilometers (16 miles) south of Peshawar, the capital of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province.

“Militants used rockets and small arms and an exchange of fire continued for about 15 minutes,” a military official said.

He confirmed the military casualties, adding at least five “terrorists” were also killed in exchange of fire with soldiers. Two vehicles were also destroyed during the attack.

No group has yet claimed responsibility for the attack, but pro-Taliban groups often carry out such attacks in the country.

On Tuesday, at least 34 people including a lawmaker were killed in a bomb attack at a funeral in Shergarh Town in Mardan District, 145 kilometers (90 miles) northwest of Islamabad.

An AFP tally says the acts of violence claimed the lives of more than 6,000 people in Pakistan in the last six years.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001, when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US in the so-called war on terror.

Thousands more have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

DB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Jordan, US hold drills in desert areas

0

Sea maneuvers take place during the Eager Lion military exercise off the Red Sea coast city of Aqaba, some 330 kilometers south of the Jordanian capital Amman on June 19, 2013.

Military forces from the United States and Jordan have held war games in desert areas near the Syrian border with the Persian Gulf country.

The two countries will wrap up twelve days of the military exercise on Thursday.

The drill, called Eager Lion, is a multi-national exercise designed to focus on facing irregular warfare and national security threats.

About 8,000 forces from 19 countries are taking part in the exercise.

Washington says all its military personnel would leave the country at the end of the training program.

On June 9, the US launched the multinational military drill involving Patriot missiles and fighter jets in Jordan despite condemnation from Russia.

The military drills in Syriaâ„¢s southern neighbor is taking place several months after NATO dispatched six Patriot batteries to Turkey, the northern neighbor of the crisis-hit Syria.

Jordan is one of the Arab nations that have supported the Syrian opposition groups.

On June 4, Russian Foreign Ministry spokesman Alexander Lukashevich said in a statement, Å“We have more than once stated our opinion on this — foreign weapons are being pumped into an explosive region.”

Å“This is happening very close to Syria, where for more than two years the flames are burning of a devastating conflict…,” the statement added.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Haddad-Adel hails 'glorious' election

0

A file photo shows Iranian President-elect Hassan Rohani (L) shaking hands with lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel prior to the countryâ„¢s June 14 presidential election.

Iranian lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel has praised the Iranian voters for their mass turnout and peaceful participation in the June 14 elections.

Å“I believe that holding an election with such glory and splendor in utmost calm… without anyone hurt or a picture torn … is the majesty, pride and a sign of the refinement of the Iranian nation, and indicates religious democracy and soft power transfer is institutionalized in Iran,” Haddad-Adel stated on Wednesday.

Å“This is really valuable, and helps increase our international status and stabilize law-abidingness in the country,” he added.

The former candidate — who pulled out of the presidential race a few days ahead of the poll to help the principlist camp — pointed out the distinction between democracy in Iran and in the West, where he said capitalist corporations have the last say in elections.

He made the remarks during a meeting at the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research with his reformist rival Hassan Rohani, who won the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election.

Haddad-Adel said he met with Rohani to offer his congratulations and exchange ideas on the formation of the new government and its cooperation with Majlis and the principlist bloc at the parliament.

Å“I believe respecting the president-elect is respecting the rule of the majority vote and the nationâ„¢s vote,” he said, adding it was time for the electoral rivals to end competition and join hands.

Rohani, who is the director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research, emerged victorious in the presidential election of June 14, winning 50.7 percent of a total of 36, 704, 156 ballots counted.

The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry.

The president-elect also represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the Supreme National Security Council and is also a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts.

MRS/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Monsanto Scientist Wins World Food Prize

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

This year's World Food Prize was handed to leading GMO scientists, including a developer at biotech giant Monsanto.

The move was an unbridled endorsement of the GMOs amidst growing controversy as rising numbers question the technology's safety for people and the environment.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Understand the Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order

0

by Michel Chossudovsky

In the expanded second edition of Chossudovsky’s international best-seller, the author outlines the contours of a New World Order which feeds on human poverty and the destruction of the environment, generates social apartheid, encourages racism and ethnic strife and undermines the rights of women. The result as his detailed examples from all parts of the world show so convincingly, is a globalization of poverty.

This book is a skillful combination of lucid explanation and cogently argued critique of the fundamental directions in which our world is moving financially and economically.

In the enlarged second edition, the author reviews the causes and consequences of famine in Sub-Saharan Africa, the dramatic meltdown of financial markets, the demise of State social programs and the devastation resulting from corporate downsizing and trade liberalisation.

“This concise, provocative book reveals the negative effects of imposed economic structural reform, privatization, deregulation and competition. It deserves to be read carefully and widely.”
– Choice, American Library Association (ALA)

“The current system, Chossudovsky argues, is one of capital creation through destruction. The author confronts head on the links between civil violence, social and environmental stress, with the modalities of market expansion.”
– Michele Stoddard, Covert Action Quarterly

Click to learn more about The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order by Michel Chossudovsky


Preface to the Second Edition

Barely a few weeks after the military coup in Chile on September 11, 1973, overthrowing the elected government of President Salvador Allende, the military Junta headed by General Augusto Pinochet ordered a hike in the price of bread from 11 to 40 escudos, a hefty overnight increase of 264%. This economic shock treatment had been designed by a group of economists called the “Chicago Boys”.

GOP .jpg

At the time of the military coup, I was teaching at the Institute of Economics of the Catholic University of Chile, which was a nest of Chicago trained economists, disciples of Milton Friedman. On that September 11, in the hours following the bombing of the Presidential Palace of La Moneda, the new military rulers imposed a 72-hour curfew. When the university reopened several days later, the “Chicago Boys” were rejoicing. Barely a week later, several of my colleagues at the Institute of Economics were appointed to key positions in the military government.

While food prices had skyrocketed, wages had been frozen to ensure “economic stability and stave off inflationary pressures.” From one day to the next, an entire country was precipitated into abysmal poverty: in less than a year the price of bread in Chile increased thirty-six times and eighty-five percent of the Chilean population had been driven below the poverty line.

These events affected me profoundly in my work as an economist. Through the tampering of prices, wages and interest rates, people’s lives had been destroyed; an entire national economy had been destabilized. I started to understand that macro-economic reform was neither “neutral” — as claimed by the academic mainstream — nor separate from the broader process of social and political transformation. In my earlier writings on the Chilean military Junta, I looked upon the so-called “free market” as a wellorganized instrument of “economic repression”.

Two years later in 1976, I returned to Latin America as a visiting professor at the National University of Cordoba in the northern industrial heartland of Argentina. My stay coincided with another military coup d’état. Tens of thousands of people were arrested and the Desaparecidos were assassinated. The military takeover in Argentina was a “carbon copy” of the CIA-led coup in Chile. Behind the massacres and human rights violations, “free market” reforms had also been prescribed — this time under the supervision of Argentina’s New York creditors.

The International Monetary Fund’s (IMF’s) deadly economic prescriptions applied under the guise of the “structural adjustment program” had not yet been officially launched. The experience of Chile and Argentina under the “Chicago Boys” was a dress rehearsal of things to come. In due course, the economic bullets of the free market system were hitting country after country. Since the onslaught of the debt crisis of the 1980s, the same IMF economic medicine has routinely been applied in more than 150 developing countries. From my earlier work in Chile, Argentina and Peru, I started to investigate the global impacts of these reforms. Relentlessly feeding on poverty and economic dislocation, a New World Order was taking shape.

Meanwhile, most of the military regimes in Latin America had been replaced by parliamentary “democracies”, entrusted with the gruesome task of putting the national economy on the auction block under the World Bank sponsored privatization programs. In 1990, I returned to the Catholic University of Peru where I had taught after leaving Chile in the months following the 1973 military coup.

I had arrived in Lima at the height of the 1990 election campaign. The country’s economy was in crisis. The outgoing populist government of President Alan Garcia had been placed on the IMF “black list”. President Alberto Fujimori became the new president on the 28th of July 1990. And barely a few days later, “economic shock therapy” struck — this time with a vengeance. Peru had been punished for not conforming to IMF diktats: the price of fuel was hiked up by 31 times and the price of bread increased more than twelve times in a single day. The IMF — in close consultation with the US Treasury — had been operating behind the scenes. These reforms — carried out in the name of “democracy” — were far more devastating than those applied in Chile and Argentina under the fist of military rule. In the 1980s and 1990s I traveled extensively in Africa. The fieldresearch for the first edition was, in fact, initiated in Rwanda which, despite high levels of poverty, had achieved self-sufficiency in food production. From the early 1990s, Rwanda had been destroyed as a functioning national economy; its once vibrant agricultural system was destabilized. The IMF had demanded the “opening up” of the domestic market to the dumping of US and European grain surpluses. The objective was to “encourage Rwandan farmers to be more competitive”. (See Chapter 7.)

From 1992 to 1995, I undertook field research in India, Bangladesh and Vietnam and returned to Latin America to complete my study on Brazil. In all the countries I visited, including Kenya, Nigeria, Egypt, Morocco and The Philippines, I observed the same pattern of economic manipulation and political interference by the Washington-based institutions. In India, directly resulting from the IMF reforms, millions of people had been driven into starvation. In Vietnam — which constitutes among the world’s most prosperous rice producing economies — local-level famines had erupted resulting directly from the lifting of price controls and the deregulation of the grain market.

Coinciding with the end of the Cold War, at the height of the economic crisis, I traveled to several cities and rural areas in Russia. The IMFsponsored reforms had entered a new phase — extending their deadly grip to the countries of the former Eastern bloc. Starting in 1992, vast areas of the former Soviet Union, from the Baltic states to Eastern Siberia, were pushed into abysmal poverty.

Work on the first edition was completed in early 1996, with the inclusion of a detailed study on the economic disintegration of Yugoslavia. (See Chapter 17.) Devised by World Bank economists, a “bankruptcy program” had been set in motion. In 1989-90, some 1100 industrial firms were wiped out and more than 614,000 industrial workers were laid off. And that was only the beginning of a much deeper economic fracturing of the Yugoslav Federation.

Since the publication of the first edition in 1997, the World has changed dramatically; the “globalization of poverty” has extended its grip to all major regions of the World including Western Europe and North America.

A New World Order has been installed destroying national sovereignty and the rights of citizens. Under the new rules of the World Trade Organization (WTO) established in 1995, “entrenched rights” were granted to the world’s largest banks and multinational conglomerates. Public debts have spiraled, state institutions have collapsed, and the accumulation of private wealth has progressed relentlessly.

The US-led wars on Afghanistan (2001) and Iraq (2003), mark an important turning point in this evolving New World Order. As the second edition goes to print, American and British forces have invaded Iraq, destroying its public infrastructure and killing thousands of civilians. After 13 years of economic sanctions, the war on Iraq plunged an entire population into poverty.

War and globalization go hand in hand. Supported by America’s war machine, a new deadly phase of corporate-led globalization has unfolded. In the largest display of military might since the Second World War, the United States has embarked upon a military adventure, which threatens the future of humanity.

The decision to invade Iraq had nothing to do with “Saddam’s weapons of mass destruction” or his alleged links to Al Qaeda. Iraq possesses 11 percent of the World’s oil reserves, i.e. more than five times those of the US. The broader Middle East-Central Asian region (extending from the tip of the Arabian peninsula to the Caspian sea basin) encompasses approximately 70% of the World’s reserves of oil and natural gas.

This war, which has been in the planning stage for several years, threatens to engulf a much broader region. A 1995 US Central Command document confirms that “the purpose of US engagement. . . is to protect US vital interest in the region — uninterrupted, secure US/Allied access to Gulf oil” .

In the wake of the invasion, Iraq’s economy has been put under the jurisidiction of the US military occupation government led by retired General Jay Gardner, a former CEO of one of America’s largest weapons producers.

In liaison with the US administration and the Paris Club of official creditors, the IMF and World Bank are slated to play a key role in Iraq`s post-war “reconstruction”. The hidden agenda is to impose the US dollar as Iraq’s proxy currency, in a currency board arrangement, similar to that imposed on Bosnia-Herzegovina under the 1995 Dayton Accord. (See Chapter 17.) In turn, Iraq’s extensive oil reserves are slated to be taken over by the Anglo-American oil giants.

Iraq’s spiralling external debt will be used as an instrument of economic plunder. Conditionalities will be set. The entire national economy will be put on the auction block. The IMF and the World Bank will be called in to provide legitimacy to the plunder of Iraq’s oil wealth.

The deployment of America’s war machine purports to enlarge America’s economic sphere of influence in an area extending from the Mediterranean to China’s Western frontier. The US has established a permanent military presence not only in Iraq and Afghanistan, but it has military bases in several of the former Soviet republics as well. In other words, militarization supports the conquest of new economic frontiers and the worldwide imposition of the “free market” system.

Global Depression

The onslaught of the US-led war is occurring at the height of a global economic depression, which has its historical roots in the debt crisis of the early 1980s. America’s war of conquest has a direct bearing on the economic crisis. State resources in the US have been redirected towards financing the military-industrial complex and beefing up domestic security at the expense of funding much needed social programs which have been slashed to the bone.

In the wake of September 11, 2001, through a massive propaganda campaign, the shaky legitimacy of the “global free market system” has been reinforced, opening the door to a renewed wave of deregulation and privatization, resulting in corporate take-overs of most, if not all, public services and state infrastructure (including health care, electricity, water and transportation).

Moreover, in the US, Great Britain and most countries of the European Union, the legal fabric of society has been overhauled. Based on the repeal of the Rule of Law, the foundations of an authoritarian state apparatus have emerged with little or no organized opposition from the mainstay of civil society.

The new chapters added to this second edition address some of the key issues of the 21st century : the merger boom and the concentration of corporate power, the collapse of national and local level economies, the meltdown of financial markets, the outbreak of famine and civil war and the dismantling of the Welfare State in most Western countries.

In Part 1, a new Introduction and a chapter entitled “Global Falsehoods” have been added. Also in Part 1, the impacts of “free markets” on women’s rights are examined. In Part II, on sub-Saharan Africa, the chapter on Rwanda has been expanded and updated following fieldwork conducted in 1996 and 1997. Two new chapters, respectively, on the 1999- 2000 famine in Ethiopia and on Southern Africa in the post-Apartheid era have been added. The chapter on Albania in Part 5, focuses on the role of the IMF in destroying the real economy and precipitating the breakdown of the country’s banking system.

A new Part 6 entitled “The New World Order” includes five chapters. Chapter 18 centers on the “structural adjustment program” applied in Western countries under the surveillance of the World’s largest commercial and merchant banks. The ongoing economic and financial crisis is reviewed in Chapters 19 and 20. Chapters 21 and 22 examine, respectively, the fate of South Korea and Brazil in the wake of the 1997-1998 financial meltdown, as well as the complicity of the IMF in furthering the interests of currency and stock market speculators.

Click here to learn more about The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order!

Global Research Publishers, 2003 | ISBN 978-0973714708 | 400 pages with complete index

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order is available to order from Global Research!

Global Research Price: $18.00 plus S&H (List price: $27.95, save 35%!)

Click to order online

Order online, by mail or by fax!
Click the banner to visit our ONLINE STORE and learn more:

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Understand the Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order

0

by Michel Chossudovsky

In the expanded second edition of Chossudovsky’s international best-seller, the author outlines the contours of a New World Order which feeds on human poverty and the destruction of the environment, generates social apartheid, encourages racism and ethnic strife and undermines the rights of women. The result as his detailed examples from all parts of the world show so convincingly, is a globalization of poverty.

This book is a skillful combination of lucid explanation and cogently argued critique of the fundamental directions in which our world is moving financially and economically.

In the enlarged second edition, the author reviews the causes and consequences of famine in Sub-Saharan Africa, the dramatic meltdown of financial markets, the demise of State social programs and the devastation resulting from corporate downsizing and trade liberalisation.

“This concise, provocative book reveals the negative effects of imposed economic structural reform, privatization, deregulation and competition. It deserves to be read carefully and widely.”
– Choice, American Library Association (ALA)

“The current system, Chossudovsky argues, is one of capital creation through destruction. The author confronts head on the links between civil violence, social and environmental stress, with the modalities of market expansion.”
– Michele Stoddard, Covert Action Quarterly

Click to learn more about The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order by Michel Chossudovsky


Preface to the Second Edition

Barely a few weeks after the military coup in Chile on September 11, 1973, overthrowing the elected government of President Salvador Allende, the military Junta headed by General Augusto Pinochet ordered a hike in the price of bread from 11 to 40 escudos, a hefty overnight increase of 264%. This economic shock treatment had been designed by a group of economists called the “Chicago Boys”.

GOP .jpg

At the time of the military coup, I was teaching at the Institute of Economics of the Catholic University of Chile, which was a nest of Chicago trained economists, disciples of Milton Friedman. On that September 11, in the hours following the bombing of the Presidential Palace of La Moneda, the new military rulers imposed a 72-hour curfew. When the university reopened several days later, the “Chicago Boys” were rejoicing. Barely a week later, several of my colleagues at the Institute of Economics were appointed to key positions in the military government.

While food prices had skyrocketed, wages had been frozen to ensure “economic stability and stave off inflationary pressures.” From one day to the next, an entire country was precipitated into abysmal poverty: in less than a year the price of bread in Chile increased thirty-six times and eighty-five percent of the Chilean population had been driven below the poverty line.

These events affected me profoundly in my work as an economist. Through the tampering of prices, wages and interest rates, people’s lives had been destroyed; an entire national economy had been destabilized. I started to understand that macro-economic reform was neither “neutral” — as claimed by the academic mainstream — nor separate from the broader process of social and political transformation. In my earlier writings on the Chilean military Junta, I looked upon the so-called “free market” as a wellorganized instrument of “economic repression”.

Two years later in 1976, I returned to Latin America as a visiting professor at the National University of Cordoba in the northern industrial heartland of Argentina. My stay coincided with another military coup d’état. Tens of thousands of people were arrested and the Desaparecidos were assassinated. The military takeover in Argentina was a “carbon copy” of the CIA-led coup in Chile. Behind the massacres and human rights violations, “free market” reforms had also been prescribed — this time under the supervision of Argentina’s New York creditors.

The International Monetary Fund’s (IMF’s) deadly economic prescriptions applied under the guise of the “structural adjustment program” had not yet been officially launched. The experience of Chile and Argentina under the “Chicago Boys” was a dress rehearsal of things to come. In due course, the economic bullets of the free market system were hitting country after country. Since the onslaught of the debt crisis of the 1980s, the same IMF economic medicine has routinely been applied in more than 150 developing countries. From my earlier work in Chile, Argentina and Peru, I started to investigate the global impacts of these reforms. Relentlessly feeding on poverty and economic dislocation, a New World Order was taking shape.

Meanwhile, most of the military regimes in Latin America had been replaced by parliamentary “democracies”, entrusted with the gruesome task of putting the national economy on the auction block under the World Bank sponsored privatization programs. In 1990, I returned to the Catholic University of Peru where I had taught after leaving Chile in the months following the 1973 military coup.

I had arrived in Lima at the height of the 1990 election campaign. The country’s economy was in crisis. The outgoing populist government of President Alan Garcia had been placed on the IMF “black list”. President Alberto Fujimori became the new president on the 28th of July 1990. And barely a few days later, “economic shock therapy” struck — this time with a vengeance. Peru had been punished for not conforming to IMF diktats: the price of fuel was hiked up by 31 times and the price of bread increased more than twelve times in a single day. The IMF — in close consultation with the US Treasury — had been operating behind the scenes. These reforms — carried out in the name of “democracy” — were far more devastating than those applied in Chile and Argentina under the fist of military rule. In the 1980s and 1990s I traveled extensively in Africa. The fieldresearch for the first edition was, in fact, initiated in Rwanda which, despite high levels of poverty, had achieved self-sufficiency in food production. From the early 1990s, Rwanda had been destroyed as a functioning national economy; its once vibrant agricultural system was destabilized. The IMF had demanded the “opening up” of the domestic market to the dumping of US and European grain surpluses. The objective was to “encourage Rwandan farmers to be more competitive”. (See Chapter 7.)

From 1992 to 1995, I undertook field research in India, Bangladesh and Vietnam and returned to Latin America to complete my study on Brazil. In all the countries I visited, including Kenya, Nigeria, Egypt, Morocco and The Philippines, I observed the same pattern of economic manipulation and political interference by the Washington-based institutions. In India, directly resulting from the IMF reforms, millions of people had been driven into starvation. In Vietnam — which constitutes among the world’s most prosperous rice producing economies — local-level famines had erupted resulting directly from the lifting of price controls and the deregulation of the grain market.

Coinciding with the end of the Cold War, at the height of the economic crisis, I traveled to several cities and rural areas in Russia. The IMFsponsored reforms had entered a new phase — extending their deadly grip to the countries of the former Eastern bloc. Starting in 1992, vast areas of the former Soviet Union, from the Baltic states to Eastern Siberia, were pushed into abysmal poverty.

Work on the first edition was completed in early 1996, with the inclusion of a detailed study on the economic disintegration of Yugoslavia. (See Chapter 17.) Devised by World Bank economists, a “bankruptcy program” had been set in motion. In 1989-90, some 1100 industrial firms were wiped out and more than 614,000 industrial workers were laid off. And that was only the beginning of a much deeper economic fracturing of the Yugoslav Federation.

Since the publication of the first edition in 1997, the World has changed dramatically; the “globalization of poverty” has extended its grip to all major regions of the World including Western Europe and North America.

A New World Order has been installed destroying national sovereignty and the rights of citizens. Under the new rules of the World Trade Organization (WTO) established in 1995, “entrenched rights” were granted to the world’s largest banks and multinational conglomerates. Public debts have spiraled, state institutions have collapsed, and the accumulation of private wealth has progressed relentlessly.

The US-led wars on Afghanistan (2001) and Iraq (2003), mark an important turning point in this evolving New World Order. As the second edition goes to print, American and British forces have invaded Iraq, destroying its public infrastructure and killing thousands of civilians. After 13 years of economic sanctions, the war on Iraq plunged an entire population into poverty.

War and globalization go hand in hand. Supported by America’s war machine, a new deadly phase of corporate-led globalization has unfolded. In the largest display of military might since the Second World War, the United States has embarked upon a military adventure, which threatens the future of humanity.

The decision to invade Iraq had nothing to do with “Saddam’s weapons of mass destruction” or his alleged links to Al Qaeda. Iraq possesses 11 percent of the World’s oil reserves, i.e. more than five times those of the US. The broader Middle East-Central Asian region (extending from the tip of the Arabian peninsula to the Caspian sea basin) encompasses approximately 70% of the World’s reserves of oil and natural gas.

This war, which has been in the planning stage for several years, threatens to engulf a much broader region. A 1995 US Central Command document confirms that “the purpose of US engagement. . . is to protect US vital interest in the region — uninterrupted, secure US/Allied access to Gulf oil” .

In the wake of the invasion, Iraq’s economy has been put under the jurisidiction of the US military occupation government led by retired General Jay Gardner, a former CEO of one of America’s largest weapons producers.

In liaison with the US administration and the Paris Club of official creditors, the IMF and World Bank are slated to play a key role in Iraq`s post-war “reconstruction”. The hidden agenda is to impose the US dollar as Iraq’s proxy currency, in a currency board arrangement, similar to that imposed on Bosnia-Herzegovina under the 1995 Dayton Accord. (See Chapter 17.) In turn, Iraq’s extensive oil reserves are slated to be taken over by the Anglo-American oil giants.

Iraq’s spiralling external debt will be used as an instrument of economic plunder. Conditionalities will be set. The entire national economy will be put on the auction block. The IMF and the World Bank will be called in to provide legitimacy to the plunder of Iraq’s oil wealth.

The deployment of America’s war machine purports to enlarge America’s economic sphere of influence in an area extending from the Mediterranean to China’s Western frontier. The US has established a permanent military presence not only in Iraq and Afghanistan, but it has military bases in several of the former Soviet republics as well. In other words, militarization supports the conquest of new economic frontiers and the worldwide imposition of the “free market” system.

Global Depression

The onslaught of the US-led war is occurring at the height of a global economic depression, which has its historical roots in the debt crisis of the early 1980s. America’s war of conquest has a direct bearing on the economic crisis. State resources in the US have been redirected towards financing the military-industrial complex and beefing up domestic security at the expense of funding much needed social programs which have been slashed to the bone.

In the wake of September 11, 2001, through a massive propaganda campaign, the shaky legitimacy of the “global free market system” has been reinforced, opening the door to a renewed wave of deregulation and privatization, resulting in corporate take-overs of most, if not all, public services and state infrastructure (including health care, electricity, water and transportation).

Moreover, in the US, Great Britain and most countries of the European Union, the legal fabric of society has been overhauled. Based on the repeal of the Rule of Law, the foundations of an authoritarian state apparatus have emerged with little or no organized opposition from the mainstay of civil society.

The new chapters added to this second edition address some of the key issues of the 21st century : the merger boom and the concentration of corporate power, the collapse of national and local level economies, the meltdown of financial markets, the outbreak of famine and civil war and the dismantling of the Welfare State in most Western countries.

In Part 1, a new Introduction and a chapter entitled “Global Falsehoods” have been added. Also in Part 1, the impacts of “free markets” on women’s rights are examined. In Part II, on sub-Saharan Africa, the chapter on Rwanda has been expanded and updated following fieldwork conducted in 1996 and 1997. Two new chapters, respectively, on the 1999- 2000 famine in Ethiopia and on Southern Africa in the post-Apartheid era have been added. The chapter on Albania in Part 5, focuses on the role of the IMF in destroying the real economy and precipitating the breakdown of the country’s banking system.

A new Part 6 entitled “The New World Order” includes five chapters. Chapter 18 centers on the “structural adjustment program” applied in Western countries under the surveillance of the World’s largest commercial and merchant banks. The ongoing economic and financial crisis is reviewed in Chapters 19 and 20. Chapters 21 and 22 examine, respectively, the fate of South Korea and Brazil in the wake of the 1997-1998 financial meltdown, as well as the complicity of the IMF in furthering the interests of currency and stock market speculators.

Click here to learn more about The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order!

Global Research Publishers, 2003 | ISBN 978-0973714708 | 400 pages with complete index

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order is available to order from Global Research!

Global Research Price: $18.00 plus S&H (List price: $27.95, save 35%!)

Click to order online

Order online, by mail or by fax!
Click the banner to visit our ONLINE STORE and learn more:

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Greenwald: NSA Director is 'Misleading' the Public

0

NSA Director Keith Alexander has been misleading the public by saying that the NSA’s shadowy surveillance programs, exposed by whistleblower Edward Snowden this month, have thwarted terrorist attacks, Guardian reporter Glenn Greenwald told CNN‘s Piers Morgan Tuesday night.

“It’s not that they’re lying. It’s misleading,” Greenwald said to Morgan, referring to recent claims made by Alexander that the NSA’s “dragnet” surveillance programs, have specifically helped stopped more than 50 terrorist attacks.

Greenwald emphasized that there is yet to be any evidence that shows the NSA has thwarted a terrorist attack with data collected through the programs exposed by Snowden:

There is zero evidence … that this program of collecting everybody’s phone records as opposed to just the terrorists’ in any way keeps us safer or is necessary to stop terrorist plots.

Likewise, Senators Mark Udall and Ron Wyden, both members of the Senate intelligence committee, released a statement last week stating that they are not convinced by the NSA director’s claims:

We have not yet seen any evidence showing that the NSA’s dragnet collection of Americans’ phone records has produced any uniquely valuable intelligence.

And the Guardian pointed out Tuesday that one of Alexander’s recent examples has holes in it. Alexander claims that he NSA’s surveillance systems thwarted an alleged planned bombing of the New York Stock Exchange through monitoring the communications of Missouri-based suspect Khalid Ouazzan.

However, as the Guardian pointed out, Ouazzani has never been accused of the crime that the NSA supposedly averted.

In Greenwald’s interview, he pointed out that it is harder to thwart plots with these kind “dragnet programs” used by the NSA “because they’re collecting so much stuff they don’t even know what they have.”

However, Alexander’s and Obama’s recent justifications are nothing new, Greenwald emphasized–this is what the government does every time “somebody exposes what they want to hide from the people over whom they’re ruling.”

“People in power like to keep people over whom they rule in fear, because that way they will submit…to whatever it is they want them to do.”

“They are just reciting from the same handbook they always use,” Greenwald added.

Watch the interview, which includes Daniel Ellsberg, below:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Greenwald: NSA Director is 'Misleading' the Public

0

NSA Director Keith Alexander has been misleading the public by saying that the NSA’s shadowy surveillance programs, exposed by whistleblower Edward Snowden this month, have thwarted terrorist attacks, Guardian reporter Glenn Greenwald told CNN‘s Piers Morgan Tuesday night.

“It’s not that they’re lying. It’s misleading,” Greenwald said to Morgan, referring to recent claims made by Alexander that the NSA’s “dragnet” surveillance programs, have specifically helped stopped more than 50 terrorist attacks.

Greenwald emphasized that there is yet to be any evidence that shows the NSA has thwarted a terrorist attack with data collected through the programs exposed by Snowden:

There is zero evidence … that this program of collecting everybody’s phone records as opposed to just the terrorists’ in any way keeps us safer or is necessary to stop terrorist plots.

Likewise, Senators Mark Udall and Ron Wyden, both members of the Senate intelligence committee, released a statement last week stating that they are not convinced by the NSA director’s claims:

We have not yet seen any evidence showing that the NSA’s dragnet collection of Americans’ phone records has produced any uniquely valuable intelligence.

And the Guardian pointed out Tuesday that one of Alexander’s recent examples has holes in it. Alexander claims that he NSA’s surveillance systems thwarted an alleged planned bombing of the New York Stock Exchange through monitoring the communications of Missouri-based suspect Khalid Ouazzan.

However, as the Guardian pointed out, Ouazzani has never been accused of the crime that the NSA supposedly averted.

In Greenwald’s interview, he pointed out that it is harder to thwart plots with these kind “dragnet programs” used by the NSA “because they’re collecting so much stuff they don’t even know what they have.”

However, Alexander’s and Obama’s recent justifications are nothing new, Greenwald emphasized–this is what the government does every time “somebody exposes what they want to hide from the people over whom they’re ruling.”

“People in power like to keep people over whom they rule in fear, because that way they will submit…to whatever it is they want them to do.”

“They are just reciting from the same handbook they always use,” Greenwald added.

Watch the interview, which includes Daniel Ellsberg, below:

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US denies talks with Taliban scheduled

0

Guests arrive for the opening ceremony of the new Taliban political office in Doha on June 18, 2013.

The United States has described as inaccurate reports that it has arranged a formal meeting with the Taliban at their newly-opened office in the Qatari capital Doha.

“Reports of a meeting scheduled are inaccurate,” AFP quoted US State Department spokeswoman Jennifer Psaki as saying on Wednesday.

Psaki also pointed out that Washington had “never confirmed” any specific meeting.

“We are now in consultations with the Afghan leadership and the High Peace Council on how to move forward,” she said.

Several reports had said the US and the Taliban would meet in Doha on Thursday in a bid to find a political solution to the war that has been raging on for nearly 12 years.

Earlier on Wednesday, Afghan President Hamid Karzai said in a statement his government would not join talks with the Taliban and suspended negotiations with Washington on the nature of US presence in Afghanistan after foreign troops leave the country in 2014.

He said the High Peace Council would not take part in the talks with the Taliban in Doha “until the process is completely left to Afghans.”

Karzai created the body in 2010 to broker peace with the Taliban militants.

“In view of the contradiction between acts and the statements made by the United States of America in regard to the peace process, the Afghan government suspended the negotiations, currently underway in Kabul between Afghan and US delegations on the bilateral security agreement,” Karzai’s statement added.

On Tuesday, Taliban representatives and Qatari officials opened the office in Doha in a ceremony that featured a large poster reading “the opening of the political office of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan in Doha.”

An Afghan official said the office gave the Taliban “an official identity”, to which the Kabul government objected.

“The US officials told us the office will be used to move peace talks forward, but not to give them an identity,” the official said.

“The Taliban’s flag and the banner of the Islamic Emirate was something we did not expect,” the official added.

Qatar’s Foreign Ministry said on Wednesday that “the office … is the political office of the Taliban in Afghanistan, and is not the political office of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan.”

The Taliban used the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan during their 1996-2001 rule.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after almost 12 years, insecurity remains across the country.

The increasing number of military casualties in Afghanistan has caused widespread anger in the US and other NATO member states, undermining public support for the Afghan war.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Fighting Al Qaeda by Supporting Al Qaeda in Syria: The Obama Administration is a “State Sponsor of Terrorism”

0

A major transition in US counter-terrorism doctrine is unfolding.

While Barack Obama, following in the footsteps of George W. Bush, remains firmly committed to waging a “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT), his administration is now openly supporting selected rebel units in Syria which are part of the Al Qaeda network.

Known and documented, Al Qaeda is a creation of the CIA, which has covertly supported the “Islamic Terror Network”since the heyday of the Soviet Afghan war.

While Al Qaeda is a US sponsored “intelligence asset”,a “new normal” has been established. An Al Qaeda affiliated organization, namely Syria’s Al Nusrah, is being supported “overtly” by the US President, rather than “covertly” by the CIA.

The support of Al Nusrah, an affiliate of al Qaeda in Iraq (AQI), is no longer channeled in secrecy as part of a CIA-MI6 covert operation, it is now being supported —in a semi-official fashion— as part of a US foreign policy agenda. The latter is also part of America’s diplomatic discourse, implemented in consultation with Britain, Canada, German and France. Although Al Nusrah was not mentioned explicitly, “support to the Syrian rebels” was the main topic of debate at the June 2013 G-8 meetings in Northern Ireland.

While intelligence covert ops continue to perform an important role, Washington’s support to Al Qaeda in Syria is now in the open, within the public domain. It is no longer part of a secret undertaking. It is part of the mainstay of US foreign policy, carried out under the helm of Secretary of State John Kerry.

“Support to the rebels” is also debated in the US Congress. It is the object of a bill which has already been adopted by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Senator Corker who co-sponsored the bill stated that:

“The future for Syria is uncertain, but the U.S. has a vested interest in trying to prevent an extremist takeover, which poses a very real risk for us and the region,”

In a twisted logic, the bill purports to prevent “an extremist takeover” by supporting an Al Qaeda terrorist formation.

The Senate Committee on Foreign Relations voted 15-3 in favor of the proposed bill.

Ironically, the pro-Israeli lobby was also actively involved in lobbying in favor of aid to jihadist rebels. Israel has supported Al Nusrah militarily in areas adjacent to the occupied territories of the Golan Heights.

Senator Rand Paul from Kentucky voted against the bill, warning “You will be funding today the allies of al Qaeda” (quoted by RT)

Al Qaeda, Osama and “The Blowback”

Everybody knows that Al Qaeda is now directly supported by the US government.

The implications are far-reaching. It not only undermines the legitimacy of the “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT), it also cast doubt on the “blowback” thesis.

Moreover, it begs the embarrassing question: Why is the US president supporting Al Nusrah, which is on the US State Department list of terrorist organizations?

The CIA refers to the so-called “blowback” thesis whereby an “intelligence asset”, (i.e. the Islamic jihad) is said to “have gone against its sponsors”; ”

The sophisticated methods taught to the Mujahideen, and the thousands of tons of arms supplied to them by the US — and Britain — are now tormenting the West in the phenomenon known as `blowback’, whereby a policy strategy rebounds on its own devisers. (The Guardian, London, September 15, 2001).

“What we’ve created blows back in our face.” The US government and the CIA are portrayed as the ill-fated victims. The CIA had been tricked by a deceitful Osama. It’s like “a son going against his father”.

While the CIA acknowledges that the late Osama bin Laden, leader of Al Qaeda, was an “intelligence asset” during the Cold War, the relationship is said to “go way back”. In the wake of 9/11, news reports would invariably dismiss these Osama-CIA links as part of the “bygone era” of the Soviet-Afghan war. They are invariably described as “irrelevant” to an understanding of the post-9/11 era.

While the “blowback” thesis is an obvious fabrication, it has nonetheless served to provide legitimacy to the “Global War on Terrorism”. With “overt” support channeled by the US government to an Al Qaeda affiliated organization, the blowback thesis is no longer credible.

The evidence, however, amply confirms that the CIA never severed its ties to the “Islamic Militant Network”. Historically, US covert support to terrorists was a safely guarded secret, unknown to the broader public. Moreover, the CIA would never channel its support directly. It would proceed through its intelligence counterparts in Pakistan and Saudi Arabia.

Since the end of the Cold War, these covert intelligence links have not only been maintained, they have become increasingly sophisticated.

The broad political and media consensus in the wake of the 9/11 attacks was built around the blowback: Al Qaeda had attacked America. The Global War on Terrorism (GWOT) against Al Qaeda and its affiliates had been launched. Yet the evidence amply confirms that US intelligence continues to harbor several of terrorist organizations which are on the US State Department’s list.

Paradoxically, covert support to the terrorists by Western intelligence agencies (including the CIA, MI6, Germany’s BND) is an essential instrument of the “Global War on Terrorism”. Namely the war on terror to protect the Homeland is waged by using US-NATO sponsored terrorists and mercenaries as foot-soldiers of the Western military alliance.

The support provided covertly to “jihadist” terrorist organizations in the large number of countries (e.g. former Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Somalia, Yemen, Libya, Syria, Niger, Mali, Algeria, Egypt, etc.) have been used by the US-NATO alliance to destabilize sovereign countries.

Obama and Al Nusrah. The “State Sponsors of Terrorism”

Al Qaeda was identified as the mastermind of the 911 attacks on the World Trade Center Trade Center and the Pentagon.

Afghanistan in the wake of 9/11 was immediately identified as a “state sponsor of terrorism” leading to the bombing and invasion of Afghanistan by US and NATO forces on October 7, 2001. In turn, a gamut of counterterrorism legislation and executive orders were put in place in the immediate wake of the 9/11 attacks.

Executive Order 13224, signed by President George W. Bush on September 23, 2001 “authorizes the seizure of assets of organizations or individuals designated by the Secretary of the Treasury to assist, sponsor, or provide material or financial support or who are otherwise associated with terrorists.” (Sept. 23, 2001).

The US Congress passed the USA PATRIOT Act 2001, signed into law by President George W. Bush on October 26, 2001. The legislation was in response to the September 11, 2001 terrorist attack on the World Trade Centre and the Pentagon, which allegedly had been perpetrated by Al Qaeda.

According to the 2001 Patriot Act, those “who pay for the bomb”, namely those who fund affiliates of Al Qaeda, are terrorists. In the words of George W. Bush on September 11, 2001,  “We will make no distinction between the terrorists who committed these acts and those who harbor them.”

The Act pertains to the harboring and financing of territories organizations. Al Qaeda and its affiliates are defined in the PATRIOT Act as a terror network. Persons and organizations which support or abet Al Qaeda are considered as terrorists.

The Department of Justice “has prosecuted individuals and organizations for providing material support to the terrorist organization, while the Department of Treasury has frozen the assets of dozens of terrorist financiers and networks.” http://www.cfr.org/terrorist-organizations/al-qaedas-financial-pressures/p21347#p3

Similar measures, including the freezing of assets or organizations supportive of terrorism, were adopted in the European Union. “Since 2007, Britain’s Ministry of Finance has frozen the assets (PDF) of hundreds of individuals and organizations connected to al-Qaeda via its Asset Freezing Unit.” (Ibid)

National governments which provide support to Al Qaeda are categorised as “State-sponsors of terrorism”.

The designation is determined by the US State Department. In fact, the Secretary of State, namely John Kerry has the authority “to determine that the government of such country has repeatedly provided support for acts of international terrorism.” http://www.state.gov/j/ct/list/c14151.htm on the Counterterrorism Bureau see http://www.state.gov/j/ct/about/index.htm

Barack Obama and John Kerry: Are They “Terror Suspects”?

Now let us examine in more detail the Al Nusrah Front, which constitutes the main rebel fighting force in Syria. Al Nusrah is affiliated to Al Qaeda. The leader of Al Nusra, Abu Mohammad al-Golani, has pledged his allegiance to Al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri, who replaced Osama bin Laden after his death.

According to the State Department Bureau of Counter-terrorism, Jabhat al Nusrah, the main rebel force in Syria is a terrorist organization, an affiliate of Al Qaeda in Iraq (AQI).

The State Department has issued a “prohibition against knowingly providing, or attempting or conspiring to provide, material support or resources to, or engaging in transactions with, al-Nusrah Front, and the freezing of all property and interests in property of the organization that are in the United States, or come within the United States or the control of U.S. persons. (emphasis added). It is understood that United States Counterterrorism Policy also applies to “state sponsors of terrorism.

Al Nusrah is financed by Turkey, Qatar, Saudi Arabia and Israel in close consultation with NATO and the Pentagon.

The Obama administration has openly confirmed its support for the Syrian rebels with most of this aid channeled to Al Nusrah.

The PATRIOT Act “prohibits knowingly harboring persons who have committed or are about to commit a variety of terrorist offenses”.

Moreover, an entire gamut of executive orders as well as the 2001 Patriot legislation prohibit “the harboring of terrorists”.

According to the US Justice Department:

The Patriot Act imposed tough new penalties on those who commit and support terrorist operations, both at home and abroad.” The terror threat emanates both from “the terrorist who pays for a bomb as by the one who pushes the button”.

According to the Patriot legislation, those “who pay for the bomb”, namely funding affiliates of Al Qaeda, constitutes a terrorist act.

In other words, the Obama administration and its allies are harboring a terror organization which is on the US State department list.

In this regard, President Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry could be held responsible for “knowingly providing, or attempting or conspiring to provide, material support or resources to, or engaging in transactions with, al-Nusrah Front”: 

“The [PATRIOT] Act created a new offense that prohibits knowingly harboring persons who have committed or are about to commit a variety of terrorist offenses”, yet the Obama administration is openly supporting a terrorist entity, in violation of its own counterterrorism legislation.

Media Complicity

According to CNN, quoting intelligence sources, Al Nusrah is “the best-equipped arm of the terror group” in Syria, with an estimated 10,000 forces. Where do they get their money and weapons? CNN does not provide any details as to Why Al Nusrah is the best equipped, in relation to the various so-called moderate rebels factions, which from a military standpoint are broadly inoperative.

How many of these Al Nusrah forces remain operative following the government’s counteroffensive remains to be established.

Ironically, this latest CNN report (June 18, 2013 suggests that the rebels rather than the government have chemical weapons in their possession:

“They [Al Nusrah] are making desperate attempts to get chemical weapons,” the analyst told CNN, noting that in the past few weeks, security services in Iraq and Turkey arrested [Al Nusrah] operatives who were “trying to get their hands on sarin.”

In relation to the later, Turkish Police confirmed that the arrested Al Nusrah operative was in possession of sarin gas.

CNN contradicts its own reports. The same CNN article which intimated that the rebels were “attempting to get” chemical weapons, makes the case for “arming the rebels”:

The Obama administration announced last week that it will start arming rebels because Syria crossed a “red line” by using chemical weapons – including sarin gas – against the opposition.

The development is likely to be at the center of the Group of Eight summit in Northern Ireland on Monday, setting a riveting backdrop to the meeting after Syria’s longtime ally Russia said the move supports “those who kill their enemies and eat their organs.”

…Obama has not detailed the increased military support, but Washington officials told CNN that the plan includes providing small arms, ammunition and possibly anti-tank weapons to the rebels.

The Broader Implications of Obama’s Support of Al Nusrah

The blowback thesis is now defunct. The US has never ceased to support al Qaeda. These terrorist organizations were created by US intelligence and supported by Washington. The blowback thesis is refuted not only by Obama’s “overt support” of Al Nusrah but also with regard to the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG), an Al Qaeda affiliate, which was directly supported by NATO from the outset of the insurgency and Libya bombing campaign in 2011.

The “Global War on Terrorism” (GWOT) has become an increasingly fragile concept. Waging a “War on Terrorism” with the active participation of an Al Qaeda affiliated organization constitutes a obvious fallacy, a big lie, a non sequitur.

The propaganda and media disinformation campaign behind the “Global War on Terrorism” has also entered a dead alley. Going after the terrorists by supporting the terrorists? Will the American public support a government which funnels billions of tax dollars to a terrorist organization as a means of “combating terrorism”?

The Pentagon’s post-911 military doctrine is predicated on the “Global War on Terrorism”. It is a consensus within US military. It is used in the recruitment, training and indoctrination of US forces. Will American servicemen and women accept to swallow the big lie and fight in what visibly constitutes a fake “war on terrorism”.

President Obama’s “overt” support to Syria’s Al Qaeda rebels “opens up a can of worms”. How are we to categorize an American President who says he is committed to fighting Al Qaeda, while at the same time supporting Al Qaeda?

The entire Homeland Security doctrine tumbles like a deck of cards.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Fearless Investigative Journalist Michael Hastings Dead at 33

0

Most obituaries about Michael Hastings’ (shown) untimely death in a high-speed single-car crash at 4:30 a.m. on Tuesday morning in Los Angeles mentioned his primary and most visible contribution to investigative journalism: his authorship of “The Runaway General” in Rolling Stone magazine which led almost immediately to the dismissal of General Stanley McChrystal by President Obama on June 23, 2010. The president referred directly to Hastings’ article:

The conduct represented in the recently published article [in Rolling Stone] does not meet the standard that should be set by a commanding general. It undermines the civilian control of the military that is at the core of our democratic system. And it erodes the trust that’s necessary for our team to work together to achieve our objectives in Afghanistan.

Admirers said his reporting of General McChrystal’s rude behavior and mocking attitude toward his commander-in-chief and his staff was pure Hastings: indefatigable, irascible, offensive, and honest. Rolling Stone, in its announcement of Hastings’ death, wrote that Hastings’ “hallmark as a reporter was his refusal to cozy up to power. He had little patience for flacks and spinmeisters and will be remembered for his enthusiastic breaches of the conventions of access journalism.”

Hastings spoke earlier this year at the Burlington, Vermont, Book Festival and told his audience that he didn’t believe in objectivity in journalism. Instead, he explained, “What I try to do is be intellectually honest in my writing.”

Although known primarily for writing incisively about the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, he attacked other topics just as fearlessly. Said BuzzFeed’s editor-in-chief, for whom Hastings had worked for only a few months before his death, “Michael was a great, fearless journalist with an incredible instinct for the story, and a gift for finding ways to make his readers care about anything he covered, from wars to politicians.”

BuzzFeed gave Hastings credit for exposing McChrystal for his arrogance and condescension to his superiors:

Michael’s most famous story, the one that got General Stanley McChrystal fired, was a great yarn, but it was also about something [else]: a military leadership that had turned its tactical sophistication inward, and trapped a president it disdained into a war he didn’t want to fight. The story helped push the American government to pull out of Afghanistan, not because a general said some bad words, but because those words conveyed the general’s sense of superiority to his civilian masters.

Hastings was frankly surprised at McChrystal’s firing: “I did not think Gen. McChrystal would be fired. In fact, I thought his position [as commander of NATO forces in Afghanistan] was basically untouchable. I thought [my article] would give them a headache for maybe 72 hours.”

A measure of Hastings’ irascibility was noted when began working for BuzzFeed. During conversations leading up to his being hired, Hastings demanded a special paragraph in his contract protecting him against his being fired for angering and insulting people while doing his work:

I’d need a clause somewhere in the contract that says if BuzzFeed fires me for saying or writing something controversial or offensive on BuzzFeed or on Twitter or elsewhere, there will have to be some kind of severance payment.

I have a demonstrated ability to really piss powerful people off, and I would need some kind of assurance that BuzzFeed has my back, 120 percent.

What he was seeking was the freedom to write what he saw and hang the consequences. His article on McChrystal led to his writing of The Operators, which was published last November and which the New York Times called “an impressive feat of journalism by a Washington outsider who seemed to know more about what was going on in Washington than most insiders did.”

His versatility was extraordinary. In February, 2011, Hastings tackled another runaway general who was illegally employing “psy-ops” on unsuspecting politicians and opinion-makers to persuade them to continue supporting a failing war effort. Wrote Hastings:

Those singled out in the campaign included senators John McCain, Joe Lieberman, Jack Reed, Al Franken and Carl Levin; Rep. Steve Israel of the House Appropriations Committee; Adm. Mike Mullen of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; the Czech ambassador to Afghanistan; the German interior minister, and a host of influential think-tank analysts.

The incident offers an indication of just how desperate the U.S. command in Afghanistan is to spin American civilian leaders into supporting an increasingly unpopular war.

Hastings was able to arrange a one-on-one interview with WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange in January, 2012, and capture the essence of Assange’s motivation behind his controversial exposure of hundreds of thousands of diplomatic cables:

From the glory days of American radicalism, which was the American Revolution, I think that Madison’s view on government is still unequaled. That people determined to be in a democracy, to be their own governments, must have the power that knowledge will bring – because knowledge will always rule ignorance. You can either be informed and [be] your own rulers or you can be ignorant and have someone else, who is not ignorant, rule over you.

The question is, where has the United States betrayed Madison and Jefferson, betrayed these basic values on how you keep a democracy? I think that the U.S. military-industrial complex and the majority of politicians in Congress have betrayed those values.

Hastings told the captivating story behind the RQ-170 Sentinel, a U.S. military drone that was lost in November 2011 over Tehran, Iran, and then turned up on display in a local gymnasium there. Wrote Hastings:

The Iranian military displayed the captured aircraft as a trophy; an American flag hung beneath the drone, its stars replaced with skulls. The drone looked nearly unscathed, as if it had landed on a runway. The Iranians declared that such surveillance flights represented an “act of war,” and threatened to retaliate by attacking U.S. military bases. President Obama demanded that Iran return the drone, but the damage was done.

Hastings explored the plight of a 23-year-old-soldier who was captured by the Taliban in 2009, Bowe Bergdahl, who, four years later, still remains rotting in a cell somewhere in Pakistan.

His acerbic, fearless writing will be missed. When the autopsy is completed on BuzzFeed and Rolling Stone investigative journalist Michael Hastings, it is likely there will be found at least one substance in his bloodstream: courage.

Photo of Michael Hastings: AP Images

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Doubt Surrounds Claims of NSA Success in Foiling Terrorist Attacks

0

NSA Director General Keith Alexander (shown), testifying along with officials from the Justice Department in a rare public oversight hearing by the House Intelligence Committee, claimed that more than 50 terror plots had been discovered and prevented thanks to the highly classified data collections.

But a jury conviction cited in a deputy attorney general’s claim about a terrorist plot never occurred, and at least two other cases he cited appear not to support the claim that they were solved through the National Security Agency’s massive collection of telephone records and Internet communications

Alexander told the House Intelligence Committee, “In the 12 years since the attacks on Sept. 11, we have lived in relative safety and security as a nation. That security is a direct result of the intelligence community’s quiet efforts to better connect the dots and learn from the mistakes that permitted those attacks to occur on 9/11.”

Deputy Attorney General Sean Joyce cited four recently declassified cases as examples of how the system worked to apprehend terrorists. In one case, Joyce said, the NSA discovered a terrorist in Yemen was talking to a man in Kansas City, Missouri, named Khalid Ouazzani. With a warrant from the secret Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, agents were then able to search Ouazzani’s electronic communications. They discovered that he and two other conspirators were “in the very initial stages” of a plot to blow up the New York Stock Exchange, Joyce said.

Rep. Mac Thornberry (R-Texas) wanted to know if it was a serious plot Joyce was describing or merely “something that they kind of dreamed about.”

“I think the jury considered it serious, since they were all convicted,” Joyce replied. That appeared to settle the matter – but for the fact that there was no trial or jury for Ouazzani, who was neither charged with nor convicted of any domestic terrorist plot. He did admit to sending money to al-Qaeda and pled guilty to bank fraud and “conspiracy to provide material assistance to a terrorist organization.” His plea bargain agreement made no mention of the alleged bombing plot, CNN Money reported.

“Khalid Ouazzani had nothing to do with any plot to blow up the New York Stock Exchange,” his lawyer, Robin Fowler, said.

Two alleged co-conspirators in the bombing plot, Sabirhan Hasanoff and Wesam El-Hanafi, both from Brooklyn, also pled guilty to providing material support to terrorism. The New York Times cited a sentencing memorandum filed by prosecutors, stating that Hasanoff, “at the direction of a terrorist leader,” conducted surveillance on the Stock Exchange and sent the leader a one-page report of it. “The report was rudimentary and of limited use” for any terrorist operation, the memo said, while recommending a 20-year sentence for Hasanoff. Joshua Dratel, the lawyer for Hasanoff, told the Times that Joyce’s description of the case to the House committee was “astonishing,” since none of the defendants was charged with the stock exchange allegation and there was no jury trial in any of the cases.

Joyce discussed in brief two other cases officials have previously claimed were solved through NSA surveillance. They involved an alleged 2009 conspiracy to detonate a bomb in the New York City subway system and the apprehension of David Headley, a Chicago resident convicted for his role in the 2008 terrorist attack in Mumbai, India. Those cases have also been cited by Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.) and Rep.Mike Rogers (R-Mich.), chairmen, respectively, of the Senate and House Intelligence Committees, in defense of the NSA surveillance programs. Rogers was especially emphatic in the case of Najibullah Zazi, the would-be subway bomber.

“I can tell you, in the Zazi case in New York, it’s exactly the program that was used,” Rogers said in a recent interview on ABC’s This Week. “I think the Zazi case is so important, because that’s one you can specifically show that this was the key piece that allowed us to stop a bombing in the New York subway system.”

But investigators did not discover Zazi and his interest in bomb-making through a daily collection of billions of personal e-mail messages. A 2009 National Public Radio report, citing as sources “law enforcement officials close to the Zazi case,” said the Afghanistan native came to the FBI’s attention through a tip from officials of the Pakistani government whom Zazi had met with al-Qaeda operatives there. When Zazi, a Denver-area shuttle bus driver, returned to the United States, he was put under surveillance that included court-approved wiretaps and intercepts of his text messages. But it was only after a physical search of the Zazi’s car and the laptop computer found in it that investigators concluded they had enough evidence to arrest successfully prosecute him.

Sam Rascoff, who used to work on terrorism cases for the intelligence unit of the New York Police Department, credited the effective use of the “old tools” for Zazi’s apprehension. “I think what’s striking about the Zazi case is not so much that new tools were being used, but that old tools were being used in a comprehensive fashion,” he told NPR. “And that they were being stitched together in a thoughtful, strategic way, so that one tool naturally gave way to another.”

Pakistani-American Daood Gilani, aka David Headley, was sentenced to 35 years in prison for his role in scouting out targets for the terrorists who bombed the Taj Mahal Towers Hotel and other sites in the 2008 city-wide attack in Mumbai that killed more than 160 people. Two of Headley’s three wives said they had warned U.S. officials of Headley’s terrorist ties. One of them said she told federal officials in New York in 2005 that Headley – who authorities later confirmed was an informant for the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration in Pakistan – had boasted of working for the DEA while training with the militant Pakistani organization Lashkar-e-Taiba, the group behind the Mumbai assault. The other wife, described by the New York Times as a young Moroccan woman, said she told officials at the U.S. Embassy in Islamabad, Pakistan, less than a year before the Mumbai event that her husband was plotting an attack.

“I told them, he’s either a terrorist, or he’s working for you,” she recalled. “Indirectly, they told me to get lost.”

The FBI arrested Headley in October of 2009, nearly a year after the Mumbai bombings, following a discovery by British intelligence of his meetings with militants plotting an attack on a Danish newspaper for publishing cartoon depictions of the Prophet Mohammed.

The other case cited by Joyce involved a group of men in San Diego convicted of sending money to an extremist group in Somalia.

General Alexander said the NSA will discuss more cases as the agency determines it is safe to declassify them, though the majority must remain secret for security reasons. Perhaps future disclosures concerning the NSA’s success in finding terrorists and preventing terrorist attacks will be more persuasive than what has been revealed thus far.

Photo of NSA Director General Keith Alexander: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘Indian troops kill Kashmiri girl’

0

Indian soldiers take position at a military camp in Gurez, some 160 kilometers (100 miles) north of Srinagar, on August 20, 2011.

A 10-year old Pakistani girl has been killed and her mother wounded in a cross-border firing from the Indian troops in the disputed Kashmir region, officials say.

The incident took place on Wednesday in Battal area of Rawlakot District near the the Line of Control (LoC) — the de facto border that divides Kashmir between Pakistan and India.

“Indian troops resorted to small arms and artillery fire in Battal area, killing a 10-year old girl and wounding her mother,” AFP quoted a senior Pakistani security official as saying on condition of anonymity.

He said the incident sparked fire exchange between the border soldiers of the two rivals.

On Tuesday, a 65-year old woman was wounded after Indian troops opened fire on a small village in the town of Kotli along the LoC.

Last week, Pakistan said that two Indian fighter jets violated its airspace in Punjab Province and flew over the Pakistani territory for two minutes.

Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 65 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official count, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 100,000.

DB/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Stocks Slide as Bernanke Announces More QE Infinity

0

JeeYeon Park
cnbc.com
June 19, 2013

Stocks accelerated their selloff in the final hour of trading to end near session lows Wednesday, after the Federal Reserve said it will maintain its bond-buying program, though Chairman Ben Bernanke hinted that the FOMC plans to moderate purchases later this year.

“They don’t tie themselves officially into anything but it’s clearly what they’re going to do,” said Jim Paulsen, chief investment strategist at Wells Capital Management. “I think he’s more clearly said today than at any other time that he’s going to taper before the end of the year, and there’s a possibility he could be done by the middle of next year.”

The Dow Jones Industrial Average tumbled more than 200 points, wiping out most of its gains from the last two sessions. The blue-chip index logged its seventh-straight triple-digit move.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 3:24 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Largest Toxic Wastewater Spill Goes Unreported for 11 Days

0

Toxic wastewater pools in the woods north of Zama City, Alberta. (Photo: @hilarybirdcbc/ Twitter)When toxic wastewater spills in the woods and no one’s there to see it, does it leave a mark?

Or, rather, when the agency responsible for the property fails to report it, can it just go away?

These are the questions raised following reports that Alberta Canada’s regulatory agency waited eleven days to disclose that 2.5 million gallons had leaked from a ruptured wastewater pipeline belonging to Apache in the province’s Zama City, amounting to “the biggest wastewater spill in North American history.”

The spill was reportedly first spotted in the remote region on June 1 by a plane belonging to the Texas-based oil and gas company.

Although Apache notified Alberta’s Energy Resources Conservation Board the same day, The Huffington Post reports that the agency waited until June 12 to release a public statement.

“This is a massive spill of toxics into one of the most important wetlands in Canada, if not the world,” said Greenpeace spokesman Keith Stewart. “The government shouldn’t be trying to hide these kinds of things.” He added that the wastewater is “full of toxic compounds.”

Local First Nations leaders are pressing the Oil Giant for more information regarding the rupture and subsequent leak.

 “There are wildlife impacts and water and land impacts,” said Sidney Chambaud, a band councilor with the Dene Tha’ tribe, in an interview with The Canadian Press. “Right now within that area the trees, the vegetation and the soil are dead. The water is contaminated.”

The Press continues:

Chambaud said the 42-hectare spill is so large it raises questions about how long the pipeline that carries water used in oil and natural gas operations had been leaking.

He said some band members believe the pipeline had been leaking since the winter, but no one noticed it until earlier this month.

“There are indications that the spill occurred earlier, during the winter season, but due to ice and snow it wasn’t discovered.”

Chambaud said water from the spill has leaked into a stream that runs through a small aboriginal community and onto land used by band members to hunt and trap.

Following news of the spill, Bob Curran, a spokesman for Alberta’s ERC Board told the Huffington Post that at first it didn’t seem necessary to alert the public of the leak. He added that there are hundreds of spills every year in Alberta and that the agency doesn’t alert people “unless there is a public or environmental impact, or an ongoing operational issue.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Navajos Launch Direct Action Against Big Coal

0

(Photo by Black Mesa Water Coalition)Navajo Nation members launched a creative direct action Tuesday to protest the massive coal-fueled power plant that cuts through their Scottsdale, Arizona land.

After a winding march, approximately 60 demonstrators used a massive solar-powered truck to pump water from the critical Central Arizona Project (CAP) canal into barrels for delivery to the reservation.

Flanked by supporters from across the United States, tribe members created a living example of what a Navajo-led transition away from coal toward solar power in the region could look like.

Participants waved colorful banners and signs declaring ‘Power Without Pollution, Energy Without Injustice’.

“We were a small group moving a small amount of water with solar today,” declared Wahleah Johns with Black Mesa Water Coalition. “However if the political will power of the Obama Administration and SRP were to follow and transition NGS to solar all Arizonans could have reliable water and power without pollution and without injustice.”

The demonstration was not only symbolic: the reservation needs the water they were collecting.

While this Navajo community lives in the shadow of the Navajo Generating Station–the largest coal-powered plant in the Western United States–many on the reservation do not have running water and electricity themselves and are forced to make the drive to the canal to gather water for cooking and cleaning.

This is despite the fact that the plant–owned by Salt River Project and the U.S. Department of Interior–pumps electricity throughout Arizona, Nevada, and California.

Yet, the reservation does get one thing from the plant: pollution.

The plant is “one of the largest sources of harmful nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions in the country,” according to the Environmental Protection Agency.

While plant profiteers argue it brings jobs to the area, plant workers describe harrowing work conditions. “We are the sweatshop workers for the state of AZ, declared Navajo tribe member Marshall Johnson. “We are the mine workers, and we are the ones that must work even harder so the rest don’t have to.”

These problems are not limited to this Navajo community. Krystal Two Bulls from Lame Deer, Missouri–who came to Arizona to participate in the action–explained, “We’re also fighting coal extraction that is right next to our reservation, which is directly depleting our water source.”

The action marked the kickoff to the national Our Power Campaign, under the banner of Climate Justice Alliance, that unites almost 40 U.S.-based organizations rooted in Indigenous, African American, Latino, Asian Pacific Islander, and working-class white communities to fight for a transition to just, climate friendly economies.

(Photo by Black Mesa Water Coalition)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

FBI Director Admits 'Drones Are Watching You'

0

Suspicions confirmed. FBI Director Robert Mueller admitted Wednesday before a Senate judiciary committee hearing that the agency employs domestic drones for surveillance use over US soil.

FBI Director Robert Mueller admitted before a Senate judiciary committee that the spy agency employs drones for domestic surveillance. (Photo: AP File) “Our footprint is very small,” Mueller told the committee. “We have very few and have limited use.” He added that, though there are currently no rules governing the use of domestic surveillance drones, the FBI was in “the initial stages” of “exploring guidelines” for their use.

The Guardian reports:

It is known that drones are used by border control officials and have been used by some local law enforcement authorities and Department of Homeland Security in criminal cases.

Mueller said he wasn’t sure if there were official agreements with these other agencies.

“To the extent that it relates to the air space there would be some communication back and forth [between agencies],” Mueller said.

The revelation came as Mueller was defending the National Security Administration’s widespread surveillance of Americans’ phone and internet records, which has been the subject of growing condemnation due to what critics call the clear erosion of civil liberties and privacy in the country.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Militants, Syrian troops clash near shrine

0

Foreign-backed militants in Syria have clashed with members of the Syrian army near the shrine of Hazrat Zeinab (AS) south of Damascus.

Syrian state television said on Wednesday that the government troops managed to push the militants out of a neighborhood called al-Bahdaliya near the holy shrine.

The militants also claimed that they took control of a hospital in a village south of the neighborhood.

The shrine is located 16 kilometers (10 miles) south of the capital. Hazrat Zeinab (AS) is the daughter of the first Shia Imam, Imam Ali (PBUH), and Hazrat Fatemeh (PBUH) — Prophet Mohammad’s daughter.

In May, foreign-sponsored militants desecrated the shrine of Hujr ibn Adi — a close companion (sahaba) of Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) and a staunch supporter of Imam Ali (PBUH) — in a northeastern suburb of Damascus, exhumed his body, and took it to an unknown location.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Communist Chinese Regime Forcing Rural Population Into Cities

0

The communist dictatorship ruling over mainland China has a new centrally planned plot in the works, a controversial scheme that seeks to force hundreds of millions of farmers from rural areas to regime-dominated mega-cities being built across the nation. According to news reports, much of the land is being seized by force as the Chinese Communist Party works fiendishly to pack people into shoddy cookie-cutter buildings and cities sprouting up all over the country.

More than a few analysts, of course, have cited former Chinese dictator Mao Tse Tung’s central planning schemes, which killed tens of millions of innocent people through starvation and even outright murder. While the late communist tyrant was obsessed with forcing “industrialization” on China from the top down, the regime’s newest crop of autocrats is similarly determined to foist what is dubbed “urbanization” on the Chinese.

It appears increasingly clear that the vast rural population will be forced to submit and “urbanize” whether they like it or not – all for their own benefit, of course, the regime and its propagandists insist. The latest development, though, follows decades of centrally planned disasters triggered by Communist Party plans to redesign society.

Among the worst was the murderous “Cultural Revolution,” a program started by mass-murderer Mao designed to centralize and solidify communist control by attacking traditions, vestiges of the market system, and especially dissidents. Another tragedy brought about by the regimes scheming: the so-called “Great Leap Forward,” which was supposed to modernize the country away from its agricultural roots but actually led to the “Great Chinese Famine” and tens of millions dead. 

According to a report in the New York Times, the latest communist plan aims to relocate some 250 million rural people into urban areas over the next 12 years. The U.K. Telegraph, meanwhile, reported separately that around 400 million Chinese from the countryside were in the regime’s crosshairs to be corralled into sprawling new centrally planned cities being erected all across China. Bloomberg Businessweek said about half of China’s rural population of 650 million would be relocated by “nudging, urging, and sometimes forcing farmers and their families to settle in China’s cities.”   

News reports about the effort in establishment publications have largely been focusing on relatively trivial potential problems stemming from the scheme: unemployment, pollution, slums, pensions, and other matters. Most of them contain quotes from people celebrating their new lives in regime-run cities, though a few quote people who were forcibly evicted. However, buried deep within the articles, the truth about what is really going on becomes more apparent. 

For example, about half-way into the recent report by the New York Times, which has long been criticized for sugar-coating or even concealing communist atrocities, readers find out that the plan will essentially be implemented at the barrel of a gun. “Efforts have been made to improve the attractiveness of urban life, but the farmers caught up in the programs typically have no choice but to leave their land,” the paper admits.

Of course, the dictatorship’s “constitution” states that all land in China is owned collectively – in other words, the regime calls the shots and property rights, at least as Americans know them, are not a barrier to the grand scheme. However, as Beijing and its lower-level minions across the country work to kick farmers off the land they farm, unrest is growing, and conflicts between authorities and farmers are becoming increasingly frequent. 

In a 2011 survey cited in various media reports, a U.S.-based organization known as Landesa Rural Development Institute found that almost 45 percent of Chinese villagers said regime functionaries had seized or tried to take their land. “There’s this feeling that we have to modernize, we have to urbanize and this is our national-development strategy,” Landesa China director Gao Yu was quoted as saying. “It’s almost like another Great Leap Forward.”

Amnesty International, meanwhile, reported last year that at least 41 Chinese people had set themselves on fire from 2009 to 2011 to protest the widespread confiscation of land and property. The real numbers are probably much higher, but the dictatorship enforces an Orwellian censorship regime that aims to prevent the world and the people of China from knowing what the communist despots are doing.

“The problem of forced evictions represents the single most significant source of popular discontent in China,” the U.S.-based human rights group warned in its report. Under the new plan, however, the long-simmering outrage is likely to keep growing as the repressive regime gobbles up ever-greater quantities of land while dislocating hundreds of millions of people.

Unsurprisingly, Beijing, its legions of propagandists, and its Western apologists all claim that the “Great Uprooting,” as the New York Times put it, will benefit China and the victims of forced re-location. “Urbanization will usher in a huge amount of consumption and investment demand, increase job opportunities, create wealth for farmers, and bring benefits to the people,” the dictatorship’s new “Premier,” Li Keqiang, announced at a press conference.

Lower-level functionaries for the regime echoed those claims in media interviews. Vice director Li Xiangyang, with the dictatorship’s “Institute of World Economics and Politics,” for example, argued that forcing farmers into cities would force them to consume more. “If half of China’s population starts consuming, growth is inevitable,” he claimed. “Right now they are living in rural areas where they do not consume.”

Another argument advanced by proponents of the radical plot – described by the leftist U.K. Guardian as “the biggest and fastest social movement in human history” that is “turning Chinese society on its head” – is the notion that farming could become more efficient and “sustainable” if small farms were eradicated and replaced by massive operations. The regime’s “premier” made similar claims about the plan, estimated to cost upwards of $5 trillion.

Also part of the agenda is enforcing more so-called “sustainability” and pseudo-environmentalist policies on China – a highly polluted nation thanks in large part to communism, central planning, and a lack of real property rights. While a controversial United Nations scheme known as Agenda 21 has so far largely stayed out of the limelight in relation to the Chinese regime’s latest plan, the similarities between the UN’s planetary vision and the “urbanization” plan are remarkable.

To analysts who have followed China, the UN, so-called “sustainability,” and the role of the Western establishment in all of it, however, the communist autocracy’s new plot is hardly surprising. Billionaire banker and self-styled globalist David Rockefeller, for example, wrote fondly of Mao’s mass-murdering agenda as early as the 1970s. “The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in history,” he claimed in a 1973 piece for the New York Times.

Other globalist pseudo-environmentalist advocates for the UN, sustainability, and the Chinese regime include people like Maurice Strong, former Earth Summit boss. Twenty years after the original 1992 Earth Summit, a senior Chinese Communist Party member chaired the UN Conference on Sustainable Development in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Beijing’s latest “Five Year Plan” is also filled with “green” references.

While only outlines of the Chinese “urbanization” plan exist publicly at the moment, analysts say more concrete information on how hundreds of millions of farmers will be herded into cities should emerge after the Communist Party’s “Third Plenum” meeting in the fall. The autocrats have reportedly asked the World Bank to help create “sustainable” proposals to “urbanize” the hundreds of millions of people.

What is almost certain at this point, however, is that, like all centrally planned efforts to restructure an entire society, Chinese people – and especially the peasants – can expect extra doses of misery and brutality. Forced evictions, like forced abortions, already run rampant in China. There is little doubt that the “urbanization” scheme will make it worse.

The dictatorship ruling from Beijing has already developed a reputation as among the most repressive and barbaric in the world – and even throughout human history. Despite Rockefeller’s claims of “success,” the coming decade will undoubtedly see countless additional crimes perpetrated by the Chinese Communist Party in its zeal to uproot innocent citizens to suit the grand designs of their rulers. Whether justice will be served, however, depends on how the people of China react.

Photo of Shanghai skyline

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it. .

Related articles:

Israeli Leaders Blast Chinese Regime’s Organ Harvesting, Persecution

Chinese General Who Threatened to Nuke U.S. Leads Delegation to DC

The Most Dangerous Man In The World

The Real Agenda Behind UN “Sustainability” Unmasked

Hu Gets Red-carpet Treatment at White House

George Soros Touts China as Leader of New World Order

Kissinger Sings Convergence Theme With China’s “Red Song” Choir

Obama’s China Trade Solution: Give Them Our Hi-Tech

Communist Propaganda Song Performed at White House

Obama and Hu’s Sino-U.S. Summit

Chinese Spying in the United States

China Betrayed Into Communism

Communist China Blasts Second Amendment, U.S. Human-rights Record

China’s Churches Face Renewed Government Persecution

Communist China Lobbying to Take Over U.S. Oil, Lawmakers Still Concerned

China: The New Investment Savior?

Remembering the Mass-murderer Mao

China Buys Hollywood Influence with Takeover of Top U.S. Cinema Chain

Communist China Uses “Journalists” as Spies, Ex-Xinhua Writer Confirms

Fed Approves First Communist Chinese Takeover of U.S. Bank

The Chinese Want Gun Control – in America

GMO Giant Monsanto Joins Big Business Coalition for UN Agenda 21

Powerful New Video Explores How Agenda 21 Will Affect You

UN Sustainability Summit Exposed: Big Business, Dictators, and NGOs

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Putin Soft-pedals Stalin

0

Leonid Bershidsky
bloomberg.com
June 19, 2013

Like Josef Stalin before him, Russian President Vladimir Putin has decided that schoolchildren are confronted with too many versions of their country’s history.

So he’s planning to provide his own.

This week, the newspaper Vedomosti published a document in which government officials set out guidelines for a definitive series of history textbooks, meant to replace the myriad texts currently being used in Russian schools. Under Putin’s orders, the Russian Academy of Sciences and the Historical Society must submit proposals for the official books by November 1, after a public discussion period.

History has always been a political issue in Russia. In the 1980s, the Soviet Union was arguably undermined as much by a flood of public revelations about Stalin’s purges as by falling energy prices. Now, as Putin works to establish a new Russian ideology, based on Orthodox Christian values and a sense of national pride, he needs his own official version of history for the classroom.

Former GMO Engineer Drops Biotech and Goes Organic

0

Organic Connections
June 19, 2013

The “con­ver­sion” of for­mer anti-GMO activist Mark Lynas to GMO pro­moter has gar­nered huge media atten­tion, but Thierry Vrain, Ph.D., a for­mer genetic engi­neer who speaks out against the risks of genet­i­cally engi­neered foods, has far more credibility–and a far more impor­tant story to tell the public.

Thierry Vrain’s career has spanned the full range of agriculture–from being a pro­po­nent of “chem­i­cal” agri­cul­ture and genetic engi­neer­ing to being an advo­cate for organic farm­ing and an oppo­nent of GMOs.

A native of France, Vrain earned an under­grad­u­ate degree in plant phys­i­ol­ogy from the Université de Caen and a doc­toral degree from North Carolina State University. After mov­ing to Canada he taught plant phys­i­ol­ogy at Université du Québec in Montréal. Then he worked for 30 years as a research sci­en­tist for the Canadian gov­ern­ment in Québec and British Columbia where he con­ducted research on genet­i­cally mod­i­fied pota­toes, among other projects. He was direc­tor of the biotech­nol­ogy depart­ment at the Pacific Agri-Food Research Centre in Summerland, BC.

After 35 years of research and teach­ing of soil and mol­e­c­u­lar biol­ogy, Vrain retired to a small farm in Courtenay, BC called Innisfree. Today, Thierry Vrain is a gar­dener, a teacher, and a pas­sion­ate speaker about organic gardening–from soil health to GMOs.

Ken Roseboro: Tell me a lit­tle more about your background.

Thierry Vrain: I worked in three research insti­tutes in Montreal, Vancouver, and Summerland. I was the head of a research group using mol­e­c­u­lar biol­ogy tools. We worked on food crops. I was genet­i­cally engi­neer­ing small fruit and pota­toes for nema­tode resis­tance using the snow­drop lectin gene.

The genet­i­cally engi­neered apple (now under reg­u­la­tory review in the US and Canada) orig­i­nated in our group though I wasn’t involved with the research.

KR: Did you speak pub­licly in favor of genetic engi­neer­ing when you were at Agriculture Canada?  

Vrain: Yes, I just took it on as my job. I explained the safety of the tech­nol­ogy to the pub­lic and did a good amount of lec­tur­ing, edu­cat­ing small groups.

KR: What led you to change from a sup­porter of genet­i­cally mod­i­fied foods to an opponent?

Vrain: I have some dif­fi­cul­ties with how the con­tro­versy is han­dled. If you aren’t a sci­en­tist you don’t under­stand the sci­ence. If you are a sci­en­tist and dis­cover things that are of con­cern, then you are accused of doing “pseu­do­science” and often viciously attacked by the indus­try and aca­d­e­mics on the pay­roll. This has hap­pened many times, for exam­ple to Arpad Pusztai in England and then Ignacio Chapela, who dis­cov­ered GMO con­t­a­m­i­na­tion in native corn in Mexico. He was attacked and almost fired from his post at the University of California. A year later his find­ings were confirmed.

There are now quite a num­ber of research pub­li­ca­tions, in peer reviewed jour­nals, show­ing con­cerns from feed­ing GM corn and soy to rats. Those stud­ies are ignored and shouldn’t be. Federal agen­cies should repeat the stud­ies and must test these crops for safety.

Read More

Dumb Law, Dumber Preacher

0

Laurence M. Vance
lewrockwell.com
June 19, 2013

The legislature of the state of Colorado recently passed, and the governor signed into law, a bill to repeal an antiquated state law that criminalized adultery. The only thing worse than such a dumb law is an even dumber preacher who bemoans its repeal.

Colorado House Bill 13-1166 repeals two sections of the Colorado Revised Statutes. Section 18-6-501, on adultery: “Any sexual intercourse by a married person other than with that person’s spouse is adultery, which is prohibited,” and section 18-7-208, on promoting sexual immorality:

Any person who, for pecuniary gain, furnishes or makes available to another person any facility, knowing that the same is to be used for or in aid of sexual intercourse between persons who are not husband and wife, or for or in aid of deviate sexual intercourse, or who advertises in any manner that he furnishes or is willing to furnish or make available any such facility for such purposes, commits promoting sexual immorality.

Although adultery was illegal, no criminal penalty was specified. However, promoting sexual immorality was a class 2 misdemeanor.

The bill was introduced on January 30 in the Colorado House and on March 13 in the Colorado Senate. It passed the House Judiciary Committee by a vote of 8-3 and the full House by a vote of 37-26. It passed the Senate Judiciary Committee by a vote of 3-2 and the full Senate by a vote of 23-10. It was signed into law by Governor John Hickenlooper on March 22. The bill takes effect on August 7.

Every “no” vote was a Republican vote. And only 4 Republicans out of 40 in the legislature voted in favor of the repeal bill. Republican Sen. Kevin Lundberg opposed the bill, arguing that the law is not archaic and that moral standards continue to be important.

I may not agree with anything else that Denver Democratic Rep. Daniel Kagan, an original supporter of the repeal bill, ever said or ever will say, but this comment he made about the bill is right on: “I see it as saying adultery is a matter between a spouse and his conscience and his God, but not his local sheriff.”

Laws that criminalize adultery or “promoting sexual immorality” are dumb laws. There is no other way to describe them. As legal scholar Jonathan Turley said in 2011 when a similar attempt at repeal failed: “These laws harken back to an earlier period, where a majority of citizens claimed the right to impose their values and morals on their neighbors. The notion of a government policing immorality runs against the grain of our constitutional system. That is more often associated with countries like Iran, where morality police roam the streets.” It is ridiculous to say, as Jessica Haverkate, director of Colorado Family Action, a political arm of Focus on the Family, did in 2011 that repealing the adultery law encourages “the moral decay of our society.” Sorry, Jessica, but the morals of society have already decayed. And no one in Colorado who wanted to commit adultery was deterred by any dumb law against adultery. Laws that legislate morality are not what keep morality from decaying. If this were so, then no adultery would have taken place in Colorado during the last century.

The only thing dumber than a dumb law is a dumb preacher who defends it.

Dr. R. Albert Mohler appears to be an intelligent man. He is the president of the Southern Baptist Theological Seminary in Louisville, Kentucky. He holds a Th.M. and a Ph.D. (in systematic and historical theology) from the seminary where he is now the president. He also teaches at the seminary and edits its theological journal. Time calls him the “reigning intellectual of the evangelical movement in the U.S.” The Chicago Tribune terms him “an articulate voice for conservative Christianity at large.” Mohler is the author of several books, writes a popular blog, has a daily podcast, has appeared on national news programs, has been widely published, and has lectured at many prestigious institutions.

Back in March, when the Colorado legislature was considering the repeal of its adultery law, Mohler weighed in favor of keeping the law on the books. Explained Mohler:

Throughout most of human history, morality and law were united and in agreement when it came to the reality of adultery and the larger context of sexual immorality. Laws criminalizing adultery were adopted because the society believed that marriage was central to its own existence and flourishing, and that adultery represented a dagger struck at the heart of the society, as well as the heart of marriage.

Marriage was not considered merely a private arrangement. Every society regulates marriage, and most have adopted clear and punitive sanctions against adultery. But the moral and cultural revolutions of the past several decades have shifted the meaning of marriage from a public institution to a private contract.

Mohler criticizes the aforementioned Colorado legislator Daniel Kagan for saying

Adultery is a matter between a person and their spouse and their conscience and their minister, but not between a person and the full enforcement of the state of Colorado. Let’s keep the police out of our bedrooms.

Although acknowledging that “the law in Colorado criminalizes adultery, but includes no penalty,” Mohler likes the law because it “has been, at a bare minimum, a reminder of the public nature of marriage and the societal threat of adultery.”

Some observations.

Governments at all levels — federal, state, and local — have too many laws. There are thousands of dumb and illegitimate laws that should be repealed by all levels of government. We should rejoice when any of these laws are repealed.

If a law is legitimate, then its purpose is never to make a statement or serve as a reminder of anything. The purpose of any legitimate law — those that criminalize aggression against one’s person or property and protect people from the violence and fraud of others — is to punish genuine criminal activity. A law without a penalty for violating it is no law at all; it is merely a suggestion.

The fact that throughout human history rulers and government bureaucrats have been nanny statists and puritanical busybodies that wanted to unite law and their concept of morality is a historical fact, but it is certainly not the way things ought to be — not if we are to have a free society.

Laws that criminalize activities that voluntarily take place behind closed doors are unenforceable. An unenforceable law is no law at all. Again, it is merely a suggestion.

Every crime needs a victim, not a potential victim, a possible victim, or a supposed victim, but an actual victim who suffers actual harm or loss. This means that over 90 percent of all federal and state laws are bogus.

Moral crusades of the nanny state fail to distinguish between vices and crimes. As the 19th-century classical-liberal political philosopher Lysander Spooner explained it:

Vices are those acts by which a man harms himself or his property. Crimes are those acts by which one man harms the person or property of another. Vices are simply the errors which a man makes in his search after his own happiness. Unlike crimes, they imply no malice toward others, and no interference with their persons or property.

Unless this clear distinction between vices and crimes be made and recognized by the laws, there can be on earth no such thing as individual right, liberty, or property — no such things as the right of one man to the control of his own person and property, and the corresponding and coequal rights of another man to the control of his own person and property.

To be a crime, adds Spooner, there must exist criminal intent to invade the person or property of another. But vices are not engaged in with criminal intent. A man practices a vice “for his own happiness solely, and not from any malice toward others.”

And finally, there is no support in the New Testament for the idea that Christians should seek legislation that would criminalize immoral behavior. For Baptist Christians like myself and Mohler, the New Testament is our rule for faith and life. Christians are making a grave mistake when they look to the state to legislate morality. Why would they even think of looking to the state to enforce their moral code? The actions of the state are the greatest examples of immoral behavior that one could possibly think of. The state exists only by stealing and killing, and then lying about it. It is not the purpose of Christianity to use force or the threat of force to keep people from sinning. Christians who are quick to criticize Islamic countries for prescribing and proscribing all manner of behavior are very inconsistent when they support the same thing here.

Let me be perfectly clear: I think adultery is always wrong. I believe it is immoral. I consider it to be a grave sin. But it is neither my business nor the business of government to keep people from bad habits, vice, or immoral activities that take place between consenting adults.

If Mohler wants adultery laws to be enforced he should volunteer to be the first to have cameras installed in his home, office, and car (with full NSA surveillance everywhere else), and be taxed to support the army of bureaucrats it will take to monitor the cameras to make sure he doesn’t commit adultery.

Laws against adultery are not what deter people in Colorado or other states from committing adultery. Religion, morality, fear, reputation, and/or family might serve as deterrents, but not dumb laws.

I don’t know if my state of Florida has an antiquated state law against adultery that is not enforced, but whether such a law exists or whether such a law is enforced has no bearing whatsoever on why I choose to be faithful to my wife.

'Brazil, Wake Up!': Protesters Face Down Troops Outside of Stadium

0

Tens of thousands of protesters are facing off with an ‘elite force’ of troops Wednesday outside of a stadium in Forteleza, Brazil where a Confederate Cup match is scheduled later in the day.

Protesters faced down tear gas, rubber bullets, and beefed up security in Forteleza, Brazil Wednesday. (Photo: Vanderlei Almeida/AFP/Getty Images) Early reports of clashes between the protesters and the beefed up security reveal the use of tear gas and rubber bullets that have lead to, according to AFP, multiple injuries.

Wednesday’s rally follows an earlier announcement by the country’s Justice Ministry that federal troops, The National Force, will be deployed to the cities hosting the two-week FIFA Confederations’ Cup soccer tournament, including the states of Ceara–where Forteleza is located–Rio de Janeiro, Bahia, Minas Gerais as well as in the federal district of Brasilia.

The ‘elite troops,’ composed primarily of police and firefighters from different regions, are typically reserved to address serious security crises, such as prison riots or major gang violence.

According to reports, on top of the National Force guards, an additional 6,000 state police troopers were also deployed to Forteleza Wednesday.

The AFP report continues:

“Brazil, we are going to wake up — a professor is worth more than Neymar,” the demonstrators in Fortaleza shouted, referring to a popular star of the national team.

“While you watch television, I am changing the country. Football no, we want education,” read one placard.

The protesters also railed against the country’s entire political class, which is widely seen as corrupt.

“We are protesting the use of public funds for the construction of stadiums, money that should be used for education,” said 18-year-old Matheus Dantas, amid a sea of Brazilian flags.

More protests were under way or set to take place later Wednesday, notably in Sao Paulo, Brasilia and Belo Horizonte.

Following rallies Monday evening which saw over 200,000 Brazilians marching in the streets of a dozen cities across the country–reportedly the largest protests in Brazil in twenty years–demonstrations continued Tuesday night.

In Sao Paulo, over 50,000 people flooded the streets to join in the chorus of voices frustrated with a country which, they say, puts tourism and international events such as the upcoming 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics ahead of essential infrastructure and public interest.

As evidence that the mass uprising has made some headway, officials from at least five cities announced plans yesterday lower bus fares, the raising of which was the initial spark for the widespread demonstrations. However, as The Telegraph reports, “it remains unclear if that would be enough to halt the protests,” which have grown to embody much larger issues of government corruption and the rights of citizens.

“It’s about much more than those 10 cents. It’s about a society that is sick of corrupt politicians not making good on their promises to make improvements,” said protester Bruno Bisaglia. “We want decent education, health care and transportation. That’s what this fight is all about.”

A much larger demonstration has been planned for Thursday in cities nationwide.

The crowd swells outside the Castelao stadium in Forteleza on Wednesday afternoon for a mass demonstration against the Confederation Cup tournament. (Photo: @joeltena/ Twitter)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Google Fights for Right to Report on Surveillance Data Requests

0

Google is challenging the federal government over gag orders on data requests, asserting that it has a constitutional right to speak about information it has been compelled to hand over to the government. On Tuesday, Google issued a legal filing wherein it invoked the First Amendment’s free speech protection against the longstanding gag orders over the data requests in an effort to revamp its reputation in the aftermath of news about the National Security Agency’s Internet surveillance.

Google is seeking permission to publish information about the government data requests and how many user accounts are affected by the requests. While Google has made public information regarding other government data requests, it has been forced to refrain from sharing information on data requests that come from the surveillance court.

In the “Motion for Declaratory Judgment of Google Inc.’s First Amendment Right to Publish Aggregate Information about FISA Orders,” Google asserts, “Transparency is a core value at Google and the company is committed to informing its users and the public about requests it receives from government agencies around the world for the production of users’ information and/or communications.”

Google’s motion requests that the company be allowed to disclose “limited, aggregate statistics” regarding its receipt of orders issued by the surveillance court without being in violation of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).

The motion states that Google will not publish statistics as to which FISA authorities were invoked in the data requests, but simply the total number of requests received, as well as the total number of users/accounts at issue, both of which would be reported as a range, rather than an actual number.

The motion follows a request made by Google on June 11 to the Department of Justice and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), wherein Google sought permission to publish aggregate numbers regarding national security requests. Both departments asserted that such publication would be unlawful.

The Washington Post contextualizes Google’s legal filing, reporting, “Revelations about the [NSA’s surveillance] program, called PRISM, have opened fissures between U.S. officials and the involved companies, which have scrambled to reassure their users without violating strict rules against disclosing information that the government has classified as top secret.”

Google is hopeful that staging a showdown with the federal government could help it salvage its increasingly poor reputation amongst users who feel Google has violated privacy protections.

Its motion makes this intent clear as it directly alludes to the recent NSA controversy:

On June 6, 2013, The Guardian newspaper published a story mischaracterizing the scope and nature of Google’s receipt of and compliance with foreign intelligence requests…. The Washington Post also published a misleading story that day, alleging that the U.S. government is “tapping directly into” Google’s central servers in order to surreptitiously obtain user records and communications.

According to the motion, Google has been unable to fully defend itself against these allegations as a result of the “constraints imposed by the government’s position that even general information regarding Google’s receipt of and response to foreign intelligence surveillance orders, if any, cannot be disclosed.”

Google’s order contends that its reputation has been “harmed by the false or misleading reports in the media” and has raised significant concerns among Google users, and that Google should be permitted to address those concerns.

While other major companies like Facebook, Microsoft, and Yahoo have sought government permission to include requests from the court as part of its general report on data requests from all federal, state, and local officials, Google is pursuing what it believes to be a more precise publication of statistics in order to help users understand the scope of cooperation with surveillance.

In a statement also issued Tuesday, the company said, “Lumping national security requests together with criminal requests – as some companies have been permitted to do – would be a backward step for our users.”

The Washington Post observes that all the technology companies involved have found themselves in the difficult position of attempting to defend their compliance with NSA surveillance while remaining within FISA limitations.

“The initial round of company statements used similar phrases, with Google chief executive Larry Page and Facebook chief executive Mark Zuckerberg vigorously denying that they had given the government ‘direct access’ to their servers,” the Post writes.

Days later, the major companies began to ask for greater freedom to disclose information about NSA data requests, and ultimately settled on permission to report surveillance requests in conjunction with other government orders, an agreement that Google criticized.

Photo: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

U.S. to Begin Talks With Taliban; Karzai Balks

0

Obama administration officials said on June 18 that representatives will begin formal talks with the Taliban “within a few days” at a new office in Doha, Qatar. The officials, speaking on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to speak on the record, told the Associated Press that they viewed the Taliban’s opening of the office as a stepping stone to the fundamentalist Islamic movement’s repudiation of al-Qaeda.

A report from France 24 news on June 19 said that Taliban representative Mohammed Naeem (shown) held a news conference – broadcast live on Qatar’s al Jazeera television channel – from the militant group’s new office on Tuesday. Naeem told reporters that the Taliban wanted good relations with Afghanistan’s neighboring countries.

The officials said the United States and Taliban representatives will initially hold bilateral meetings, but expect that Afghan President Hamid Karzai’s High Peace Council would join the process with its own talks several days later. A senior Afghan official told Reuters that talks with the High Peace Council would go ahead.

“The peace talks will certainly take place between the Taliban and the High Peace Council,” an anonymous source identified as a “senior Afghan official” was quoted by Reuters as saying.

However, a June 19 report from Fox News cited a different message from Afghan President Hamid Karzai: He will refuse peace talks with the Taliban in the Qatar office unless only Afghans are involved and violence stops. This statement came after Taliban spokesman Zabiullah Mujahid claimed responsibility for an attack on the Bagram Air Base that killed four U.S. troops.

According to the report, quoting from a statement issued by Karzai’s office, the president said his High Peace Council would “neither attend nor participate in the talks” until the process is “completely” in the hands of Afghans.

An key reason why Karzai decided not to participate in the talks, noted Fox, was that the announcement released by the Taliban used the group’s formal name, “Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan.” That was the name under which the Taliban ruled Afghanistan from September 1996 until December 2001, when they were overthrown by the American-led invasion.

Shafiullah Nooristani, a member of the High Peace Council, told the AP that the use of the name “Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan” violated agreements Karzai’s government had made with the United States and caused diplomatic problems for Afghanistan.

“The agreement was that the office should open only – and only – for negotiations, not as a political entity like a parallel institution to the Afghan Embassy which is already there,” said Nooristan.

Fox reported that Afghan objections to being left out of the initial U.S.-Taliban talks have also caused Karzai to suspend negotiations on a new U.S.-Afghan security deal that would allow some U.S. troops to remain in the country after the international combat mission officially ends in 2014.

However, Nooristan did give an indication that his government was open to settling the dispute, saying: “We are working to solve these contradictions and fix these problems and act based on the agreements we had before so the High Peace Council can go there and start the peace talks.”

A June 18 report in the British newspaper The Guardian noted that the announcement of the U.S.-Taliban talks came the day that NATO forces handed official control of Afghanistan’s security to Afghan troops.

The Guardian quoted a Taliban spokesman who said the group was opening the Doha office to “reach understanding and initiate talks with countries of the world for the purpose of improving relations with them,” and to support a peaceful, political solution to end the “occupation of Afghanistan.” The “occupation” apparently refers to U.S. and NATO forces still operating in the country.

“This is an important first step but it will be a long road,” The Guardian quoted a senior U.S. official as saying. “We have long said this conflict won’t be won on the battlefield, which is why we support the opening of this [Doha] office.”

The report also quoted Ben Rhodes, identified as a deputy national security adviser, who said: “The United States will be supporting a process that is fundamentally Afghan-led…. We can play a role in talking to the Taliban as well in supporting that peace process – and because we have issues of our own to bring up with them.”

The Guardian also published a transcript of the full statement made by a Taliban spokesman at a news conference in Qatar. Some of the language used by the spokesman leads one to wonder if the Taliban philosophy has changed much since the United States launched an invasion of Afghanistan to unseat the Taliban regime that had provided the al-Qaeda terrorist network with a safe haven from which they planned the September 11 attacks. For example:

– “The Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan has been waging jihad to put an end to the [U.S. and NATO] occupation and form an independent Islamic system.”

– “The Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan considers it its religious and national duty to gain independence from the occupation and for that purpose has utilized every legitimate way and will utilize it in future too.”

– “The Islamic Emirate has deemed it essential to open the political office in the Islamic country of Qatar, for the attainment of the following objectives.

One: to reach understanding and initiate talks with countries of the world for the purpose of improving relations with them.

Two: to support a political and peaceful solution which includes the end of the occupation of Afghanistan and the establishment of an independent Islamic system and true security which is the want and aspiration of the nation.”

A report from the Doha-based Al Jazeera news network contained a significant statement:

Speaking to Al Jazeera, Mohammad Sohail Shaheen, Taliban spokesman and a member of the Doha political office, said the armed group will continue to attack U.S. targets in Afghanistan, but will simultaneously seek to end the conflict by pursuing peace talks.

He said there was no ceasefire with the U.S. and its allies and that the Taliban “simultaneously follows political and military options.”

“There is no ceasefire [with the U.S.] now. They are attacking us and we are attacking them,” Shaheen said.

Which raises several questions, including:

– Did not the United States lead an invasion of Afghanistan in 2001 to remove the Taliban from power, because of their support for al-Qaeda, which admitted responsibility for the 9/11 attacks?

– Why has the United States suffered more than 2,000 military deaths in Afghanistan, if not to eliminate the influence of the Taliban and al-Qaeda there and prevent future terrorist attacks?

– Why has the United States not insisted that the Taliban renounce al-Qaeda and discontinue future attacks against U.S. troops as a precondition for engaging in “peace” talks?

– Finally, if the United States was not committed to the philosophy once advocated by General Douglas MacArthur in a letter to Rep. Joseph W. Martin, Jr., “There is no substitute for victory” (as the lack of a congressional declaration of war at the outset of the invasion of Afghanistan indicates), why have we sacrificed American lives in a fruitless mission our government still refuses to complete decisively?

Photo of Taliban representative Mohammed Naeem: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Syrian al-Qaeda Sidelines More Secular Mercenaries

0

Oliver Holmes and Alexander Dziadosz
reuters.com
June 19, 2013

During a 10-day journey through rebel-held territory in Syria, Reuters journalists found that radical Islamist units are sidelining more moderate groups that do not share the Islamists’ goal of establishing a supreme religious leadership in the country.

The moderates, often underfunded, fragmented and chaotic, appear no match for Islamist units, which include fighters from organizations designated “terrorist” by the United States.

The Islamist ascendancy has amplified the sectarian nature of the war between Sunni Muslim rebels and the Shi’ite supporters of Assad. It also presents a barrier to the original democratic aims of the revolt and calls into question whether the United States, which announced practical support for the rebels last week, can ensure supplies of weapons go only to groups friendly to the West.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 1:38 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Guantanamo Prisoner’s Case Demonstrates Unfairness of Military Commissions

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/guantanamo_prisoners_case_demonstrates_unfairness_of_military_commissions_2/

Posted on Jun 19, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

UK govt. can be sued over troop deaths

0

Families of killed soldiers can sue UK govt. for negligence

Families of soldiers killed in Iraq war can sue UK government for negligence.

The Supreme Court in Britain has ruled that families of soldiers killed in Iraq can bring damages claims against the government for negligence under the Human Rights Act.

This comes as cases were brought forward by the families of three British soldiers killed in Iraq, when their poorly protected Snatch Land Rovers were wiped out by roadside bombs.

The troops, Lee Ellis, Phillip Hewett, and Kirk Redpath died as a result of such attacks between 2005 and 2007.

Jocelyn Cockburn, a lawyer for the families said,” The court had established “that soldiers have human rights, and they do remain within the jurisdiction of the UK, and they don’t lose those because they are on the battlefield”.

The UKâ„¢s highest courtâ„¢s decision will bring about many implications of the way the Ministry of Defence (MoD) should provide protection to the soldiers.

Britainâ„¢s Defense Secretary Philip Hammond said he is “very concerned at the wider implications of this judgment.”

A total of 179 British servicemen died after the invasion of Iraq in 2003. A few dozen died because of friendly fire or killed inside lightly armoured vehicles. The MoD, however, says they should not be held responsible for the deaths.

BGH/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Warmonger Blair urges Syria meddling

1

Warmonger Tony Blair has urged Syria intervention.

Former British Prime Minister Tony Blair has called for an intervention in the Syrian conflict, saying that the cost paid by the West for not getting involved could be higher than that of intervening in the conflict.

Speaking at an Israeli Presidential Conference in East al-Quds (Jerusalem), Blair said the intervention in Syria is necessary as the cost of staying out may be paid at a higher price later.

Å“We should be taking a more interventionist line. You don’t have to send in troops, but the international community should think about installing no-fly zones,” he added.

Blair is accused of war crimes for joining the illegal US-led invasion of Iraq in March 2003.

The US and Britain invaded Iraq in blatant violation of international law under the pretext that former Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein possessed and stockpiled weapons of mass destruction (WMD). No WMDs, however, were ever discovered in Iraq.

Blairâ„¢s warmongering policies have left hundreds of thousands of Iraqis and hundreds of British troops dead in the course of the war.

It seems that British officials want to play out the same scenario in Syria.

Earlier last week, Britain backed Washingtonâ„¢s claims that Syrian President Bashar al-Assad had used chemical weapons against foreign-backed militants in the country, raising prospects of joining the US in arming the insurgents in the Arab country.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Dolce and Gabbana sentenced to jail for tax dodge

0

AFP
June 19, 2013

An Italian court Wednesday sentenced fashion house duo Dolce and Gabbana to one year and eight months in prison for tax evasion of around one billion euros ($1.33 billion), according to media reports.

Lawyers for Dolce and Gabbana, whose celebrity clients include Beyonce and Madonna, immediately said they will be appealing, and under Italian law the sentence will be suspended in the meantime.

Domenico Dolce and Stefano Gabbana were accused of having transferred control of their brands to a shell company in Luxembourg in 2004 and 2005 to avoid paying Italian taxes.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 1:11 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Iran-Serbia trade volume hits $15.5 mn

0

Iran exports rugs to Serbia.

A high-ranking business official says the volume of trade between Iran and Serbia has been on the rise over the past few years and reached USD 15.5 million in 2012.

Head of Trade Promotion Organization of Iran Hamid Safdel said on Wednesday that Serbia is among the largest trading partners of Iran, and the Balkan country has offered Iran substantial assistance with regards to the construction of power plants, farming plants and factories.

He made the remarks in a meeting with Serbian Ambassador to Iran Alexander Tasich.

Safdel added that capacities, potentials and cooperation opportunities must be explored in order to enhance economic ties between Tehran and Belgrade.

He further noted that Iranâ„¢s non-oil exports to Serbia amounted to USD 2.5 million, while imports totaled USD 13 million.

Nuts, rugs, zinc, light lubricants, petrochemical products and shoes were the main commodities exported to Serbia, while passenger train cars, locomotives and tractor spare parts, corn, fuel pumps, machinery, paper, cardboard and ball bearings were the main goods imported from the Balkan country.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

3 killed in two bomb blasts in Iraq

0

File photo shows the scene of a car bomb explosion in Iraq.

At least 3 people have been killed and 15 others injured in two bomb blasts hit in Iraqâ„¢s Diyala Province.

According to Iraqi officials, the explosions took place on Wednesday in al-Miqdadiyah city situated some 80 kilometers northeast of Baghdad.

No group has claimed responsibility for the deadly attack.

There has recently been an upsurge in violence across Iraq, and the authorities say Qatar and Saudi Arabia have had a hand in some of the deadly incidents.

As recently as Tuesday, 31 people were killed in two coordinated bomb attacks inside and near a Shia Muslim mosque in the Iraqi capital, Baghdad.

On June 16, at least 51 people lost their lives and many others were injured in a series of bomb attacks and a shooting across the violence-hit country.

The United Nations says a total of 1,045 people were killed and nearly 2,400 were injured in violent incidents across Iraq in May.

Earlier this week, UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moonâ„¢s Special Representative for Iraq Martin Kobler called on the Iraqi leaders to Å“sit together” to address the countryâ„¢s problems, including car bomb attacks throughout Iraq.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has said that militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime are responsible for the latest wave of violence.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama urges Russia's nukes reduction

0

US President Barack Obama delivers a speech at the Brandenburg Gate in Berlin on June 19, 2013.

US President Barack Obama has called on Russia to slash its deployed nuclear weapons by up to a third.

Å“After a comprehensive review, I’ve determined that we can ensure the security of America and our allies — and maintain a strong and credible strategic deterrent — while reducing our deployed strategic nuclear weapons by up to one-third,” he said in a Wednesday speech in Berlin.

Å“And I intend to seek negotiated cuts with Russia to move beyond Cold War nuclear postures,” Obama added.

Moscow was quick to react to Obamaâ„¢s remarks with Russian Deputy Prime Minister Dmitry Rogozin saying Obamaâ„¢s proposal to reduce nuclear arms cannot be taken seriously.

Å“How can we take seriously this idea about cuts in strategic nuclear potential while the United States is developing its potential to intercept this strategic potential?” he said, according Russia’s Itar-TASS news agency.

Earlier, a Kremlin spokesman said Moscow had told Washington that it wanted other nuclear armed countries to commit to arms cuts.

The US presidentâ„¢s proposal comes two years after an agreement between the US and Russia, known as New START, went into effect.

START, which stands for Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty, calls for each nation to restrict its nuclear warhead arsenal to 1,550 by the year 2018.

The US was the first country to create atomic weapons, while being the only nation to drop nuclear bombs on civilians during separate attacks on Japanâ„¢s Hiroshima and Nagasaki cities in World War II.

MR/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

At least 50,000 take to Sao Paolo’s streets as Brazil protests spread

0

Al Jazeera
June 19, 2013

Scattered street demonstrations popped up around Brazil for a third day as protesters continued their collective cry against the low-quality public services they receive in exchange for high taxes and high prices.

Brazil’s government deployed special federal police on Wednesday to the five of the six cities where the Confederations Cup football tournament is being played to protect the competition’s venues.

The government reaction is notable given that the Confederations Cup is seen as a dry run for the World Cup next year.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 12:54 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bus drivers stage strike in Sweden

0

A photo shows inactive buses in a bus depot in northern Stockholm.

Bus drivers and other public transport workers have staged a strike in three Swedish cities, including the capital Stockholm, over low wages and employment conditions.

The Wednesday strike which also disrupted bus service the northern city of Umea and the industrial city of Sodertalje came after employers and unions failed to remove their differences.

About 1,400 bus drivers and other public transport workers participated in the work stoppage.

According to Lenita Granlund, negotiator for the municipal workers union Kommunal, the union wants employees to be provided with an employment guarantee when a new entrepreneur wins a tender to operate bus services. Kommunal organizes bus drivers and other public transport workers.

Granlund said the union also demands longer meal breaks, better work schedules and higher salaries for the workers.

Meanwhile, head of the Swedish Bus and Coach Employers Association Peter Jeppsson said the industrial action came because of the unionâ„¢s lack of will to engage in talks.

He added that earlier this week the employers accepted a bid from arbitrators, which the union rejected, noting, Å“We are very far apart.”

The strike has affected about 100,000 commuters in the greater Stockholm region, Stockholm Public Transport estimate shows. They have been advised to consider walking, cycling or car pooling.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NJ Supreme Court Rules State Can Seek Custody Of Child Without Evidence Of Abuse

0

Cherri Gregg
philadelphia.cbslocal.com
June 19, 2013

The New Jersey Supreme Court ruled this week that authorities can seek custody of a child, even where there’s no evidence of abuse or neglect.

The case involved a divorced Camden County mother of 9-year-old twin girls. In 2007, she asked New Jersey’s Division of Child Protection and Permanency for help, claiming she was unable to care for the girls who had psychological and developmental disabilities and needed to be placed in residential care.

“You can turn to the Division for help, but it may come with a cost,” says Diana Autin, executive director of Statewide Parent Advocacy Network of New Jersey. The group filed an amicus brief in the case.

Autin says under the court’s ruling, the state can get custody of a child with behavior problems if it proves that the parent can’t provide the type of services the child needs and the services are in the child’s best interest. She says the division can get custody without using the state’s abuse and neglect law.

“It could end with an award of custody to the division for at least six months, maybe even longer,” says Autin. “We’re going to encourage parents to get voluntary services from the division, because if the parent is then uncomfortable about what the parent wants to do, they can withdraw consent.”

The twins’ mother, identified as “I.S.” in the court ruling, went to child welfare seeking help. According to court papers, the department had received more than a dozen reports, including allegations of sexual abuse, but none were substantiated. Eventually the mother told authorities the girls needed residential care, which she was unable to provide.

The court acknowledged no neglect or abuse by the mother, but gave custody to the state under New Jersey’s abuse and neglect statute. After the girls got help, one daughter was returned to the mother. Custody of the second daughter was awarded to the father.

“By seeking help,” says Autin, “she lost custody of one of her children.”

Autin says parents who can afford the type of care a child with behavioral or psychological problems may need are unlikely to lose custody. She says the problem will arise when parents cannot afford the care and behavioral challenges become too much to bear.

But there is good news: “They won’t have to go on registry as committing child abuse,” says Autin. “And the state does not have unlimited power. They have to prove certain things.”

Autin recommends that parents who need the state to step in get help from a lawyer or advocate.

UK court rules Bank Mellat ban lifted

0

Britainâ„¢s Supreme Court has overturned a ruling against Iran’s Bank Mellat over its alleged links to Tehran’s nuclear energy program.

On Wednesday, the highest British court ruled that the UK government was wrong to have imposed sanctions on the Iranian bank in 2009, and that the Treasury directive was Å“irrational” and Å“disproportionate.”

“I conclude that it was unlawful,” Judge Jonathan Sumption wrote in a majority ruling.

The decision comes after the European Union General Court decided in January to quash sanctions imposed against Bank Mellat in July 2010.

Bank Mellat has stated that it will explore legal channels and sue individual governments for the damages it has suffered as a result of sanctions.

It is reportedly considering launching a claim against Britain that Å“could exceed 500 million pounds.”

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the EU imposed sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran. The sanctions entered into force last summer.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NJ Supreme Court Rules State Can Seek Custody Of Child Without Evidence Of Abuse

0

Cherri Gregg
philadelphia.cbslocal.com
June 19, 2013

The New Jersey Supreme Court ruled this week that authorities can seek custody of a child, even where there’s no evidence of abuse or neglect.

The case involved a divorced Camden County mother of 9-year-old twin girls. In 2007, she asked New Jersey’s Division of Child Protection and Permanency for help, claiming she was unable to care for the girls who had psychological and developmental disabilities and needed to be placed in residential care.

“You can turn to the Division for help, but it may come with a cost,” says Diana Autin, executive director of Statewide Parent Advocacy Network of New Jersey. The group filed an amicus brief in the case.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 12:50 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

UK court rules Bank Mellat ban lifted

0

Britainâ„¢s Supreme Court has overturned a ruling against Iran’s Bank Mellat over its alleged links to Tehran’s nuclear energy program.

On Wednesday, the highest British court ruled that the UK government was wrong to have imposed sanctions on the Iranian bank in 2009, and that the Treasury directive was Å“irrational” and Å“disproportionate.”

“I conclude that it was unlawful,” Judge Jonathan Sumption wrote in a majority ruling.

The decision comes after the European Union General Court decided in January to quash sanctions imposed against Bank Mellat in July 2010.

Bank Mellat has stated that it will explore legal channels and sue individual governments for the damages it has suffered as a result of sanctions.

It is reportedly considering launching a claim against Britain that Å“could exceed 500 million pounds.”

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the EU imposed sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors with the goal of preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran. The sanctions entered into force last summer.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Feinstein On NSA: Nothing to See Here, Please Move Along

0

Obama and Congress continue effort to minimize damage inflicted on American people by Stasi state.

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

California Democrat and Senate fixture Dianne Feinstein and her comrades in Congress hope the NSA political football gets lost in the shuffle.

Feinstein and Rogers explain why the Constitution should take a backseat in the manufactured war on terror.

On Tuesday, Feinstein said there are no hearings currently planned on the NSA scandal and nothing will happen until the intelligence community decides “what can be said” about the massive and unprecedented violation of the Fourth Amendment by No Such Agency.

Georgia Republican Saxby Chambliss said Congress does not plan to discuss the issue with the American people who are routinely kept in the dark on so-called national security issues.

“We so rarely have open hearings,” Chambliss said. “Right now I don’t see it.”

Rep. Mike Rogers, who has served as the main apologist for maintaining a super-secret Stasi state, said on Tuesday he will convene a dog and pony show devoted to how the NSA programs “protect Americans, and why disclosure aids our adversaries.”

Rogers plans to roll out NSA Director Gen. Keith Alexander, Deputy Attorney General James Cole, Deputy FBI Director Sean Joyce, Deputy Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Robert Litt, the general counsel to the Office of the Director of National Intelligence.

A scheduling snafu resulted in Alexander facing Maryland Sen. Barbara Mikulski’s Senate Appropriations Committee instead of the Intelligence Committee. Mikulski tried to steer questions posed by fellow senators away from the NSA violations of the Constitution and move the discussion into the neutral area of cyber security. Criticized for the attempt to protect Alexander from answering to the American people, Mikulski took a self-defensive stance on Twitter.

On Wednesday, Obama tried to defend the Stasi state and its unwarranted intrusions. “Lives have been saved,” he claimed from Berlin, where he met with his counterpart, German Chancellor Angela Merkel.

Obama said NSA surveillance “is not a situation in which we are rifling through ordinary emails” of huge numbers of citizens in the United States. He said PRISM and other NSA efforts are “circumscribed, narrow” and do not violate the constitutional rights of Americans.

Obama also said the NSA program has the “oversight” of the court. He refrained from mentioning that the “court” involved is the secret FISA court, itself an unconstitutional aberration created as a response to decades of constitutional abuse by intelligence agencies.

Merkel floated the idea that the state has an interest in violating the privacy of citizens in order to prevent terrorism. “There has to be proportionality,” she said and added that her discussion with Obama on the issue Wednesday was “an important first step” in establishing a “balance,” as the Associated Press described it.

Obama and Congress will continue their effort to minimize the damage inflicted on the American people by the Stasi state. Rep. Rogers insistence that the NSA has prevented terror attacks and saved lives is, of course, ludicrous when the facts are examined.

Infowars.com has provided conclusive evidence that the FBI creates terror attacks, which are in turn exploited by the establishment and its congressional clerks to build a fallacious case for the supposed war on terror and a continued dismantlement of the Bill of Rights, specifically the Fourth Amendment.

FBI director Robert Mueller signaled last week that the NSA revelations will not result in a rollback of his agency’s tactics. He called for a continuation of the Stasi state that has turned the Fourth Amendment into a mockery.

“Every time we have a leak like this and you follow it up and look at the intel afterwards [you find terrorists] are looking for ways around,” Mueller said. “If we lose our ability to get their communications we are going to be exceptionally vulnerable” to staged terror attack his agency orchestrates.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 12:27 pm

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Charlotte, NC police shoot, kill 17-year-old in botched marijuana sting

2

WBTV
June 19, 2013

Police in northeast Charlotte say they were forced to shoot a teenager in a gang-related undercover drug operation. The teen has since died.

[…] Charlotte-Mecklenburg Police Department Chief Rodney Monroe says the shooting involved a marijuana drug deal between an undercover officer, informant and two teenage suspects.

Jaquaz Walker, 17, shot the informant in the shoulder after he tried to rob him. That’s when police say the undercover officer shot Walker in the head. Walker died at Carolinas Medical Center Tuesday night. Police tell WBTV his family has been notified.

Walker’s mother, Faith Walker, told WBTV’s Steve Crump that her son wasn’t armed when he was shot by police and that she was at the police department Wednesday morning looking for answers.

“Yesterday at the hospital was just awful,” Faith said. “I wasn’t allowed to see my son one time.”

Police say the other suspect — a 15 year old — is still on the loose and they are actively looking for him. They know who he is and are signing warrants for his arrest.

“You know you have 15, 16 year old kids out here wielding firearms, that’s a very dangerous situation,” said Chief Monroe.

The school was placed on lockdown as a precaution. There was staff at the school, but no students as summer vacation started last week.

Chief Monroe defended their decision to conduct the undercover operation at an elementary school, saying at no time were staff inside ever in danger.

“Anytime you conduct an undercover operation, what’s a good location,” he said. “Whether it’s a shopping mall or neighborhood, there’s no real perfect location.”

Monroe also confirmed the shooting is gang-related and part of larger undercover operation ongoing for several months. But he declined to give more details, saying it may compromise their investigation.

The shooting comes at a time when neighbors say the area was showing signs of improvement after years of battling drugs and gang violence.

“It’s been quiet in this neighborhood, ain’t nothing happened over here, everything been good, it’s always somebody come in the neighborhood and do this, it ain’t nobody in our neighborhood,” said neighborhood resident Johnnie Crank.

No officers were hurt in the shooting.

Copyright 2013 WBTV. All rights reversed.

Russian Cyberspace Head Calls For Internet Kill Switch

0

Advocates world wide web regulation by UN-style global body

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

The head of Russia’s cyberspace policy today called for global governments to react to the NSA spy scandal by creating a United Nations-style body that would have regulatory control over the Internet — including a web kill switch.

UN Kill Switch.

During a speech at a specially arranged meeting initiated by the upper house of the Russian parliament, Information Society Development Commission head Ruslan Gattarov called for a newly created group to control the world wide web, “So that everyone, not only the US, has access to the master switch.”

Gattarov made reference to the creation of the UN after World War II in calling for a similar organization to have authority over the Internet.

The special session was called in response to recent revelations by whistleblower Edward Snowden that the NSA has been downloading information “directly” from the servers of the likes of Facebook, Google and Microsoft under a vast spying operation called PRISM.

Gattarov called for an international investigation into the scandal, remarking, “We cannot let this issue sink into an abyss, as many people desire, we will not allow the question to vanish without result.”

Last November, representatives from 200 governments attended the World Conference on International Telecommunications, during which participants advocated that control over the Internet be handed to the International Telecommunications Union, which is the United Nations’ specialized agency for information and communication technologies.

As Alex Newman reported, the controversial plan discussed at the conference would, “allow governments to shut down the Web if they claimed it could “interfere” in the internal affairs of other UN member regimes.”

The blueprint would also permit authorities to shut down the Internet if there was a risk of “sensitive” information being leaked while also creating a huge new online surveillance framework.

Concerns over the creation of an Internet kill switch in the US have also increased since the Obama administration began pursuing an aggressive cybersecurity policy.

Senator Joe Lieberman ominously pushed for the ‘kill switch’ option to be included in cybersecurity legislation by citing the Chinese system of Internet policing as a model to which the United States should aspire, but the provision was eventually dropped from the bill last year.

Under the Department of Homeland Security’s “Emergency Wireless Protocols,” (Standard Operating Procedure 303 or “SOP 303), the federal agency also claims the power to shut down all communications, including the Internet, in the event of a national crisis.

Many have questioned why the US should be trusted with an Internet kill switch under the justification of cybersecurity when America itself has admittedly been behind a number of major cyber attacks over the last few years.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 12:16 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Concord police stun, arrest gun rights protester after officer touched on shoulder

0

Tim Buckland
New Hampshire Union Leader
June 19, 2013

A man was arrested and two people, including a Concord police officer, were allegedly assaulted during a rally Tuesday in a clash between a gun control group and gun rights supporters.

The event had people supporting the Mayors Against Illegal Guns movement, founded by New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg, reading the names of those “killed with guns” since the Dec. 14 shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary outside their “No More Names” bus.

Several witnesses said that a man approached and shouted at John Cantin of Manchester, whose daughter, Missy Charbonneau, was shot and killed in 2009 by her husband.

Witnesses said Daniel Musso, 52, of Brentwood was asked by police to move. He placed his hand on an officer, was tasered and arrested.

Police said Musso was charged with disorderly conduct, resisting arrest and two counts of simple assault.

Cantin shrugged off the altercation.

“They just weakened their cause and strengthened ours,” he said.

Cantin said he was at the event mostly because of what happened to his daughter and partly because of a recent vote by U.S. Sen. Kelly Ayotte, R-N.H., on the Manchin-Toomey bill.

“Senator Ayotte voted for an amendment that would not increase gun safety,” he said.

Jeff Grappone, Ayotte’s spokesman, said well-heeled out-of-state groups have gone on the attack against the Republican.

“New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg’s special interest group has spent millions on false attacks against Senator Ayotte,” he said. “Senator Ayotte has voted for legislation that had bipartisan support to fix the current broken background check system, increase the prosecution of those who illegally seek to obtain firearms, and provide additional resources for school safety, while protecting the Second Amendment rights of law-abiding citizens.”

The presence of the national gun control group in front of the state Capitol Tuesday night prompted numerous shouts from gun rights supporters. While there were about 40 No More Names supporters, there were at least 60 gun rights supporters at the rally.

“I think this is a joke,” said Tony Mayfield of Hillsborough, who brought his AR-15 rifle and Sig Sauer T39 handgun to the rally. “We have, for all intents and purposes, a corporation from out of state doing this little publicity stunt here.”

Rally organizers, whose bus had Texas license plates, refused to speak to a New Hampshire Union Leader reporter and referred him to the organization’s national headquarters.

Some of the loudest shouts came when a reader spoke the name of Tamerlan Tsarnaev, one of the Boston Marathon bombing suspects who was killed by police during a gunfight.

“He’s a terrorist,” several protesters shouted.

Eileen Ehlers of Hooksett said she turned toward a man earlier in the evening who “was being loud and obnoxious” and showed him her “No More Names” sign. She said he grabbed the sign and threw it to the ground. When he did, she said, she pulled out a camera to take his photo.

“He told me he was going to smash my camera and me if I didn’t back off,” she said. “So I did. I’m shaken by how quickly a difference of opinion becomes violence.”

Mayfield said he was disappointed that any altercations happened.

“I like to holler and I like to make my voice heard,” he said. “But there’s no reason for violence. That’s not our idea here.”

Not all the discourse involved shouting. For several minutes, Mitch Kopacz, president of the Gun Owners of New Hampshire group, debated gun control with state Rep. Sylvia Gale, D-N.H. Neither raised their voice and they shook hands after talking, with Gale calling Kopacz “respectful.”

tbuckland@unionleader.com

'Staggeringly Stupid' Abortion Bill Passes in Congress

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

The U.S. House of Representatives passed a “disrespectful” and “unsafe” bill Tuesday that would ban all abortions after 20 weeks, directly challenging the Supreme Court decision in Roe v. Wade. The law passed 228-196 with six Republicans voting against the bill and six Democrats voting in favor.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Iran GC confirms pres. poll results

0

Iranians stand in line to cast their votes in the 11th presidential election on June 14, 2013.

The Guardian Council, Iranâ„¢s highest electoral supervisory body, has confirmed the validity of the countryâ„¢s June 14 presidential election results.

The Iranian Interior Ministry announced on Wednesday that the Council has declared the results of the 11th presidential election valid, officially announcing Hassan Rohani as the winner of the 2013 race.

The Guardian Council further congratulated the Iranian nation over their massive participation in the presidential poll.

Rohani emerged victorious in the presidential election of June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, winning 50.7 percent of a total of over 36 million ballots counted.

He currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the countryâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council, is a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts, and is also president of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the June 14 presidential, and city and village councils elections. The Interior Ministry put the voter turnout at 72.7 percent.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Decrepit US bridges harm economy’

0

Emergency personnel attend the interstate 5 bridge collapse over the Skagit River north of city of Seattle, Washington. (file photo

A newly-released report shows tens of thousands of bridges in the United States are structurally deficient, causing an increase in the price of consumer goods.

The non-profit group Transportation for America stated in a report on Wednesday that 66,405 bridges in the US can no longer handle heavy loads they used to do.

The weakened structures may not collapse right away but they can harm the economy by adding Å“to the cost of transporting goods if a truck canâ„¢t take a direct route,” said David Goldberg, communications director for the advocacy organization.

Big trucks are required to make a detour when lower weight restrictions are imposed on road structures, making their routes longer and adding to the cost of products that consumers buy.

Å“That also means you see big trucks in places you donâ„¢t expect to see them, and a lot of people are nervous about big trucks and prefer that they stay on the biggest roads,” Goldberg added.

The Federal Highway Administration reported that USD 76 billion is needed in order to repair the countryâ„¢s deficient bridges that carry 260 million vehicles each day.

Major bridge collapses have stricken the States of Washington and Missouri in recent weeks, sending vehicles and people into the rivers below.

Washington was recently given a C- for its bridges since more than a quarter of the state’s 7,840 bridges are considered structurally deficient, according to a report by the American Society of Engineers.

This is while the Midwestern State of Missouri received a C- for its bridges, or Å“3,528 of the 24,334 bridges are considered structurally deficient.”

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Toxic Radiation Soars in Fukushima Groundwater

0

Members of the media and Tokyo Electric Power Co. (TEPCO) employees, wearing protective suits and masks, walk in front of the No. 4 reactor building at the tsunami-crippled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant in Fukushima prefecture May 26, 2012. (Reuters/Tomohiro Ohsumi/Pool)High levels of a cancer-causing radioactive substance has been found in groundwater surrounding the Fukushima nuclear power plant, following reports of storage tank leaks and concerns that more contaminated waste-water will soon reach the ocean.

Plant operators, the Tokyo Electric Power Co (TEPCO), said recent tests revealed that strontium, a chemical that causes bone cancer if ingested, appeared at 33 times the legally admissible level.

Additionally, TEPCO said the tests revealed tritium, another radioactive substance, at eight times above levels considered to be safe–500,000 becquerels per liter of tritium.

“That is very high,” a TEPCO official told a press conference.

The toxic substances were found just 90 feet from the seashore within the Fukushima compound.

As Agence-France Presse reports, the high levels of radiation in ground water present grave dangers to both marine life and public health:

The substances, which were released by the meltdowns of reactors at the plant in the aftermath of the huge tsunami of March 2011, were not absorbed by soil and have made their way into underground water.

Subsoil water usually flows out to sea, meaning these two substances could normally make their way into the ocean, possibly affecting marine life and ultimately impacting humans who eat sea creatures.

TEPCO, an agency that has been known to bend the truth for the sake of its public image, said the “concrete barriers” they have built have so far protected the ocean from groundwater contamination.

The Fukushima site has been rife with mishaps since its devastating meltdowns following the 2011 massive earthquake and tsunami. Most recently a series of ongoing leaks in underground radioactive water tanks have delayed the plant’s request to release groundwater into the sea.

Wednesday’s announcement highlights the ongoing prevalent nuclear contamination surrounding the site.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Image of Police Attack Against Lone Woman Goes Viral

0

A more widely-cropped version of the now viral photograph shows just how isolated the woman was she was attacked by officers in Rio de Janiero, Brazil Monday evening. (Photo: Victor Caivano)A captured instance of brazen police brutality against a civilian has, once again, captured the attention of the global community. The shocking photograph of a lone woman being pepper sprayed at close range by Brazilian police has gone viral, drawing criticism and attention to the ongoing mass demonstrations in Brazil–at which the attack took place–and the chronic undercurrent of police violence that so often follows peaceful citizen uprisings.

New York Magazine’s Daily Intelligencer spoke with the photographer behind the image, Victor Caivano, who said that the attack happened at around 11:20 PM Monday evening, long after “the protest was over, riots included.”

The woman appeared to be a “normal, middle-class university student,” he said, adding that she was standing alone on a “deserted corner” after the police had cleared the area.

He continued:

Three riot officers approached the woman and told her to leave. When she objected – the woman either questioned the order or insisted that she wasn’t doing anything wrong, Caivano recalls – she was pepper-sprayed. “This policeman just didn’t think twice,” Caivano says.

The woman stumbled backward, “screaming and cursing.” She was detained and taken to a police van. Caivano says local reporters are now trying to track her down.

The photograph has drawn obvious comparison to two similar images of the unbridled use of pepper spray, each encapsulating the fierce police brutality that too often comes hand-in-hand with such demonstrations.

One is of a woman named Ceyda Sungar–the ‘woman in the red dress’–who, during a recent protest in Istanbul’s Gezi Park, was bombarded by an officer who shot pepper spray directly into her face.

“The jet sent her hair billowing upwards,” wrote the Democratic Underground at the time. “As she turned, the masked policeman leapt forward and hosed down her back. The unprovoked attack left her and other activists choking and gasping for breath; afterwards Sungur collapsed on a bench.”

(Screenshot via Osman Orsal /YouTube)The second image is of the infamous incident at the University of California at Davis when a peaceful Occupy protest was met with an overly aggressive show of police force. This culminated in Officer John Pike directly and deliberately spraying burning yellow chemicals into the faces of the protesters. 

“To see unarmed, unaggressive bystanders who, by virtue of their location at a time and place where trouble was brewing, were assaulted by authority figures spraying burning, toxic, chemicals, is an unforgettable visual,” writes columnist Lorraine Devon Wilke. She continues:

Likely there are many more that occur every day; these particular ones exist as iconic moments that symbolize bigger movements, of countries, of people, even of students. These images are important historical documents of what happened, how, and to whom. Hopefully they will contribute, by sheer virtue of their shock value, to change, progress, and needed solutions; the agony of those attacked has to account for something of value.

(Photo: Louise Macabitas)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Image of Police Attack Against Lone Woman Goes Viral

0

A more widely-cropped version of the now viral photograph shows just how isolated the woman was she was attacked by officers in Rio de Janiero, Brazil Monday evening. (Photo: Victor Caivano)A captured instance of brazen police brutality against a civilian has, once again, captured the attention of the global community. The shocking photograph of a lone woman being pepper sprayed at close range by Brazilian police has gone viral, drawing criticism and attention to the ongoing mass demonstrations in Brazil–at which the attack took place–and the chronic undercurrent of police violence that so often follows peaceful citizen uprisings.

New York Magazine’s Daily Intelligencer spoke with the photographer behind the image, Victor Caivano, who said that the attack happened at around 11:20 PM Monday evening, long after “the protest was over, riots included.”

The woman appeared to be a “normal, middle-class university student,” he said, adding that she was standing alone on a “deserted corner” after the police had cleared the area.

He continued:

Three riot officers approached the woman and told her to leave. When she objected – the woman either questioned the order or insisted that she wasn’t doing anything wrong, Caivano recalls – she was pepper-sprayed. “This policeman just didn’t think twice,” Caivano says.

The woman stumbled backward, “screaming and cursing.” She was detained and taken to a police van. Caivano says local reporters are now trying to track her down.

The photograph has drawn obvious comparison to two similar images of the unbridled use of pepper spray, each encapsulating the fierce police brutality that too often comes hand-in-hand with such demonstrations.

One is of a woman named Ceyda Sungar–the ‘woman in the red dress’–who, during a recent protest in Istanbul’s Gezi Park, was bombarded by an officer who shot pepper spray directly into her face.

“The jet sent her hair billowing upwards,” wrote the Democratic Underground at the time. “As she turned, the masked policeman leapt forward and hosed down her back. The unprovoked attack left her and other activists choking and gasping for breath; afterwards Sungur collapsed on a bench.”

(Screenshot via Osman Orsal /YouTube)The second image is of the infamous incident at the University of California at Davis when a peaceful Occupy protest was met with an overly aggressive show of police force. This culminated in Officer John Pike directly and deliberately spraying burning yellow chemicals into the faces of the protesters. 

“To see unarmed, unaggressive bystanders who, by virtue of their location at a time and place where trouble was brewing, were assaulted by authority figures spraying burning, toxic, chemicals, is an unforgettable visual,” writes columnist Lorraine Devon Wilke. She continues:

Likely there are many more that occur every day; these particular ones exist as iconic moments that symbolize bigger movements, of countries, of people, even of students. These images are important historical documents of what happened, how, and to whom. Hopefully they will contribute, by sheer virtue of their shock value, to change, progress, and needed solutions; the agony of those attacked has to account for something of value.

(Photo: Louise Macabitas)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Nobel Laureates to Obama: No Keystone XL!

0

A group of Nobel Peace laureates called for the immediate rejection of the Keystone XL pipeline in a letter sent to President Barack Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry Tuesday.

Archbishop Desmond Tutu at the Copenhagen climate change conference. (Attila Kisbenedek/AFP/Getty Images) “We are writing to urge you to once and for all reject the TransCanada Keystone XL pipeline,” begins the letter penned by 10 Nobel Peace Prize winners–including Mairead Maguire, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Betty Williams, and Adolfo Pérez Esquivel.

“Since we first wrote you, in September of 2011, the risks of tar sands oil and the threats of dangerous climate change have only become clearer,” the laureates write.

They continue:

Tragic extreme weather events, including hurricanes, drought and forest fires in your own country, have devastated hundreds of millions of people around the globe. Recent tar sands oil spills in Kalamazoo, MI and Mayflower, AR, have served as a harsh reminder that shipping the world’s dirtiest oil will never likely be safe enough for human health and the environment.

Alberta’s oil sands are Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution and emissions are projected to double over the next seven years. […]

As leaders who have spoken out strongly on these issues, we urge you, once again, to be on the right side of history and send a clear message that you are serious about moving beyond dirty oil. [read the full text below]

The letter follows an earlier letter sent in 2011 also calling for a rejection of Keystone XL.

Regarding the letter, Danielle Droitsch writes for the NRDC Switchboard Blog:

When the great moral leaders of our time, including Archbishop Tutu, call for a rejection of tar sands in the face of catastrophic climate change, it is time for the U.S. to reject the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline, a linchpin enabling the tripling of expansion of this dirty oil.

“The rejection of the Keystone XL pipeline is a critical step towards limiting the expansion of the Canadian oil sands–Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution,” said the Nobel Women’s Initiative Tuesday, adding, “the oil sands also have devastating impacts on local land, water, air, and communities.”

The letter follows alarming news last month that the world hit a “sobering milestone” of 400 parts per million (ppm) of CO2 in the atmosphere–a first in human history–far surpassing the 350 ppm limit considered safe by climate experts.

If Keystone XL is approved, Canada will be sure to dig up and churn out all of its toxic tar sands–a move that climate experts such as Bill McKibben and James Hansen have repeatedly warned will send CO2 levels far through the roof, spelling game over for the climate.

However, while promising to “respond to the threat of climate change,” both Obama and Kerry have remained vague over whether or not they will approve construction of the northern leg of the pipeline.

Read the full letter below:

President Barack Obama
1600 Pennsylvania Avenue
Washington, DC 20500

June 17, 2013

Dear President Obama and Secretary Kerry,

We are writing to urge you to once and for all reject the TransCanada Keystone XL pipeline.

Like millions of others, we were buoyed by words in the President’s second inaugural address: “We will respond to the threat of climate change, knowing that failure to do so would betray our children and future generations.” Mr. President and Secretary Kerry, this is an opportunity to begin to fulfill that promise. While there is no one policy or action that will avoid dangerous climate change, saying ‘no’ to the Keystone XL pipeline is a critical step in the right direction. Now is the time for unwavering leadership.

Climate change threatens all of us, but it is the world’s most vulnerable who are already paying for developed countries’ failure to act with their lives and livelihoods. This will only become more tragic as impacts become worse and conflicts are exacerbated as precious natural resources, like water and food, become more and more scarce. Inaction will cost hundreds of millions of lives — and the death toll will only continue to rise.

Since we first wrote you, in September of 2011, the risks of tar sands oil and the threats of dangerous climate change have only become clearer. Tragic extreme weather events, including hurricanes, drought and forest fires in your own country, have devastated hundreds of millions of people around the globe. Recent tar sands oil spills in Kalamazoo, MI and Mayflower, AR, have served as a harsh reminder that shipping the world’s dirtiest oil will never likely be safe enough for human health and the environment.

Alberta’s oil sands are Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution and emissions are projected to double over the next seven years. The International Energy Agency, among many other respected bodies, has found that in order to prevent catastrophic global warming of over two degrees centigrade we must leave two thirds of fossil fuels in the ground. In contrast, the expansion of the Alberta oil sands, as projected, is consistent with the pathway to global warming of six degrees centigrade. The Keystone XL pipeline is critical to this rate of tar sands growth, as without it the industry is unlikely to be able to fulfill its plans of tripling oil sands production.

We recognize the extreme pressure being put on you by industry and the governments of Canada and Alberta, and note this pressure represents the interest of the largest, wealthiest corporation–and not the average Canadian. We applaud the Government of British Columbia for standing up to this pressure and calling for the rejection of another tar sands pipeline, the Enbridge Northern Gateway pipeline. On the other hand, acting against broad public opinion, the Canadian Government has abandoned its commitments both under the United Nations Kyoto Protocol and the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification. The Canadian Government has also taken extreme measures domestically to gut environmental legislation and muzzle scientists in order to fast track tar sands pipeline development.

We also recognize the pressure from forces in your own country. The Keystone XL pipeline will not benefit or improve the lives of Americans, but nevertheless we understand that the politics of action on climate are not easy. We believe you are the kind of leaders who can stand up to those interests when necessary, to do what is right for the world and for future generations.

You have both been clear that it is time for the United States to step up and do its fair share to fight the climate crises. We acknowledge the work and investment that is happening in North America to increase energy efficiency and clean energy, but unless we dramatically accelerate such efforts and move more quickly away from the use of fossil fuels — our other efforts will be rendered practically irrelevant.

Our shared climate cannot afford the Keystone XL oil sands pipeline.

As leaders who have spoken out strongly on these issues, we urge you, once again, to be on the right side of history and send a clear message that you are serious about moving beyond dirty oil.

Yours sincerely,

Mairead Maguire, Nobel Peace Laureate (1976) – Ireland

Betty Williams, Nobel Peace Laureate (1976) – Ireland

Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Nobel Peace Laureate (1984) – South Africa

Adolfo Pérez Esquivel, Nobel Peace Laureate (1980) – Argentina

Rigoberta Menchú Tum, Nobel Peace Laureate (1992) – Guatemala

José Ramos Horta, Nobel Peace Laureate (1996) – East Timor

Jody Williams, Nobel Peace Laureate (1997) – USA

Shirin Ebadi, Nobel Peace Laureate (2003) – Iran

Tawakkol Karman, Nobel Peace Laureate (2011) – Yemen

Leymah Gbowee, Nobel Peace Laureate (2011) – Liberia
– See more at: http://nobelwomensinitiative.org/2013/06/nobel-laureates-call-on-preside…

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Chomsky: NSA Spying = Attack, Not Protection

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Noam Chomsky called foul on Obama Administration claims that NSA secret spying keeps the U.S. people safe, declaring in public statements Tuesday and Wednesday that the scandal is tantamount to an attack on the U.S. people.

The linguistics professor, activist, and public intellectual proclaimed that, in the darkest irony, the very government snooping in the name of security is making the world less safe through the open-ended War on Terror.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

3 killed in two bomb blasts in Iraq

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 3 people have been killed and 15 others injured after two bomb blasts hit al-Miqdadiyah city in Iraq’s Diyala Province.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US envoy seeks to disintegrate Yemen’

0

US Ambassador to Yemen Gerald Michael Feierstein (file photo).

A leader of Yemeni General People Congress (GPC) Party has accused the US envoy to Yemen of attempting to disintegrate the Arab state.

Yasser Al-Yamani wrote in an article titled Å“The US playing with fire in Yemen” that US Ambassador to Sanaâ„¢a, Gerald Michael Feierstein is commanding an operations room advising Yemen’s intelligence and security service.

He noted that Feiersteinâ„¢s mission had ended in Yemen, but the so-called reconciliation government, requested the US government to renew his mission.

Al-Yamani also noted that the reconciliation government had warned of the overthrow of Yemen in case Feierstein left.

Ali Abdullah Saleh, who ruled Yemen for 33 years, stepped down in February 2012 under a US-backed power transfer deal in return for immunity, after a year of mass street demonstrations demanding his ouster.

His vice president, Abdrabuh Mansur Hadi, who is a UK-trained marshal, replaced him on February 25, 2012 following a single-candidate presidential election backed by the United States and Saudi Arabia.

Yemenis continue to hold demonstrations to call for the political restructuring of the country and to demand the dismissal of remnants of Salehâ„¢s regime from their government posts.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pres. Obama's Secret CIA Hit Squad Detailed in "The Way of the Knife"

0

President Barack Obama has converted the CIA into his personal army and granted it unfettered assassination authority.

The story behind the development and deployment of this presidential killing corps is told in The Way of the Knife: The CIA, a Secret Army, and a War at the Ends of the Earth, the latest book by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Mark Mazzetti.

Mazzetti, who writes for the New York Times, describes a role reversal between the army of agents in the CIA and the actual army:

And just as the CIA has come to take on tasks traditionally associated with the military, with spies turned into soldiers, so has the opposite occurred. The American military has been dispersed into the dark spaces of American foreign policy, with commando teams running spying missions that Washington would never have dreamed of approving in the years before 9/11. Prior to the attacks of September 11, the Pentagon did very little human spying, and the CIA was not officially permitted to kill. In the years since, each has done a great deal of both, and a military-intelligence complex has emerged to carry out the new American way of war.

The “new American way of war” includes not declaring war. Rather than submit to the constitutional authority of the legislative branch’s exclusive power to declare war, presidents for decades have marched brigades of U.S. armies through the barriers that separate the powers of the White House and Capitol Hill.

Admittedly, when the president assumes the power to designate people as enemies of the state, then he feels legally justified in skirting (or completely disregarding) the myriad constitutional and moral checks on the prosecution of war.

For example, President Obama’s nearly daily approval of drone-delivered assassinations is an effrontery to over 650 years of our Anglo-American law’s protection from autocratic decrees of death without due process of law. When any president usurps the power to place names on a kill list and then have those people summarily executed without due process, he places our republic on a trajectory toward tyranny and government-sponsored terrorism.



It would be another matter if those targeted and executed by the president were armed enemy combatants – they were not. Were these suspected “militants” enemy soldiers captured during wartime they would be necessarily afforded certain rights granted to POWs. Those slated for assassination are not allowed any rights – neither the due process rights given to those accused of crimes nor the rights of fair treatment given to enemies captured on the battlefield. The White House has assumed all power over life and death and created ex nihilo a new category of individual – one deprived of all rights altogether.

President Obama, apparently, has a fondness for transformers: He takes one useful thing and repurposes it into something equally useful, although perhaps not equally constitutional.

Apart from the spy-to-soldier switch, Mazzetti writes of how “in a shadow war waged across the globe, America has pursued its enemies using killer robots and special operation troops.”

Again, in The Way of the Knife, Mazzetti displays a penchant for conflating the president (and the federal government and the military) for America, as in “America has pursued its enemies.”

The enemies currently being pursued by drones and CIA/Special Ops death squads are not the enemies of America – not demonstrably – but are people unfortunate enough to have their flash card come up in the Tuesday kill list confab.

An informative piece written by two of Mazzetti’s New York Times colleagues illuminates much of the macabre methodology of aggregating the names of enemies of the state to President Obama’s proscription list.

 Recounting the scene at one of the regularly scheduled Tuesday intelligence briefings at the White House, Jo Becker and Scott Shane wrote, “The mug shots and brief biographies resembled a high school yearbook layout. Several were Americans. Two were teenagers, including a girl who looked even younger than her 17 years.”



It cannot be too soberly restated that these seemingly cold-blooded conferences are occurring every week in the Oval Office and are presided over by the president.



That last fact is essential if one is to understand the era into which our Republic has entered. The president of the United States, in this case Barack Obama, sits in a chair in the White House rifling through dossiers of suspected terrorists. After listening to the advice of his claque of counselors, it is the president himself who designates who of the lineup is to be killed. As the New York Times explains:

Mr. Obama has placed himself at the helm of a top secret “nominations” process to designate terrorists for kill or capture, of which the capture part has become largely theoretical. He had vowed to align the fight against Al Qaeda with American values; the chart, introducing people whose deaths he might soon be asked to order, underscored just what a moral and legal conundrum this could be.

It is truthfully said by choruses of the president’s men that he inherited this “War on Terror” from President Bush. He must, so the supporters say, continue the operation until the threat to America from extremists is eliminated.

In his prosecution of this global search and destroy mission, President Obama displays more than just a grudging obligation to finish what his predecessor started, however. As Mazzetti reminds his readers, “The foundations of the secret war were laid by a conservative Republican president and embraced by a liberal Democratic one who became enamored of what he inherited.”

To his (dis)credit, President Obama has taken that inheritance and turned quite a profit. He now unrepentantly and repeatedly spends this lethal wealth on building an empire on the rubble of the constitutional Republic that was erected based on a constitutional blueprint. He is now – and it is foreseeable that all future Oval Office occupiers will be, as well – a man possessed of nearly unbounded power over life and death, with unitary command over a sophisticated and surreptitious squad of CIA soldiers and special operations manipulators. Again, Mazzetti from The Way of the Knife:

The strange new conflict has also upended how the United States waged war. The traditional wartime chain of command – passing from the White House to the secretary of defense to a four-star commander with a staff of hundreds to build and execute a war plan – had quietly been circumvented. The CIA director was now a military commander running a clandestine, global war with a skeleton staff and very little oversight.

The White House, he later explains, now has the first and final say on “who should be captured, who should be killed, and who should be spared.”

Bloodthirsty Roman dictators only dreamed of such deadly dominion over their political enemies and the entire population of their much smaller worlds.

The Way of the Knife: The CIA, a Secret Army, and a War at the Ends of the Earth is published by Penguin Press and is available now.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Would the NSA's PRISM Have Prevented 9/11?

0

Former Vice President Dick Cheney said on Fox News Sunday this week that if the National Security Agency’s daily collection of private telephone records and Internet messages had been in place before the 9/11 attacks in 2001, the terrorists’ plot might have been foiled. Rep. Mike Rogers (R- Mich.) and Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairmen, respectively, of the House and Senate Intelligence Committees, are among the public officials who have made similar claims in defense of the NSA’s controversial PRISM program.

“As everybody who’s been associated with the program’s said, if we had had this before 9/11, when there were two terrorists in San Diego – two hijackers – had been able to use that program, that capability, against that target, we might well have been able to prevent 9/11,” Cheney told host Chris Wallace. The hijackers Cheney referenced were Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar, who were sharing a residence in San Diego from January 2000 until a few months before the September 11, 2001 attacks.

FBI Director Robert Mueller made the same claim when he testified before a House panel on June 13. Referring to an al-Qaeda “safe house” in Yemen, Mueller said, “If we had the telephone number from Yemen, we would have matched it up to that telephone number in San Diego, got further legal process, identified al-Mihdhar … The 9/11 Commission itself indicated that investigations or interrogations of al-Mihdhar, once he was identified, could have yielded evidence of connections to other participants in the 9/11 plot.” But Mueller, in that same testimony, seemed to be saying the intelligence officials had the number of the safe house.

“They understood that that al-Qaeda safe house had a telephone number, but they could not know who was calling in to that particular – that particular safe house. We came to find out afterwards that the person who had called in to that safe house was al-Mihdhar, who was in the United States, in San Diego,” he said.

Mueller’s statements appear to be contradictory. Either the intelligence officials had the safe house phone number or they didn’t. If they didn’t, they wouldn’t have been able to match it up with al-Mihdhar in San Diego. If they had it, they could have traced any call to or from that number. Either way, it’s hard to see how collecting billions of telephone records, e-mails, and other forms of communications every day would help them find who might have called a safe house in Yemen. The principle of government surveillance appears to be that if you can’t find a needle in a particular haystack, you should add more hay – tons and tons of it.

But a little history of the path al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar took to their 9/11 destination indicates they were not that hard to find, once the CIA had discovered the number and wiretapped the line to the Yemen safe house in late 1999. Listening in, they learned that the two men would be attending a secret al-Qaeda meeting in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, in early January 2000. They also knew that right after the meeting al-Hazmi flew to Bangkok and then on to Los Angeles. They learned later that al-Mihdhar arrived on the same flight, and they knew that he had a multiple-entry visa that allowed him to enter and leave the United States at will.

The pair rented a house in San Diego and from then on they were, so to speak, hiding in plain sight. Newsweek related their comings and goings in a June 9, 2002 article called “The Hijackers We Let Escape,” an excerpt from which reads:

Alhazmi and Almihdhar lived openly in the United States, using their real names, obtaining driver’s licenses, opening bank accounts and enrolling in flight schools – until the morning of September 11, when they walked aboard American Airlines Flight 77 and crashed it into the Pentagon.

Neither man was the hijacker who piloted the plane. That was Hani Hanjour, a fellow al-Qaeda conspirator whom al-Hazmi hooked up with at flight school in Phoenix. But had the FBI had its far-reaching sights on al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar, they might have led them to some interesting get-togethers, such as al-Mihdhar’s meeting with Mohamed Atta and other September 11 plotters in Las Vegas in the summer of 2011. But the problem was not, as Cheney, Mueller, and others have argued, a lack of data that would have enabled investigators to find the San Diego terrorists. The problem, Newsweek pointed out, was no one was looking for them.

Had law-enforcement agents been looking for Alhazmi and Almihdhar at the time, they could have easily tracked them through bank records. In September 2000, Alhazmi opened a $3,000 checking account at a Bank of America branch. The men also used their real names on driver’s licenses, Social Security cards and credit cards. When Almihdhar bought a dark blue 1988 Toyota Corolla for $3,000 cash, he registered it in his name. (He later signed the registration over to Alhazmi, whose name was on the papers when the car was found at Dulles International Airport on September 11.) Of course, agents might have used another resource to pinpoint their location: the phone book. Page 13 of the 2000-2001 Pacific Bell White Pages contains a listing for “alhazmi Nawaf M 6401 Mount Ada Rd. 858-279-5919.”

The pair went undetected due to the lack of communication between the CIA and other agencies, a major finding of the report of the 9/11 Commission. The agency did not notify either the Immigration and Naturalization Service or the State Department, which routinely issued al-Mihdhar a new passport after he had lost the one he’d had. Most significantly, the CIA, which is forbidden by law to conduct surveillance within the United States, didn’t tell the FBI that al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were in the United States until August 23, 2001, even though FBI officials were assigned to the agency’s Counterterrorism Center in Langley, Virginia. “That was unforgivable,” a senior FBI official told Newsweek. Even after the CIA discovered a photo in its files of al-Mihdhar at the Kuala Lumpur meeting, standing next to an al-Qaeda fighter suspected in the October 2000 bombing of the USS Cole, they did not alert the FBI. That, and not a shortage of “metadata,” is what the FBI claimed in 2002 kept them from discovering the San Diego terrorists.

According to the Newsweek story, the FBI at that time had constructed a chart showing how, based on their contacts with at least five other of the eventual hijackers, they could have uncovered the 9/11 plot if they been alerted sooner to the presence al-Hamzi and al-Mihdhar in this country. “There’s no question we could have tied all 19 hijackers together,” the official said.

The FBI, of course, dropped the investigative ball a time or two itself in the weeks and months leading up to 9/11, most notably when the would-be 20th hijacker, Zacarias Moussaoui, was in custody in Minnesota. When agents in the Minnesota office, acting on a tip from the Phoenix division, asked for permission to seek a court warrant to search Moussaoui’s laptap computer, the request was denied at headquarters in Washington.

Ironically, defenders of the NSA program have often cited this April’s Boston Marathon bombings as an example of the kind of terrorist attack that might be prevented by evidence uncovered by the NSA’S massive data sweep – though the program had been in place for seven years by then. Mueller told the House panel last week that the program helped the FBI find a friend of the bombing suspects. The friend, though unarmed, was shot to death in an altercation with the FBI agents interviewing him. But the FBI, at the request of Russian authorities, had investigated one of the alleged bombers, Tamerlan Tsarnaev, two years earlier for potential links to alleged terrorists in his native Chechnya. The investigation turned up nothing, but the bureau has been criticized for not notifying the Boston or Massachusetts state police of the Russians’ suspicions, despite the fact that Boston police have three detectives and a sergeant on the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force.

Would that have prevented the bombing? Probably not. Try as they might, government agents can’t watch everyone 24/7, and there’s no assurance police would have detected a plot by the Tsarnaev brothers had they known they were under suspicion. But neither is there reason to believe either the Marathon attack or the 9/11 disaster would have been prevented by piling into a government database the daily call records and Internet communications of millions of Americans, for whom there were no grounds for suspicion. Nor was there good reason to build a huge and expensive new bureaucracy, the Department of Homeland Security, and the massive NSA data sweep because the CIA wasn’t talking to the FBI and the FBI is not sharing information with local law enforcement. As the warden said in the movie Cool Hand Luke:

“What we got here is a failure to communicate.”

Image: logo for the PRISM program

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama Speaks With Forked Tongue on Surveillance

0

It’s bad enough the federal government spies on us. Must it insult our intelligence too?
 
The government’s response to Edward Snowden’s leaks about the National Security Agency’s secret monitoring of the Internet and collection of our telephone logs is a mass of contradictions. Officials have said the disclosures are (1) old news, (2) grossly inaccurate, and (3) a blow to national security. It’s hard to see how any two of these can be true, much less all three.
 
Can’t they at least get their story straight? If they can’t do better than that, why should we have confidence in anything else that they do?
 
Snowden exposed the government’s indiscriminate snooping because, among other things, it violates the Fourth Amendment protection against unreasonable searches and he had no other recourse.
 
Director of National Intelligence James Clapper says Snowden should have used established channels to raise his concerns, but there are no effective channels. Members of the congressional intelligence committees are prohibited from telling the public what they learn from their briefings. Two members of the Senate committee, Ron Wyden and Mark Udall, for years have warned – without disclosing secrets – that the Obama administration is interpreting the Patriot Act and related laws far more broadly than was ever intended by those who voted for those pieces of legislation. Their warnings have made no difference.
 
A court challenge wasn’t open to Snowden either. Glenn Greenwald, who published Snowden’s leaks in the Guardian, notes that for years the ACLU has tried to challenge the surveillance programs in court on Fourth Amendment grounds, but the Obama administration has blocked the effort by arguing that the ACLU has no standing to bring the suit. It’s a classic Catch-22. Since the surveillance is secret, no one can know if he has been spied on. But if no one knows, no one can go into court claiming to be a victim, and the government will argue that therefore the plaintiff has no standing to challenge the surveillance. Well played, Obama administration.
 
The administration should not be allowed to get away with the specious claim that telling its secrets to a few privileged members of Congress is equivalent to informing the people. It is not. It’s merely one branch of government telling some people in another branch. Calling those politicians “our representatives” is highly misleading. In what sense do they actually represent us?
 
Equally specious is the assertion that the NSA can’t monitor particular people without court authorization. The secret FISA court is a rubber stamp.
 
When Obama ran for president in 2008, he said Americans shouldn’t have to choose between privacy and security. Now he says that “one of the things that we’re going to have to discuss and debate is how are we striking this balance between the need to keep the American people safe and our concerns about privacy? Because there are some tradeoffs involved.”
 
What do you take us for, Mr. President? Do you say whatever serves your momentary interest?
 
It’s outrageous for Obama to say he welcomes this debate – when his regime is plotting to capture and prosecute the heroic whistleblower who made it possible.
 
The debate would be bogus anyway. No one has a right to make a security/privacy tradeoff for you. Our rights should not be subject to vote, particularly when a ruling elite ultimately will make the decision – out of public view!
 
Americans have learned nothing from the last 40 years if they have not learned that the executive branch – regardless of party – will interpret any power as broadly as it wishes. Congressional oversight is worse than useless; it’s a myth, especially when one chamber is controlled by the president’s party and the other chamber’s majority embraces big government as long as it carries a “national security” label.
 
Obama says, “If people can’t trust not only the executive branch but also don’t trust Congress and don’t trust federal judges to make sure that we’re abiding by the Constitution, due process and rule of law, then we’re going to have some problems here.” That’s wrong. If the politicians’ only response to revelations that they’re violating our privacy is to ask for trust, then we already have problems.
 
Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Nobel Laureates to Obama: No Keystone XL!

0

A group of Nobel Peace laureates called for the immediate rejection of the Keystone XL pipeline in a letter sent to President Barack Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry Tuesday.

Archbishop Desmond Tutu at the Copenhagen climate change conference. (Attila Kisbenedek/AFP/Getty Images) “We are writing to urge you to once and for all reject the TransCanada Keystone XL pipeline,” the letter penned by 10 Nobel Peace Prize winners–including Mairead Maguire, Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Betty Williams, and Adolfo Pérez Esquivel–begins.

“Since we first wrote you, in September of 2011, the risks of tar sands oil and the threats of dangerous climate change have only become clearer,” the laureates write.

They continue:

Tragic extreme weather events, including hurricanes, drought and forest fires in your own country, have devastated hundreds of millions of people around the globe. Recent tar sands oil spills in Kalamazoo, MI and Mayflower, AR, have served as a harsh reminder that shipping the world’s dirtiest oil will never likely be safe enough for human health and the environment.

Alberta’s oil sands are Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution and emissions are projected to double over the next seven years. […]

As leaders who have spoken out strongly on these issues, we urge you, once again, to be on the right side of history and send a clear message that you are serious about moving beyond dirty oil. [read the full text below]

The letter follows an earlier letter sent in 2011 also calling for a rejection of Keystone XL.

Regarding the letter, Danielle Droitsch writes for the NRDC Switchboard Blog:

When the great moral leaders of our time, including Archbishop Tutu, call for a rejection of tar sands in the face of catastrophic climate change, it is time for the U.S. to reject the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline, a linchpin enabling the tripling of expansion of this dirty oil.

“The rejection of the Keystone XL pipeline is a critical step in limiting the expansion of the Canadian oil sands–Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution,” said the Nobel Women’s Initiative Tuesday, adding, “the oil sands also have devastating impacts on local land, water, air, and communities.”

The letter follows alarming news last month that the world hit a “sobering milestone” of 400 parts per million (ppm) of CO2 in the atmosphere–a first in human history–far surpassing the 350 ppm limit considered safe by climate experts.

If Keystone XL is approved, Canada will be sure to dig up and churn out all of its toxic tar sands–a move that climate experts such as Bill McKibben and James Hansen have repeatedly warned will send CO2 levels far through the roof, spelling game over for the climate.

However, while promising to “respond to the threat of climate change,” both Obama and Kerry have remained vague over whether or not they will approve construction of the northern leg of the pipeline.

Read the full letter below:

President Barack Obama
1600 Pennsylvania Avenue
Washington, DC 20500

June 17, 2013

Dear President Obama and Secretary Kerry,

We are writing to urge you to once and for all reject the TransCanada Keystone XL pipeline.

Like millions of others, we were buoyed by words in the President’s second inaugural address: “We will respond to the threat of climate change, knowing that failure to do so would betray our children and future generations.” Mr. President and Secretary Kerry, this is an opportunity to begin to fulfill that promise. While there is no one policy or action that will avoid dangerous climate change, saying ‘no’ to the Keystone XL pipeline is a critical step in the right direction. Now is the time for unwavering leadership.

Climate change threatens all of us, but it is the world’s most vulnerable who are already paying for developed countries’ failure to act with their lives and livelihoods. This will only become more tragic as impacts become worse and conflicts are exacerbated as precious natural resources, like water and food, become more and more scarce. Inaction will cost hundreds of millions of lives — and the death toll will only continue to rise.

Since we first wrote you, in September of 2011, the risks of tar sands oil and the threats of dangerous climate change have only become clearer. Tragic extreme weather events, including hurricanes, drought and forest fires in your own country, have devastated hundreds of millions of people around the globe. Recent tar sands oil spills in Kalamazoo, MI and Mayflower, AR, have served as a harsh reminder that shipping the world’s dirtiest oil will never likely be safe enough for human health and the environment.

Alberta’s oil sands are Canada’s fastest growing source of greenhouse gas pollution and emissions are projected to double over the next seven years. The International Energy Agency, among many other respected bodies, has found that in order to prevent catastrophic global warming of over two degrees centigrade we must leave two thirds of fossil fuels in the ground. In contrast, the expansion of the Alberta oil sands, as projected, is consistent with the pathway to global warming of six degrees centigrade. The Keystone XL pipeline is critical to this rate of tar sands growth, as without it the industry is unlikely to be able to fulfill its plans of tripling oil sands production.

We recognize the extreme pressure being put on you by industry and the governments of Canada and Alberta, and note this pressure represents the interest of the largest, wealthiest corporation–and not the average Canadian. We applaud the Government of British Columbia for standing up to this pressure and calling for the rejection of another tar sands pipeline, the Enbridge Northern Gateway pipeline. On the other hand, acting against broad public opinion, the Canadian Government has abandoned its commitments both under the United Nations Kyoto Protocol and the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification. The Canadian Government has also taken extreme measures domestically to gut environmental legislation and muzzle scientists in order to fast track tar sands pipeline development.

We also recognize the pressure from forces in your own country. The Keystone XL pipeline will not benefit or improve the lives of Americans, but nevertheless we understand that the politics of action on climate are not easy. We believe you are the kind of leaders who can stand up to those interests when necessary, to do what is right for the world and for future generations.

You have both been clear that it is time for the United States to step up and do its fair share to fight the climate crises. We acknowledge the work and investment that is happening in North America to increase energy efficiency and clean energy, but unless we dramatically accelerate such efforts and move more quickly away from the use of fossil fuels — our other efforts will be rendered practically irrelevant.

Our shared climate cannot afford the Keystone XL oil sands pipeline.

As leaders who have spoken out strongly on these issues, we urge you, once again, to be on the right side of history and send a clear message that you are serious about moving beyond dirty oil.

Yours sincerely,

Mairead Maguire, Nobel Peace Laureate (1976) – Ireland

Betty Williams, Nobel Peace Laureate (1976) – Ireland

Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Nobel Peace Laureate (1984) – South Africa

Adolfo Pérez Esquivel, Nobel Peace Laureate (1980) – Argentina

Rigoberta Menchú Tum, Nobel Peace Laureate (1992) – Guatemala

José Ramos Horta, Nobel Peace Laureate (1996) – East Timor

Jody Williams, Nobel Peace Laureate (1997) – USA

Shirin Ebadi, Nobel Peace Laureate (2003) – Iran

Tawakkol Karman, Nobel Peace Laureate (2011) – Yemen

Leymah Gbowee, Nobel Peace Laureate (2011) – Liberia
– See more at: http://nobelwomensinitiative.org/2013/06/nobel-laureates-call-on-preside…

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Chomsky: NSA Spying = Attack, Not Protection

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Noam Chomsky called foul on Obama Administration claims that NSA secret spying keeps the U.S. people safe, declaring in public statements Tuesday and Wednesday that the scandal is tantamount to an attack on the U.S. people.

The linguistics professor, activist, and public intellectual proclaimed that, in the darkest irony, the very government snooping in the name of security is making the world less safe through the open-ended War on Terror.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Four Sentenced in Indiana Vote Fraud Case

0

Two men and two women were sentenced Monday in St. Joseph County Superior Court in South Bend, Indiana, for their part in a 2008 scheme that used forged signatures to put then-presidential hopefuls Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, and John Edwards on the ballot in the 2008 Indiana Presidential Primary. The two women entered guilty pleas and the two men were found guilty in a jury trial April 25.

A spokeswoman at the clerk of courts office told The New American details of the sentences:

Owen “Butch” Morgan, former chairman of the St. Joseph County Democratic Party, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. Two years of these were suspended. Of the remaining two years, one year will be in prison and one year of direct commitment.

Dustin Blythe, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. He will be under the authority of St. Joseph County Ducomb Center for one year.

Beverly Shelton, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. She will serve two years of probation.

Pam Brunette, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. She will serve two years of probation.

Indiana has very complex election laws regarding ballot access with different requirements for different offices. For a candidate to be on the ballot in a presidential primary for a major party, he must have at least 500 signatures in each congressional district. Failure to get 500 signatures in any congressional district means that presidential candidate will not be on the ballot anywhere in the state.

Round-tabling

Numerous other states have ballot petition laws and establishment insiders take advantage of them to suppress non-establishment candidates and minority political parties. The practice of using forged signatures by establishment candidates is so commonplace that it has been nicknamed “round-tabling.” Former Chicago City Clerk and Alderman James Laski described this in his book My Fall from Grace – From City Hall to Prison Walls. Laski described how he and some other government employees, while on the clock for their government jobs, were sent on a political errand to gather petition signatures. It was a cold day, so they soon left the public parking lot and went to one person’s home. He continued, 

Once inside his house, we all sat around the kitchen table and took part in a procedure known as “round-tabling,” in which we forged people’s signatures from the polling sheets. We would randomly select names from the different precincts in the 23rd Ward.

This would go on until we filled up all the petitions. It was always best to get five or six people at the table, so we could get a variety of signatures, and in a lot less time.

According to Laski, the degree of scrutiny for the signatures depended on who was in charge of verification. Some people enforced the rules the same for everybody and some would aggressively enforce the rules for non-establishment candidates while barely scrutinizing the signatures for establishment candidates.

This Case Went to Trial

Election fraud is rarely prosecuted. It requires reasonably well-written laws, a competent investigation, a willing prosecutor, and a willing court. If any one of these links fails, no one is charged. As a general rule most defendants, once charged with violations of election laws, plead guilty or no contest. Because of that, little or nothing more is learned about exactly how it was done or who else was involved.

The U.S. Constitution guarantees in Amendment VI that all accused persons “shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial.” While this is expressed as a right of accused persons, society as a whole also benefits from this constitutional right because the public learns how a crime was committed. That information enables society to take the correct measures to prevent a recurrence.

One recurring theme in electoral fraud is that it is rarely accomplished by a lone individual. It is usually an organized effort of political party operators working in cooperation with government employees. There is frequently at least one employee at the elections department.

A classic case of this kind of teamwork is the infamous U.S. Senate runoff election in 1948 in Texas. The circumstantial evidence was overwhelming, but those who had the authority to declare the results invalid did nothing. The confession came in 1977. With both Lyndon Johnson and party boss George Parr deceased, election judge Luis Salas felt free to tell his story on KHOU television. Salas said he was part of a meeting with Parr, Democratic Party official Ed Lloyd, and Johnson. Salas agreed to add 200 more votes and said he did it because: “I don’t want to work against the party.” Larry J. Sabato and Glenn R. Simpson wrote in their book Dirty Little Secrets, “Salas admitted that two deputy sheriffs added the extra names to the voter list, at his direction.”

Those working to expose voter fraud are agreed that what is needed is simply more prosecutions of electoral fraud to punish the guilty, identify the hidden participants, and inform the public.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

South Korea coach quits after loss to Iran

0

following the 1-0 defeat at home to Iran during a qualifying match for the 2014 FIFA World Cup in Brazil.

On Wednesday, Korea Football Association (KFA) confirmed Choi’s exit, and began the search for a replacement to lead the squad in next yearâ„¢s tournament.

Å“The KFA has decided to accept Choiâ„¢s wish to resign at the end of his contract after having completed the teamâ„¢s qualification for Brazil in 2014. We thank him for his efforts and wish him well,” Korea Football Association said in a statement.

Choi came on board in December 2011. Hong Myung-bo, who coached South Korea’s Olympic team to a bronze medal at the 2012 London Games, is one of the “strongest candidates” to replace Choi.

Huh Jung-moo, vice president of the KFA, told a news conference that they would hold discussions and make a formal announcement about a new coach early next week.

Local media said Argentine Marcelo Bielsa, who left Athletic Bilbao earlier this month, and Turkish coach Senol Gunes, who managed Korean team FC Seoul between 2007 and 2009, are possible foreign coaches being considered.

On Tuesday, Iran secured its place at the FIFA 2014 World Cup after it registered a 1-0 victory against South Korea at Ulsan World Cup Stadium.

The 2014 tournament in Brazil will mark Iranâ„¢s fourth World Cup appearance.

Iran went to the FIFA World Cup in 1978, 1998, and 2006.

MP/HGH

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Image of Police Attack Against Lone Woman Goes Viral

4

A more widely-cropped version of the now viral photograph shows just how isolated the woman was she was attacked by officers in Rio de Janiero, Brazil Monday evening. (Photo: Victor Caivano)A captured instance of brazen police brutality against a civilian has, once again, captured the attention of the global community. The shocking photograph of a lone woman being pepper sprayed at close range by Brazilian police has gone viral, drawing criticism and attention to the ongoing mass demonstrations in Brazil–at which the attack took place–and the chronic undercurrent of police violence that so often follows peaceful citizen uprisings.

New York Magazine’s Daily Intelligencer spoke with the photographer behind the image, Victor Caivano, who said that the attack happened at around 11:20 PM Monday evening, long after “the protest was over, riots included.”

The woman appeared to be a “normal, middle-class university student,” he said, adding that she was standing alone on a “deserted corner” after the police had cleared the area.

He continued:

Three riot officers approached the woman and told her to leave. When she objected – the woman either questioned the order or insisted that she wasn’t doing anything wrong, Caivano recalls – she was pepper-sprayed. “This policeman just didn’t think twice,” Caivano says.

The woman stumbled backward, “screaming and cursing.” She was detained and taken to a police van. Caivano says local reporters are now trying to track her down.

The photograph has drawn obvious comparison to two similar images of the unbridled use of pepper spray, each encapsulating the fierce police brutality that too often comes hand-in-hand with such demonstrations.

One is of a woman named Ceyda Sungar–the ‘woman in the red dress’–who, during a recent protest in Istanbul’s Gezi Park, was bombarded by an officer who shot pepper spray directly into her face.

“The jet sent her hair billowing upwards,” wrote the Democratic Underground at the time. “As she turned, the masked policeman leapt forward and hosed down her back. The unprovoked attack left her and other activists choking and gasping for breath; afterwards Sungur collapsed on a bench.”

(Screenshot via Osman Orsal /YouTube)The second image is of the infamous incident at the University of California at Davis when a peaceful Occupy protest was met with an overly aggressive show of police force. This culminated in Officer John Pike directly and deliberately spraying burning yellow chemicals into the faces of the protesters.

“To see unarmed, unaggressive bystanders who, by virtue of their location at a time and place where trouble was brewing, were assaulted by authority figures spraying burning, toxic, chemicals, is an unforgettable visual,” writes columnist Lorraine Devon Wilke. She continues:

Likely there are many more that occur every day; these particular ones exist as iconic moments that symbolize bigger movements, of countries, of people, even of students. These images are important historical documents of what happened, how, and to whom. Hopefully they will contribute, by sheer virtue of their shock value, to change, progress, and needed solutions; the agony of those attacked has to account for something of value.

(Photo: Louise Macabitas)

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Noam Chomsky: Obama's Policies Are Creating Terrorism Around the World

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

Video: NSA spying justified as preventing terrorism, when it is the administration’s policies that are ensuring terrorism.

A New York federal judge shot down part of a controversial anti-terror law Wednesday that journalists and scholars worry could see them locked up indefinitely for speaking their minds. The suit was brought by activists, including former New York Times jou

June 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

If ever you accused Barack Obama of fearing to offend or suffering from lack of spine, you have to hand it to him now: President Obama is acting more and more like a leader every day, one specific leader in fact: George W. Bush.

Take the recent disclosures about the National Security Agency’s massive spying on the world. The data dragnet mimics the worst of the Bush administration.

It’s hypocritical in the extreme to gather data in the name of preventing terrorism while the administration’s own policies are creating terrorism around the world, says MIT professor emeritus, Noam Chomsky in this GRITtv exclusive interview.

Former Air America Radio host, Laura Flanders is the host and founder of GRITtv with Laura Flanders, a daily talk show for people who want to do more than talk. She is the author of the New York Times bestseller BUSHWOMEN: Tales of a Cynical Species (Verso, 2004) and Blue GRIT: True Democrats Take Back Politics from the Politicians (Penguin Press, 2007). A regular contributor on MSNBC, Flanders has appeared on shows from Real Time with Bill Maher to The O’Reilly Factor. Flanders is the editor of At the Tea Party: The Wing Nuts, Whack Jobs and Whitey-whiteness of the New Republican Right… and Why we Should Take it Seriously (October 2010, OR books). For more information, go to LauraFlanders.com or GRITtv.org.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

TWA Flight 800 crash not due to gas tank explosion, say former investigators

0

Dylan Stableford
Yahoo! News
June 19, 2013

Photograph part of National Transportation Safety Board accident report for TWA Flight 800.

The producers of an upcoming documentary on TWA Flight 800–which exploded and crashed into the waters off Long Island, N.Y., on July 17, 1996, killing all 230 people on board–claim to have proof that an explosion outside the Paris-bound flight caused the crash. And six former investigators who took part in the film say there was a cover-up and want the case reopened.

“There was a lack of coordination and willful denial of information,” Hank Hughes, a senior accident investigator for the National Transportation Safety Board, said on Wednesday during a conference call with reporters. “There were 755 witnesses. At no time was information provided by the witnesses shared by the FBI.”

Jim Speer, an accident investigator at the time of the crash for the Airline Pilots Association, who sifted through the recovered wreckage in a hangar, said he discovered holes consistent with those that would be formed by a high-energy blast in the right wing. He requested it be tested for explosives. When the test came back positive, he said, he was “physically removed” from a room by two CIA agents.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 11:39 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama urges joblessness containment

0

US President Barack Obama (L) walks alongside German Chancellor Angela Merkel (C) and Berlin’s mayor Klaus Wowereit in Berlin, Germany, on June 19, 2013.

US President Barack Obama has called on European leaders to adopt a new strategy to counter the growing jobless trend.

Å“We must not lose sight of the ultimate goal to improve the lives of people…And for example, when youth unemployment rises, we must adjust our approach so that an entire generation is not lost,” said Obama during a conference attended by German Chancellor Angela Merkel in Berlin on Wednesday.

Å“All of us have to focus on growth and we have to make sure that in pursuit of our longer policies, whether it is fiscal consolidation or reforms of our overly rigid labor markets or our pensions…that we donâ„¢t lose sight of our main goal,” Obama added.

The United States and many European countries are witnessing an unemployment crisis as leaders race to impose reforms to restructure economies and reduce debt amid the ongoing recession.

In Europe, polls show that the youth unemployment rate is twice as high as the overall rate, with 5.7 million young people without work in the 27-nation European Union.

In the crisis-stricken countries, the numbers are even worse. In Spain more than half of the population under the age of 25 is jobless, while the figure is 40 percent in neighboring Portugal. In Greece the unemployment rate for youths hit a record high in February at 64 percent.

The number of US citizens applying for unemployment benefits has unexpectedly risen to six million in May, while companies continue to fire their workers.

The US economy shrank by 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter of 2012, casting doubt on the strength of economic recovery in the country.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'US certain about Syria chemical use'

0

US President Barack Obama delivers a speech at the Brandenburg Gate in Berlin Germany on June 19, 2013.

The US President Barack Obama says, unlike the Russian government, Washington is certain that the Syrian troops have used chemical weapons in their fight against the foreign-backed Takfiri militants.

Speaking at a joint press conference with the German Chancellor Angela Merkel on Wednesday, Barack Obama said he has requested a UN investigation into the alleged use of chemical weapons by the Syrian Army against the foreign-backed Takfiri militants.

The UN has already announced that the militants have used chemical weapons, but it cannot verify that the Syrian government has used them..

On June 14, the US president ordered his administration to provide the militants with weapons, a day after Washington claimed that the Syrian government has used chemical weapons against the militants and thus crossed Washingtonâ„¢s Å“red line.”

Syria strongly rejects such claims and says the militants have used chemical weapons on several occasions, including an attack in the region of Khan al-Assal in the northwestern province of Aleppo on March 19, where over two dozen people died.

On June 15, Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said the materials collected by the Obama administration regarding the use of chemical weapons by Syrian troops would not meet the requirements of the Hague-based Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons (OPCW).

Obama also backed the decision to supply sophisticated arms to the insurgents fighting in Syria.

Obama said Washingtonâ„¢s overriding goal is to see a Å“peaceful, non-sectarian and legitimate Syria,” adding that the only solution will be a full transition excluding Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

The first Geneva declaration, adopted in June 2012, calls for a peaceful transition in Syria without excluding any party.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed so far.

MAM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Totalitarianism Goes Folksy

0

Obama in Europe for the G-8 meetings appears to have been found out as one contemptuous of civil liberties for starters, and for that reason, contemptuous as well of a whole range of democratic tenets, from elemental legal guarantees of doing justice, to seeking peaceful development and nonintervention in international politics and economics. Surveillance is on everyone’s mind–except in America. Ditto, Guantanamo; and for many, concerns about US national-security premises affecting confrontation with China and exacerbating tensions in the Middle East. America comes to Europe as Leviathan somewhat crazed, fearful, consumed with suspicions about its own people. Obama and Cameron are a delightful pair, joined at the hip by social philosophy (notably, a cavalier disregard of the poor, and high marks to capitalist upper groups) and geostrategic vision (global counterrevolution), but a relationship the former does not enjoy with other leaders at the summit. Germany has been the target of NSA spying, as per the Snowden revelations, and there and elsewhere, invasions of privacy hardly betoken confidence in Obama’s integrity.

Hence, the public-relations offensive (aka, damage control) in America, where Obama, counting on his persuasive powers and the people’s false consciousness, believes he can clamp down a police state–for how else describe the unprecedented surveillance at home to this degree?–which will be met by little or no resistance. In fact, his arrogance in this respect now shows more clearly. On the Charlie Rose show (June 17), timed to coincide with his European trip, Obama presents a classic demagogic defense of his surveillance policies. Language is revealing. Think Willie Stark, modeled after Huey Long, in All the King’s Men, the bobbing and weaving, the guttural bragging, when you read the interview: “Some people say, ‘Well, you know, Obama was this raving liberal before. Now he’s, you know, Dick Cheney.’” And he continues, “Dick Cheney sometimes says,‘ Yeah, you know, he took it all lock, stock and barrel.’ My concern has always been not that we shouldn’t do intelligence gathering to prevent terrorism, but rather, are we setting up a system of checks and balances?”

When a political leader refers to himself in the third person, run for the hills! This remoteness from the self, as though an on-looker, signifies what some admirers call Obama’s “cool,” but which might better suggest the extreme depersonalization, of self and OTHERS, which allows him to order the targeted assassination of human beings, their vaporization, leaving a blood spat, with no charges brought against the person, sometimes even identity unknown, while, following the patriotic glow of Terror Tuesdays, the president can enjoy a good night’s sleep. Depersonalization also provides the needed escape hatch from accountability and responsibility. The glibness in setting up Cheney as a straw man, to thereby show his, Obama’s, own purported liberalism [I use the term in its popular guise, rather than its actual antiradical function and record], is a familiar high-school debating technique. But it is his contention that surveillance is constitutionally acceptable in present circumstances—we can skip over whether or not it is mere “intelligence gathering,” a disarming euphemism, and effectively prevents terrorism–that defies belief and makes one want to cry out at the distortion.

The government has no system of checks and balances, and rather a self-constructed closed circle of legitimation and authorization. The FISA court is not only a rubber stamp, as many observers have said, but also a microcosm of all that is rotten in the state of–Obamaland. It is secret from start to finish, even as to its proceedings, basement jurisprudence unworthy of any sort of legal standing. Nor do Obama’s claims of having consulted Congress on surveillance mean much, given that body’s supine nature–Sen. Feinstein’s Intelligence Committee serves and protects the intelligence community–and the precondition of nondisclosure attached to the briefings. But in a larger sense, “checks and balances” has been simply chucked out the window, from Obama’s own quite drastic increase of Executive Power, to a dysfunctional Congress anxious, on a bipartisan basis, to please capitalist and military upper groups (thus complementing the Executive branch, although with sufficient confusion as to how to advance capitalism and imperialism as to become bogged down), to a Supreme Court so unmindful of rule of law and civil liberties that in such matters as surveillance it hardly checks or balances anything.

Obama, as Peter Baker reported on the Rose interview in the New York Times, claimed that “he had made important changes from the policies of George W. Bush, including making sure that surveillance was approved by Congress and a secret foreign intelligence court.” Congressional approval, to a picked handful, predisposed to accept, and muzzled to boot. As for the foreign intelligence court, Baker himself fails to see the irony in his use of “secret” to describe it. And finally, in the fashion of Willie Stark, who gives to his own leadership, as well as the totalitarian framework under construction, its endearing folksiness, Obama states: “But I think it’s fair to say that there are going to be folks on the left–and what amuses me is now folks on the right who are fine when there’s a Republican president, but now, Obama’s coming in with the black helicopters.” Third-person Obama to the rescue, the happy medium between left and right, just doing his job, selfless, indifferent to praise or blame: “…these programs [i.e., surveillance]…have disrupted plots, not just here in the United States but overseas as well.” Spying, like targeted assassination, has become the American way–they deserve being paired, as symptomatic of the desperation implicit in the subconscious acknowledgement of an erosion of military-ideological-economic power on the world stage.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Stunning Illogic of the New York Times

0

So New York Times columnist Tom Friedman and former Times executive editor Bill Keller are both saying that the massive NSA spying program on all Americans’ communications is a needed thing because if they don’t do it, then maybe there could be another major terrorist strike on the US, and democracy would be erased in the US.

What’s wrong with this argument?

Precisely that it is news organizations like the New York Times that make that kind of twisted calculus work.

When 9-11 happened, the New York Times was an enthusiastic cheerleader for the ensuing undermining of civil liberties, was an integral part of the conspiracy to convince Americans that there was a grave threat to the US posed by Al Qaeda, that Saddam Hussein was linked to Al Qaeda and that he was developing nuclear, chemical and germ weapons that could be targeted against the US, and that we needed the Constitution-gutting PATRIOT Act, as well as invasions of both Afghanistan and Iraq, to protect us from this supposedly existential threat.

It could well be correct that if there were another major mass-casualty terrorist attack, even a fraction of the size of the one on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, on some iconic target in the US, democracy would go down the tubes here, but the reason that could happen is because news organizations like the Times, judging by past history, would be braying for it to happen.

If the corporate news media would do their assigned “Fourth Estate” Constitutional job of questioning authority – for example demanding to know why the FBI lied brazenly to the 9-11 commission about (for instance, the fact that it actually had found and has in its possession the four black boxes from the two planes that hit the World Trade Center towers), if the news media asked questions about why the Tsarnaev brothers are being tagged as the lone-wolf bombers of the Boston Marathon, when the two backpacks they were wearing look nothing like the exploded backpack in the FBI’s evidentiary photos, and also do not look in the surveillance photos like they have any significant weight in them – certainly not the weight of a fully-loaded 6-liter steel pressure cooker, if the media demanded answers now about the administration’s alleged evidence claiming to prove that the Syrian government is using Sarin gas, and about a report in the British Daily Mail that a British military contracting firm’s email appears to show it was asked to provide poison gas to the Syrian rebels to stage a “Washington-approved” false flag poison gas attack to justify US military intervention in Syria – if the US media were to do these things instead of just parrot the fear-mongering garbage spread by the Obama administration and by the war-mongers of both parties in Congress, we wouldn’t have the problem of our democracy being on the chopping block.

If the media, the next time there is an apparent terrorist attack, instead of shifting instantly into fear-mongering mode as they did following the Boston bombing, took a cool, calm view of things, asking probing questions and writing calming editorials assuring the public that our democratic society is strong enough, and our police investigators smart and well equipped enough to go after the perpetrators, without assaulting our rights, we wouldn’t have to fear losing our freedom.

Mainstream journalists need to start asking that age-old question when there is a terrorist incident: Who wins from this? That’s where good reporting has to start.

Certainly terrorists don’t really win from an attack unless the country goes into a frenzied tail-spin, shutting down transportation, closing businesses, adding new and costly burdens to travel and communications, etc. The people don’t win, since instead of being made safer, they become more fearful. Who wins? The politicians and the ruling elite, who get to clamp down on public protest, on public information, and on the media itself. So too, of course, do the businesses that supply the tools of the national security state and the military.

Friedman and Keller give journalism a bad name. They are part of the problem. Their words should be dismissed as part of the self-serving propaganda of the national security state, of which the New York Times has long been a crucial and integral part.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

No school insurance if teachers have guns

1

The Topeka Capital-Journal
June 19, 2013

Allowing teachers and other employees to carry guns under a new state law would cost most school districts their insurance.

EMC Insurance Companies, the state’s main insurer of schools, won’t insure districts with armed employees under the new law, which takes effect July 1. Districts already insured by EMC wouldn’t have their policies renewed.

“We understand that school districts have every right to decide which way they want to go,” Bernie Zalaznik, EMC’s resident vice president in Wichita, said Monday. “But we have to make the decision based on what we perceive to be our best financial interest.”

EMC, which Zalaznik estimated insures about 90 percent of Kansas’ 286 school districts, has issued a letter to its agents around the state, explaining that concealed carry would pose too great a risk.

“We are making this underwriting decision simply to protect the financial security of our company,” said the May 15 letter, which can be viewed in full on The Topeka Capital-Journal’s website.

Zalaznik and the Kansas Association of School Boards said some school districts have been showing interest in letting employees carry firearms. Currently, only law enforcement officers can carry guns on school property.

Zalaznik said he had heard directly from or indirectly of about five or six districts seeking information on allowing guns in schools. David Shriver, director of the school board association’s insurance program, said about a dozen districts around the state, mostly small ones, had called and expressed interest.

The school board association is advising all districts against taking advantage of the new law.

Shriver said two other insurers of districts, Wright Specialty Insurance and Continental Western Group, also have decided either not to cover liabilities related to concealed firearms or not to insure such districts at all.

When contacted, Continental Western declined to comment. The Capital-Journal is seeking confirmation from Wright Speciality.

The new law lets school boards designate employees who can bring guns to school. The employees must have valid concealed-carry permits.

No districts in Shawnee County have plans to let employees carry guns.

“We haven’t discussed it,” Tim Hallacy, Silver Lake Unified School District 372 superintendent, said Monday. “I don’t see that as being a discussion point, and personally I’m not very interested.”

Julie Ford, superintendent of Topeka USD 501, said the district would continue to entrust its security to its police department.

“We have 20 police officers on any day that are in Topeka schools,” Ford said.

Shawnee Heights USD 450, Auburn-Washburn USD 437 and Seaman USD 345 also said allowing concealed carry wasn’t on their agendas.

“Our administration and school police department feel very strongly about this,” Seaman communications director Jeff Zehnder said.

Seaman has four police officers patrolling its buildings, Auburn-Washburn has one, Shawnee Heights has two, and Silver Lake shares an officer with Rossville USD 321.

EMC insures two districts in Shawnee County: Shawnee Heights and Silver Lake.

Unless school boards take action to allow staff members to have guns, firearms will continue to be banned on their properties except when carried by police officers.

Still, at least one school district, Wichita USD 259, may pass a policy to make clear that concealed carry isn’t allowed. The potential policy “prohibits everyone from possessing firearms in district buildings, provides for disciplining employees for possession of any firearm and requires signage at all entrances to district buildings as approved by the Kansas attorney general,” a USD 259 school board agenda says.

The board was scheduled to discuss the matter Monday, but hasn’t voted yet.

Read More

The Terror Con, Booz Allen Hamilton and the NSA

0

(Image: UGO Entertainment)

For defense contractors, the government officials who write them mega checks, and the hawks in the media who cheer them on, the name of the game is threat inflation. And no one has been better at it than the folks at Booz Allen Hamilton, the inventors of the new boondoggle called cyber warfare.

That’s the company, under contract with the National Security Agency, that employed whistle-blower Edward Snowden, the information security engineer whose revelation of Booz Allen’s enormously profitable and pervasive spying on Americans now threatens the firm’s profitability and that of its parent hedge fund, the Carlyle Group.

Booz Allen, whose top personnel served in key positions at the NSA and vice versa after the inconvenient collapse of the Cold War, has been attempting to substitute terrorist for communist as the enemy of choice. A difficult switch indeed for the military-industrial complex about which Dwight Eisenhower, the general-turned-president, had so eloquently warned us.

But just when the good times for war profiteers seemed to be forever in the past, there came 9/11 and the terrorist enemy, the gift that keeps on giving, for acts of terror always will occur in a less than perfect world, serving as an ideal excuse for squandering resources, as well as our freedoms.

Just ask New York Times columnists Thomas Friedman and Bill Keller. Rising to the defense of NSA snooping on a scale never before imagined in human history, they warn us that if there was a second 9/11-type attack, we would lose all of our civil liberties, so we should be grateful for this trade-off.

“I believe that if there is one more 9/11–or worse, an attack involving nuclear material–it could lead to the end of the open society as we know it,” Friedman wrote in his June 11 column.

No nation in history has ever possessed such an imbalance of military superiority and the ability to ward off foreign threats without sacrificing its core values. Never has this country been as vulnerable to foreign attacks as when the founders approved our Constitution with its Fourth Amendment and other protections of individual sovereignty against an intrusive government. They did so out of the conviction that individual freedom makes us stronger rather than weaker as a nation. In short, they trusted in the essential wisdom of the people as opposed to the pundits who deride it.

Defending Friedman’s column, Keller wrote Sunday:

“Tom’s important point was that the gravest threat to our civil liberties is not the NSA but another 9/11-scale catastrophe that could leave a panicky public willing to ratchet up the security state, even beyond the war-on-terror excesses that followed the last big attack.”

So it’s the panicky public’s fault and not the ill-informed work of establishment journalists like Friedman, who led the charge to war with Iraq based on phony claims about terrorism.

Once again, Friedman has a misplaced faith in the work of the intelligence community. The NSA snooping was quite extensive before 9/11 and certainly in full force prior to the Boston Marathon attack, but did not prevent either event. Indeed, our much-vaunted spy agencies still have not come up with an explanation of how 19 hijackers, 15 from our ally Saudi Arabia, managed to legally enter this country and learn flying skills while under our government’s watch.

Nor have those intelligence agencies explained why the only three countries that recognized the Taliban government sponsors of al-Qaida were that same Saudi Arabia as well as our other friends in Pakistan and the United Arab Emirates. For information on the UAE connection, the NSA might check with its buddies at Booz Allen Hamilton.

As The New York Times reported Saturday: “When the United Arab Emirates wanted to create its own version of the National Security Agency, it turned to Booz Allen Hamilton to replicate the world’s largest and most powerful spy agency in the sands of Abu Dhabi. It was a natural choice: The chief architect of Booz Allen’s cyber strategy is Mike McConnell, who once led the NSA and pushed the United States into a new era of big data espionage. It was Mr. McConnell who won the blessing of the American intelligence agencies to bolster the Persian Gulf sheikdom, which helps track the Iranians.”

Tracking the Iranians, you say? But they’re not the enemies who attacked us on 9/11, and indeed they are Shiites, who were implacably hostile to the Sunni fanatics of al-Qaida. The reasoning makes sense only if you follow the money that the UAE can pay. “They are teaching everything,” one Arab official told The New York Times about Booz Allen’s staffers. “Data mining, web surveillance, all sorts of digital intelligence collection.”

How great. Now, it’s not just the government we elect but also those everywhere, even in desert emirates, that can mine our data.

“The NSA data mining,” Keller assures us, “is part of something much larger. On many fronts, we are adjusting to life in a surveillance state, relinquishing bits of privacy in exchange for the promise of other rewards.”

Behold McConnell. While director of national intelligence from 2007-09, he did much to inflate the threat of cyberterrorism; he then returned to the private sector and was rewarded with $4.1 million his first year back at Booz Allen, solving the problem he had hyped while heading the NSA. There’s a guy who knows how to play the game.

Robert Scheer, editor in chief of Truthdig, has built a reputation for strong social and political writing over his 30 years as a journalist. MORE

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Ron Paul: “50 foiled Terror Plots” Claim Is False

0

Former Congressman says NSA hearings were a total sham

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Former Congressman Ron Paul accused the NSA of twisting the truth to fit pre arranged talking points Tuesday, saying that claims warrantless spying on American have foiled scores of terror plots are false.

“I don’t really believe that because I think they fudged the figures. Of those 50 plots that they stopped, I think 40 were minor plots overseas, for all we know.” Paul said, referring to comments made by NSA Director Keith Alexander during a House Intelligence Committee hearing.

The president repeated the talking point in a speech in Berlin, Germany today, claiming “at least 50 threats have been averted” thanks to information gleaned from the domestic surveillance programs.

“They have to try to justify their existence of destroying the freedom of and the privacy of the American citizens, otherwise they’re out of work.” Paul said on the Cavuto show Tuesday.

“They stretched the point. And even these hearings today were a bit of a sham…because they had already decided what the results would be,” the former Congressman added.

“It’s sort of like the old story about you have to burn the village to save the village. They want to burn the Constitution to save the Constitution,” he said.

“And even today, [James] Cole, the Deputy Attorney General says, the Fourth Amendment doesn’t apply to this. Where did he get this brilliance to know when it applies and when it doesn’t?” Paul urged.

“If we can go to war and do all these other things and throw the constitution out the window so casually, you better be sure if you give them an inch, they’re going to take a mile and paint themselves as heroes,” Paul added.

“The one thing they don’t do is ever ask the motivation for people wanting to kill us. If we don’t ask that question we can’t stop these problems by just taking more liberties away from the American people. We’re going in the opposite way.”

“We’ve taken away the constitution, we’re supposed to be fighting to save the constitution. It’s completely turned on its head.” the former Congressman asserted.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Mental health gun bill goes to Scott’s desk

0

News4Jax.com
June 19, 2013

A bipartisan gun bill has made its way to the governor’s desk. If signed into law, it will prevent tens of thousands of Floridians from buying firearms, but mental health workers worry the bill will backfire.

”I would think it would be very difficult for the governor not to sign a bill that keeps guns out of the hands of dangerous people with mental illnesses,” said Marion Hammer, of the Nation Rifle Association.

The legislation requires people who volunteer for mental health treatment to give up their gun rights. Mental health professionals want Gov. Rick Scott to veto the legislation.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 11:03 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

America the Brave New World: The United States Is Realizing the Dystopian Nightmares of Our Best Science Fiction

0

American society has been sliding toward the realm of dystopian science fiction – toward a nightmarish mishmash of George Orwell, Aldous Huxley and Philip K. Dick – since at least the early years of the Reagan administration, and arguably a lot longer than that. (Since Watergate? The Kennedy assassination? The A-bomb? Take your pick.) We may have finally gotten there. We live in a country that embodies three different dystopian archetypes at once: America is partly a panopticon surveillance-and-security state, as in Orwell, partly an anesthetic and amoral consumer wonderland, as in Huxley, and partly a grand rhetorical delusion or “spectacle,” as in Dick or “The Matrix” or certain currents of French philosophy.

Let’s step away from the brainiac analysis for a second and give full credit to the small-town Republican and war hero who warned us about what was coming, more than 50 years ago. In his 1961 farewell address, President Dwight Eisenhower spoke gravely about “the potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power” that lay in the coming coalition between “the military-industrial complex” and “the scientific-technological elite.” It would require “an alert and knowledgeable citizenry,” Ike cautioned, to make sure this combination did not “endanger our liberties or democratic processes.” As we say these days: Our bad.

I can’t find any direct evidence that Eisenhower had ever read Orwell’s “1984” or Huxley’s “Brave New World,” let alone that they shaped his insights into the heretical possibility that the alternative to Soviet-style Communism might turn out to be just as bad in its own way. Ike wasn’t the country bumpkin that many East Coast intellectuals of that era assumed him to be (English was his best subject at West Point), but he favored history and biography over literature and philosophy. His dire and all too prescient vision of the American future was no doubt drawn from the cultural climate around him, so perhaps he can be said to have absorbed the Orwellian vision by osmosis and made it his own. (Intriguingly, his granddaughter Susan Eisenhower, an eminent foreign policy expert, seems aware of the connection and cites “1984” as a formative influence on her own career.)

After the recent revelations about grandiose NSA domestic surveillance campaigns, complete with PowerPoint presentations that look like material from an unreleased mid-‘90s satire by Paul Verhoeven, we learned that sales of one recent edition of Orwell’s “1984” had apparently spiked by almost 7,000 percent on Amazon. Are these facts actually connected? Are these facts even facts? There’s no way to be sure, which may illustrate how difficult it is to know or understand anything amid the onslaught of pseudo-information. Maybe our current situation (as many Twitter users observed) owes more to Franz Kafka than to Orwell.

If people are really going to read “1984,” instead of just throwing it around as a reference, that can only be a good thing. (You can also watch Michael Radford’s excellent film version, with John Hurt and Richard Burton — actually released in 1984! – online right now.) It’s a devastating novel by one of the best writers of English prose of the last century, and a work that shaped both the thinking and the vocabulary of our age. But as a predictor or manual for the age of permanent war, permanent political paralysis and Total Information Awareness (Adm. John Poindexter’s much-mocked predecessor to PRISM), it gives you only part of the story.

If the technology of the national security state has finally caught up with, and indeed surpassed, anything imagined by Orwell’s Big Brother, who must rely on two-way “telescreens” and regular old secret agents to keep tabs on every citizen, the context is almost entirely different. Writing in the immediate aftermath of World War II, Orwell imagined an indefinite combination of postwar British poverty and austerity mixed with the drab, monochromatic austerity of the Soviet Union during the worst of the Stalin years. He was also imagining the aftermath of a future world-transforming war that would be even worse than the last one. Although it’s more widely understood as a political metaphor, “1984” also points the way toward “Planet of the Apes,” “The Hunger Games” and countless other post-apocalyptic visions.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

An American City Govt. Seeks the Cruel Power to Keep People off the Streets in… Vermont?

0

June 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The story from Vermont, of all places, is breathtakingly simple: the elected city council, in a bi-partisan vote, has decided to keep its law-making process secret, rather than openly address the question of whether a draconian no-trespass law it passed last winter is patently unconstitutional.

That’s right, rather than explain why the law it passed is constitutional, the Burlington City Council is hiding behind lawyer-client privilege as if it – the council – were some private corporation rather than a democratically-elected local government.

The ordinance in question, the “Church Street Marketplace District Trespass Authority,” passed the City Council unanimously in February 2013. The council vote followed seven public hearings at which some concerns were raised and addressed, but no controversy arose. The ordinance allows the immediate and arbitrary banishment of people from public streets with no due process of law and no effective appeal process.

Councilors with doubts about this ordinance had them assuaged, in part, by an analysis of the proposed law written by Assistant City Attorney Greg Meyer in mid-2012, assuring the council that it was within its constitutional rights to ban people from public streets and without authority to do so from the state legislature. That analysis by the city attorney’s office was, and is, secret from the public.

Burlington city attorney Eileen Blackwood argues, according to Seven Days, that her office’s legal analysis is protected by attorney-client privilege, in a construct where both the attorney and the “client” work for the City of Burlington. Protected by privilege, she has asserted, the legal analysis “must thus be treated as confidential.”

Since the law went onto effect in March, Progressive Party members of the City Council began to have misgivings about its constitutionality. They requested – and received – permission from the city attorney to show the secret legal analysis to an outside counsel, John Franco, who served as a Burlington assistant city attorney from 1982 to 1989, when Bernie Sanders, who is now Vermont’s junior U.S. senator, was mayor.

Attorney Franco produced a five-page, single-spaced analysis dated June 4, in which he concluded that “this ordinance is neither lawful nor constitutional.” He has reinforced this conclusion with a three-page supplemental analysis.

Based on Franco’s analysis of the ordinance, the five Progressive Party members introduced a resolution at the June 10 council meeting seeking to make the secret city attorney’s office memo public.

Democrats fought the motion fiercely. Democrat Norm Blais, an attorney, made it personal, speculating irrelevantly that the resolution derived from “politicians’ remorse.” Blais went on to argue that “this is not a question of transparency … [there are] sound reasons for having privileged communications with an attorney.”

While attorney-client privilege is widely recognized in law, Blais made no effort to explain how it applied to this governmental situation, where Democratic mayor Miro Weinberger had made a campaign promise of greater governmental transparency.

Council member Chip Mason, also a Democrat and a lawyer, chaired the committee that held three non-controversial public hearings on the ordinance. At the council meeting he defended the “sanctity” of attorney-client privilege, calling it “not something we should be waiving.”

In response to an inquiry to explain how an elected government body could be the legal equivalent of a private corporate client, Mason wrote only that: “There is no dispute that it is protected by the attorney client privilege. The City Council is the client for whom the memorandum was prepared.”

The Progressives’ resolution to make the secret memo public lost in an 8-5 vote, with the majority comprising all six of the council’s Democrats, its only Republican, and its only Independent. The council then unanimously referred the issue to committee.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Four Sentenced in Indiana Vote Fraud Case

0

Two men and two women were sentenced Monday in St. Joseph County Superior Court in South Bend, Indiana, for their part in a 2008 scheme that used forged signatures to put then-presidential hopefuls Barack Obama, Hillary Clinton, and John Edwards on the ballot in the 2008 Indiana Presidential Primary. The two women entered guilty pleas and the two men were found guilty in a jury trial April 25.

A spokeswoman at the clerk of courts office told The New American details of the sentences:

Owen “Butch” Morgan, former chairman of the St. Joseph County Democratic Party, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. Two years of these were suspended. Of the remaining two years, one year will be in prison and one year of direct commitment.

Dustin Blythe, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. He will be under the authority of St. Joseph County Ducomb Center for one year.

Beverly Shelton, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. She will serve two years of probation.

Pam Brunette, former employee of the St. Joseph County Voter Registration office, received a group of concurrent sentences, the longest being four years. All four years were suspended. She will serve two years of probation.

Indiana has very complex election laws regarding ballot access with different requirements for different offices. For a candidate to be on the ballot in a presidential primary for a major party, he must have at least 500 signatures in each congressional district. Failure to get 500 signatures in any congressional district means that presidential candidate will not be on the ballot anywhere in the state.

Round-tabling

Numerous other states have ballot petition laws and establishment insiders take advantage of them to suppress non-establishment candidates and minority political parties. The practice of using forged signatures by establishment candidates is so commonplace that it has been nicknamed “round-tabling.” Former Chicago City Clerk and Alderman James Laski described this in his book My Fall from Grace – From City Hall to Prison Walls. Laski described how he and some other government employees, while on the clock for their government jobs, were sent on a political errand to gather petition signatures. It was a cold day, so they soon left the public parking lot and went to one person’s home. He continued, 

Once inside his house, we all sat around the kitchen table and took part in a procedure known as “round-tabling,” in which we forged people’s signatures from the polling sheets. We would randomly select names from the different precincts in the 23rd Ward.

This would go on until we filled up all the petitions. It was always best to get five or six people at the table, so we could get a variety of signatures, and in a lot less time.

According to Laski, the degree of scrutiny for the signatures depended on who was in charge of verification. Some people enforced the rules the same for everybody and some would aggressively enforce the rules for non-establishment candidates while barely scrutinizing the signatures for establishment candidates.

This Case Went to Trial

Election fraud is rarely prosecuted. It requires reasonably well-written laws, a competent investigation, a willing prosecutor, and a willing court. If any one of these links fails, no one is charged. As a general rule most defendants, once charged with violations of election laws, plead guilty or no contest. Because of that, little or nothing more is learned about exactly how it was done or who else was involved.

The U.S. Constitution guarantees in Amendment VI that all accused persons “shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial.” While this is expressed as a right of accused persons, society as a whole also benefits from this constitutional right because the public learns how a crime was committed. That information enables society to take the correct measures to prevent a recurrence.

One recurring theme in electoral fraud is that it is rarely accomplished by a lone individual. It is usually an organized effort of political party operators working in cooperation with government employees. There is frequently at least one employee at the elections department.

A classic case of this kind of teamwork is the infamous U.S. Senate runoff election in 1948 in Texas. The circumstantial evidence was overwhelming, but those who had the authority to declare the results invalid did nothing. The confession came in 1977. With both Lyndon Johnson and party boss George Parr deceased, election judge Luis Salas felt free to tell his story on KHOU television. Salas said he was part of a meeting with Parr, Democratic Party official Ed Lloyd, and Johnson. Salas agreed to add 200 more votes and said he did it because: “I don’t want to work against the party.” Larry J. Sabato and Glenn R. Simpson wrote in their book Dirty Little Secrets, “Salas admitted that two deputy sheriffs added the extra names to the voter list, at his direction.”

Those working to expose voter fraud are agreed that what is needed is simply more prosecutions of electoral fraud to punish the guilty, identify the hidden participants, and inform the public.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Thatcher at Her Most Divisive

0

Harri Holkeri remains something of hero in Northern Ireland. When he went there as a peace negotiator he knew that he would be firefighting. Thanks to Margaret Thatcher the anti-British flames reached an all time high and ”The Troubles” were at their bloodiest.

Growing up in Northern Ireland during the 1980s I experienced Thatcher at her most divisive. When she was elected as the British Prime Minister in 1979 I was seven years old and dreaming with tears in my eyes. Belfast was smouldering under a sectarian sky and religious tensions were high. In my naivety I thought that Thatcher would become the boon to humanity and peace which would have brought much needed stability to the political situation in Northern Ireland. I thought that “The Troubles” would be the event to reshape her no nonsense cast of mind. Instead, her tactics set in motion a series of events that almost wiped out her entire cabinet and left Northern Ireland a more divided statelet than it was before she came to power.

At the time I didn’t really know much about Thatcher except that she was a “conviction politician” and a sour faced “milk snatcher” — she removed free school milk for the over 7s when she was Education Secretary. Politicians in Northern Ireland were of a different breed: Snuggled up to Loyalist and Republican paramilitaries who weren’t much more than hit squads and protection rackets for their own communities. There were also characters like Roy Mason, the bullying dwarf who officially defended torture with creepy excuses like, “terrorism” must be stopped, lives are at stake, the “ticking bomb” must be intercepted. The problem was that Thatcher was not one for negotiating with terrorists.

By the early 1980s, I could see that people on both sides of the conflict were becoming weary of the cycle of blood, and the pointlessness of the violence was clear. Of all modern prime ministers, Thatcher was the most sympathetic to the Unionists, and it was therefore paradoxical that she should have been responsible for negotiations that led to Irish Republicans having more of a say in the affairs of North. Every time there was a new IRA atrocity she appeared less nervous about the whole enterprise of shared government. In public at least I saw that the escalation in violence only seemed to make her more determined not to alter her course of action. I watched her puff out on TV like the ruff of some great cat in her enthusiasm for a right and it wasn’t long before she got one.

After the deaths of Bobby Sands and the other nine Republican hunger strikers in 1981, some rights were restored to paramilitary prisoners, but not official recognition of their political status. It was obvious to me that there was going to be a reaction. After the Brighton bomb exploded on October 12th 1984 the IRA issued a chilling statement: “Mrs. Thatcher will now realize that Britain cannot occupy our country and torture our prisoners and shoot our people in their own streets and get away with it. Today we were unlucky, but remember we only have to be lucky once. You will have to be lucky always. Give Ireland peace and there will be no more war.” Such a near death experience would have perturbed many, but it didn’t even prickle the hairs on the back of Thatcher’s neck.

In 1985 I became wholly convinced that she would be never be suited to deal with Northern Ireland, as some had been warning for years. In an attempt to bring an end to “The Troubles” the Anglo-Irish Agreement was signed by Thatcher and the Irish Taoiseach, Garret FitzGerald. The idea was to give the Irish government an advisory role in Northern Ireland’s government while confirming that there would be no change in the constitutional position of Northern Ireland unless a majority of its people agreed to join the Republic. The Agreement failed to bring an immediate end to political violence in Northern Ireland; neither did it reconcile the Protestant and Catholic communities, who continued to see Thatcher as a divisive figure. Ian Paisley, the then leader of the hard line Democratic Unionist Party, didn’t mince his words: “Where do the terrorists operate from? From the Irish Republic! That’s where they come from! Where do the terrorists return to for sanctuary? To the Irish Republic! And yet Mrs Thatcher tells us that that Republic must have some say in our Province. We say never, never, never, never!” Although years of political sterility followed, the Anglo-Irish Agreement did help to lay the foundations for the Good Friday Agreement, signed in 1998. It continues to hold the power sharing government in place.

In 1988, as part of Operation Flavius, Thatcher sent the SAS to Gibraltar to arrest an IRA active service unit, who were there to kill members of a British military band with a car bomb outside the Governor of Gibraltar’s official residence. The operation ended with the SAS shooting and killing Danny McCann, Seán Savage and Mairéad Farrell on sight. I remember watching the Death on the Rock, the controversial television documentary which accused the Thatcher Government of a cover-up and spreading disinformation. The British tabloid press told lies about a huge car bomb being defused and about the three suspects having died in a gunfight. This further infuriated Republicans.

It is a truism of politics that policies often have consequences different from those that are expected. In Thatcher’s case the discrepancy was exceptional. What really put my nerves on edge was the far reaching change in life in Northern Ireland that created a society different from any she envisioned or desired. During her 11 year rule, she never gave up on the aim that the British government should devolve power back to Northern Ireland politicians. Instead she brought the society to the brink of collapse. Her stature abroad was not matched by her success at home.

I have come to think of Thatcher as an ideology unto herself, someone who fits neatly into the category of dire politics, a realm of peril and woe where the “Iron Lady” was an arch-villain who plotted to make things worse. Years before D:Ream’s “Things Can Only Get Better” would enter the charts to give me a morsel of hope, I pictured another bomb going off every time Thatcher said something about her intentions for Northern Ireland. The price of her errors was always horrific.

Small faults are forgivable, but Thatcher’s reshaping of the British political landscape left huge rifts that still flow with a brand of politics and a set of convictions which resonate in Northern Ireland to this day. As I sit here years later and reflect on Thatcher’s legacy a rodent slowly stirs in my viscera: It’s the uneasy but unbanishable feeling that on the issue of power sharing she may have been right. And despite her making peace all the more difficult to achieve, the efforts of Harri Holkeri and the other negotiators did ultimately lead to the signing of the Good Friday Agreement.

Gareth Rice lives in Helsinki.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Obama denies spying on German emails

0

US President Barack Obama delivers a speech at the Brandenburg Gate on June 19, 2013 in Berlin.

US President Barack Obama says that American spies have not been Ëœriflingâ„¢ through the emails of German and French citizens.

He made the remarks after a Wednesday meeting with German Chancellor Angela Merkel in Berlin, insisting that the programs operated by the US secret service National Security Agency (NSA) were legal and limited.

The United Statesâ„¢ controversial Internet and phone surveillance programs have sparked alarm in Europe.

Å“This is not a situation where we are rifling through, you know, the ordinary emails of German citizens or American citizens or French citizens or anyone else,” Obama said.

He also claimed that Å“lives have been saved” due to the use of the surveillance system, saying, Å“We know of at least 50 threats that have been averted — not just in the United States, but in countries around the world, including Germany.”

On June 17, around 400 demonstrators rallied in Berlin in protest against the NSA, days after released classified documents exposed electronic surveillance programs.

In a guest editorial for Spiegel Online on June 11, German Justice Minister Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger said reports that Washington could access and track virtually all forms of Internet communication were Å“deeply disconcerting” and potentially dangerous.

On June 6, The Guardian revealed a top secret US court order that allows the NSA to collect data on millions of Americans who are customers of the major US phone company, Verizon.

Edward Snowden, a former technical worker for the CIA, has been revealed as the source of the leaks about US phone and internet surveillance.

According to the order, Verizon should Å“on a daily basis” give the NSA data, including phone numbers, location, and duration of all phone calls in its systems, both in the US and between the US and other countries.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran Judiciary chief meets with Rohani

0

Iran Judiciary Chief Ayatollah Sadeq Amoli Larijani (R) meets with president-elect Hassan Rohani on June 19, 2013.

Iran Judiciary Chief Ayatollah Sadeq Amoli Larijani has met with president-elect, Hassan Rohani, stressing the need for interaction between the three branches of government.

Speaking at a press conference following the Wednesday meeting, Larijani said, Å“I believe the [three] branches of government must cooperate and interact with each other in order to better serve the people of Iran.”

Å“We at the Judicial branch, while stressing the independence of all government branches, voice readiness for cooperation with the Executive branch,” said Amoli Larijani.

He congratulated Rohani over his victory in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election, praising Iranians for their mass participation in the vote and for creating the Å“political epic.”

Rohani, for his part, described the meeting as a first step toward cooperation and pointed to the important role of the Judiciary in safeguarding the rights of the nation, freedoms and justice.

Rohani emerged victorious in the presidential election of June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, winning 50.7 percent of a total of the more than 36 million ballots counted.

He currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the countryâ„¢s Supreme National Security Council, is a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts, and is also president of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US terror drone attack kills 5 Afghans

0

A US Predator drone fires a Hellfire missile. (file photo)

At least five people have been killed and several others severely injured in a strike by a US killer drone in Afghanistanâ„¢s western province of Farah.

The deadly attack took place in the volatile Balablook district in Farah Province on Tuesday.

Local Afghan officials said a Taliban commander and four members of his group were killed in the attack. However, the militant group has not commented on the deaths yet.

This comes after the US-led deadly airstrikes killed nearly ten people in volatile provinces of Logar and Kandahar.

US officials claim that the airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

Many civilians have lost their lives in US-led strikes and operations in various parts of Afghanistan over the past decade, with Afghans becoming increasingly outraged at the seemingly endless number of the deadly assaults.

US drone strikes have escalated significantly over the past year, fueling anti-American sentiment in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Yemen and Somalia.

Civilian casualties caused by foreign forces have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains high in the country.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Explaining Iran’s ‘Surprise’ Election

0

The dogs of war in the U.S. media bark and, in true Don Quixote fashion, it’s a sign that authors Hillary and Flynt Leverett are on the move. In their electrifying new book, Going to Tehran: Why the United States Must Come to Terms with the Islamic Republic of Iran, the former National Security Council experts — who were forced out of their positions for their opposition to Washington ’s war-mongering and occupation — take on the growing myths told by the U.S. government about Iran .

Liberals, conservatives and centrists in the U.S. media hysterically attacked Going to Tehran as soon as it came out. The Wall Street Journal derided the Leveretts as “Washington ’s most outspoken defenders of the mullahs.” In a particularly nasty hit-piece called “I Heart Khomenei.” Laura Secor of the New York Times called the book “one-sided” and a “mirror image” of the anti-Iran propaganda churned out by the U.S. government. Foreign Affairsclaims they “overargue” their case for ending U.S. hostilities. The Weekly Standard accused them of “paranoid dogmatism.” The New Republiccalled the book “an act of ventriloquism,” presumably with the Iranian government as the puppet master.

Flynt Leverett and Hillary Mann Leverett. (Photo credit: Penn State)

When I see a book receive universal condemnation from the corporate-owned media, I take it as a sign that I need to read it. And ultimately every anti-war activist in the U.S. owes it to the people of Iran to check out this well-researched, persuasive and highly readable case against war with Iran. After all, we live in a country where Argo, a ludicrous xenophobic hit-piece on the Iranian Revolution, wins the Academy Award for Best Picture at the 2012 Oscars.

As the Leveretts show in their book, the U.S. government and the corporate media work hand-in-glove to dominate the narrative on Iran, telling and repeating all sorts of myths and falsehoods to build the case for war against a large, independent, oil-producing country in the Middle East. Going to Tehran sets the record straight.

The book focuses on dispelling three elements of the U.S. mythology around Iran, breaking each into three-chapter parts. First, it challenges the myth that Iran is an irrational state “incapable of thinking about its foreign policy interests,” arguing instead that the Islamic Republic is incredibly rational in its fight for survival as a revolutionary state in a region historically dominated by U.S. imperialism and Israeli militarism.

Second, it unravels the myth of Iran as an illegitimate state, by showing the overwhelming popularity of the Iranian government and refuting the unsubstantiated claims of electoral fraud in 2009. Finally, it challenges the myth that the U.S. can — or should — topple Iran through sanctions, diplomatic isolation and the threat of war.

A Strike Against Imperialism

The Leveretts devote a serious chunk of their book to tracing the roots and trajectory of the 1979 Iranian Revolution and detailing the history of U.S., Israeli and Iraqi aggression against the Islamic Republic. They contextualize Ayatollah Khomenei’s Shi’a Islam, which strongly focused on social justice and anti-imperialism, and they detail the Iranian people’s history of resistance to the brutal U.S.-backed Shah monarchy.

Khomenei’s thought and popularity casts a long shadow, even into Iranian society today, and the Leveretts give him appropriate treatment. Agree or disagree with their analysis, you have to admit that it’s a far cry from the cynical chauvinism of most Western commentators, who paint a crude (and often racist) caricature of the leading figure in Iran’s revolution.

Equally important is their handling of the Iran-Iraq War — called the “imposed war” by Iranians. In that war, then-Iraqi President Saddam Hussein launched a U.S.-backed war of aggression against Iran. The Iranian people, inspired by the revolution’s promise of self-determination, sacrificed dearly to defend their country, with well over a million killed from both sides in the eight-year war. The Leveretts show how the “imposed war” still impacts Iranian policy today, seen in the election and re-election of war veterans, like current President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, for political offices.

U.S. policymakers constantly refer to Iran as a theocratic dictatorship, but the Leveretts expose this argument as baseless, chauvinistic and out of touch with ordinary Iranians. They write, “Most Middle Easterners do not think that the Islamist features of Iran’s political system make it undemocratic. … For most Egyptians and other Middle Easterners, the ‘main division in the world’ is not between democracies and dictatorships but between countries whose strategic autonomy is subordinated to the United States and countries who exercise genuine independence in policymaking. For most people in the Middle East , the Islamic Republic is on the right side of that divide.”

The Leveretts argue that this divide between imperialist and anti-imperialist countries explains Iran’s rising stock in the Middle East. After decades of U.S. wars and occupations, people in the Middle East support those forces that resist imperialism, rather than the Gulf monarchies that kowtow to Washington’s agenda.

Counter-Revolution Defeated

It does not seem like four years ago that Iran held its last presidential election, which triggered the so-called “Green Movement.” With the 2013 elections just behind us, the Leveretts revisit some key facts about the election in 2009 that were overlooked and distorted by the U.S. media. By examining polls, debate transcripts, voting patterns and Iranian election law, the Leveretts prove that Ahmadinejad legitimately won the 2009 election.

They write: “The facts were evident for anyone who chose to face them: neither Mousavi nor anyone in his campaign nor anyone connected with the Green Movement ever presented hard evidence of electoral fraud. Moreover, every methodologically sound poll carried out in Iran before and after the election — fourteen in all, conducted by Western polling groups as well as by the University of Tehran — indicated that Ahmadinejad’s reelection, with two-thirds of the vote (which was what the official results showed), was eminently possible.”

Far from the popular rebellion that the U.S. media portrayed, the Green Movement receded just weeks after its beginning. The Green Movement represents the interests of businessmen tied to Western banks and corporations, well-off students, urban intellectuals and professionals, rather than the majority of Iranians. Many Iranians view the Green Movement as an attempted counter-revolution — backed by the U.S. — aimed at destabilizing a popular government that supports the Palestinian liberation struggle, Hezbollah in Lebanon and other resistance forces which the Leveretts examine in detail. …

Even if the U.S. media refused to acknowledge the truth, the Iranian people clearly understood that the Green Movement was a threat to the independence of Iran. A Charney Research poll from 2010 found that “59% of responders said the government’s reaction had been ‘correct’; only 19% thought it ‘went too far.’”

According to the opposition’s numbers, about 100 people died in clashes with security forces. The Leveretts show that the protests regularly led to opposition-instigated violence, to which the state then responded. Most insightful of all, the Leveretts compare the hypocritical reaction to the Green Movement by the U.S. to the violent crackdown on African American and Latinos outraged at the 1992 Rodney King verdict. The State of California sent in the National Guard and killed 53 people for demonstrating against this racist miscarriage of justice, but rather than condemning government violence, the U.S. media called the uprising a ‘riot.’

Why did a solid majority of Iranians support Ahmadinejad in 2009 and approve of the government’s harsh response to the attempt at counter-revolution? The Leveretts argue in chapter four, entitled “Religion, Revolution and Roots of Legitimacy” that the Iranian people, especially poor farmers and workers, experienced real progressive gains from the revolution in 1979.

In spite of economic sanctions and external threats, “the percentage of Iranians living in poverty — less than 2% by the World Bank’s $1.25-per-day standard — is lower than that in virtually any other large-population middle-income country,” including Brazil, India, Mexico and Turkey. Iran’s rapidly expanding public and low-income health care services have increased life expectancy by 21.9 years since 1980, according to the UN Development Programme. This serves as a model that even universities and NGOs working in Mississippi are implementing. Literacy rose from 40% under the Shah to 99% in the present-day Islamic Republic; voting suffrage is universal and religious minorities have guaranteed representation in the Majlis (parliament).

Despite Western Islamophobia, women’s rights in Iran have (in some ways) drastically improved. In addition to six months of paid maternity leave — far higher than the U.S. — “the majority of university students in Iran [and] the majority of students at Iran’s best universities are now female.” Some of the evidence the Leveretts present around issues of gender will genuinely surprise readers. For instance, they say that “rulings from [Ayatollah] Khomenei recognizing transgendered identity as biologically grounded, today provide the legal basis for free elective gender-reassignment surgery.”

While Iran still has many contradictions, related to gender and the role that working people play in society, the Leveretts argue that the Iranian people elect to build on the progressive gains rather than overturning them. The Green Movement represented a step backwards in the history of Iran, and the majority of Iranians recognized that.

Setting the Record Straight

The Leveretts won themselves no friends in the political establishment with their chapter entitled “Myths and Mythmakers.” By far the strongest section of the book, they analyze the neo-conservatives, liberal interventionists, the Israel lobby and the Iranian expatriates as four distinct but inter-related groups that fuel anti-Iranian sentiment in the media and in Washington.

Many of these so-called ‘experts’ monopolize the corporate-owned press in the U.S., despite having never read a word of Farsi. Although these groups do not all outwardly advocate U.S. military intervention, the Leveretts show how even the more well-meaning liberal critics repeat the same myths told by the neo-cons and warmongers, effectively strengthening their case for a strike on Iran. It is disturbing to think that the U.S. media still gives a platform for the most vocal cheerleaders of the disastrous Iraq War — Thomas Friedman of the New York Times and the xenophobic CIA analyst Kenneth Pollack — to spew their venom against Iran.

Even readers convinced that Tehran has nefarious intentions would benefit from the Leveretts’ book. In 1987, current Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei delivered a speech to the UN laying out a fundamental distinction between opposition to U.S. imperialism and support for the people, saying, “This indictment is directed against the leaders of the United States regime and not against the American people, who, had they been aware of what their governments have done against another nation, would certainly endorse our indictment.”

Facing the hostile threat of a nuclear-armed Israel, and the U.S. military occupation of Iran ’s next-door neighbors — Afghanistan , and previously Iraq — the people of Iran want peace and solidarity with the people of the U.S., not another war.

Going to Tehran is written primarily to persuade policy-makers to abandon the current U.S. strategy of toppling the government of Iran. Throughout the whole book, the Leveretts seem frustrated at the very likely possibility that their well-researched case against war with Iran will go unread by politicians. However, the primary audience that will benefit from Going to Tehran is not lawmakers, but rather anti-war activists. Anti-war organizers could use the book as a starting point for reading groups and teach-ins about the nature of U.S. aggression.

The disorganized response by the U.S. anti-war movement to NATO’s attack on Libya proves the need for a unified, principled, anti-imperialist opposition to war that seeks to build meaningful international solidarity. And in 2013, Going to Tehran is an important contribution to that struggle.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

FBI director admits domestic use of drones

0

RT
June 19, 2013

The FBI uses drones for domestic surveillance purposes, the head of the agency told Congress early Wednesday.

Robert Mueller, the director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, confirmed to lawmakers that the FBI owns several unmanned aerial vehicles, but has not adopted any strict policies or guidelines yet to govern the use of the controversial aircraft.

“Does the FBI use drones for surveillance on US soil?” Sen. Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) asked Mr. Mueller during an oversight hearing on Capitol Hill Wednesday before the Senate Judiciary Committee.

Intelsat stops services to Iran channels

0

Communications satellite services provider Intelsat has suspended services to Iranian TV channels.

Communications satellite services provider Intelsat has announced the suspension of its services to Iranian channels, especially the English-language news network, Press TV, as the West’s campaign against free speech intensifies.

On Wednesday, the Luxembourg-based company said it will no longer provide services to Iranian channels, most notably Press TV, adding that the decision has been made in accordance with US sanctions against the president of the Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) – that’s Iran’s national broadcasting corporation.

Intelsat noted that it has been ordered by the US government to avoid extending IRIBâ„¢s license, noting that it will stop providing services as of July 1st.

Press TV and other Iranian channels have come under an unprecedented wave of attacks by European governments and satellite companies since January 2012.

They have been taken off the air in several Western countries, including Britain, France, Germany and Spain.

European companies say they are abiding by anti-Iran sanctions. However, EU foreign policy chief’s spokesman, Michael Mann, has told Press TV that sanctions do not apply to media.

In the meantime, the French-Israeli CEO of Europe’s satellite giant, Eutelsat, has written letters to several satellite companies, asking them to stop cooperating with Iranian channels.

The Israeli lobby in the United States has also publicly supported European attempts to shut down Press TV.

Media activists call the attacks on Iranian channels a campaign against free speech launched by the same European governments that preach freedom of expression.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Despite What the President Said, There’s Nothing “Transparent” About a Secret Court Issuing Secret Rulings

0

Trevor Timm
EFF.org
June 19, 2013

On Charlie Rose [Monday] night, President Obama gave his most detailed defense of the NSA surveillance programs since a FISA court order demanding that Verizon hand over phone records information on all its US customers leaked to the Guardian two weeks ago. In a key portion of the interview, he talked about the secret FISA court that, under the auspices of the PATRIOT Act and FISA Amendments Act, has been approving the NSA’s sweeping surveillance requests. Curiously, President Obama referred to these secret courts as “transparent”:

Charlie Rose: But has FISA court turned down any request?

Barack Obama: The – because – the – first of all, Charlie, the number of requests are surprisingly small… number one. Number two, folks don’t go with a query unless they’ve got a pretty good suspicion.

Charlie Rose: Should this be transparent in some way?

Barack Obama: It is transparent. That’s why we set up the FISA court….

The FISA court, by its nature, is the opposite of transparent. In fact, it’s hard to imagine how the FISA court could be more secretive.

Let’s start with the court building itself. After the FISA Amendments Act passed in 2008, which greatly expanded the government abilities to make broad surveillance requests, the court was remodeled. The Washington Post reported at the time about secrecy measures in place to make sure the public did not find out what the court was up to:

First, the workers encased the room in reinforced concrete. Then came the thick wood-and-metal doors that seal into the walls. Behind those walls they labored in secret for two years, building a courtroom, judge’s chambers and clerk’s offices. The only sign that they were done came recently, when biometric hand scanners and green “Restricted Access” placards were placed at the entrances.

What workers have finally completed–or perhaps not; few really know, and none would say–is the nation’s most secure courtroom for its most secretive court.

The decisions by the court, far from being transparent, are some “of the most highly classified documents inside the U.S. government,” as The Daily Beast reported today. The Daily Beast described the ultra-secretive process for those companies who receive the orders, and the senators who want to provide oversight to the court.

Those who receive [FISA orders]–the first of its kind to be publicly disclosed–are not allowed “to disclose to any other person” except to carry out its terms or receive legal advice about it, and any person seeing it for those reasons is also legally bound not to disclose the order. The officials say phone companies like Verizon are not allowed to store a digital copy of the [FISA orders]…

Even lawmakers and staff lawyers on the House and Senate intelligence committees can only view the [FISA orders] in the presence of Justice Department attorneys, and are prohibited from taking notes on the documents.

For years now, EFF has been trying to get one of these FISA opinions declassified. Last year, the Director for National Intelligence publicly admitted that “on at least one occasion” the FISA court has ruled the NSA’s collection of domestic communications violated the Fourth Amendment, yet refused to release any other information about it.

We’ve filed a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit to have the opinion released, but as EFF’s Mark Rumold described in detail, it was extremely difficult for EFF to even file a brief in the FISA court. The government’s Kafkaesque secrecy arguments, which they used in an attempt to prevent the opinion’s release, really have to be read to be believed.

Thankfully, the FISA court ruled last week that there was nothing barring the decision from being subject to the Freedom of Information Act, and the district court will now rule on how much of the opinion should be released to the public. To give one an idea about how secretive the court is, EFF’s motion was the first to be placed on the court’s online public docket and the first (known) win by a non-government party in the court’s history.

Today, Google commendably filed a challenge to FISA gag orders in the FISA court  as well, citing their First Amendment right to tell the public a general number of how many users are affected by FISA court orders. We hope other companies follow suit. In Google’s motion to the court, they wrote, “Transparency is critical to advancing public debate in a thoughtful and democratic manner.”

We couldn’t agree more. Once upon a time, the President did too. Twice, once in 2010 and again in 2011, the Obama administration promised to declassify significant FISA court rulings. They still have not done so. If President Obama wants the FISA courts to be more transparent, he can act today.

Urgent action alert: EPA about to raise allowable concentrations of glyphosate on food crops, edible oils and animal feed — comments needed by July 1

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
June 19, 2013

This is an urgent action alert from Natural News and the Health Ranger. Public comments are due by July 1 to object to new EPA regulations which are already in place, allowing glyphosate contamination of food crops, edible oils and waterways at concentrations which are thousands of times higher than the amount needed to cause cancer.

The new regulation, which can be viewed HERE, sets the following regulations regarding glyphosate residues on crops:

– It allows forage and hay teff to contain up to 100 ppm glyphosate (that’s over one million times the concentration needed to cause cancer according to a recent study). See PubMed source here:
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/23756170

– Allows oilseed crops (flax oil, canola oil, soybean oil, olive oil, etc.) to contain up to 40 ppm glyphosate (which is over 100,000 times the concentration needed to cause cancer)

– RAISES the allowable glyphosate contamination level of root crops (such as potatoes) from 200 ppb to 6000 ppb.

– Allows glyphosate contamination of fruits at anywhere from 200 ppb to 500 ppb.

Importantly, the EPA says no one even commented on all this when it was initially filed! “There were no comments received in response to the notice of filing.” Since then, a total of just 396 people have posted a public comment at the time of this story being published.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:53 am

Tags: , , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Ron Paul: Dollar Will Collapse, Gold Will “Go To Infinity”

Former congressman says that precious metals will literally become priceless

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Appearing on CNBC yesterday, former Congressman Ron Paul warned that if the US continues on its current course, the dollar will collapse, and gold will literally be priceless.

“Eventually, if we’re not carefully, it will go to infinity, because the dollar will collapse totally,” Paul said on CNBC.com’s Futures Now.

“As long as we have excessive spending, and excessive computerized money, we are going to see gold go up,” Paul urged, noting that as the value of the dollar is destroyed, everything measured against dollars will increase in value.

Paul added that recent drops in gold prices do not factor into the long term outlook.

“Markets do these types of things–they go up sharply, and sometimes they take a rest,” Paul said. “I was never very good on short term, whether it’s the stock market, or whatever.”

“If you look at the record of the value of the dollar since the Fed’s been in existence, we have about a 2-cent dollar. And gold used to be $20 an ounce. So I’d say the record is rather clear on the side of commodity money.” Paul said.

“Six thousand years of history shows that gold always retains value,” Paul added, “and paper always self-destructs.”
–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

New Matt Damon Movie Reveals Mankind’s Transhumanist Destiny

0

Elysium: The super elite centralizes technological progress to achieve utopia

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Elysium, a new movie starring Matt Damon and Jodie Foster, depicts what many futurists have long predicted is mankind’s ultimate destiny — the division of the human race into two new class systems — a transhumanist elite that centralizes technological progress to achieve utopia, and a massive underclass left to rot on a dying planet ruled by robotic drones.

The trailer for the movie, set to be released on August 9 in the US, begins by depicting an army of robot drones in control of policing that shake down and beat citizens for trivial “violations”. The year is 2154. When Damon’s character expresses anger at his treatment, he is offered a pill to calm him by a robotic bureaucrat. Any form of dissent is treated as “abusive”.

“Humanity is divided between two worlds,” reads the caption, explaining that most of humanity is left to reside on an overpopulated, collapsing earth while the super elite have developed a gargantuan and luxurious off-planet space habitat called Elysium where war, poverty, hunger and disease are non-existent.

Damon’s character is forced to undergo cybernetic enhancements before he can lead a mission to Elysium in order to find a cure for a cancer virus he has contracted. The movie is also clearly designed to be a political jibe at anti-immigration activists.

However, many of the themes of Elysium are clearly lifted from the work of futurists like Ray Kurzweil, who in his book The Age of Spiritual Machines predicted the body scanner depicted in the trailer which eliminates cancer cells.

Kurzweil’s 1999 book, which successfully foresaw the invention of the iPhone, the iPad, Google Glass, iTunes, You Tube and on demand services like Netflix as well as the Kindle, predicts that by 2029 the vast majority of humans will have augmented their bodies with cybernetic implants and those who refuse or are unable to do so will form a “human underclass” that is not productively engaged in the economy.

The wider trend of the elite seeing humans as completely expendable as their roles are taken up by machines unfolds after 2029 when, “There is almost no human employment in production, agriculture, and transportation,” writes Kurzweil.

By 2099, the entire planet is run by artificially intelligent computer systems which are smarter than the entire human race combined — similar to the Skynet system fictionalized in the Terminator franchise.

Humans who resist the pressure to alter their bodies by becoming part-cyborg will be ostracized from society.

“Even among those human intelligences still using carbon-based neurons, there is ubiquitous use of neural implant technology, which provides enormous augmentation of human perceptual and cognitive abilities. Humans who do not utilize such implants are unable to meaningfully participate in dialogues with those who do,” writes Kurzweil.

One of the most prescient voices of dissent against this future — despite his murderous actions — was Theodore Kaczynski, the Unabomber, who is widely quoted by futurists like Kurzweil and Bill Joy as sagely outlining the dangers posed to the general public by the elite’s drive for technological singularity, as depicted in the Elysium movie.

“Due to improved techniques the elite will have greater control over the masses; and because human work will no longer be necessary the masses will be superfluous, a useless burden on the system. If the elite is ruthless they may simply decide to exterminate the mass of humanity. If they are humane they may use propaganda or other psychological or biological techniques to reduce the birth rate until the mass of humanity becomes extinct, leaving the world to the elite,” wrote Kaczynski in his manifesto.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:55 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Journalist Who Brought Down Gen. McChrystal Dies In Car Accident

0

rollingstone.com
June 19, 2013

Editor’s note: Journalists who mess with government and military power often die under mysterious circumstances.

Michael Hastings, the fearless journalist whose reporting brought down the career of General Stanley McChrystal, has died in a car accident in Los Angeles, Rolling Stone has learned. He was 33.

Hastings’ unvarnished 2010 profile of McChrystal in the pages of Rolling Stone, “The Runaway General,” captured the then-supreme commander of the
U.S.-led war effort in Afghanistan openly mocking his civilian commanders in the White House. The maelstrom sparked by its publication concluded with President Obama recalling McChrystal to Washington and the general resigning his post. “The conduct represented in the recently published article does not meet the standard that should be met by — set by a commanding general,” Obama said, announcing McChrystal’s departure. “It undermines the civilian control of the military that is at the core of our democratic system.”

michael hastingsHastings’ hallmark as reporter was his refusal to cozy up to power. While other embedded reporters were charmed by McChrystal’s bad-boy bravado and might have excused his insubordination as a joke, Hastings was determined to expose the recklessness of a man leading what Hastings believed to be a reckless war. “Runaway General” was a finalist for a National Magazine Award, won the 2010 Polk award for magazine reporting, and was the basis for Hastings’ book, The Operators: The Wild and Terrifying Inside Story of America’s War in Afghanistan.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 10:07 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Google challenges U.S. gag order, citing First Amendment

0

Craig Timberg and Cecilia Kang
Washington Post
June 19, 2013

Google asked the secretive Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court on Tuesday to ease long-standing gag orders over data requests the court makes, arguing that the company has a constitutional right to speak about information it is forced to give the government.

The legal filing, which invokes the First Amendment’s guarantee of free speech, is the latest move by the California-based tech giant to protect its reputation in the aftermath of news reports about broad National Security Agency surveillance of Internet traffic.

Revelations about the program, called PRISM, have opened fissures between U.S. officials and the involved companies, which have scrambled to reassure their users without violating strict rules against disclosing information that the government has classified as top secret.

A high-profile legal showdown might help Google’s efforts to portray itself as aggressively resisting government surveillance, and a victory could bolster the company’s campaign to portray government surveillance requests as targeted narrowly and affecting only a small number of users.

Tuesday’s unusual legal move came after days of intense talks between federal officials and several of the technology companies, including Google, over what details can be released. It also comes as the firms increasingly show signs of wanting to outdo each other in demonstrating their commitment to protecting user privacy.

In its petition, Google sought permission to publish information about how many government data requests the surveillance court approves and how many user accounts are affected. Google long has made regular reports with regard to other data demands from the U.S. government and other governments worldwide, but it has been forced to exclude requests from the surveillance court, which oversees an array of official monitoring efforts that target foreigners.

Facebook, Microsoft and Yahoo in recent days have won federal government permission to include requests from the court as part of the overall number of data requests they receive from federal, state and local officials. Google has rejected that approach as too imprecise to help users understand the scope of its cooperation with federal surveillance.

“Google’s users are concerned about the allegations. Google must respond to such claims with more than generalities,” it said.

In a statement also issued Tuesday, the company said, “Lumping national security requests together with criminal requests – as some companies have been permitted to do – would be a backward step for our users.”

The Justice Department did not immediately reply to a request for comment Tuesday night.

Surveillance court requests typically are known only to small numbers of a company’s employees. Discussing the requests openly, either within or beyond the walls of the company, can violate federal law.

Yet even if Google is permitted to say how many requests the surveillance court has made, the information may not shed much light on PRISM. The program does not require individual warrants from the surveillance court each time a search is made.

The Israel Lobby and Traumatic Memory

0

Edward Snowden speaks of an electronic “architecture of oppression,” based on the mania of our national security state to control the communications of humankind at large. But there are other systems of control–emotional and cultural rather than digital–whose mechanisms of control are no less capable of being abused. The most effective of these are the overlapping systems of influence and control set up by the Israel Lobby. This is a generic term referring to disparate people and institutions that believe that Americans should not be allowed to publicly criticize the government of Israel, even when it does bad things; and it is with that intent in mind that they conduct extensive policing of public discussion of anything having to do with Israel.

The Lobby consists mainly of the leadership of three important organizations–the Anti-Defamation League, the American Jewish Committee and the Simon Wiesenthal Center; the Lobby’s most well-known public figures are Abraham Foxman, Director of the ADL, and Alan Dershowitz, an American attorney, professor lawyer and political commentator. They are backed up by an even larger contingent of rightwing Christian evangelicals, the largest and most active constituency in the Republican Party, many of whom believe that a religious war would bring about the Second Coming of Christ. All of the above-mentioned people have one thing in common: they attack American critics of the Israeli state, usually by calling them anti-Semites or self-hating Jews, often trying to ruin their reputations or drive them from their jobs.

In Congress the American-Israeli Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) does pretty much the same thing, with one major difference: they have at their disposal immense amounts of money. Currently an actual majority of elected officials receive money from AIPAC to vote as the current government of Israel wants them to, at least on issues having to do with the Middle East. There’s nothing illegal about it–it’s called ‘bundling,’ and is basically a form of legal bribery. But one must say that it’s rather odd, not to mention unprecedented, that the Prime Minister of a foreign country would participate in the distribution of money through his proxies to the US Congress, so that its members vote as he wants them to. From the point of view of American sovereignty, not to mention political morality, it’s an astonishing situation.

But why do people and organizations in the Israel Lobby behave in this manner, and why do so many supposedly free Americans follow their dictates? Why do they cooperate in suppressing criticism of the Israeli state, when everybody knows that self-criticism and robust debate are necessary to the health of the state, any state? Why do so many people who say they love Israel embrace doctrines that ensure Israel’s eventual destruction? And why do so many people feel constrained to think, speak and act according to the dictates of a Lobby that is often irrational? They do so because attitudes toward Israel are deeply intertwined with ongoing efforts to suppress traumatic memory of the Nazi Holocaust, and likewise to suppress the gnawing awareness of the systemic evil that drove it. That is both troubling and dangerous, because you cannot suppress that kind of trauma (by which I mean the traumatic memory associated with the Holocaust), you can only manage it. And you can only manage it by deconstructing the aggression internalized along with the trauma. And that means accepting the ghastly but universal capacity of all human beings for evil.

Some institutions, especially the Simon Wiesenthal Center in Los Angeles, actually encourage and seek to enhance traumatic memory associated with the Holocaust, insisting that identification with Holocaust victims should be the basis of Jewish identity, rather than identifying with those who tried to stop the Holocaust. In my book The Death of Judeo-Christianity: Religious Aggression and Systemic Evil in the Modern World, I call attention to the extreme danger of this approach: “To live in the same world in which the Holocaust occurred, the Wiesenthal Center is saying, you must accept it both as history’s biggest crime and the most important determinant of Jewish identity. But that is a mistaken strategy, because it gives too much power to the Holocaust. You cannot base identity on the Holocaust without internalizing its aggression, because you cannot take in one without the other.”[i] This creates a trauma bond, which bonds the victim not to the aggressor, but to his aggression. This is why so many victims appear to imitate and act out the kind of aggression with which they were once victimized; the abused child grows up to be an abuser.

It is this internalization of Holocaust aggression that one meets at every point in the Israel Lobby, and in the people who follow its cultural and political dictates, even when those dictates are disastrous for Israel. Managing traumatic memory of the Holocaust also means managing the internalized aggression that inevitably accompanies it. That is not to say that all people who uncritically support the Israeli state are affected by multigenerational trauma, nor are all the Christians and Jews who obediently do its bidding. The trauma associated with the Nazi Holocaust often affects people who have no connection whatsoever to Europe, or the historical period when the Holocaust occurred; and that is, for the most traumaswaim
part, because the Holocaust confronts people with the problem of systemic evil in a way they cannot ignore or avoid. Modern people are so unused to confronting the omnipresence of evil that even trying to do so can be traumatizing, because modernity has no philosophy, no theology, and no detailed explanation whatsoever, that can explain why aggression and evil are so powerful in human affairs. And while institutional religion tries to identify evil, it can’t stop it, and often makes it worse.

Acknowledging the existence of evil often leads people to realize–including a great many that are horrified by it–that evil can be more powerful than good, and usually is. This realization is by itself quite disorienting, because it goes against what enlightened people have believed for the last three centuries. It is not based on mere philosophical speculations, but arises as the result of excruciating psychological upheavals in which people discover that the world they knew before, no longer exists. This process creates an anxiety so profound that the only way some people can suppress it is to create an imaginary system in which delusions replace unpredictable realities, and the reactions of other people must be endlessly manipulated through a kind of emotional totalitarianism. (That is, the manipulation of negative emotions–especially fear, guilt, aggression and shame–can be used to make people avoid taboo subjects, and in so doing encourage them to suppress thoughts about them.)

This is a big part of the cultural system that the Israel Lobby has set up, but there is another component to it, one that is hidden. At a very deep level uncritical supporters of the Israeli state suffer from a gnawing fear that Israel is not the perfect place that the Lobby says it is; and to control their suppressed fears, they must strive to control what everybody else thinks and feels about it, often by ritually punishing unrepentant American critics of Israel in conspicuous, public and sometimes surreal ways.

That brings up the phenomenon of ex post facto scapegoating, an expedient widely practiced by visionaries when their shimmering dreams turn into nightmares; consider, for example, the pathologies associated with Stalinism. Why were there show trials, assassinations, people sent by the thousands to the gulag? Because Communism could not deliver on its promises: therefore scapegoats had to be blamed and punished. In the case of Israel, the ideals of generations of liberals, social democrats and socialists toward a Jewish state have been mainly abandoned; so someone, or some group of people, must be blamed and punished for this failure. Thus the suppressed fury at Israel’s moral collapse is seamlessly displaced onto the critics who document that same collapse. This may partially explain the over-the-top, buffoonish nature of the accusations hurled by the Israel Lobby at those who criticize the current government of Israel: that such critics are secret crypto-fascists; that they long for the destruction of Israel; that they are planning another Holocaust; and so forth.

If you’re still wondering why people in the Israel Lobby behave as they do, consider also the following dynamics from the point of view of a Holocaust survivor, or someone who lost family members in the Holocaust. Where was God at the moment of greatest peril to his people, when 10,000 Jews were being murdered every day in the gas chambers at Auschwitz-Birkenau? God was not there for his people when they needed him–no, God was nowhere to be found. Likewise the secular faith in liberal, social democratic and progressive ideas embraced by secular Jews since the Enlightenment: all of them made not the slightest difference once the Endloesung, the Final Solution, was in place. The result was a largely unconscious loss of faith in God, in liberal democracy, and in any solution to political problems except military force. Many survivors ended up believing–unconsciously more than consciously–that those who survive in this world do so only by hurting others.

This led to a process in which worship of the Israeli state slowly replaced a Torah-based God, not to mention a secular belief in progressive political solutions. People who increasingly saw God as little more than a ancient metaphor could now worship something far more concrete: the Israeli state’s victorious army, its active diplomatic corps, its vast propaganda initiatives, not to mention its Shin Bet interrogation centers and 200-400 nuclear weapons–all the furnishings of a successful theocratic state! And instead of feeling close to a mainly absent and intangible God, they could now experience tumultuous feelings of religious nationalism, the strongest and most dangerous force on the planet. Indeed, this constitutes the real secular religion of Israel, and many of its uncritical supporters in the US: the worship of religious nationalism in the service of state power, in the form of the Israeli state.

Yet religious nationalism feels like God, because it is so powerful–and considering what Jews have gone through in the past, certainly Jews need power to protect themselves. But what the Israeli Jews have done to the Palestinians, and what they continue to do to them, is the wrong kind of power. They have embraced a form of systemic evil, the addictive nature of which they are only now beginning to comprehend. The Israeli political class has internalized the aggression of the European anti-Semites, aided by the almost daily references to the Holocaust by Israeli media and rightwing politicians, the social outcome being that they now hate the Palestinians in much the same way as the Christians in Europe once hated them.

But if Jews struggle with aggression that they cannot acknowledge, so do Christians wrestle with a shame that dare not speak its name. After all, it was Christians who carried out the Holocaust, which was but the final act in a thousand years of Christian anti-Semitism. If Christians thought too much about this last fact, it might occur to some of them that Christianity has been, and is, by its own standards, a failed religion. Thus the built-in incentive to declare the Israeli project a smashing success: along with enough unacknowledged guilt to cause the Christians to give the Israelis whatever they want–for along with the guilt is a generalized fear of being publicly vilified as anti-Semites, which Zionists quickly learned to do to get what they wanted. Thus anything having to do with Israel/Palestine is hedged about with elaborate taboos, for Christians as well as Jews, to the extent that people dare not talk publicly, or even think privately, about the moral and political implications of impunity for Israel’s crimes and misdemeanors.

All of which should help us understand why Israel must be represented as perfect by the Israel Lobby, and why, according to the Lobby, it must never be criticized. The Nazi Holocaust must be morally repudiated, and its traumatic memory suppressed–but not in a way that would require anybody to make any changes or do anything; so only a Holy State, a perfect state, an exalted and utopian state thousands of miles away (that is to say, an imaginary state) can in that quick and efficient manner redeem the shame of Christians, and help to suppress the anger and internalized aggression of Jews. If the Nazi madness was pure evil, the Israeli state must now be perceived as wholly and perfectly good; only the most transcendent and eternally perfect State could help people repress the traumatic memory of the six million dead in Europe, and in so doing suppress all thought of the human evil in the present moment. (Because if the Holy State is perfect, Christians and Jews that support it are likewise perfect, and need not make any changes or do anything.) The result of this malignant, self-exculpatory fantasy is a wholly dysfunctional system in which legislators are paid to sign off on proclamations they don’t really believe, Christians and Jews are obligated to do obeisance to flagrantly mediocre leaders, and intellectuals are browbeat into pretending that they love Israel when most of them secretly wish that the state of Israel and its power-hungry supporters would go away.

Of course, it isn’t as though Western civilization has not seen fanatical, power-obsessed lobbies before. As George Orwell documented in the 1940s, the intellectual classes of Britain and Europe were obsessed for a time by the Soviet Union, which Orwell understood to be a covert form of power worship. But the Communists in the US were never strong institutionally, being confined mainly to a small following among creative intellectuals and a handful of trade unionists. The Israel Lobby, on the other hand, possesses enormous wealth from its billionaire donors, and its influence is very strong at every level of institutional life in America–furthermore, its evangelical followers constitute the most dynamic constituency in the Republican Party. The conviction that Israel cannot be criticized isn’t just the fancy of a few highly-paid fanatics in the Israel Lobby, although they define fanaticism in our time; they are also supported by what seems to be a majority of the American people.

But the fact that irrational and immoral beliefs and behavior have a great following doesn’t make those beliefs and behaviors right. The traumas of the 20th century have driven millions of intelligent, capable people into active psychological pathologies, which they experience as ideological realities. The Israeli/Palestinian conflict is not about politics, nor religion, nor even geo-politics. It is about pathology; and ultimately it is about systemic evil. The evil of the Holocaust, like the traumatic memory it generates, is by definition a wound that will never heal; it cannot be suppressed, but only acknowledged and managed. And the only way to really manage it is to deconstruct the trauma bond–the emotional bondage to aggression as the supreme arbiter of history–at its heart.

In the meantime, the real state of Israel (not the fantasy that people are supposed to believe in) keeps moving to the right, the politicians of American and Israel continue to lie about what is really happening, and the use of targeted assassinations, mass internment, torture and collective punishment of Palestinians continues. What the state of Israel really needs is what every state needs, which is educated critics denouncing what is wrong about it and supporting what is right, and working to confront injustices and correct them. But the message of the Israel Lobby, like so much American cultural and political expression, is not about reality, but about an apocalyptic idea of perfection that its apparatchiki must ram down everybody’s throat in order to suppress their own trauma–in this case, the traumatic memory of humanity’s worst crime, and their own creeping doubts about the real nature of the Holy State begotten by it.

Lawrence Swaim is the Executive Director of the Interfaith Freedom Foundation, a civil rights organization that opposes Islamophobia and advocates religious liberty for all. His latest book, Trauma Bond: An Inquiry into the Nature of Evil, was published in March by Psyche Books, an imprint of John Hunt Publishers, Ltd.

Notes. 

[i] Lawrence Swaim, The Death of Judeo-Christianity: Religious Aggression and Systemic Evil in the Modern World (Winchester UK and Washington DC: Circle Books, John Hunt Publishing, Ltd., 2013), 169.

 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Swaim Trauma

0

traumaswaim

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Pakistan’s Filthy Rich Elections

0

The antics of mainstream politicians in Pakistan (or the whole of South Asia) no longer appear unique, just a more extreme version of some of their European and North American counterparts. The South Asians could, in fact, be regarded as pioneers, shamelessly and shamefully linking politics to big money long before the latest wave of globalization. Even amongst their own supporters, very few see them as defenders of noble causes or servants of the public good and, increasingly, they themselves no longer feel the need to adopt fictive ideologies. The baser instincts– never-sated financial appetites, ambition, power, bribes paid and received etc–are now regarded as normal. Mohsin Hamid’s latest novel, How To Get Filthy Rich in Rising Asia is deadly accurate in describing this mood. A would-be-tycoon has been advised by a civil servant how to meet and bribe a leading politician. He’s received while the great man is having lunch. In the words of the fictional do-it-yourself manual:

‘Your deal is concluded in an uncomplicated, if seemingly whimsical, fashion, the politician asking one of his henchmen for an opinion with a laugh and raised eyebrow, much as he might ask him to assess the desirability of a mid-priced prostitute. A number is thrown out. This is accepted by you with obsequious murmurs and bows of the head, precisely as you have been instructed to do by the bureaucrat. And that is that.’

Even the best fiction is hard pushed to compete with the realities of everyday life in Pakistan. The six months preceding the elections saw two factory fires in Karachi and Lahore with dozens of workers (the youngest was 12 years old) being burnt to death, without arousing more than token expressions of regret or any pledge that the winning party would introduce a tough new law. Safety regulation of enterprises large and small barely exists and where it does a modest bribe usually solves the problem. Factory inspections were discontinued during the Musharraf regime. Where outright crimes are about to be committed its best to clothe them in the cloak of religion, a particularist interpretation to justify what is about to happen. The poison effectively paralyses the lower and middle echelons of the judiciary, the police and the politicians. Earlier this year in March, Joseph Colony a Christian settlement of janitors in Lahore’s Badami Bagh, was attacked by a hard-core Muslim group calling itself ‘Lovers of the Prophet.’ The Lovers had been stoked by false accusations of ‘blasphemy’, i.e. accusations that the Christians had defiled the name of Muhammad. The person accused was arrested. The Lovers together with other zealots then attacked the settlement and burnt two hundred dwellings while the police and other worthy citizens watched the scene. As news of the carnage spread and the Shahbaz Sharif government pretended that nothing was going on, the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court in a suo moto action observed during the first hearing that this did not appear to be a case of blasphemy, rather a land grab. He criticized the police and Punjab government (Chief Minister: Shahbaz Sharif) for doing nothing and noted that it had not learnt any lessons from an even worse atrocity in a predominantly Christian small town (Gojra) in 2009 during which eight Christians were burnt alive, dozens were injured, houses torched and a church destroyed. The Chief Justice asked why the Report of the judicial Commission of Enquiry on that incident had not been published. No reply from the provincial government. The global increase in religiosity on every continent can’t be unrelated to the accumulation of suffering or the alienation, despair and uncertainties that flow from the political economy that is so dominant today. The turn to religion is an attempt to relieve moral anguish by a set of formulae and rituals. A depressed, demoralized and disoriented people seek solace in religion. In Pakistan this is taken advantage of my frauds and charlatans of allsorts. Inner ‘purification’ requires exterior measures such as targeting the ‘impure’ Muslims and members of other religions.

Did any of this trouble the elected representatives of the people in the National or provincial parliaments? No. They were busy elsewhere. Let’s take just one example: the shenanigans of the Sind provincial Assembly where the Zardari party was and still is the single largest bloc representing the people. On the day preceding its dissolution prior to the general election campaign, the provincial government led by the PPPP ordered all the banks in Sind to remain open (it was a Saturday) so that money could be extracted. Long-expired projects were hurriedly revived and a number of dodgy deals were hurriedly voted through the chamber. And as if to reward themselves for all their hard work, the assembly voted its members a 60 percent salary rise backdated to July 2011. The proceedings were concluded in a similar spirit, with the rogues voting in favour of measures to help those amongst their number who might not be re-elected. They would still be entitled to existing perks–free government accommodation replete with servants, VIP treatment at airports, official passports, etc.–for life. Why they refrained from making the privileges hereditary remains a tiny mystery. Needless to add very few members of parliament pay taxes and several outgoing Zardari cabinet ministers, including the Prime Minister, are refusing to pay their share of the electricity and telephone bills. Hence the desperation on the part of many to become a member of any of the existing five parliaments in the country. Membership of these august bodies will help them become what they are.

And so it happened on 11 May 2013 that after being governed for five years by a party led by the filthy rich Asif Zardari, the country voted to replace him and his gang with the filthy rich Sharif brothers and their gang. Veterans of the NGO community hastily declared their loyalty to the new regime, praising democracy but in reality by their very actions only confirming that both sides of the coin are basically the same. Crooks and climbers, braggarts and boozers, swindlers and schemers, serial rapists rule the roost, regardless of which gang wins. In their local environments many of the parliamentarians appear as frightening and colorful figures: a land-grab or two here, a few abducted women, stolen properties, blackmail, violence, bullying. In the National Assembly they become mediocrities, ignored by their patrons and barely able to comprehend the contents of a parliamentary bill crafted by civil servants (whose own standards have dropped drastically) and concerned mainly with making up for the five years that they were out of power and lost out on the money and land-grabbing stakes. The combined history of Zardari and the Sharifs as political entrepreneurs has been sketched in this journal often enough [LRB….]. So what is there to say about the general elections of May 2013?

First, that the turnout was huge. 86 million people (60 percent of the electorate) voted. The Pakistan Muslim League (N), the vehicle currently licensed to the Sharifs, won convincingly with the help of a first-past-the-post system whose distorting effects produce a truncated democracy. The PML (N) couldn’t quite govern on their own. A few more seats were needed for an overall majority. These was made available by a few ‘Independents’ voluntarily joining the largest party and additional security, if necessary, can easily be purchased for a modest price: some of the elected ‘Independents’, who usually auction themselves to the highest bidder when no party is close to an overall majority, now have little choice but to go with the winner who decides the price. The Sharifs are also in the process of negotiating a national coalition with the JUI (Jamiat-Ulema-i-Islam) an old Islamist outfit led by a colourful and roguish Mullah, Fazlur Rehman, better known as ‘ Maulana Diesel’ because of the deal he once cut with Benazir Bhutto: the diesel franchise in the Peshawar region in return for parliamentary support to her party. He never suggested that one could be holy and just with impunity. If all he wants is a few business deals, no problem. But if he wants backing to mount a coup against Imran Khan’s PTI in Khyber Pukhtunkhwa (the border province resting alongside Afghanistan on the map) he might encounter some resistance. Nawaz Sharif, a cricket fanatic, is keen to maintain good relations with Imran Khan.

Secondly, the Pakistan Peoples Party under Asif Zardari’s stewardship, long past its sell-by-date even before he took over, has been wiped out as national presence. It was humiliated in the country’s largest province–the Punjab– and is now effectively restricted to its home base in Sind, reducing a once hegemonic political force to the status of a provincial pawn. The reason for its fall is hardly a mystery. Zardari and cronies did not even bother to pull the wool over people’s eyes before demanding they sell their houses and land at a fraction of the real value. Duplicity and deceit were discarded in favour of pure villainy. There are too many stories to recount but one assumes that they will now be published. At a gathering of party workers and leaders in Lahore two weeks ago, the latter were subjected to open abuse. Zardari was taunted and attacked for appointing corrupt cronies to the Prime Ministership, men who had nil interest in the welfare of the country or its people. Naheed Khan, the close confidante and private secretary of Benazir Bhutto, who was sitting next to her leader when she was assassinated was one of the critics. Zardari loathes her (and vice versa) and she has remained silent on those events largely out of an understandable fear that she might be bumped off. Will she now publish her diaries and reveal all? There is also talk of ridding the party of parasites and crooks in the Punjab and creating a newer, cleaner outfit. It might be too late.

Thirdly there is the emergence of Imran Khan’s PTI as the second largest party in the country and the largest in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa. The much- predicted political tsunami that he promised would sweep him to power never materialized. A majority of first time voters plumped for the Sharifs take on the country, its continuous crises and the proposed solution. Clearly they believed that as businessmen themselves the brothers would end the power cuts that have destroyed many small businesses and made the lives of a majority of people even more miserable than usual. The only solution being touted is immediate privatization of the steel mills, airlines, railways and power and the ending of food subsidies. On the face of it this appears attractive to many since the state has, disastrously, failed to deliver, but it’s obvious that the poor will suffer. Nawaz Sharif’s highway that has reduced car time from Lahore to Islamabad by nearly two hours is barely used. The bullet trains being proposed from Karachi to Islamabad via Lahore would be a boon to those who could afford them and, as in the case of the highway, a lot of local contractors and foreign companies would get filthy rich, but who will use them? The railway privatization in Britain has been a disaster and has not led to less government spending and subsidies. To impose IMF required austerity measures in a country like Pakistan would deepen the class divide that already exists. Introducing VAT, for instance, would automatically increase malnutrition and encourage more people to turn to crime. And the notion that privatizing everything helps reduce corruption is a joke. If anything it institutionalizes sleaze as can be seen most clearly in the United States and in most of Europe.

Where immediate reforms are needed is in the tax system. As elsewhere in the world, the filthy rich barely pay any taxes since most of their income is unregistered and hidden from view. Nonetheless the gap between the tax collected and the tax lodged in the state treasury is huge and, according to some estimates, might be as high as 200 billion rupees a year. This alone could lay the foundations for a proper state education and health service that was the main demand of the PTI. Given the close links between Washington and Islamabad one could suggest that in this field the help of the fierce and unforgiving IRS should be sought to come and create a new structure for the tax service. Their agents could take over the dozens of CIA residences in the country and convert them into National Tax Enforcement Training Centers and, in extremis, mini-drones could be used to target tax avoiders and their properties locally and abroad. This measure would be enormously popular in a country where between 60 and 70 percent of the population currently regard the US as their main enemy.

Imran Khan lost because young and old decided to give the Sharif brothers another chance to modernize the country. The PTI had antagonized some of its supporters by doing deals with tried and tested failures: bandwagon careerists who joined thinking they would be on the winning side. Others did not like the cozying up to the Jamaat-i-Islami, a moderate Islamist party not unlike the Muslim Brotherhood in the Arab world. There was large-scale rigging in Karachi, but this is always the case since the MQM, which runs the city is not too dissimilar to the Camorra in Naples. Its protection rackets policed by armed goons ensure a steady flow of funds and parliamentary representation. Yes, they cheat. On this occasion a recount led to the seat being won by the PTI though one of their much-loved and widely-respected local leaders, Zahra Shahid Hussain, a woman who had been fighting for good causes most of her adult life and had campaigned vigorously for a recount, was shot dead outside her house by assailants on motorbikes, whose identities remain unknown. Was it the MQM or a pair of their motorcycle executioners who acted without authority? We do not know and the MQM has denied the suggestion very strongly. They always do.

If there is a difference between the defeated and the victors it is this: Zardari and gang enriched themselves and bullied and punished those who stood in their way or refused to empty bags of money regularly into the pig trough; the Sharif brothers insist that they have transcended the phase of the primitive accumulation of personal capital. Nawaz’s longish sojourn in Saudi Arabia as a guest of the state (in lieu of prison at home under a military dictatorship) gave him to time to think of past mistakes and perhaps the proximity to Mecca helped a bit as well (not that it has helped curb the vices of the Saudi Royals). Anyway this is what is claimed. The implication being that they will now act on behalf of their class as a whole. Whether this will include the pro-Musharraf and pro-Zardari faction headed by the Chaudhris of Gujrat, who split from the Sharifs, exercised power with military backing, made loadsofmoney and, all the while, crowed triumphantly from the top of their dung heaps, will be an interesting test.

It’s never easy running a government in a country torn by violence and fanaticism and smelling strongly of a rottenness that shows no sign of coming to an end. And how will the new government triangulate with the Army and the United States? The latter funds the former. Both will need to be placated. Shahbaz Sharif is busy wooing the generals and promising an easy relationship. Nawaz has said in public that he was toppled by a bad General (Musharraf) and not the army as a whole, the fiction being designed to secure a rapprochement without which friendly business ties with India will be difficult. The US favours the latter. Might they be willing to cease all drone attacks for a year to help the Sharifs in return for a smooth transition in Afghanistan after the withdrawal? And would the Army play ball in Baluchistan and stop their ‘destroy and dump the Baluch’ tactics in that province? Will the Saudis join in, use their money and religious standing to de-fang the Pakistani Taliban? All three questions are now being mooted. The commentariat is convinced that things can’t get worse. I hope so, but if they’re wrong it might be the fire next time with gravediggers in short supply.

Tariq Ali is the author of The Obama Syndrome (Verso).

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Spain urged to create jobs, slow cuts

0

People wait in line at a government employment office in the Spanish capital, Madrid. (File photo)

The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has urged Spain to focus on creating jobs, and reduce the impact of its austerity policies on the countryâ„¢s economy.

The IMF said in a Wednesday statement – released following an annual consultation with Spain – austerity measures are required but should be Å“as gradual and growth-friendly as possible.”

The government of Spanish Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy has significantly slashed spending to reduce the budget deficit from nearly seven percent of gross domestic product (GDP) in 2012 to below the EU limit of three percent by 2016.

The international organization also expressed concern over the 27-percent unemployment rate in the eurozoneâ„¢s fourth largest economy and its deepening recession.

The jobless rate in Spain is the second highest in the European Union after Greece. Among the youth, the number is even worse with a staggering 56.4 percent of young Spaniards being unemployed.

The high number of jobless youths has led many of them to move to other countries in search of work.

Analysts say that even if the country comes out of recession next year, job creation could lag until much later.

The IMF proposed several strategies to Spanish companies to modify work arrangements instead of firing their employees.

The organization further said the Spanish government should decrease the cost of hiring young and low-skilled workers.

On May 3, the credit rating agency, Fitch Ratings, said it predicted Spainâ„¢s unemployment rate to peak at 28.5 percent in the first quarter of 2014 as government measures such as wage-setting reforms take effect and a contraction in industrial output reaches its limit.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Royal Mail staff vote against sell-off

0

Royal Mail workers vote overwhelmingly against the government’s plan to privatize the 497-year-old postal service.

Royal Mail workers have voted overwhelmingly against the British government’s controversial plan to privatize the 497-year-old postal service.

More than 96 percent of 112,000 postal workers voted against sell-off despite each being promised £1,500 worth of shares.

Billy Hayes, the general secretary of the Communication Workers Union (CWU), which organized the ballot said the workers are against the government plans to sell the company, adding that the authorities should have asked what workers think before any plans are made.

Å“Today postal workers have spoken loud and clear,” he added.

Earlier in May, Britainâ„¢s Royal Mail posted a massive £403 million profit amid claims by the government that it should be privatized to survive. The government is pushing with closures and privatizations plans at the service, earmarking 76 of its biggest branches for transfer to the private sector.

According to reports, Thousands of workers in Britainâ„¢s biggest post offices are to stage a fresh strike later this month in a long-running row over branch closures, jobs and pay.

Members of CWU in hundreds of Crown Post Offices will walkout for half a day on June 20 and all day on June 29.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

War by Another Name in Syria

0

Beirut.

The Group of Eight leaders meeting in Lough Erne, Northern Ireland, having called for an international conference on the ongoing crisis in Syria to be held “as soon as possible” could not agree on much else that might end the civil war anytime soon there. The White House now is reportedly in private agreement with Russia and Iran that the Assad government will remain in power until next year’s election.

Consequently, an 18 month old US-led Plan B has been dusted off by the Obama administration according to Washington Congressional and Beirut diplomatic sources. If successful, there is growing confidence among pro-Zionist neocons in Congress that while Syrian regime-change has failed for several reasons that thwarted the Gulf funded military campaign, Syria can still be brought to heel through an economic campaign dressed to look, well, down right “humanitarian.”

The term “equivalent of the Marshall Plan” is being employed by some in the White House and Pentagon this month to describe a proposed large-scale “humanitarian rescue program” being prepared for Syria, according to some Western diplomats based in Lebanon.

However, the 1948 Marshall Plan (officially the European Recovery Program or ERP) was an American program to aid Europe, through which the United States provided $ 13 billion, in today’s monetary terms, approximately 100 billion dollars of economic support, to help rebuild European economies devastated by war.

With respect to Syria, the “ equivalent of the Marshall Plan”  currently being finalized is very different from what General George |C. Marshall explained to his Harvard University audience, 66 years ago this month, when he announced the post WW II initiative.

The already project Syria amounts to 19th century economic imperialism as a means to achieve control of Syria by hijacking its economy while shielding Israel from the rising tide of protests in this region, as armed groups across the spectrum are beginning to focus on directly confronting the Zionist theft and continuing occupation of Palestine.

What Washington has in mind constitutes an attempt to gain control over Syria by controlling its economy via contracts for rebuilding the country and “lending” the hoped for post-Assad Syrian government as much as 300 billion dollars to be secured by Syrian assets.  IMF economists estimate the value of the public sector in Syria, exceeds half a trillion dollars. Under the US-led pan, creditors can take control of ownership of the public sectior, if Syria accepts the plan for pledges to secure debt. The buyers of the debt will be largely American and indirectly Israeli businessmen as well as from the Gulf. Qatar specifically is gambling on this plan, to work with “international parties”, to immerse Syria in debt, and then drive the country to sell the private sector at a very small fraction of their true values.

Some who are warning against the scheme point out that Syrians are capable of rebuilding their own country and have the labor force and raw materials to do it. Foreign aid will be welcomed by the Syrian government but not at the price of ceding the Arab Syrian Republic to a new western crafted economic order. What is hidden in the war on Syria is reported to be much bigger than has been divulged to date, and involves winding down the military actions in favor of economic aggression against the Syrian population which the layers of US sanctions to date is just a harbinger.

In this context, according to Western Diplomatic sources, the US government and some Gulf countries have tried to bribe Rami Makhlouf, a cousin of Syria’s President, to break with the government and leave the country. Some other well-known figues have also been offered large sums of cash to break ranks. Last month, one prominent Syrian nationalist who works with the government told this observer of receiving a $ 50 million dollar offer to defect and leave Syria. The official rejected the bribe and ridiculed the government that made the offer by explaining that as proud Syrian nationalists, no amount of money would break the sacred bond between Syrians and their country.

With respect to Mr. Maklouf, he did not react to being placed on the US Treasury Department’s “Specially Designated Nationals” (SDN) list which blocks assets and prohibits, under severe penalties, U.S. citizens from dealing with them, nor did he dignify an American clemency offer with even a reply. Rather he has maintained his steadfast support for Syria in the face of several attempts to assassinate him as well as targeting him, as a leader of the Syrian business community, with American orchestrated (OFAC) defamatory media campaigns, to pressure  Presidenrt Bashar al-Assad to break with him. Rather than rejecting Syria for American offers of protection, Makhlouf  channeled much of his assets for the benefit of  domestic charities and  rehabilitative projects, providing  jobs for the unemployed and loans for small investors as well as “at cost” family housing for many of the internally displaced. This initiative continues. Makhlouf has provided his borse shares in the largest telecommunications companies in Syria to charity associations in order to insure financial independence and resources that the Authority can rely upon, to ease somewhat, the devastating effects on the current crisis on the Syrian civil society.

According to analysts among the Western diplomatic corps in Beirut, many wealthy Syrian capitalists fell into the U.S. trap, wherein SDN economic sanctions prompted them to leave Syria and defect from the regime. The United States and its European partners continue to wage an economic war against Syria by imposing crippling sanctions which are affecting the lives of ordinary citizens in many ways from food and fuel costs to medical care.

Why Rami Makhlouf and other strong nationalists in Syria’s business community are being targeted as a prelude to fully launching the US-led “Syrian Marshall Plan” is that their bonds with Syria as well as their business acumen are blocking the Western scheme because they provide the Syrian government with much needed additional financial strength to rebuild Syria, in cooperation with other countries, but without being subject to the economically fatal conditions the US-led plan envisages. Many in the financial and academic community view the proposed SMP plan as nearly certain to hold the Syrian economy hostage to foreigners for scores of years.

The US Treasury Department considers Makhlouf and others like him in the Syrian business community as fully capable, if allowed, of helping Syria’s government to collect huge sums from international investors to help rebuild Syria without being subject to Western domination.

“The anti-Mahhlouf black propaganda campaign, according to a Washington DC source familiar with the intensified preparations, commented that the SMP was designed to include a wide ranging assault  in the visual and written media, audio, as well as in the electronic media: “  Almost certainty funded by Qatar and Saudi Arabia, both of which like their western partners who are actually constructing the SMP project, view Makhlouf as a key obstacle to realizing their plans to hijack and control the Syrian economy as part of a soft war, whereby the US and its allies, western and middle eastern, controls Arab economies while keeping US boots off the grounds of Arabia or spending more US treasure in this region.”

Targeting Rami Makhlouf, and other Syrian businessmen by Qatari media and other Arabic paid media outlets, is designed to hit Syria economically, because weakening the Syrian economic security at its core, is a more certain path, than endless military campaigns, to quickly smash the state. Makhlouf and his colleagues are seen as preventing this.

The ultimate goal of Qatar and certain Gulf countries, with US complicity, is not just expanding their investments in this region, as much as Doha is intent on connecting the Arab world to the American-Zionist axis politically and economically. The speed with which Israeli, Gulf, and Western businessmen showed up at the Corinthian, Radisson, and Rixos hotels in Tripoli, Libya, literally within days of the murder of Maoammar Qaddafi, “to help rebuild this country”  is instructive on these same interests seeking to control a war damaged country by removing obstacles. Indeed, Russian intelligence reported at the time that the salafists who apprehended Qaddafi in Serte on October 20, 2011, as he attempted to flee, received verbal instructions from a Gulf country (UAE) to kill him in order to eliminate competition for dominating the Libyan econnomy and to silence those who might torpedo their best laid plans..

The targeting of Mr. Rami Makhlouf and dozens of like-minded Syrian businessmen, who refused to abandon their country, continues. Yet today, like thousands of other Syrian volunteers including the approximately 10,000 who work with the Syrian Arab Red Crescent Society (SARCS) their time and resources serve their country in order to lessen the suffering of the civilian population.  They have stood firm and did not flee, as did some corrupt former supporters and officials of the government.

This week, Syria’s President put the goal of the Marshall Plan for Syria succinctly, without identifying it, “What is happening in Syria is a project for those states to push a non-submissive state towards the brink and to look for a new president who says ‘yes’ (to their orders). They have not found and they will not find in the future,” Assad stressed while adding, “The interference is a blatant violation of international law and the sovereignty of this country; they (western states and their Gulf allies) want to destabilize the country and spread chaos and backwardness.”

Franklin Lamb is doing research in Syria and Lebanon and can be reached c/o fplamb@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Naked Imperialism of Humanitarian Intervention

0

Some critics from the left and the right characterized my recent article “Syria and the Sham of Humanitarian Intervention” as an unnecessarily harsh indictment of a policy that provides a necessary tool for the international community to protect human rights and save innocent lives.

But the recent decision by the Obama Administration to “up the ante” in Syria with more direct military involvement only confirmed my original thesis that humanitarian intervention has nothing to do with humanitarian concern, and instead is a propaganda tool that affords “the U.S. State the perfect ideological cover and internal rationalization to continue as the global “gendarme” of the capitalist order.”

Look at the stage-managed drama leading up to the announcement on U.S. policy toward Syria that took place last week in Washington. In a surreal replay of the process leading to the illegal war on Iraq, it became clear that while everyone had been waiting to learn the results of meetings among high level officials of the Obama administration, who, we were told would be debating the next phase of U.S. policy on Syria, we learned instead that the decision to increase its open involvement with the civil war it fomented in Syria had been made weeks earlier. So the meetings last week were just political theater providing the Administration the stage to announce its’ “findings” on the use of Chemical weapons by the government in Syria. As an official said the chemical weapons findings offered “fresh justification to act.”

Revising the “weapons of mass destruction” deception, the government “confirmed” that Syrian forces used chemical weapons that caused the deaths of over a hundred people out of the over 90,000 estimated to have died in the conflict. With no evidence or independent confirmation, the Administration announced that it is now compelled to involved itself more directly in the conflict to save the Syrian people from their murderous government.

However, in a telling and hopefully positive sign of the times, significant segments of the U.S. public are not falling for this ploy, at least not for now. And perhaps because of the recent revelations of governmental attacks on the press, some U.S. media outlets are not serving as aggressively as mouthpieces for the government in the obsequious manner they did in the run-up to and subsequent attack on Iraq.

This might also explain why some mainstream media outlets in the U.S. are finally allowing some minimal information and analysis of the conflict in Syria to be presented to the U.S. public from a more critical perspective. This includes information that has been regularly covered throughout the world but barely receives a mention in the U.S. press, like, for example, the fact that the Syrian government still receives majority support, including from significant numbers of Sunni Muslims, who are terrified of the religious fanatics who have poured into their country to “liberate” them. Instead of the continuing framing of the ballooning numbers of people killed in the conflict as the result of genocidal government actions, some outlets have actually presented evidence indicating that Syrian soldiers and pro-government militias make up 43.2% of the deaths.

Another small but significant example of the slight change in the slant of information is a recent opinion piece that was allowed to run in the New York Times that was highly critical of Administration policy in Syria. In that piece, it was argued that President Obama, lacking a grand strategy for Syria and the Middle East, has become a victim of rhetorical entrapment “from calling on foreign leaders to leave (with no plan to forcibly remove them) to publicly drawing red lines on the use of chemical weapons, and then being obliged to fulfill the threat.”

However, as important as it is to have a more critical perspective in a major publication, it would be wrong to believe that the Administration lacks a specific strategy for Syria with concrete objectives. The implication that the Administration does not have an agenda in Syria and that misguided but benevolent rhetoric has trapped it into making the decisions it is making is a familiar claim of innocence that liberals often evoke.

More than rhetorical entrapment, the Obama Administration has consciously and consistently maneuvered from the very beginning of the Syrian crisis to reconfigure the reality on the ground to the advantage of its strategic objective. That objective is to alter the balance of forces in the region against Iran by either subordinating or destroying the Syrian state.

When the opportunity presented itself, it was this strategic objective, informed by the U.S. National Security strategy position for the Middle East region, that was embraced and executed with devastating effect by the Obama Administration in the form of the manufactured civil war in Syria. What the New York Times opinion piece confused and conflated is “absence of a strategy” with tactical decisions based on shifting conditions, like the decision to openly supply the “rebels.”

The U.S. saw a strategic opportunity to execute its plan for regime change in Syria using the fictions of the so-called Arab Spring, the “successful” Western war on Libya, and the ideological fig leaf of humanitarian intervention.

Unfortunately, anti-war, anti-imperialist and people-centered human rights activists have not developed effective strategies to counter the push for war. So today we confront a situation in which the Obama Administration has not only blown the dust off of what should be a completely discredited playbook from Iraq on how to manipulate the public into supporting war, it has also added the new play of humanitarian intervention to confuse opposition. Instead of the imminent threat argument, used to make the absurd charge that Saddam Hussein might turn over WMDs to Al-Qaeda, with Syria the need for intervention is strictly “altruistic.”

That is why the immediate priority for anti-war, anti-imperialist, human rights activists in the U.S., for countering the government’s effort to normalize war is to strip away the moral pretext of humanitarian intervention and expose its ugly, imperialist reality. No other group has the power and the responsibility other than us to do this. As in the fable where the pompous emperor believed he was wearing the finest clothes ever made and none of his subjects had the nerve to believe the truth of their own eyes, we must be the ones to boldly point out that while strutting around the globe clothed in the fiction of humanitarian concern, imperialism is actually naked, and the sight is offensive.

Ajamu Baraka is a long-time human rights activist and veteran of the Black Liberation, anti-war, anti-apartheid and Central American solidarity Movements in the United States. He is currently a fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies. Baraka is currently living in Cali, Colombia. He can be reached through his website.

 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Justice for M.C.

0

A South Carolina hospital is being sued for irreparable harm caused by surgery on a toddler’s genitals.

M.C. was 16 months old, in the care of South Carolina’s Department of Social Services, when doctors and department officials determined the child had an intersex condition–a difference in anatomy that resists typical definitions of female or male–and took it upon themselves to make M.C. a girl.

M.C.’s adoptive parents, Mark Crawford and Pam Crawford, have sued. They assert that South Carolina violated M.C.’s substantive and procedural due process rights by excising M.C.’s healthy genital tissue. The child, now 8, faced surgery about three months before the adoption was final.

“They disfigured him because they could not accept him for who he was–not because he needed any surgery,” said Pam Crawford.

For indeed M.C. is a male child; that’s because M.C. gets to decide.

The doctors committed medical malpractice, say M.C.’s parents, who are suing the Greenville Hospital System and the Medical University of South Carolina as well as Social Services. Attorney Alesdair H. Ittelson said: “No one advocated for M.C.’s right to be free from unnecessary medical intervention at a time when the state was entrusted with his safety and well-being.”

Now, the doctors and officials will be called to answer for their decision, and its irreversible impacts on a child’s life.  M.C. v. Medical University of South Carolina is pending in County of Richland Court of Common Pleas. M.C. v. Aaronson is pending in the U.S. District Court for the District of South Carolina. The legal work comes from Advocates for Informed Choice as well as the Southern Poverty Law Center, and pro bono counsel for the law firms of Janet, Jenner & Suggs and Steptoe & Johnson LLP.

Why Does the Child Have to Be Ordered?

Curtis Hinkle, founder of the Organisation Intersex International (OII), calls M.C.’s parents “great” in the way they’re standing up for M.C. The goal of OII is equality for intersex people, and the end of human-rights violations including non-consensual genital surgeries.

“I personally feel that the tragic mutilation of M.C. reveals the violence perpetrated on all of us, to some degree–by the very act of assigning a gender,” says Hinkle.

“The legal separation of all humans into just two genders is rooted in a desperate need to impose stereotypical identities on all of us. I have met countless people who have been emotionally mutilated as a result of this socially sanctioned act.”

Acknowledging that people will hold various views, Organisation Intersex International respects an individual’s self-defined identity. Thus, OII supports children who make the decision for intervention, once they have a real voice.  Yet the group’s ethos considers sexual identifications socially and medically constructed. For OII, human being is the fundamental identity of a child. The group asserts that male and female are not absolute terms, and an official binary stigmatizes and marginalizes those who don’t fit.

Intersex advocates recommend that medically unnecessary genital surgery be postponed until the child is old enough to self-identify with a particular gender–or find satisfaction just being a mix of female and male. For intersex is not a disorder, says Hinkle—who asks, “Why does the child have to be ordered?”

M.C.’s case highlights the reality that operations on intersex kids cause medical problems–pain, scars, diminished sexual sensation, lengthy dependence on hormones and doctors–accompanied by the struggle to come to terms with irreversible decisions they weren’t allowed to make for themselves. Intersex kids have long been expected to appreciate such decisions, and adults have doubtless believed their decisions advanced the children’s interests. Frequently, though, adults conceal the medical history from the child. OII is working to open communication channels between intersex people and their parents by providing an online support system.  As Hinkle explains, “It is important not to make parents feel guilty, nor to demonize doctors. We are all part of this system. Working peacefully to create more respect and love for the diversity that nature has given us is more productive.”

What happens in M.C.’s case will help decide whether being intersex is understood as a natural variation in human biological sex, as well as who has the legal right to consent to medically unnecessary procedures. And the case follows this year’s release of a United Nations statement which expressly names intersex persons as it “calls upon all States to repeal any law allowing intrusive and irreversible treatments, including forced genital-normalizing surgery”–indicating that people should have social equality without having to agree to be male or female.

The government and doctors “told M.C. that he was not acceptable or loveable the way he was born,” said Pam Crawford. But global norms are changing. And in the United States, thanks to M.C.’s case, these surgeries will never again be business as usual.

“M.C. is a charming, enchanting and resilient kid,” Pam Crawford said in a Southern Poverty Law Center press release. “We will not stop until we get justice for our son.”

And the online momentum (hashtag: #justice4mc) will challenge social assumptions that have long constrained all human beings.

Lee Hall is Legal VP for Friends of Animals, a candidate for Vermont Law School’s LL.M. in environmental law (2014); and the author of On Their Own Terms: Bringing Animal Rights Philosophy Down to Earth (2010). Lee presented work at the nexus of intersex and animal-rights activism at the University of North Carolina Asheville Spring 2013 Queering Spaces — Queering Borders Conference.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

UKIP leader Scotland trip ends in chaos

0

UK Independence Party (UKIP) leader Nigel Farageâ„¢s Scotland trip ends in chaos after he confronted a group of protesters while on the campaign trail in Aberdeen.

Farage, who was campaigning for his candidate in the Aberdeen by-election, was targeted by a bottle of coke outside a bar in the city in his second visit to Scotland. He was also accused of being a racist by demonstrators.

A Police Scotland spokesman confirmed a man had been detained.

One of the protesters Sean McVeigh of Aberdeen said, ” We believe that he is a racist”, adding that heâ„¢s not going to make much progress in Scotland.

Å“I don’t think Scottish people are really interested in his agenda,” he added.

Earlier last month, UKIP leader was given a police escort through an angry crowd in Edinburgh, Scotland, calling him a Å“racist Nazi scum”.

Young demonstrators, including students and pro-Scottish independence activists, forced Farage to flee a press conference at the Canons’ Gait pub on the Royal Mile in Edinburgh as he tried to take his party’s anti-EU message to Scotland.

According to the reports, protesters blocked the path as UKIP leader attempted to make an escape by a taxi. The angry demonstrators were chanting slogans, demanding Farage to Å“go home to England”.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pakistan set to finish IP project on time

0

Pakistan has stressed its commitment to complete the joint gas pipeline project with Iran within the agreed timeframe, praising the Islamic Republicâ„¢s flexibility toward the terms of the deal.

During talks with Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Islamabad Alireza Haqiqian, new Pakistani Petroleum Minister Shahid Khaqan Abbasi said, Å“We hope to continue and complete the project within the stipulated time,” the English-language The Express Tribune reported on Wednesday.

Å“As regards the construction timeframe, the Iranian government has shown flexibility in the gas sale-purchase agreement, which is highly appreciated,” the Pakistani minister added.

As per the deal, Islamabad will have to pay a penalty of eight million dollars per day if it delays the construction of the pipeline.

Iran-Pakistan (IP) gas pipeline, also known as the Peace Pipeline, will enable the export of 21.5 million cubic meters per day of Iranian natural gas to Pakistan.

Abbasi further described the IP gas pipeline project as a significant milestone, adding that Islamabad is working to resolve the issues and details facing the project.

For his part, Haqiqian praised Pakistanâ„¢s general elections held last month, and the peaceful transition of power to the new administration, underlining the new venture for the import of natural gas from the Islamic Republic under the IP pipeline project.

The two sides also stressed the need to expand historical relations between the two neighboring countries.

The IP pipeline is designed to help Pakistan to overcome its growing energy needs at a time when the country of over 180 million people is grappling with serious energy shortages.

Iran has already built 900 kilometers of the pipeline on its soil and it has offered to finance and help build the 700-kilometer tranche of the pipeline on the Pakistani side.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Extremist Obama damaged world order’

0

US President Barack Obamaâ„¢s extremist policies in the domestic and international arena have damaged the world order, an international human rights lawyer says.

Å“In many ways, I think Obama has been much more damaging to the rule of law in the United States and really to the world order because this really is very bad for world peace,” Paul Wolf told Press TV in an interview referring to Obamaâ„¢s policies on the so-called ËœWar on Terrorâ„¢.

The analyst condemned Obama for Å“simply following the lead of the hawks in the US military” who are also acting irrational and pushing extremist policies.

Å“This goes well beyond what [former President] George Bush did. You know we can look at George Bush and he was also extremely unpopular but we can at least give him the benefit that the country was in a state of emergency at the time…I believe that the ferocity of this ËœWar on Terrorâ„¢ thatâ„¢s been waged by Obama and Bush has actually made the problem significantly worse,” Wolf said.

The Obama administration has come under significant criticism for pushing Bush-era policies particularly in light of the ongoing crisis at Guantanamo Bay prison complex, as well as the use of illegal assassination drones in the Middle East.

Wolf said extremist views taken by Obama has confused Americans and the international public into accepting whatever the US says and does.

Å“Well Obama, he is coming from the left, he is coming from a liberal perspective and he is actually able to institutionalize these kinds of emergency procedures and make the liberals feel good about it because they believe that it is necessary if the liberal politician is the one who is advocating it rather than the hard line right-wing politicians in the United States,” he stated.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghan MPs oppose Qatar Taliban office

0

Afghan lawmakers attend a parliamentary session in Kabul. (File photo)

Afghan lawmakers have voiced their strong opposition to the opening of a Taliban political office in the Qatari capital, Doha.

On Wednesday, the legislators also criticized Washingtonâ„¢s decision to hold talks with the militant group in Doha.

The MPs demanded that peace talks be held in Afghanistan and not in Qatar.

President Hamid Karzai has also announced that his government will not join any US negotiations with the Taliban unless the talks are led by the Afghans.

On Tuesday, a senior US official said Washington will hold its first formal meeting with the Taliban in a couple of days in Doha.

Meanwhile, Afghanistanâ„¢s High Peace Council stated that none of its members will travel to Qatar to sit at talks with the Taliban.

The council has been making efforts to initiate dialogue with discontented Afghans and militants who have engaged in warfare with the US-led forces and Kabul’s Western-backed government.

In addition, the Kabul government has suspended strategic talks with Washington to discuss the nature of US presence after foreign troops withdraw in 2014.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after more than 11 years, insecurity remains across the country.

JR/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Toxic Radiation Soars in Fukushima Groundwater

0

Members of the media and Tokyo Electric Power Co. (TEPCO) employees, wearing protective suits and masks, walk in front of the No. 4 reactor building at the tsunami-crippled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant in Fukushima prefecture May 26, 2012. (Reuters/Tomohiro Ohsumi/Pool)High levels of a cancer-causing radioactive substance has been found in groundwater surrounding the Fukushima nuclear power plant, following reports of storage tank leaks and concerns that more contaminated waste-water will soon reach the ocean.

Plant operators, the Tokyo Electric Power Co (TEPCO), said recent tests revealed that strontium, a chemical that causes bone cancer if ingested, appeared at 33 times the legally admissible level.

Additionally, TEPCO said the tests revealed tritium, another radioactive substance, at eight times above levels considered to be safe–500,000 becquerels per liter of tritium.

“That is very high,” a TEPCO official told a press conference.

The toxic substances were found just 90 feet from the seashore within the Fukushima compound.

As Agence-France Presse reports, the high levels of radiation in ground water present grave dangers to both marine life and public health:

The substances, which were released by the meltdowns of reactors at the plant in the aftermath of the huge tsunami of March 2011, were not absorbed by soil and have made their way into underground water.

Subsoil water usually flows out to sea, meaning these two substances could normally make their way into the ocean, possibly affecting marine life and ultimately impacting humans who eat sea creatures.

TEPCO, an agency that has been known to bend the truth for the sake of its public image, said the “concrete barriers” they have built have so far protected the ocean from groundwater contamination.

The Fukushima site has been rife with mishaps since its devastating meltdowns following the 2011 massive earthquake and tsunami. Most recently a series of ongoing leaks in underground radioactive water tanks have delayed the plant’s request to release groundwater into the sea.

Wednesday’s announcement highlights the ongoing prevalent nuclear contamination surrounding the site.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Sequester Jesters: IRS to pay $70 million in employee bonuses

0

Fox News
June 19, 2013

The Internal Revenue Service is about to pay $70 million in employee bonuses despite an Obama administration directive to cancel discretionary bonuses because of automatic spending cuts enacted this year, according to a GOP senator.

Sen. Chuck Grassley of Iowa says his office has learned that the IRS is executing an agreement with the employees’ union on Wednesday to pay the bonuses. Grassley says the bonuses should be canceled under an April directive from the White House budget office.

The directive was written by Danny Werfel, a former budget official who has since been appointed acting IRS commissioner.

“The IRS always claims to be short on resources,” Grassley said. “But it appears to have $70 million for union bonuses. And it appears to be making an extra effort to give the bonuses despite opportunities to renegotiate with the union and federal instruction to cease discretionary bonuses during sequestration.”

The IRS said it is negotiating with the union over the matter but did not dispute Grassley’s claim that the bonuses are imminent.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:09 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama: NSA programs have saved lives

0

Associated Press

June 19, 2013

President Barack Obama says lives have been saved by sweeping surveillance programs run by the National Security Agency.

Obama says at least 50 threats have been averted because of phone records and Internet information the agency was able to access. He says those threats were not just in the U.S. but also in other countries like Germany.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:22 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Let’s March Into Washington And Place the Politicians Under Citizen’s Arrest

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

It’s a tempting idea. Why not march into Washington, round up all the bad guys and make a citizen’s arrest? Take along a few friends and some handcuffs and exercise your rights as an American citizen? After all, it’s obvious Obama, Holder, Clinton, and a few dozen others have committed crimes, and they’ve jailed American citizens for far lesser crimes with a lot less proof. Now it’s their turn, right?

Citizen’s arrests are still legal and allowable in most states. However, if you’re planning to enact one it’s best to check your state’s laws, first, because they do vary from state to state and a few states don’t allow them at all.

But here’s a basic rundown of the rules:

A private person with no law enforcement authority may make a citizen’s arrest for a felony, a misdemeanor, or a “breach of peace,” but it’s important to note that generally there are no provisions for a citizen’s arrest that would require an investigation to prove a crime has been committed.

For example, if you find a robber in your home with all your worldly goods tied up in a pillowcase, and you hold him at gunpoint until the police arrive to arrest him, you’ve essentially made a citizen’s arrest and you’re well within your rights. In this case, you have proof a crime was committed because you caught the robber in the act.

You can also make a citizen’s arrest if the person admits to the felony or misdemeanor in your presence or if you have undeniable proof he committed the crime. For example, if you engraved your name and identification information on the back of your television and found it in some thug’s apartment, then you’d have grounds for a citizen’s arrest.

In cases involving felony charges, a felony must actually have been committed before you can make a legal citizen’s arrest, but you don’t have to actually witness the felony. For example, let’s say you own a convenience store and you have a security video that shows some gang members vandalizing your store late at night. If you know where these guys live and you want to go make a citizen’s arrest, you’d need to make sure the damages are actually high enough to constitute a felony, first, otherwise you’d be setting yourself up for false arrest because a felony had not been committed.

When it comes to arrests, private citizens don’t have the same protections law enforcement officials have. A police officer can make a mistake and, as long as it’s justified, it’s fine. If it’s a big mistake and someone gets sued, the department or jurisdiction takes care of it.

Here’s the best way to look at a citizen’s arrest: If it’s going to require any type of investigation to make it stick, don’t do it. Unless you witness the person committing the crime, the person admits to you that he committed the crime, and/or you have undeniable proof he committed the crime, you’re setting yourself up for trouble.

Even then, performing a citizen’s arrest is always risky business. The person you intend to arrest may be armed and/or dangerous or, in the case of some of those White House officials you’re thinking about arresting, they might be surrounded by CIA agents.

If you have to wait too long for the police to arrive to take the criminal off your hands, you can even be charged with imprisonment because you’ve detained that thug.

You’re also setting yourself up for sexual assault charges if you frisk that thug, assault charges if you have to wrestle him to the ground or even if you use foul language, and you risk a crushing civil suit if anything goes wrong.

And something could go wrong. In April, Luis Ricardo Hernandez, 26, was charged with murder in the slaying of 36-year-old Christopher Soriano in San Jose, Calif. Hernandez was conducting a citizen’s arrest and when the suspect, Soriano, tried to flee, Hernandez shot him. Hernandez received a 4-year jail sentence after pleading guilty to involuntary manslaughter.

So, yes, it’s tempting to march into Washington and start gathering up the vermin. But let’s face it — we all know who’d really end up in jail.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:19 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Japan finds highly toxic strontium-90 in Fukushima groundwater

0

Osamu Tsukimori and Yuka Obayashi
Reuters
June 19, 2013

High levels of a toxic substance called strontium-90 have been found in groundwater at the devastated Fukushima nuclear power plant in Japan, the utility that operates the facility said on Wednesday.

Strontium-90 is a by-product of the fission of uranium and plutonium in nuclear reactors as well as nuclear weapons, according to the website of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

The discovery of rising levels of such radioactive material is likely to complicate efforts by the utility, Tokyo Electric Power Co (TEPCO), to get approval to release what it describes as water contaminated with low levels of radiation into the Pacific Ocean.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:20 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

6,000 flee as explosions rock Russian military depot

0

Cheryl K. Chumley
Washington Times
June 19, 2013

At least 6,000 people were evacuated from a village in southern Russia on Wednesday after a nearby military depot exploded in flames, sending fireballs high into the sky and injuring at least 30.

More than 600 emergency responders on scene, trying to extinguish and contain the fire, The Associated Press reported.

The cause of the blast at the Chapaevsk military facility in the Samar region is still under investigation, AP reported.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:13 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Dispatch From Rio

0

Rio de Janeiro

For anyone fortunate to be in Brazil Sunday night, the raucous and peaceful outpouring of an estimated 250,000 street protestors was indeed historic. What began as disgust with shoddy public transportation exploded to include issues ranging from government corruption to flamboyant and seemingly unlimited state spending on next year’s World Cup. “Japan take our football, we want your education” was one popular sign at last night’s protests.

I watched in awe as street after street in Rio de Janeiro filled with the young, the restless and the until-now passive Brazilian citizenry. Not anymore. In dozens of cities in Brazil and around the world, Brazilians flocked together to shine a light on their discontent. “It’s not just about 20 cents” was a common sign, referring to the hike in bus tickets that set off the first round of protests. Protestors in Turkey waved signs “Brazil You Are Not Alone.”

The massive street protests in Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo and cities across Brazil stunned the Brazilian body politic. For nearly a generation the Brazilian populace kept quiet despite rising signs of corruption, inefficiency and overall financial mismanagement. But the international hype about Brazil — which is always off the charts — went haywire with the awarding of both the FIFA World Cup and the Olympics. (Though both competitions are notoriously corrupt and shady, somehow the winning of both rounds was supposedly a sign that Brazil had graduated to the big leagues.) Few analysts took the time to contemplate really what it would take to negotiate the smoky back rooms of the IOC and FIFA and come out winners in both rounds. Bribery allegations aside, Brazil was an emerging power, a BRIC with samba hips.

The first cracks began showing earlier in the year. Stadium projects were far off schedule. Construction projects tens of millions of dollars over budget. The Brazilian economy slowed, the stock market tanked. Foreigners began ripping billions out of Brazil. FIFA began to feel the panic.

With just one year left to show the world that all was well with the World Cup planning, the Brazilian football federation and their cronies at FIFA — the international football federation based in Zurich — brought a collection of international teams to Brazil last week. They called it the “The Confederation’s Cup” or as many Brazilians dubbed it “The World Cup Lite.”

Thousands of hotel rooms were booked. Hundreds of ticket agents from Match.com (the company in charge of ticket sales for world cup matches) were flown to Brazil. Festivities and caipirinhas flowed. Then the party was over before the first kick off. In Brasilia, the nation’s capital. A platoon of jacked up riot cops began spraying pepper gas and firing rubber bullets at a crowd that dared protest. TV journalists and fans were gassed yet the Brazilian press cited the incident as a blip on the screen, cute in a benevolent kind of way.

Then Monday’s protest started forming. In Sao Paulo workers, students, families poured out and took over the highways. Government officials who days earlier had denounced the protestors as hooligans now pulled the troops back, ceding entire swaths of sweeping highways, overpasses and bridges to the growing crowd of protestors. Watching the Sao Paulo protest grow, Brazilian TV announcers sounded like they were broadcasting a live football match, in barely controlled glee they described the virtual occupation of Sao Paulo by a crowd estimated to top 80,000.

The June 17 protests were not directed by political parties. Instant polling suggested that nearly 80% of those in the street had never before protested nor belonged to a political movement. If true, the statistics show the body politic in Brazil to be extremely weak as a crowd of 80,000 peaceful protestors was able to upend not only the political agenda but also the infrastructure of a city of 19 million people. As protestors flooding the streets, government officials were forced to shutdown several major avenues to accommodate the march. Traffic in Sao Paulo went into a tailspin. Traffic jams were backed up for between 80 km or 200 km depending on how far out you measured. Brazil was being occupied by its own incensed citizens.

Protestors were particularly irate about the billions lavished on World Cup stadiums and infrastructure. An estimated $30 billion will be spent before next year’s kickoff — much of that disappearing straight into the pocket of corrupt businesses and shady cost overruns. For the “povo do brasil” [Brazilian people] it all just is too damn much. After nearly a generation of silence, the Brazilians appeared to have organized a new national team – one will play out on the streets of the nation.

Football and politics are now linked in Brazil. Cries for a boycott of the World Cup are thriving in Brazil, with actors and celebrities recording videos stating “Don’t Come to the World Cup.” For the guardians of the status quo, the uprising is a nightmare.

For the past five years, the football chieftains and their allies in Brazil spent a fortune “pacifying the favelas” and promising public security would suddenly improve. They desperately tried to paint a pretty picture for their games. The Brazil they highlight was peopled by a compliant citizenry, the occasional impromptu celebration of football fans dancing around their nation’s flag as rowdy as it got.

When they bamboozled the Brazilian government into sponsoring next year’s World Cup, FIFA and their sponsors including VISA and Coca Cola imagined huge sweaty, surging crowds of Brazilians in the streets — even their worst case scenarios would be hard pressed to match the crowds and scenes that unfolded in Brasilia as a surging crowd of 10,000 stormed the national government offices, occupying the sweeping curves of modernist architect Oscar Niemeyer’s futurist city.

The stylish lighting of the photogenic Brazilian capital was instantly converted into what looked like a mad rave scene, as crazy 10-meter shadows of dancing teenagers bounced off the curved swaths of concrete. Niemeyer, a devout communist, must have been laughing in his grave to see the Brazilian youth occupy his buildings in such overwhelming sense of joy.

The “reflection pools” build around the government ministries have long served as the foreground to photographers as they shoot the world famous Niemeyer buildings. Last night, those same pools became a swimming pool and then a weapon.

When police began spraying blasts of pepper spray in the protestor’s face, the crowd responded by splashing the police until they were sopping wet and apparently less eager to continue with the pepper-spray-to-the-face routine. As the sun rose on Brasilia this morning, few doubt it is a new dawn in Brazil. The reflection pools suddenly seem necessary as Brazil struggles to understand the depths of a long festering and now world famous discontent.

Jonathan Franklin writes for the Guardian.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Somalia UN office attack by al-Shabab ‘kills 12′

0

BBC
June 19, 2013

At least 12 people, including three foreigners, have been killed in an assault by militant Islamists on a UN office in the Somali capital, Mogadishu, a government minister says.

The gun-battle inside the office lasted for more than an hour, witnesses said.

A cameraman outside the UN Development Programme office told the BBC a suicide bomber blew up a car at its entrance and he saw four gunmen enter.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 9:05 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Look What This ‘Conspiracy Theorist’ Had To Say Back in 1984: “A Disgusting Procedure For A Professed Free Society”

0

Ron Paul - RevolutionaryBack in 1984, well before most Americans had ever heard of mobile phones or used a computer, the Federal government was hard at work mining whatever data they could get their hands on.

President Reagan was in office and given his staunch stance on limited government no one could possibly have suspected that he, of all people, would be the Commander in Chief presiding over a fledgling surveillance state.

Despite the ignorance of our populace and attempts to keep the American people in the dark, one lone wolf on the floor of the Congress had the prescient insight to understand what was really going on… and where it would one day lead.

He’s one of the original conspiracy theorists… referred to by many is a quack or a nut for his non-mainstream views of government and his constant warnings of tyranny on our doorstep.

Today his ‘theories’ have been proven to be 100% fact.

Watch this short video of Ron Paul recorded on September 6, 1984 and don’t ever say we weren’t warned.

It’s now common knowledge that federal government computers are routinely used to compare lists…

Computer surveillance seems appropriate for 1984, and unfortunately, the wave of the future.

…

Millions of tax dollars are spent on this type of computer surveillance.

A disgusting procedure for a professed free society.

…

The irony is that it’s done by an administration that brags about its limited government philosophy.

And the little condemnation we hear comes from those that would involve government in every jot and tittle of our economic lives.

Why is it that it’s so difficult to defend freedom consistently across the board?

Via Liberty Blitzkrieg and The Daily Crux:

(Watch at Youtube from The Daily Sheeple)

They were doing it 30 years ago with limited processing capabilities and data storage.

Today, the sky’s the limit.

Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 11,861 people
Date: June 13th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Gold Buying Panic In China: 10,000 People Wait In Line For Their Chance to Own Precious Metals (Stunning Pictures)

0

One day in the near future Americans will finally realize that their money is being devalued at a rapid pace. For the time being the price increases are somewhat muted by official announcements of inflation being under control at around 2% and purported economic recovery on the horizon. The Federal Reserve and the US government are doing everything in their power to maintain a perception of stability.

But what happens when all the machinations are proven to be fruitless during the next stock market crash and currency crisis?

That’s when people panic. That’s when they start mass selling assets that hold no true value, and shift their capital to physical goods that store and preserve wealth.

In China, where the central government has manipulated the currency, economic and financial markets for decades, the people have seen it all before. And they aren’t taking any chances.

While the paper price of gold and silver may have dropped nearly 25% this year, it’s clear that demand in the real world is soaring.

If you want to know what it’s going to look like in front of precious metals dealers when confidence in our government’s ability to manage this crisis is finally lost for good, then look no further than the streets of China.

The following pictures, taken in Jinan in the last 48 hours, depict some 10,000 Chinese citizens lining  up to buy physical gold, providing all the evidence you need for the argument that gold is, in fact, money.

These are absolutely stunning.

Panic Buying In China (Photo 1)

China gold buying (Photo 2)

China gold buying (Photo 4)

China Gold Buying (Photo 5)

China Gold Buying (Photo 6)

China Gold Buying (Photo 7)

Images from Caixin via Zero Hedge

The pictures are reminiscent of Americans lining up around the block during the gold buying sprees of the 1980′s in an attempt to get their hands on physical gold and silver.

Just as is the case with food, guns, ammunition, Xboxes, and iPhones, when widespread demand strikes it’s nearly impossible to get your hands on the goods you need at a fair price.

Get yours now, before the panicked masses realize what has happened.

Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 25,247 people
Date: June 14th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Learn A Post-Collapse Trade Before It’s Too Late

0

gunsmith

There comes a point in the analysis of any problem when its escalation turns so blatantly obvious that the disaster is self-explanatory. The economic crisis in the United States and around the globe is one of those problems. While there are still plenty of people out there who remain ignorant to the immediate danger, I think we are very close (at least in America) to a point of maximum velocity. The more accelerated the awakening, however, the faster globalist interests will pull the plug on what remains of our financial system.

Most citizens are at least vaguely concerned with the state of our country and are attempting to learn more. The survival methodology has gone mainstream and grows in popularity daily. Even the annual Bilderberg meeting – a confab of the world’s most influential economic and political power mongers, which mainstream media entities have long refused to publicly acknowledge – is finally being exposed to the light of day. We are now in a race, a mad dash to shape the future battle space before the elites position themselves for the final conflict.

Further economic analysis would merely reaffirm what most of us in the liberty movement already know, but let’s recap our situation for the sake of clarity.

Full-Spectrum Fiscal Disaster Is No Longer Theory; It Is Certain

The U.S. stock market is now in the midst of perhaps the largest artificial bubble in world history. Virtually all movements in the Dow are now determined by the stimulus actions of the private Federal Reserve. Agents of the Fed, including former Chairman Alan Greenspan and current branch head Richard Fisher, have openly admitted in separate interviews that the central bank’s primary directive has been to prop up equities to give the public the illusion of stability, rather than to revamp consumer credit markets as originally promised. Because of the system’s dependence on Fed fiat, whenever the smallest rumor of a possible reduction in stimulus is heard, the markets tumble.

To illustrate how detached and absurd our economic reality has become, investors now actually rally around the Dow whenever bad financial news is released because bad news means there is higher likelihood that the Fed will continue fiat printing.

For example, Reuters reported on June 4: “A report released on Monday showed the Institute for Supply Management’s index of U.S. factory activity fell to its lowest since June 2009 and tempered expectations the Fed would retrace its stimulus measures.”

This indicates that our current economy is so fragile that it is utterly incapable of sustaining concrete investment without the Fed creating dollars out of thin air 24 hours a day, seven days a week. In fact, I have to laugh anytime a mainstream analyst suggests we have entered a phase of recovery. Let the Fed stop all stimulus, and then we’ll see how much legitimate “growth” is actually taking place.

The wealth of most Americans is down 55 percent since the “recession” officially began in 2008. Job creation remains dismal. In 2010, 58.7 percent of working-age Americans were employed. In 2013, that number fell to 58.6 percent (according to official statistics), meaning there has been no improvement in the jobs sector of the U.S. economy following the 2008 collapse, despite all the claims by the Fed and the Administrations of George W. Bush and Barack Obama that bailout dollars and quantitative easing measures would bring jobs back to life.

Also, keep in mind that a rating of 58 percent employment may have been acceptable in the 1950s and 1960s when the U.S. population was half what is today. However, 42 percent unemployed working-age Americans in a population of 350 million is a dangerous prospect. Add to this the fact that, in those days, high-paying manufacturing jobs were the norm. Today, blue collar business has been replaced by burger-shoveling-wage slavery.

Unknown trillions of dollars have been printed, the dollar has been inflated and devalued, national debt is skyrocketing, and there’s absolutely nothing to show for it.

In the global political sphere, tensions continue under the surface between North Korea and South Korea, while the conflict in Syria appears to be spreading like a plague, drawing in multiple nations and promising a high probability of widespread warfare. Any broad-based disaster at this tenuous time will trigger a breakdown in the U.S. fiscal system. A crisis is inevitable.

Once we accept this fact, we must then ask ourselves a simple question: What can we, as individuals, do about it? In the liberty movement, most activists agree on the causes of our current dilemma as well as the eventual direction we are headed. Unfortunately, the movement completely diverges when it comes to solutions.

Fight Tyranny From The Bottom Up

Though there are as many “silver bullet” ideas as there are people, I would divide the argument over solutions into two basic camps: top-down proponents and bottom-up proponents.

I have heard numerous theories fielded, from suing the Fed to voting Republican to impeachment to leaving the country to marching on Washington, D.C., with rifle in hand. These are what I call top-down solutions, none of which take into account the need for localized independence. If you cannot even sustain yourself where you live and if you are unable to provide your own survival necessities, then what good is voting, suing, impeaching or marching abroad going to do?

The problem with the average solution put forward by well-meaning, but sometimes naïve, activists is that they cannot seem to free themselves from the top-down mentality. For them, all big sociopolitical changes must be made at what they believe to be the epicenter and often by working within the controlled paradigm. They think they can play the game better than the men who created it. They forget all about the periphery, the foundation of localism. They forget that to give independence to the world, they must first give independence to themselves. I am consistently astonished by the number of liberty movement activists who don’t even have food storage, a decent rifle or a worthwhile barter skill, yet seem to think they are ready to march weapon-bound to Washington.

Let’s be clear about something: Even if the masses coalesce to overthrow our currently corrupt political matrix of puppet middlemen, we are still left with an international banking oligarchy as well as a collapsing economy. The fight doesn’t end when you boot out the paid-off politicians; the fight has just begun. It is childish and foolish to believe otherwise. Therefore, one must plan ahead if one wishes to be victorious in the battle for a decentralized society.

This decentralization starts with you – in your personal life and within your community. The last thing the establishment wants is for individuals, neighborhoods and towns to decouple from the mainstream system and provide for themselves. This is what they truly fear – not empty marches without tangible goals or intelligent planning.

One thing that every American can do right now to bolster and inspire real revolution would be to learn a trade or skill that would be highly valuable in a post-collapse environment. If you cannot sustain yourself, then you cannot thrive and you cannot fight. If your neighborhood or town is unable to produce necessities for barter, then there is no trade, no organization, no cooperation and, thus, no organized will to fight. That is to say, global liberty stems from local industry.

During a debt and currency crisis, barter will probably be the most accessible form of local industry. The following is a list of examples of post-collapse skills and trade models that you could learn or construct within the next six months in order to ensure you are a sought-after partner in your own community when breakdown occurs:

  • Fresh Water Storage And Filtration: Clean water is a precious commodity, especially in a collapse situation when central treatment plants stop functioning. Whether urban or rural, many people are not equipped to provide ample water supply that is free of contaminants. Those who choose to boil whatever stagnant pools they find still have to contend with disgusting tastes and smells. Fresh, clean water will be sought after, and stockpiling filtration equipment ahead of time means you have a ready-made barter business in place. As long as you have the means to protect that business from looters, you have cemented your position as a vital barter hub within your neighborhood or town.
  • Solar Power Bank: Use a well-maintained solar power array to charge deep-cycle batteries for your barter network. The need for electricity will not disappear post-collapse. There are literally hundreds of tools people will need, from flashlights to food dehydrators to night vision. Not everyone can afford to set up his own solar array, but most families can afford to purchase a few deep-cycle batteries. If you have the means to charge those batteries, then you have a valuable service to barter.
  • Seed Saving And Storage: The ability to grow food is a talent. A good gardener is a godsend to any survival community. That said, a person who knows how to effectively save and store seeds is even more important. Most people never consider that seed availability (especially heirloom seeds) might dissipate. One person with knowledge could take one good crop and turn it into dozens, or even hundreds. Learn to do this professionally, and you will never be without barter customers.
  • Gunsmithing: The establishment has been quite open about its intentions to continue pursuit of gun legislation and, eventually, confiscation. There may come a day very soon when the guns we have in our hands are the only guns we’ll be able to find. We will have to think less in terms of replacing items and more in terms of repairing them. Learn how to fix weapons and invest in the machinery to fashion new parts from scratch, and you will be one of the most sought-after members of your barter network.
  • Ammunition Production: I don’t have to tell you that the ammunition market is bone dry lately. I have never seen anything like it in my life, and neither has anyone else. Even during the “assault weapons ban” of the 1990s, parts and ammo were far more available than they are now. In response, smaller companies across the United States are starting to spring up to fill the void, producing higher-quality ammo at affordable prices, but with a reduced output. I would take this model down to the local level. If every survival community had a dedicated ammo smith (or at least a reloading expert), then regional and nationwide supplies might be rejuvenated (unless the Department of Homeland Security buys another 1.6 billion “practice rounds”). Making ammo can be slow and tedious (starting with scratch brass and lead is even more so). Output would be limited, but having some is better than having none. Also, I have no doubt that ammo will be treated like a currency in the near future.

There are numerous trade skills that one can learn to become more viable within a post-collapse economy. No one can provide every necessity or foresee every eventual need. Therefore, a barter community of tradesmen is essential and is the foundation of a truly free and prosperous society. The pursuit of a post-collapse skill should be at the top of every survivalist’s to-do list. It is not something to be put off or shelved for a later date. Learn one today – not tomorrow. This solution is within your power to make happen now. Do not waste the opportunity, especially in pursuit of top-down schemes that serve only to give false hope and zero returns.

You can contact Brandon Smith at:  brandon@alt-market.com

Alt-Market is an organization designed to help you find like-minded activists and preppers in your local area so that you can network and construct communities for mutual aid and defense. Join Alt-Market.com today and learn what it means to step away from the system and build something better.

To contribute to the growth of the Safe Haven Project, and to help us help others in relocating, or to support the creation of barter networks across the country, visit our donate page here

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Detroit Goes Under: “There Is No Way Out But Collapse”

2


Though most Americans go through their day thinking everything is now returning to normal, the fact of the matter is the situation is anything but stable.

With crime rates skyrocketing, home prices dropping to under $500 for a house, and the local government out of solutions, the city of Detroit is the latest to join the likes of Stockton, California, having just defaulted on its loans from creditors.

Despite promises to the contrary, it should come as no surprise that the city is unable to meet its obligations. And it won’t be the last. City and state governments all over America are in the same boat.

This is a serious occurrence, and one that will not only destroy the financial bottom line of lenders and wipe out retirement promises for tens of thousands of current and former employees, but may well foreshadow events to come throughout the rest of the United States in the near future:

The city of Detroit defaulted on $2.5 billion of its outstanding debt. The creditors are getting what they deserve.

He who lends to government depends on the exploitation of the people to get repaid.

The city’s retired city workers were also warned that significant cuts in pensions and health insurance would take place.

This is the problem all governments face. They promised the moon. Then when those workers retired, they had to be replaced. The cost of government is rising exponentially and this causes higher taxes and it becomes a dog chasing its own tail.

There is NO way out but collapse.

The economic model upon which government has been designed post-WWII is simply braindead. Dumb and Dumber could have done a better job.

The  size of government escalates and this creates a deflationary vortex through which the economy is sucked dry.

There is no surviving this crisis.

Politicians are desperate to cling to power so they buy tanks and guns to defend against the inevitable.

Via Martin Armstrong
(
emphasis added)

Detroit and Stockton are mere microcosms compared to the almost unimaginable debt obligations held by the United States government. We’re talking about tens of trillions of dollars that will never, ever be repaid. There’s so much money that has been borrowed that future generations yet to be born are already indebted.

Detroit, Chicago and other cash-strapped cities are turning into domestic tribal war zones akin to the middle east, with cops outnumbered 500-to-1. Now, with the revelation that they have no money left, people who believed in the benevolence of government and depended on them to pay for their retirements are going to be left high and dry.

We will see the same across the rest of this nation, as the federal government runs into similar funding problems for the one hundred million Americans dependent on monthly disbursement checks. These checks are either going to be cut, or more likely, our money will be inflated away driving prices for essential goods like food and energy to the moon.

It will end in disaster, and as Martin Armstrong notes, will lead to violent confrontations when people who thought they’d be taken care of from cradle to grave realize that no help is coming.

Absolutely plan on the worst case scenario — because you can be assured the government is.

You can prepare and have a chance to survive and thrive. Or, fail to do so and be guaranteed a world of horrific despair and poverty.

Understand this or pay the price: THERE IS NO WAY OUT BUT COLLAPSE.

statue-of-liberty-under-water

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 29,578 people
Date: June 16th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

They Know: Billionaires Are Quietly And Rapidly Dumping Millions of Shares of Stock

0

After the massive crash that rocked global markets in 2008, as Congress, central bankers and major financial institutions met in secret to mitigate the crisis, billionaires like Warren Buffet were buying up shares of some of the hardest hit companies.

At the time, the world was literally on the brink of an unprecedented economic collapse. It was so serious, in fact, that members of Congress were told that should they fail to come to an agreement the fallout would leave the United States in such a state of disarray that martial law would be declared and tanks would be deployed to major American cities.

In the midst of it all, as if they had a private pipeline into the bailout meetings, the big boys were positioning themselves to profit. And profit they did, as the stock market rose from 6500 points in late 2008 to record highs as recently as last month. They made billions of dollars on the backs of bailouts funded by taxpayers who were themselves struggling to pay their mortgages and put food on the table.

They knew then what their friends at the Federal Reserve, Treasury and investment banks were planning to do. And they took the opportunity to make a killing.

Now, with the stock market indicating to the masses that the promised recovery has taken hold, and with mainstream analysts arguing that happy days are here again, those same moguls of finance who were undoubtedly tipped off in 2008, are making some very big moves yet again.

But these particular moves are  exactly the opposite of what you might expect given that we’re at the beginning of a supposed recovery:

Despite the 6.5% stock market rally over the last three months, a handful of billionaires are quietly dumping their American stocks . . . and fast.

Warren Buffett, who has been a cheerleader for U.S. stocks for quite some time, is dumping shares at an alarming rate. He recently complained of “disappointing performance” in dyed-in-the-wool American companies like Johnson & Johnson, Procter & Gamble, and Kraft Foods.

In the latest filing for Buffett’s holding company Berkshire Hathaway, Buffett has been drastically reducing his exposure to stocks that depend on consumer purchasing habits. Berkshire sold roughly 19 million shares of Johnson & Johnson, and reduced his overall stake in “consumer product stocks” by 21%. Berkshire Hathaway also sold its entire stake in California-based computer parts supplier Intel.

With 70% of the U.S. economy dependent on consumer spending, Buffett’s apparent lack of faith in these companies’ future prospects is worrisome.

Unfortunately Buffett isn’t alone.

Fellow billionaire John Paulson, who made a fortune betting on the subprime mortgage meltdown, is clearing out of U.S. stocks too. During the second quarter of the year, Paulson’s hedge fund, Paulson & Co., dumped 14 million shares of JPMorgan Chase. The fund also dumped its entire position in discount retailer Family Dollar and consumer-goods maker Sara Lee.

Finally, billionaire George Soros recently sold nearly all of his bank stocks, including shares of JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, and Goldman Sachs. Between the three banks, Soros sold more than a million shares.

So why are these billionaires dumping their shares of U.S. companies?

From Money News via StanDeyo.com

The simple answer is… they know.

They know that this market has been propped up by trillion dollar infusions from the Federal Reserve.

They know that Americans have lost 55% of their wealth since this crisis started.

They know nearly 25% of Americans are out of work (as opposed to the official 7.5% figures from the BLS) and that no meaningful jobs are being created.

They know that half of American households require government assistance, 100 million people are on welfare and nearly a quarter of them need nutritional assistance to put food on the table..

They know that the economic growth rates being disseminated to the people are completely bogus because they fail to account for the inflationary impact of the Fed’s monetary expansion.

They know this is wholly unsustainable, and they are getting out of Dodge before the next phase of this crisis takes hold and hammers the world yet again.

Ben Bernanke’s magic show will soon come to an end, and all of his tricks will be exposed for the statistical illusions they really are.

Billionaires know this and they are preparing for the inevitable. The government, likewise, is preparing for financial collapse and the potential for widespread violence that will follow.

You should be doing the same.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

14-Year-Old Faces Year In Jail Over Pro-Gun T-Shirt

0


14-year-old Jared Marcum faces a year in jail after he was arrested by police in Logan County, West Virginia for refusing to remove a pro-Second Amendment t-shirt.

The incident began at Lincoln Middle School on April 18 when Marcum was asked by a teacher to remove the NRA shirt, which features the words “protect your right” above an image of a hunting rifle, or be suspended, despite the fact that the shirt did not violate the school’s dress code which bars images featuring “profanity, violence, discriminatory messages or sexually suggestive phrases.”

After Marcum refused to take off the shirt, calmly attempting to explain to school administrators that he was exercising his first amendment right, cops were called solely, “Because I would not take this shirt off, because I believe that I should have a right to wear this,” according to Marcum.

When Marcum refused to be silent, he was arrested and charged with “disturbing the education process” and obstruction of a police officer. On Friday, Judge Eric O’Brien bizarrely sided with police and allowed the prosecution to proceed with the case.

Police initially claimed Marcum made “terroristic threats” for daring to exercise his first amendment, but later backed down from that charge.

Both police and prosecuting attorney Michael White refused to speak to the media about the case. Marcum faces a year in jail when he returns to court on July 11, unless his attorney can get the charges dropped in the meantime.

“Every aspect of this is just totally wrong,” said Marcum’s step father Allen Lardieri, pointing out that Marcum doesn’t have a criminal background.

“Me – I’m more of a fighter, and so is Jared. And eventually we’re going to get through this,” he added. “I don’t think it should have ever gotten this far.”

The case has garnered national attention as it underscores how both authorities and the education system treat the first and second amendments as nuisances to be frowned upon and discouraged.

Since the Sandy Hook shootings last year, there have been innumerable instances where schools have reacted with outright panic and hysteria to toy guns, objects shaped like guns or even the mere discussion of guns by students.

Back in February, another 14-year-old boy was asked by administrators at Genoa-Kingston Middle School to remove a t-shirt which featured the word “Marines” above an image of two interlocking rifles.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Paul Joseph Watson
Views:
Read by 5,359 people
Date: June 17th, 2013
Website: http://www.infowars.com/


Copyright Information: This content has been contributed to SHTFplan by a third-party or has been republished with permission from the author. Please contact the author directly for republishing information.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Watch Your Cash: New BAIL-IN Rules Will Force “Failed Bank Losses on Investors”

0


Bank Error

When the Cypriot government forced account holders to cover bank losses earlier this year most of the world assumed this was a one-off event, limited only to the people of Cyprus.

Though warnings urging depositors to get their money out of banks spread across the world, few have taken them seriously.

Perhaps now they’ll reconsider.

We’re all familiar with bail-outs, as in the government rescuing failed institutions, namely banks, by injecting them with tens of billions of dollars to prevent collapse.

But have you ever heard of a bail-in?

Japan’s Financial Services Agency will enact new rules that will forced failed bank losses on investors, if needed, via a mechanism known as a “bail-in,” according to The Nikkei. Mitsubishi UFJ (MTU), Mizuho Financial (MFG) and Sumitomo Mitsui (SMFG) are among those proposing amendments to allow them to issue the types of preferred shares or subordinated bonds that would be used in such cases, the report noted.

Cyprus was a test run. It worked.

This is now the official policy of the country of Japan, and is a serious consideration throughout the Eurozone and the United States.

Euro zone finance ministers will discuss on Thursday how to decide which creditors will lose money and in what order during future bank rescues by the bloc’s bailout fund, the European Stability Mechanism.

Just so we’re clear, we are all bank creditors by these definitions, thus the regulations being created apply not to just large bond holders, but every individual depositor.

Notice how they didn’t say “in case future bank rescues are necessary.” That’s because they know what’s coming.

The collapse of the global financial system is a foregone conclusion and it has just been confirmed by finance ministers around the world.

When the next banking crisis hits the United States you can be assured that creditors (i.e. individual depositors) will be forced to ‘bail them in.’

Given that that billionaire insiders are rapidly unloading millions of shares of financial stocks  as we speak, there is a strong possibility that this scenario may soon unfold.

So, if you’ve got any significant amount of money at financial institutions, you’d better think twice about how safe it is.

Of course, this is the United States of America, where nothing of the sort could ever happen. According to Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke, here in the U.S. the crisis is contained and poses no risks to the broader economy or financial markets.

So, you can probably just move along and ignore this warning.

Nothing to see here… It’s just Japan and Europe, after all, and they are all the way on the other side of the ocean.

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 14,785 people
Date: June 18th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Real Life Spy Drama On U.S. Bound Plane: “I’m Dead Already, They’re Gonna Kill Me” *VIDEO REPORT*

perry-escorted-off-plane
(Passenger Daniel Perry is escorted off of a United Flight originating in Hong Kong.
Is he a national intelligence asset?)

To add further drama and confusion to the story of Edward Snowden, NSA Spying and Central Intelligence Agency involvement, a passenger on a U.S. bound flight out of Hong Kong Monday claimed that intelligence agents had detained him, were going to kidnap him, take him to a safe house, and that they planned to kill him because of his knowledge about the recently released leaks.

According to witnesses, passenger Daniel M. Perry relayed to other passengers aboard the plane that he was a government worker, a claim that was later confirmed by sources.

According to law enforcement officials the man went on a “bizarre” rant. His actions were described by a CBS news report as an “erratic and disturbing anti-government rant.”

Read the eye witness accounts below and listen to some of the audio and decide for yourself.

Are these rantings of a madman? Or, given that Perry has been verified as a federal employee and was on his way to the United States from Hong Kong, where Edward Snowden is reportedly hiding out, could there be more to this story then just another deranged, unruly commercial airline traveler?

“He complained about being shot with darts during the entire flight,” passenger Jacques Roizen told CBS 2’s Tracee Carrasco.

“He never threatened any individual on the plane. He didn’t threaten to blow up the plane. He didn’t threaten to divert the plane. He was just saying he had information relating to Ed Snowden,” passenger Peter Jones added.

“He said he worked for the U.S. Embassy in Abu Dhabi and he was being detained by the CIA and was being transferred and his life was in danger,” Jones told Diamond.

The situation got pretty unnerving in a hurry, passengers said.

“All of a sudden, there’s a guy screaming about national security, CIA, covert operations,” said Roizen, of Manhattan.

Via NY CBS

…

A man who said he was on the same flight as the unruly passenger and recorded the incident with his phone played the audio for reporters. The passenger who recorded the clip did not wish to give his name.

On the recording the man who caused the incident screamed and repeated “I’m dead” 23 times.

“Snowden? No, he’s right! I know this now, I know this because of what just happened to me. He’s totally right,” the disruptive passenger said, then continued to rant about the NSA.

Jones said he never heard the man threaten passengers or the plane. While the plane was still in the air the FBI said the man had claimed everyone aboard the plane was being poisoned, but the agency later said it was working to clarify what the man said.

“He said something that people are going to poison him, that he was going to die,” Jones said.

On the recording the man claimed to work for the government.

“You work for the CIA! If you work for the National Reconnaissance Office, you will not get a trial by jury. You will not get a trial by jury. They think I’ve done something wrong, put me in front of a judge,” he said, “say I’m guilty.”

In the audio the man claimed to be “dead already, they’re gonna kill me.”

Via Washington Post

….

“Please God, somebody help me, please somebody help me, somebody help me,” the man is heard screaming on an audio clip that was recorded with a passenger’s smartphone.

“I’m dead, I’m dead, I’m dead!” the man repeats over and over again.

Roizen said he and several other passengers tackled the agitated man and helped flight attendants handcuff him. They helped keep him settled in place until the plane landed five hours later.

Via Fox NY

Who is Daniel Morgan Perry?

Is he really married to a Chinese spy?

What was he doing on a flight from Hong Kong to the United States, given that he is reportedly a mid east embassy employee?

And why did he freak out about being murdered by the NSA, FBI or CIA?

Some additional videos, reports and interviews follow.

He was screaming something to the effect that he had information about something Edward Snowden released, and that he had information for the U.S. but he was being hussled away by the CIA and being taken away to some safehouse, never to be seen again.

He did not seem excessively disturbed. He was not running up and down the aisles. He was not attempting to hurt anyone. He was not moving about in any agitated fashion.

He was just yelling in a loud voice to make certain that everyone heard him.

That eye witness report is a far cry from the erratic anti-government rant claimed by mainstream media.

Via Thomas Brinkley and Investment Watch Blog:

Hattip NinaO

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Building Your SHTF Combat Overwatch Rifle

0

rifle_primary

After several years in the Liberty Movement working with various survivalists, you begin to realize that there are as many viewpoints and opinions on self defense tactics as there are people. This is because each individual survivalist’s environmental circumstances are a little different, and unique problems call for unique solutions. That said, there are certain universal elements that every survivalist should consider, and certain pieces of gear that can aid us greatly regardless of our particular situation. I believe the concept of the “overwatch rifle” is one of these universal elements, and an often overlooked combat necessity.

Preparing for a fight, in general terms, is about understanding one’s own weaknesses better than one’s opponent. This means rigorously examining your capabilities and rounding them out as much as possible. Are you strong in close quarters but terrible at a distance? Are you able to engage an enemy regardless of his position, or, do you have to risk closing the gap while he waits comfortably for you? Are you ready mentally and technically for surprises?

The overwatch rifle is not just a tool, it is also a strategy, and when I refer to “overwatch”, I am referring to a guerrilla methodology, not the standard military usage involving sniper support.

This strategy revolves around adaptability, movement, and creative offense. You have to be physically fit and ready to move quickly from one engagement to the next in a sequence that creates the utmost advantage for you and your team. You have to be willing to move from a rear supporting role to a forward scouting role at a moments notice. Sometimes, you have to operate at the very center of it all, coordinating supporting elements and removing obstacles in their path.

Not everyone can serve this role within their team. The overwatch rifle does not automatically make a survivalist overwatch ready. It is the man that makes the rifle effective, not the rifle that makes the man effective.

But before I discuss overwatch rifle design ideas, I want to address a question that ALWAYS comes up when I write an article dealing with any defensive measures:

“Who do you plan to fight?”

The question often insinuates that there is “no one” to fight and that such prepping articles are based in “paranoia”, or, that the enemy will be so technologically advanced that it is “foolish” of us to believe that we can fight them.

My answer is simple — I will fight anyone who attempts to undermine my individual freedom and safety, the individual freedom and safety of the people I care about, innocent citizens, and even future generations I will never meet. Anyone who suggests that such threats do not exist — foreign, domestic, and internationalist — must have been living under a rotting log for the past several years (or they’ve been mesmerized by Facebook and “reality” television, which is very similar). The superiority of these very real threats is irrelevant. I’ve been a fighter for most of my life, and I know well that the biggest and most intimidating opponents are often the easiest to topple in the end, as long as you have the will to press forward, and the intelligence to engage them in a way they cannot predict.

If you are an enemy of liberty and the constitutional philosophy of natural law, then you are my enemy, and if you push me, I will push back. Count on it…

This principle goes for tyrannical political systems as well. When a society loses its ability to regulate and restrict government, when all authority is derived through backroom brokered deals between the money elite and puppet politicians on both sides of the aisle, when individual liberties are deemed expendable in the name of illusory “collective safety”, and when the establishment proclaims that the only way for the public to be prosperous is for the bureaucracy to be prosperous, a war is soon at hand.

The elites will never walk away quietly and neither will we. There are Americans who still respect the virtues of freedom, and there are people in this world whose only goal is to dominate and enslave. We are at a dangerous impasse, and I believe there may be only one way left to fully resolve it…

Of course, when one discusses citizen armament and preparation for combat, the assumption is that every survivalist has already undertaken the correct prerequisite steps to make himself an effective fighter. Before anyone even considers combat preparedness, they should have already:

1) Stockpiled ample food and water.
2) Stockpiled proper medical and emergency first aid.
3) Stockpiled ample ammunition.
4) Chosen a retreat location and hardened their home for defense.
5) Been diligent in their personal health.
6) Trained their bodies for the most terrible rigors imaginable.
7) Trained their minds to be psychologically ready for combat.
8) Trained to control the jarring fight-or-flight response caused by the influx of adrenaline.
9) Fired hundreds if not thousands of rounds through each of the weapons they intend to use in combat until they know them intimately.
10) Studied the history of combat tactics and war strategy (especially asymmetric warfare).
11) Built up a community of like minded individuals who are also prepared.

If you have not at least begun to pursue all of these goals then you are not ready to pull the trigger. Period. If you don’t respect yourself enough to prepare in a practical way, the enemy certainly won’t respect you either, and why should he? You’ll be the punchline of a sad joke, the bullseye on the target, and just another notch in his rifle stock.

If you have at least initiated preparations in all of the above areas, THEN it is time to take a look at your rifle setup…

The Overwatch Concept In Asymmetric Warfare

The term “overwatch” is most often applied when a sniper team is placed in a supporting role during a major offensive. However, the concept has expanded into other areas, especially where guerrilla warfare is concerned, and I would like to use the broader definition here. A person on “overwatch” could be a sniper, or a general team member who is able to place precision fire almost anywhere on the battlefield at vectors difficult for the enemy to spot. This means being in a central position covering not one sector, but all sectors of fire, and striking the enemy from one angle while he is distracted by another.

Being in an overwatch role would mean a certain freedom of movement. You are often designating your own targets and your own fields of fire as you go, and as your teammates push forward. But, it also means you have to be highly adaptable, quick thinking, creative and imaginative in your strategy, and be willing to cause enough damage during a fight to sometimes draw the majority of enemy fire. You become the fulcrum of your team’s initiative.

Ideally, you would want every person you work with to be able to fill the overwatch position, and be able to think in terms of creative combat. The overwatch strategy is meant to stall an enemy advance, destroy enemy sniper positions, create openings in enemy lines, and thus, create targets of opportunity for other team members.

Designing Your Overwatch Rifle

The weapons system you use for overwatch will depend greatly on what you find works best for you as an individual. However, here are some issues you need to take into consideration before building your weapon:

Short Range, Medium Range, Long Range: Your overwatch rifle must be able to engage targets at almost any range (between 0 — 800 yards would be ideal). You must also be able to shift from medium and long range opponents to close range surprise attacks quickly and efficiently.

Penetration And Distance: The caliber you choose should not only be able to travel long distances, but also maintain strong penetration ability at those distances.

Precision: The rifle should fire consistent groups of less than 1 MOA (at least 1” groups at 100 yards).

Frequency Of Fire: 
The more fire you can put down range quickly and accurately, the better. This means semi-auto rather than bolt action.

Adaptable To Optics: 
The weapon should have a rail system that accommodates a number of optics, making it adaptable to almost any situation. Or, at least modifiable for a rail.

Rifle Systems 

I have found that the .308 military caliber tends to be the most practical for overwatch requirements. The bullet has long range capabilities and far greater penetration than the AR-15’s .223 caliber, or the AK-47’s 7.62 × 39 caliber. The AR and AK are great for close range, room-to-room fighting, and some medium range targets without cover, but they have many limitations and are not useful for overwatch. I have also chosen .308 rifles that are semi-automatic, and that can be fitted with comprehensive rail systems. A common complaint concerning .308 tactical rifles is that they are “too heavy” and slow to aim. All I can say is, if you can’t wield the weapon effectively, do some push-ups until you can.

Here is a short list of possible rifle platforms:

AR-10
FN FAL
Springfield M1A
FN SCAR
FNAR
Saiga .308
Heckler & Koch PTR-91

I’m sure there are few more that could be added here, and I recommend all readers carefully research and fire the weapon they are interested in before purchasing it (especially at today’s prices).

The above rifle is a Springfield M1A modified with a Troy BattleRail and a variable scope. To the right is a PVS-14 Night Vision Monocular and an Aimpoint T-1 Red Dot on a LaRue Tactical angle mount. I found this setup to work best for me, but it is only one of many options. Obviously, in a combat situation this entire weapon would be camouflaged according to the environment.

Optics

Next, you need to devise an optics system that allows you to engage at a distance AND up-close and personal.  There are many ways of setting up a rifle for this, but most involve a combination of a scope and red dot, or a scope and iron sights. Here are some ideas…

Variable Scope: A variable scope, as opposed to a fixed power, makes it possible to shift your focus from a wider field of view to narrow longer distance shot with a twist of a dial. But such a scope alone will not enable the kind of speed you will require for overwatch. Buying a cheap hunting variable is also not advised. Make sure the glass is good, and the body can take a beating. Spend the extra cash…

Mini-Red Dot / Variable Scope Combo: Mini-Red Dots are very versatile and new mounting systems make it possible to tie one to your scope at any angle you wish. Some mounts place the red dot directly above the scope, but this often forces the shooter to sacrifice his cheek weld in order to take aim. I prefer angled mounts to the side of the scope. A very quick shift of the rifle to the inside and you can immediately fire without ever taking your cheek away from the stock. Red dots have no magnification, and thus no vision box. Both eyes can be used to target the enemy, and your peripheral vision can be utilized to acquire the next target before firing at the first. My favorite mini-red dot sights are made by Trijicon and Aimpoint, because of their proven durability in the field.

Pre-Designed Multi-Mounts: Multi-railed ring systems like the Burris P.E.P.R. Mount create a solid platform for you to attach a scope and red dot package to your rifle quickly and easily. Many of these systems are meant for AR-15 enthusiasts, but I have seen them adapted for use on .308 caliber rifles.

Short Dot Variable Scope: Short dot scopes (or CQB scopes) usually come in the 1-4 or 1-6 power variety. The concept was to make a single optics system that combined the speed and wide field view of a red dot with the magnification of a variable scope. Some of the more affordable short dots are made by Burris, Leupold, Vortex, and SWFA, and even these models can be pricey. If you have the cash, they are an excellent investment. Many models include an illuminated reticle that can be used in combination with night vision. Short dot scopes are popular in 3-gun competitions because of their versatility, and are beginning to see more use in the military. They can be very effective for overwatch purposes. I recommend 1-6 scopes in second focal plane, which prevents the red dot reticle from being magnified as power is increased, causing a loss of precision.

Night Vision: Overwatch includes nighttime operations. The tactical rail on your rifle should be long enough to accommodate a scope and a night vision system. Or, a red dot and night vision combo. Quick-detach mounts like those produced by LaRue Tactical are perfect for switching out sights and scopes quickly without losing your zero.

The author training with his overwatch rifle near his retreat somewhere in the wilds of Montana.

In any lopsided contest to the death, the less technologically advanced opponent must inevitably turn to asymmetric warfare; meaning, he must fight smarter, and be more effective with fewer tools at his disposal. He has to turn his weaknesses into strengths, and make the smallest weapon devastating to his seemingly invincible enemy. Taking on the role of overwatch rifleman means you must understand all the intricacies of asymmetrics, and be able to apply them in real time in the midst of a battle frenzy. It is a very ugly mission.

Above all, you have to have the will and the courage to stand against what you know are incredible odds. You have to be unwavering. You have to have a clear understanding of why you picked up that rifle in the first place, and maintain a deep belief in your cause despite the seeming impossibility of the task before you. Otherwise, fear will be your guide, and the fearful can never provide adequate overwatch.

You can contact Brandon Smith at:  brandon@alt-market.com

Alt-Market is an organization designed to help you find like-minded activists and preppers in your local area so that you can network and construct communities for mutual aid and defense. Join Alt-Market.com today and learn what it means to step away from the system and build something better.

To contribute to the growth of the Safe Haven Project, and to help us help others in relocating, or to support the creation of barter networks across the country, visit our donate page here

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Bye-bye 5th Amendment! Supreme Court Decides: Anything You Don’t Say Can and Will Be Used Against You

0

burning-constitution

Everyone knows that when building a police state, it’s vital to strike a few Constitutional rights off the books.  Now, we can add the right to remain silent to the graveyard of the American justice system.  How can you expect the people to be properly subjugated with all those pesky freedoms that the Bill of Rights blathers on about?

The would-be totalitarians can chalk up another victory, because the Supreme Court has made the decision that if you opt to remain silent, that silence can (and will) be used against you in a court of law.

The Fifth Amendment to the Constitution guarantees our right against self-incrimination.

No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the Militia, when in actual service in time of War or public danger; nor shall any person be subject for the same offense to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness against himself, nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use, without just compensation.

The Supreme Court said that unless a person specifically asks for their Fifth Amendment right to remain silence, that your silence can be used as an indication of guilt.  The case was brought to court on  the basis of an unconstitutional prosecution against Genovevo Salinas.  Justice Alito, who has a history of excusing the most disturbing abuses in favor of the government, said,“[Salinas’] Fifth Amendment claim fails because he did not expressly invoke the privilege against self-incrimination in response to the officer’s question. It has long been settled that the privilege `generally is not self-executing’ and that a witness who desires its protection `must claim it.’”

So, the advice to sit there and keep your mouth shut, should you be unfortunate enough to have been accused of committing a crime, is no longer the best option.  If the police fail to read you your Miranda warning, you must explicitly say that you are claiming your Fifth Amendment right not to incriminate yourself.  In stating that, aren’t you, in fact, letting the police know that a crime, has indeed been committed by you?  The right to remain silent is supposed to mean just that — you can refuse to answer questions and your silence will not be used against you.

Justice Breyer said, in his dissent:

“The need to categorize Salinas’ silence as based on the Fifth Amendment is supported here by the presence, in full force, of the predicament I discussed earlier, namely that of not forcing Salinas to choose between incrimination through speech and incrimination through silence. That need is also supported by the absence of any special reason that the police had to know, with certainty, whether Salinas was, in fact, relying on the Fifth Amendment–such as whether to doubt that there really was a risk of self-incrimination, see Hoffman v. United States, 341 U. S. 479, 486 (1951), or whether to grant immunity, see Kastigar, 406 U. S., at 448. Given these circumstances, Salinas’ silence was “sufficient to put the [government] on notice of an apparent claim of the privilege.” Quinn, supra, at 164. That being so, for reasons similar to those given in Griffin, the Fifth Amendment bars the evidence of silence admitted against Salinas and mentioned by the prosecutor.”

In 2001, Ohio vs. Reiner, the Supreme Court ruled that “a witness may have a reasonable fear of prosecution and yet be innocent of any wrongdoing. The privilege serves to protect the innocent who otherwise might be ensnared by ambiguous circumstances.”

Apparently they have changed their minds.

As Justice Breyer said, you must now choose whether to incriminate yourself through speech and incriminate yourself  through silence.  I wasn’t there when they wrote it, but I really don’t think that “devil and the deep blue sea” decision is what the authors of the Fifth Amendment had in mind.

The “Supreme Court” is a joke.

Yesterday it was announced that they struck down the need to prove your citizenship in order to vote in the United States — all you have to do is say you’re an American, and then “poof — here’s a ballot!” They have decided again and again in favor of huge, evil corporations like Monsanto. They have decided in favor of Obamacare.  The conflicts of interest within the Supreme Court, large corporations, the banking industry, and the government are so blatant that they don’t even bother to defend themselves against accusations of such.

The checks and balances designed to be in place with the three branches of power are all leaning to one side — there is no balance.  We are collapsing into a police state, and the Judicial branch has just tipped us even further into that deep hole. It would be difficult to argue that this destruction of our freedom is not deliberate.

The Justices of the highest court in the land don their robes, they hear these cases, and they destroy the Constitution, amendment by amendment.


Please feel free to share any information from this article in part or in full, giving credit to the author and including a link to her website and the following bio.

Daisy Luther is a freelance writer and editor.  Her website, The Organic Prepper, offers information on healthy prepping, including premium nutritional choices, general wellness and non-tech solutions. You can follow Daisy on Facebook and Twitter, and you can email her at daisy@theorganicprepper.ca

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

The National Security State and the Whistleblower

0

A major problem in the United States is not there are too many whistleblowers…there are too few. Where were the whistleblowers when the Central Intelligence Agency was operating secret prisons; conducting torture and abuse; and kidnapping individuals off the streets in Europe and the Middle East and turning them over to foreign intelligence agencies that conducted torture and abuse? Where were the whistleblowers when the National Security Agency violated the Fourth Amendment of the Constitution against “unreasonable searches and seizures” and conducted widespread warrantless eavesdropping? Where were the whistleblowers when the State Department permitted the use of a consulate to serve as a cover for an inadequately protected intelligence platform in Benghazi? Where were the whistleblowers when the Pentagon was building secret facilities in North Africa and the Arabian Peninsula in order to conduct military strikes in countries where the United States was not at war?

President Barack Obama, a Harvard-trained lawyer and former professor of constitutional law, has made it particularly difficult for whistleblowers and has displayed a stunning disregard for the balance of power and the need for oversight of foreign policy decision making. He has pursued more leak investigations than all previous presidents combined since the passage of the Espionage Act in 1919. Several press disclosures have been referred to the Justice Department for investigation, and in May 2013 the department subpoenaed two months of records for twenty telephone lines used by Associated Post reporters and editors. This was the most aggressive federal seizure of media records since the Nixon administration. Attorney General Eric Holder even departed from First Amendment norms by approving an affidavit for a search warrant that named a Fox News reporter as a possible co-conspirator in violations of the Espionage Act, because the reporter might have received classified information while doing his job.

President Obama has also inexplicably contributed to the need for whistleblowers by weakening the traditional institutions for oversight in the national security process, the Office of the Inspector General. Inspectors General are not popular institutions within the federal government, but they are essential for keeping the government honest by unearthing fraud, abuse, and other illegal activities. The Obama administration from the outset focussed on weakening the OIG at the CIA by taking more than a year and a half to replace an outstanding IG, John Helgerson, whose staff had exposed the improprieties linked to extraordinary renditions as well as torture and abuse.

The most outrageous pursuit of a whistleblower was conducted against Thomas Drake, who determined that NSA eavesdroppers were squandering hundreds of millions of dollars on failed programs while ignoring privacy issues. Drake took his issues to the IG at NSA, the IG at the Pentagon, and to the congressional intelligence committees. (I am aware of individuals who have contacted congressional staffers with issues that required congressional scrutiny, but were warned that they would not receive a friendly reception from key members of the committee.) After failing in these efforts, Drake turned to a reporter from the Baltimore Sun. As a result, Drake faced ten felony charges involving mishandling of classified information and obstruction of justice, which a judge wisely dismissed.

The case of Bradley Manning also demonstrates the mindset of the Obama administration and the mainstream media. Although Manning has entered a plea of guilty to charges that would give him a 20-year prison sentence, the government is pursuing a charge of aiding the enemy, which would mean a life sentence. The government has also ignored the Sixth Amendment’s guarantee of a “speedy and public trial,” with Manning’s trial beginning on June 3, nearly three years after his arrest. The military handling of Manning, particularly its imposition of unconscionable solitary confinement, has amounted to abuse and is in violation of the Eighth Amendment’s prohibition of “cruel and unusual punishment.” The scant coverage of the trial in the press is another example of the marginalization of a whistleblower.

The absence of checks and balances in the national security system over the past ten years has virtually assured the abuse of power that has taken place. In general, Congress has acquiesced in the
questionable actions of both the Bush and Obama administrations since 2001, permitting foreign policy to be the sole preserve of the executive branch and not the shared responsibility of the president and the Congress. Congressional intelligence committees have become advocates for the intelligence community, particularly the CIA, instead of rigorous watchdogs. Similarly, the Armed Services committees have been advocates for the Pentagon and have not monitored the abuses of weapon’s acquisitions programs.

Since the Vietnam War, we have observed a system of judicial tolerance, with the Supreme Court only intervening on foreign policy matters to endorse the policies and powers of the president. This deferential attitude toward the White House has resulted in an absence of judicial scrutiny of illegalities, including warrantless eavesdropping and the destruction of the torture tapes at the CIA that documented torture going beyond methods authorized by the Justice Department. Ironically, the destroyer of the 92 videotapes of interrogations, Jose Rodriquez, who ignored a White House order not to destroy the tapes and should have faced at least obstruction of justice charges, has published a book sanctioned by the CIA that maligns the OIG for a “holier-than-thou attitude and the prosecutorial ways they routinely treated fellow CIA employees.”

In addition to the failure of Congress and the courts to provide necessary regulation and oversight of the national security process, the mainstream media has been complacent about its watchdog role regarding secret agencies in a democratic arena. The media require the efforts of contrarians and whistleblowers in order to penetrate the secrecy of the policy and intelligence communities, but typically ignore the reprisals taken against whistleblowers. Often, they disdain the information provided by whistleblowers that is critical of senior officials and government agencies—preferring to protect their access to these officials. David Ignatius of the Washington Post falsely claimed that journalists “instinctively side with leakers,” but he was quick to ridicule Edward Snowden, who has exposed NSA’s spying on millions of Americans‘ phone records and the internet activity of hundreds of millions of foreigners. Ignatius, moreover, has been an apologist for the CIA and has relied on clandestine operatives to present a one-sided picture of the CIA’s National Clandestine Service. His novel (“Agents of Innocence”) provided a laudatory account of CIA tradecraft, relying on sensitive leaks from a senior operations officer.

My own experience with the mainstream media as a whistleblower is revelatory. During my congressional testimony in 1991 against the nomination of Robert M. Gates as director of CIA, I provided background information to Elaine Sciolino of the New York Times in order to counter malicious rumors emanating from the White House that was designed to compromise my credibility. Sciolino initially reported this information accurately, but then tilted to support Gates’ confirmation. In a conversation several weeks after the confirmation hearings, Sciolino explained that it was becoming obvious that Gates would be confirmed and would be an important source to her as a CIA director. She added that, as I would return to the National War College as a professor of international relations, I would be of little further use. Sciolino noted that whistleblowers make good sources only in the short run, while journalists must rely on policymakers for long-term access and should not gratuitously offend them. This explains the conventional analysis offered by the press corps and its reluctance to challenge official sources.

As a result of the imbalance in the process of foreign policy decision making, we have come full circle from President Woodrow Wilson, who wanted to make the “world safe for democracy,” to Presidents George W. Bush and Obama, who find the world too dangerous to honoring constitutional democracy. The excesses of the Vietnam War; Watergate; Iran-Contra; and the Global War on Terror have contributed to the creation of a dangerous national security state and a culture of secrecy. Whistleblowers can help all of us decide whether the ends justify the means regarding these excesses.

Meanwhile, secrecy itself has fostered dangerous ignorance in the United States. The overuse of secrecy limits necessary debate and dialogue on foreign policy and deprives citizens of information on which to make policy and political judgments. Only a counter-culture of openness and a respect for the balance of power in the conduct of foreign policy can reverse the damage of the past decade. As long as Congress defers to the president in the conduct of foreign policy; the courts intervene to prevent any challenge to the power of the president in the making of foreign policy; and the media defer to authorized sources, we will need courageous whistleblowers.

Melvin A. Goodman, a senior fellow at the Center for International Policy. He is the author of the recently published National Insecurity: The Cost of American Militarism (City Lights Publishers)and the forthcoming “The Path to Dissent: The Story of a CIA Whistleblower” (City Lights Publisher). Goodman is a former CIA analyst and a professor of international relations at the National War College.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Pres. Obama’s Secret CIA Hit Squad Detailed in "The Way of the Knife"

President Barack Obama has converted the CIA into his personal army and granted it unfettered assassination authority.

The story behind the development and deployment of this presidential killing corps is told in The Way of the Knife: The CIA, a Secret Army, and a War at the Ends of the Earth, the latest book by Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Mark Mazzetti.

Mazzetti, who writes for the New York Times, describes a role reversal between the army of agents in the CIA and the actual army:

And just as the CIA has come to take on tasks traditionally associated with the military, with spies turned into soldiers, so has the opposite occurred. The American military has been dispersed into the dark spaces of American foreign policy, with commando teams running spying missions that Washington would never have dreamed of approving in the years before 9/11. Prior to the attacks of September 11, the Pentagon did very little human spying, and the CIA was not officially permitted to kill. In the years since, each has done a great deal of both, and a military-intelligence complex has emerged to carry out the new American way of war.

The “new American way of war” includes not declaring war. Rather than submit to the constitutional authority of the legislative branch’s exclusive power to declare war, presidents for decades have marched brigades of U.S. armies through the barriers that separate the powers of the White House and Capitol Hill.

Admittedly, when the president assumes the power to designate people as enemies of the state, then he feels legally justified in skirting (or completely disregarding) the myriad constitutional and moral checks on the prosecution of war.

For example, President Obama’s nearly daily approval of drone-delivered assassinations is an effrontery to over 650 years of our Anglo-American law’s protection from autocratic decrees of death without due process of law. When any president usurps the power to place names on a kill list and then have those people summarily executed without due process, he places our republic on a trajectory toward tyranny and government-sponsored terrorism.

It would be another matter if those targeted and executed by the president were armed enemy combatants – they were not. Were these suspected “militants” enemy soldiers captured during wartime they would be necessarily afforded certain rights granted to POWs. Those slated for assassination are not allowed any rights – neither the due process rights given to those accused of crimes nor the rights of fair treatment given to enemies captured on the battlefield. The White House has assumed all power over life and death and created ex nihilo a new category of individual – one deprived of all rights altogether.

President Obama, apparently, has a fondness for transformers: He takes one useful thing and repurposes it into something equally useful, although perhaps not equally constitutional.

Apart from the spy-to-soldier switch, Mazzetti writes of how “in a shadow war waged across the globe, America has pursued its enemies using killer robots and special operation troops.”

Again, in The Way of the Knife, Mazzetti displays a penchant for conflating the president (and the federal government and the military) for America, as in “America has pursued its enemies.”

The enemies currently being pursued by drones and CIA/Special Ops death squads are not the enemies of America – not demonstrably – but are people unfortunate enough to have their flash card come up in the Tuesday kill list confab.

An informative piece written by two of Mazzetti’s New York Times colleagues illuminates much of the macabre methodology of aggregating the names of enemies of the state to President Obama’s proscription list.

 Recounting the scene at one of the regularly scheduled Tuesday intelligence briefings at the White House, Jo Becker and Scott Shane wrote, “The mug shots and brief biographies resembled a high school yearbook layout. Several were Americans. Two were teenagers, including a girl who looked even younger than her 17 years.”

It cannot be too soberly restated that these seemingly cold-blooded conferences are occurring every week in the Oval Office and are presided over by the president.

That last fact is essential if one is to understand the era into which our Republic has entered. The president of the United States, in this case Barack Obama, sits in a chair in the White House rifling through dossiers of suspected terrorists. After listening to the advice of his claque of counselors, it is the president himself who designates who of the lineup is to be killed. As the New York Times explains:

Mr. Obama has placed himself at the helm of a top secret “nominations” process to designate terrorists for kill or capture, of which the capture part has become largely theoretical. He had vowed to align the fight against Al Qaeda with American values; the chart, introducing people whose deaths he might soon be asked to order, underscored just what a moral and legal conundrum this could be.

It is truthfully said by choruses of the president’s men that he inherited this “War on Terror” from President Bush. He must, so the supporters say, continue the operation until the threat to America from extremists is eliminated.

In his prosecution of this global search and destroy mission, President Obama displays more than just a grudging obligation to finish what his predecessor started, however. As Mazzetti reminds his readers, “The foundations of the secret war were laid by a conservative Republican president and embraced by a liberal Democratic one who became enamored of what he inherited.”

To his (dis)credit, President Obama has taken that inheritance and turned quite a profit. He now unrepentantly and repeatedly spends this lethal wealth on building an empire on the rubble of the constitutional Republic that was erected based on a constitutional blueprint. He is now – and it is foreseeable that all future Oval Office occupiers will be, as well – a man possessed of nearly unbounded power over life and death, with unitary command over a sophisticated and surreptitious squad of CIA soldiers and special operations manipulators. Again, Mazzetti from The Way of the Knife:

The strange new conflict has also upended how the United States waged war. The traditional wartime chain of command – passing from the White House to the secretary of defense to a four-star commander with a staff of hundreds to build and execute a war plan – had quietly been circumvented. The CIA director was now a military commander running a clandestine, global war with a skeleton staff and very little oversight.

The White House, he later explains, now has the first and final say on “who should be captured, who should be killed, and who should be spared.”

Bloodthirsty Roman dictators only dreamed of such deadly dominion over their political enemies and the entire population of their much smaller worlds.

The Way of the Knife: The CIA, a Secret Army, and a War at the Ends of the Earth is published by Penguin Press and is available now.

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Would the NSA's PRISM Have Prevented 9/11?

0

Former Vice President Dick Cheney said on Fox News Sunday this week that if the National Security Agency’s daily collection of private telephone records and Internet messages had been in place before the 9/11 attacks in 2001, the terrorists’ plot might have been foiled. Rep. Mike Rogers (R- Mich.) and Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.), chairmen, respectively, of the House and Senate Intelligence Committees, are among the public officials who have made similar claims in defense of the NSA’s controversial PRISM program.

“As everybody who’s been associated with the program’s said, if we had had this before 9/11, when there were two terrorists in San Diego – two hijackers – had been able to use that program, that capability, against that target, we might well have been able to prevent 9/11,” Cheney told host Chris Wallace. The hijackers Cheney referenced were Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar, who were sharing a residence in San Diego from January 2000 until a few months before the September 11, 2001 attacks.

FBI Director Robert Mueller made the same claim when he testified before a House panel on June 13. Referring to an al-Qaeda “safe house” in Yemen, Mueller said, “If we had the telephone number from Yemen, we would have matched it up to that telephone number in San Diego, got further legal process, identified al-Mihdhar … The 9/11 Commission itself indicated that investigations or interrogations of al-Mihdhar, once he was identified, could have yielded evidence of connections to other participants in the 9/11 plot.” But Mueller, in that same testimony, seemed to be saying the intelligence officials had the number of the safe house.

“They understood that that al-Qaeda safe house had a telephone number, but they could not know who was calling in to that particular – that particular safe house. We came to find out afterwards that the person who had called in to that safe house was al-Mihdhar, who was in the United States, in San Diego,” he said.

Mueller’s statements appear to be contradictory. Either the intelligence officials had the safe house phone number or they didn’t. If they didn’t, they wouldn’t have been able to match it up with al-Mihdhar in San Diego. If they had it, they could have traced any call to or from that number. Either way, it’s hard to see how collecting billions of telephone records, e-mails, and other forms of communications every day would help them find who might have called a safe house in Yemen. The principle of government surveillance appears to be that if you can’t find a needle in a particular haystack, you should add more hay – tons and tons of it.

But a little history of the path al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar took to their 9/11 destination indicates they were not that hard to find, once the CIA had discovered the number and wiretapped the line to the Yemen safe house in late 1999. Listening in, they learned that the two men would be attending a secret al-Qaeda meeting in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, in early January 2000. They also knew that right after the meeting al-Hazmi flew to Bangkok and then on to Los Angeles. They learned later that al-Mihdhar arrived on the same flight, and they knew that he had a multiple-entry visa that allowed him to enter and leave the United States at will.

The pair rented a house in San Diego and from then on they were, so to speak, hiding in plain sight. Newsweek related their comings and goings in a June 9, 2002 article called “The Hijackers We Let Escape,” an excerpt from which reads:

Alhazmi and Almihdhar lived openly in the United States, using their real names, obtaining driver’s licenses, opening bank accounts and enrolling in flight schools – until the morning of September 11, when they walked aboard American Airlines Flight 77 and crashed it into the Pentagon.

Neither man was the hijacker who piloted the plane. That was Hani Hanjour, a fellow al-Qaeda conspirator whom al-Hazmi hooked up with at flight school in Phoenix. But had the FBI had its far-reaching sights on al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar, they might have led them to some interesting get-togethers, such as al-Mihdhar’s meeting with Mohamed Atta and other September 11 plotters in Las Vegas in the summer of 2011. But the problem was not, as Cheney, Mueller, and others have argued, a lack of data that would have enabled investigators to find the San Diego terrorists. The problem, Newsweek pointed out, was no one was looking for them.

Had law-enforcement agents been looking for Alhazmi and Almihdhar at the time, they could have easily tracked them through bank records. In September 2000, Alhazmi opened a $3,000 checking account at a Bank of America branch. The men also used their real names on driver’s licenses, Social Security cards and credit cards. When Almihdhar bought a dark blue 1988 Toyota Corolla for $3,000 cash, he registered it in his name. (He later signed the registration over to Alhazmi, whose name was on the papers when the car was found at Dulles International Airport on September 11.) Of course, agents might have used another resource to pinpoint their location: the phone book. Page 13 of the 2000-2001 Pacific Bell White Pages contains a listing for “alhazmi Nawaf M 6401 Mount Ada Rd. 858-279-5919.”

The pair went undetected due to the lack of communication between the CIA and other agencies, a major finding of the report of the 9/11 Commission. The agency did not notify either the Immigration and Naturalization Service or the State Department, which routinely issued al-Mihdhar a new passport after he had lost the one he’d had. Most significantly, the CIA, which is forbidden by law to conduct surveillance within the United States, didn’t tell the FBI that al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were in the United States until August 23, 2001, even though FBI officials were assigned to the agency’s Counterterrorism Center in Langley, Virginia. “That was unforgivable,” a senior FBI official told Newsweek. Even after the CIA discovered a photo in its files of al-Mihdhar at the Kuala Lumpur meeting, standing next to an al-Qaeda fighter suspected in the October 2000 bombing of the USS Cole, they did not alert the FBI. That, and not a shortage of “metadata,” is what the FBI claimed in 2002 kept them from discovering the San Diego terrorists.

According to the Newsweek story, the FBI at that time had constructed a chart showing how, based on their contacts with at least five other of the eventual hijackers, they could have uncovered the 9/11 plot if they been alerted sooner to the presence al-Hamzi and al-Mihdhar in this country. “There’s no question we could have tied all 19 hijackers together,” the official said.

The FBI, of course, dropped the investigative ball a time or two itself in the weeks and months leading up to 9/11, most notably when the would-be 20th hijacker, Zacarias Moussaoui, was in custody in Minnesota. When agents in the Minnesota office, acting on a tip from the Phoenix division, asked for permission to seek a court warrant to search Moussaoui’s laptap computer, the request was denied at headquarters in Washington.

Ironically, defenders of the NSA program have often cited this April’s Boston Marathon bombings as an example of the kind of terrorist attack that might be prevented by evidence uncovered by the NSA’S massive data sweep – though the program had been in place for seven years by then. Mueller told the House panel last week that the program helped the FBI find a friend of the bombing suspects. The friend, though unarmed, was shot to death in an altercation with the FBI agents interviewing him. But the FBI, at the request of Russian authorities, had investigated one of the alleged bombers, Tamerlan Tsarnaev, two years earlier for potential links to alleged terrorists in his native Chechnya. The investigation turned up nothing, but the bureau has been criticized for not notifying the Boston or Massachusetts state police of the Russians’ suspicions, despite the fact that Boston police have three detectives and a sergeant on the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force.

Would that have prevented the bombing? Probably not. Try as they might, government agents can’t watch everyone 24/7, and there’s no assurance police would have detected a plot by the Tsarnaev brothers had they known they were under suspicion. But neither is there reason to believe either the Marathon attack or the 9/11 disaster would have been prevented by piling into a government database the daily call records and Internet communications of millions of Americans, for whom there were no grounds for suspicion. Nor was there good reason to build a huge and expensive new bureaucracy, the Department of Homeland Security, and the massive NSA data sweep because the CIA wasn’t talking to the FBI and the FBI is not sharing information with local law enforcement. As the warden said in the movie Cool Hand Luke:

“What we got here is a failure to communicate.”

Image: logo for the PRISM program

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama Speaks With Forked Tongue on Surveillance

0

It’s bad enough the federal government spies on us. Must it insult our intelligence too?
 
The government’s response to Edward Snowden’s leaks about the National Security Agency’s secret monitoring of the Internet and collection of our telephone logs is a mass of contradictions. Officials have said the disclosures are (1) old news, (2) grossly inaccurate, and (3) a blow to national security. It’s hard to see how any two of these can be true, much less all three.
 
Can’t they at least get their story straight? If they can’t do better than that, why should we have confidence in anything else that they do?
 
Snowden exposed the government’s indiscriminate snooping because, among other things, it violates the Fourth Amendment protection against unreasonable searches and he had no other recourse.
 
Director of National Intelligence James Clapper says Snowden should have used established channels to raise his concerns, but there are no effective channels. Members of the congressional intelligence committees are prohibited from telling the public what they learn from their briefings. Two members of the Senate committee, Ron Wyden and Mark Udall, for years have warned – without disclosing secrets – that the Obama administration is interpreting the Patriot Act and related laws far more broadly than was ever intended by those who voted for those pieces of legislation. Their warnings have made no difference.
 
A court challenge wasn’t open to Snowden either. Glenn Greenwald, who published Snowden’s leaks in the Guardian, notes that for years the ACLU has tried to challenge the surveillance programs in court on Fourth Amendment grounds, but the Obama administration has blocked the effort by arguing that the ACLU has no standing to bring the suit. It’s a classic Catch-22. Since the surveillance is secret, no one can know if he has been spied on. But if no one knows, no one can go into court claiming to be a victim, and the government will argue that therefore the plaintiff has no standing to challenge the surveillance. Well played, Obama administration.
 
The administration should not be allowed to get away with the specious claim that telling its secrets to a few privileged members of Congress is equivalent to informing the people. It is not. It’s merely one branch of government telling some people in another branch. Calling those politicians “our representatives” is highly misleading. In what sense do they actually represent us?
 
Equally specious is the assertion that the NSA can’t monitor particular people without court authorization. The secret FISA court is a rubber stamp.
 
When Obama ran for president in 2008, he said Americans shouldn’t have to choose between privacy and security. Now he says that “one of the things that we’re going to have to discuss and debate is how are we striking this balance between the need to keep the American people safe and our concerns about privacy? Because there are some tradeoffs involved.”
 
What do you take us for, Mr. President? Do you say whatever serves your momentary interest?
 
It’s outrageous for Obama to say he welcomes this debate – when his regime is plotting to capture and prosecute the heroic whistleblower who made it possible.
 
The debate would be bogus anyway. No one has a right to make a security/privacy tradeoff for you. Our rights should not be subject to vote, particularly when a ruling elite ultimately will make the decision – out of public view!
 
Americans have learned nothing from the last 40 years if they have not learned that the executive branch – regardless of party – will interpret any power as broadly as it wishes. Congressional oversight is worse than useless; it’s a myth, especially when one chamber is controlled by the president’s party and the other chamber’s majority embraces big government as long as it carries a “national security” label.
 
Obama says, “If people can’t trust not only the executive branch but also don’t trust Congress and don’t trust federal judges to make sure that we’re abiding by the Constitution, due process and rule of law, then we’re going to have some problems here.” That’s wrong. If the politicians’ only response to revelations that they’re violating our privacy is to ask for trust, then we already have problems.
 
Sheldon Richman is vice president and editor at The Future of Freedom Foundation in Fairfax, Va.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

'The People Have Awakened': Hundreds of Thousands of Brazilians Rise Up Against the System

0

Over 100,000 people took to the streets of Rio de Janiero Monday night. (Photo: Felipe Dana/ AP)“The people have awakened,” was clearly the message as roughly 240,000 Brazilians railed ‘against the system’ in nearly a dozen largely-peaceful demonstrations in cities across the country Monday night.

Crowding the streets, protesters waved Brazilian flags, danced and chanted slogans such as “The people have awakened” and “Pardon the inconvenience, Brazil is changing,” Reuters reports.

Chaos reigned in some corners as police countered a number of the demonstrations with brute force. In Rio de Janiero, crowds swelled to roughly 100,000 people and police used tear gas, pepper spray and, as evidenced by an video posted on Brazil’s Extra 15, live rounds to disperse them.

In the political capital of Brasilia, demonstrators scaled the roof of Brazil’s Congress building before storming the interior.

And in the southeastern city of Belo Horizonte, over 20,000 protesters rallied outside of the Confederations Cup football tournament in the second day of protests against the event.

Other protests were reported in Sao Paulo, Curitiba, Vitoria, Fortaleza, Recife, Belem and Salvador and well as solidarity actions in…

Though the “back-breaking piece of straw,”as Nation editor Dave Zirin writes, that sparked the protests was a spike in transportation fares, the protests are largely against the billions of public funds being invested in tourist infrastructure and events such as the upcoming 2014 World Cup and 2016 Olympics while public services and the population continue to suffer.

According to government estimates, hosting the 2014 World Cup will cost the country–where almost one-fifth of the country lives in poverty–approximately $14.5bn. Some tickets are expected to cost more than the country’s minimum wage of $300.

“For many years the government has been feeding corruption. People are demonstrating against the system,” said Graciela Caçador who was protesting in Sao Paulo. “They spent billions of dollars building stadiums and nothing on education and health.”

Thus far, the demonstrations have spread to over 100 towns and cities despite mass police crackdowns. According to AP, more protests are being planned on social media sites for Tuesday in Sao Paulo and Brasilia.

This banner says, “Violencia e a fare,” loosely translated to, “The fares are the real violence.” (Photo: Alex Almeida/ Reuters)

Rio de Janiero:

A woman being pepper-sprayed at short range by police in Rio de Janiero Monday night. (Photo: Victor R. Caivano / AP)

This short video shows the scale of the demonstration in Rio de Janiero.

And this video, posted on Brazil’s news site Extra 15, reveals police shooting live rounds at protesters.

Brasilia:

This banner reads: “If your child is sick, take them to the stadium”. (Photo: Ueslei Marcelino/ Reuters)

Protesters on the roof of the Congress building in Brasilia. (Photo via Europeans Against the Political System via Facebook)

Belo Horizonte:

Thousands marched on the Mineirao Stadium to protest the soccer tournaments in Belo Horizonte. (Photo: Pedro Vilela/ Reuters)

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Back-Door Tar Sands Scheme Blocked by Local Community

0

Victory for environmentalists may be near in one of the more overlooked battles in the war against Canadian tar sands oil.

(Photo via Concerned Citizens of South Portland / Facebook) A backdoor plan by Canada’s Enbridge and the US-based ExxonMobil to establish an alternate tar sands pipeline has met fierce resistance in the small town of South Portland, Maine where the proposed export terminal would be built.

In a proactive initiative to block the scheme, a local citizens group has collected nearly 4,000 signatures–roughly 4 times the amount necessary–in support of a referendum to place the matter before voters on the November ballot. The question will ask whether the city should enact a zoning change to permanently restrict new development of petroleum-related industry on its waterfront.

“It’s clear the people of South Portland want this initiative in November,” said Carol Masterson, an organizer with the anti-pipeline group Concerned Citizens of South Portland.

According to the group, “any pumping of tar-sands oil through the city’s port would require construction of two smokestacks near [a local park] that would emit an unknown combination of volatile organic compounds and other harmful gases and particles.”

South Portland Mayor, Tom Blake, and his wife were the last to add their signatures to the list Monday, the Portland Press Herald reports.

“No amount of jobs are important (enough) if we can’t drink the water, breathe the air or work the soil we stand on,” he said.

The plan employs an existing pipeline that carries oil from freighters docked in South Portland’s harbor across northern New England to Montreal. The Oil Giants hope to connect this line to crude tar sands oil being mined in western Canada and reverse the direction of flow making the coastal Maine town an alternate export terminal for the heavily polluting bitumen.

In addition to concerns about the toxic byproducts of processing or a potentially devastating spill or leak near vital water sources, those against the pipeline fear that by opening up the vast Canadian reserves we will essentially be spelling “game over”–as former NASA scientist James Hansen has said–for the planet.

Below is a map of the Portland Montreal pipeline route:

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Fear-Mongering NSA Attempts to Justify Spying Before Congress

0

NSA Director General Keith Alexander gave the impression at a Tuesday congressional hearing that the only thing standing between the U.S. people and ‘terrorist’ onslaught is secret spying.

(Photo: U.S. News) As he shared a panel with top FBI and Justice Department officials, Alexander vigorously defended the agency’s spying programs, insisting that controversial secret surveillance has warded off over 50 terrorist attacks internationally and 10 within the United States.

“I would much rather today be here to debate this point than try to explain why we failed to prevent another 9/11,” Alexander declared.

Alexander insisted that the Agency’s surveillance systems–which secretly gather phone data and monitor internet use–are “critical” to the protection of the United States.

He said spying thwarted an alleged planned bombing of the New York Stock Exchange by monitoring communication between Missouri-based Khalid Ouazzani and an individual in Yemen.

However, as The Guardian points out, Ouazzani has never been accused of the crime that NSA supposedly averted:

Ouazzani, however, was never convicted of plotting to bomb the stock exchange. Andrew Ames, a Justice Department spokesman, later clarified that he was convicted of “sending funds” to al-Qaida.

Other critics cast doubt on claims that the NSA’s vast spying apparatus can bring about real safety, insisting that ‘real safety’ for everyone will come when the U.S. respects human rights at home and abroad.

Security officials number among the skeptics. As The Guardian reports:

Lawyers and intelligence experts with direct knowledge of two intercepted terrorist plots that the Obama administration says confirm the value of the NSA’s vast data-mining activities have questioned whether the surveillance sweeps played a significant role

Tuesday’s latest claims about averted attacks cannot be independently verified, especially given that the NSA has only provided partial information.

Others insist that, even if some attacks were diverted, this does not justify widescale violation of privacy rights.

Guardian reporter Glenn Greenwald, who broke the NSA snooping story, blasted officials for playing into public fears to justify violation of privacy and skirt accountability in a June 10 interview on Democracy Now!:

This is just the same playbook that U.S. government officials have been using for the last five decades whenever anything gets done that brings small amounts of transparency to the bad conduct that they do in the dark. They immediately accuse those who brought that transparency of jeopardizing national security. They try and scare the American public into believing that they’ve been placed at risk and that the only way they can stay safe is to trust the people in power to do whatever it is they want to do without any kinds of constraints, accountability or light of any kind.

Officials tossed ad-hominem attacks at NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden at Tuesday’s hearing, arguing that the secret spying program should have stayed in the shadows. Representative Mike Rogers argued, “It is at times like these where our enemies within become almost as damaging as our enemies on the outside.”

Yet Snowden’s supporters, who hail him as a hero, say that attacks on his character are weak attempts to divert public attention from outrage over revelations of mass spying.

Katrina vanden Heuvel argues in The Washington Post that Snowden’s revelations unveil an overgrown security state, built in the name of fighting terror:

The “war on terrorism” has gone on for 12 years, and while President Obama says it must end sometime, there is no end in sight. Secret bureaucracies armed with secret powers and emboldened by the claim of defending the nation have proliferated and expanded. The surprise of legislators at the scope of NSA surveillance shows that checks and balances have broken down.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Michael Hastings Dead: Reporter, Author Dies In Car Crash At Age 33

0

Michael Hastings, who was killed in a car crash on Tuesday, has been described as a fearless journalist by ex-colleagues. (Richard Saker for the Guardian)Tributes have poured in for the award-winning journalist and war correspondent, Michael Hastings, who has died aged 33 in a car accident in Los Angeles.

Described by colleagues as “fearless” and “irascible”, news of his death shook the American media establishment when it was announced late on Tuesday.

Hastings was best known for his devastating Rolling Stone cover profile of General Stanley McChrystal, then the commander of US-led forces in Afghanistan in 2010. Headlined The Runaway General, Hastings’ piece brought McChrystal’s career crashing down as it documented the military leader’s candid criticisms of President Barack Obama.

“I never expected the McChrystal story to have the impact that it did,” Hastings later said. “It forced me to try to top the reporting. I think we succeeded at that. And the fucking bar was high, right?”

The unvarnished report was characteristic of a journalist who refused to cosy up to Washington and had little patience for official “spinmeisters”, his former colleagues said.

More recently, Hastings reported for the social news website BuzzFeed. Ben Smith, the site’s editor-in-chief, announced his death shortly before 7pm in New York on Tuesday.

“We are shocked and devastated by the news that Michael Hastings is gone. Michael was a great, fearless journalist with an incredible instinct for the story, and a gift for finding ways to make his readers care about anything he covered, from wars to politicians,” said Smith.

“He wrote stories that would otherwise have gone unwritten, and without him there are great stories that will go untold.”

Hastings is survived by his wife, the writer Elise Jordan.

“Great reporters exude a certain kind of electricity,” said Rolling Stone managing editor Will Dana on Tuesday night. “The sense that there are stories burning inside them, and that there’s no higher calling or greater way to live life than to be always relentlessly trying to find and tell those stories.

“I’m sad that I’ll never get to publish all the great stories that he was going to write, and sad that he won’t be stopping by my office for any more short visits which would stretch for two or three completely engrossing hours. He will be missed.”

Hastings was a contributing editor at Rolling Stone, a magazine that afforded him free rein to pursue truth and expose hypocrisy in war-ravaged Afghanistan and Iraq. The conflicts impacted Hastings personally: in 2007, his then-fiancee, the aide worker Andi Parhamovich, was killed in an ambush in Baghdad.

The 26-year-old Hastings commemorated his tragically-curtailed relationship in the book, I Lost My Love in Baghdad: A Modern War Story.

On a sabbatical from war reporting, Hastings last year sought out the WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange for a judiciously-arranged interview when he was based at a friend’s house in the Norfolk countryside. With two digital recorders on the coffee table, Hastings asked the world’s most wanted whistleblower: “Are you fucked?”

Assange was not the only subject of Hastings’ occasional intemperance. In an exchange with Hillary Clinton’s aide, Philippe Reines, in September 2012, Hastings was asked: “Why do you bother to ask questions you’ve already decided you know the answers to?”

He replied: “Why don’t you give answers that aren’t bullshit for a change?”

The response prompted Reines to call Hastings an “unmitigated asshole” and add: “Now that we’ve gotten that out of our systems, have a good day. And by good day, I mean fuck off.”

“Michael was angry. He was also loving, and thoughtful, and constructive, and brilliant, but he was angry about things that weren’t right in the world,” said the MSNBC host Rachel Maddow.

“He was angry with things that weren’t right in the world, and with war, and with loss, and that drove his reporting and it made him fearless when he realised he had found something important that he could report.”

© 2013 The Guardian

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

15 killed in raid on UN site in Somalia

0

Rescue workers carry an injured survivor after an explosion at the UN office in Mogadishu on June 19, 2013.

At least 15 people have been killed in an attack on the main UN compound in the Somali capital, Mogadishu.

Local security officials said the bomber blew up explosives at the entrance gate of the UN Development Program (UNDP) office on Wednesday.

Following the explosion, several heavily-armed gunmen entered the compound and opened fire.

However, police forces said the situation is under control and pro-government forces have secured the building.

The injured people were rushed to a nearby hospital for medical treatment, but the death toll is expected to rise as some of the injured are said to be in critical condition.

Somaliaâ„¢s local al-Shabab fighters often claim responsibility for deadly attack. The Somali capital has been the scene of frequent attacks since fighters were driven out of the city two years ago.

Somalia had no effective central government since 1991, when warlords overthrew former dictator Mohamed Siad Barre.

However, lawmakers meeting in Mogadishu, elected Hassan Sheikh Mohamud as the new president of Somalia with a big majority in September 2012.

JR/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkey ‘overburdens’ EU: German parties

0

German Chancellor Angela Merkel (L) and Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan attend a joint news conference in Ankara. (file photo)

German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s conservative party and its Bavarian sister party have rejected Turkeyâ„¢s membership in the European Union, saying Ankara will Å“overburden” the 27-member bloc.

In a draft program drawn up by the Christian Democratic Union (CDU) and the Christian Social Union (CSU) for Germanyâ„¢s Federal Election on September 22, the parties reiterated their long-standing opposition to the accession of Turkey to the bloc, Reuters reported on Tuesday.

Å“The country (Turkey) would overburden the European Union because of its size and the structure of its economy,” the draft further said.

The parties added that they reject full membership for Turkey because Ankara Å“does not meet the criteria for joining the EU.”

They, however, said, Å“We want strong cooperation between the European Union and Turkey, as well as close strategic collaboration on foreign and security questions.”

Germany has hardened it stance on Turkey in recent weeks due to the country’s tough response to three weeks of protests against Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

On June 17, Merkel expressed shock at Turkish police violent crackdown on anti-government protesters, saying Ankara should respect democratic freedoms.

“What is happening in Turkey at the moment does not meet with our ideas of freedom of assembly, (or) freedom of expression. I am in any case shocked,” Merkel told German broadcaster RTL.

The unrest in Turkey erupted after police broke up a sit-in staged at Taksim Square on May 31 to protest against a government plan for the redevelopment of Istanbul’s Gezi Park.

Merkel also called for dialogue between the Turkish government and protesters but refused to respond to a question on whether Turkeyâ„¢s ambition to become an EU member could be affected by the governmentâ„¢s response to demonstrations.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘No Iran-Russia reverse oil swap deal’

0

No negotiations over Iran reverse oil swap with Russia: Oil min. official

An Iranian Oil Ministry official has dismissed media reports that Tehran is engaged in negotiations with Moscow to launch a south-north reverse oil swap project.

On Wednesday, Iranian Oil Ministry Spokesman Alireza Nikzad-Rahbar stated that there have been no negotiations or arrangements between Iran and Russia concerning the sale of Iranian crude oil to Russia so far.

He added that south-north reverse oil swap was impossible due to lack of necessary technical infrastructure.

The remarks came after several media outlets reported that Russia was in talks with Iran to set up a reverse swap formula to convey its southern oil to the Caspian Sea, so that Russian tankers would be able to take it to nearby oil terminals.

Iran imports oil from Central Asian countries to be refined at Tehran and Tabriz oil refineries before delivery to potential buyers in the Persian Gulf.

On May 18, managing director of the National Iranian Oil Products Distribution Company (NIOPDC) Mostafa Kashkouli said Iran plans to increase the volume of its oil products swap by 30 percent in the current Iranian year (started March 20).

Kashkouli added that Iran had swapped more than 100,000 tons of oil products during the previous Iranian calendar year (ended March 19) and plans to boost its swap volume.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Estimate shows wages would drop under Senate immigration bill, despite economic uptick

0

foxnews.com
June 19, 2013

While supporters of the Senate immigration bill tout a new analysis that shows the legislation would boost the economy and trim the deficit, critics are seizing on another, less rosy stat – the average American wage would drop, and not recover for more than a decade.

The analysis from the Congressional Budget Office projected that, if the Senate bill passes, the influx of new immigrants would have the effect of slightly bringing down the average wage. Specifically, the estimate showed average wages for the entire labor force “would be 0.1 percent lower in 2023.”

It would affect lower- and higher-skilled workers more than those in the middle of the spectrum.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 8:42 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

2nd man held on Gloucester mosque fire

0

A second man is arrested by British detectives investigating a fire attack on a mosque in Gloucester.

A second man has been arrested by British detectives investigating a fire attack on a mosque in Gloucester.

According to reports, no one was injured in the arson attack, but the mosqueâ„¢s door suffered light fire damage after the fire service was called to the scene in Ryecroft Street at around 12.50am on Tuesday local time.

Police forces reviewed CCTV images that showed a man pouring petrol around the door then setting a rag on fire and using it to ignite the fuel.

The man returned to a dark car, believed to be a BMW or Mercedes, and was driven away by a second offender, media reports said.

Officers first arrested a 37-year-old man from Gloucester in connection with the attack and then they arrested a 20-year-old man from Cheltenham on Tuesday evening on suspicion of arson. The two men are now in police custody.

“Gloucester has a wonderfully diverse and welcoming community and I know people will be upset and angry about this. In recent weeks I’ve been buoyed by the fact we haven’t seen any of the tensions there have been elsewhere in the country,” Richard Burge, chief inspector for Gloucester said.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Al-Nusra assassinates FSA officers’

0

The al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front has assassinated a large number of the so-called Free Syrian Army (FSA) officers, a report says.

The Arabi-Press report also said the al-Nusra Front systematically threatens the families of FSA officers.

Fearing the influence of al-Nusra Front, most FSA officers do not have the courage to speak out about numerous treasons committed by the al-Qaeda offshoot against the ongoing revolt in Syria.

The treacherous acts include attempts to assassinate FSA officers and striking political and military deal with different parties including the ruling regime in Syria.

A Syrian opposition figure said the al-Nusra Front is headquartered in the towering white building of an eye hospital in the volatile city of Aleppo. Between 300 and 500 militants are reportedly stationed in the headquarters.

The unnamed militant said the Syrian Armyâ„¢s artillery is deployed only one kilometer away from the al-Nusra headquarters where Dushka-mounted vehicles are parked or moving.

He noted that the Syrian Army has never opened fire on the al-Nusra headquarters.

Syria has been gripped by turmoil since March 2011 and the foreign-sponsored militancy has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

In addition, several international human rights organizations say the militants operating in Syria have committed war crimes.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Michael Hastings Dead: Reporter, Author Dies In Car Crash At Age 33

0

Michael Hastings, who was killed in a car crash on Tuesday, has been described as a fearless journalist by ex-colleagues. (Richard Saker for the Guardian)Tributes have poured in for the award-winning journalist and war correspondent, Michael Hastings, who has died aged 33 in a car accident in Los Angeles.

Described by colleagues as “fearless” and “irascible”, news of his death shook the American media establishment when it was announced late on Tuesday.

Hastings was best known for his devastating Rolling Stone cover profile of General Stanley McChrystal, then the commander of US-led forces in Afghanistan in 2010. Headlined The Runaway General, Hastings’ piece brought McChrystal’s career crashing down as it documented the military leader’s candid criticisms of President Barack Obama.

“I never expected the McChrystal story to have the impact that it did,” Hastings later said. “It forced me to try to top the reporting. I think we succeeded at that. And the fucking bar was high, right?”

The unvarnished report was characteristic of a journalist who refused to cosy up to Washington and had little patience for official “spinmeisters”, his former colleagues said.

More recently, Hastings reported for the social news website BuzzFeed. Ben Smith, the site’s editor-in-chief, announced his death shortly before 7pm in New York on Tuesday.

“We are shocked and devastated by the news that Michael Hastings is gone. Michael was a great, fearless journalist with an incredible instinct for the story, and a gift for finding ways to make his readers care about anything he covered, from wars to politicians,” said Smith.

“He wrote stories that would otherwise have gone unwritten, and without him there are great stories that will go untold.”

Hastings is survived by his wife, the writer Elise Jordan.

“Great reporters exude a certain kind of electricity,” said Rolling Stone managing editor Will Dana on Tuesday night. “The sense that there are stories burning inside them, and that there’s no higher calling or greater way to live life than to be always relentlessly trying to find and tell those stories.

“I’m sad that I’ll never get to publish all the great stories that he was going to write, and sad that he won’t be stopping by my office for any more short visits which would stretch for two or three completely engrossing hours. He will be missed.”

Hastings was a contributing editor at Rolling Stone, a magazine that afforded him free rein to pursue truth and expose hypocrisy in war-ravaged Afghanistan and Iraq. The conflicts impacted Hastings personally: in 2007, his then-fiancee, the aide worker Andi Parhamovich, was killed in an ambush in Baghdad.

The 26-year-old Hastings commemorated his tragically-curtailed relationship in the book, I Lost My Love in Baghdad: A Modern War Story.

On a sabbatical from war reporting, Hastings last year sought out the WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange for a judiciously-arranged interview when he was based at a friend’s house in the Norfolk countryside. With two digital recorders on the coffee table, Hastings asked the world’s most wanted whistleblower: “Are you fucked?”

Assange was not the only subject of Hastings’ occasional intemperance. In an exchange with Hillary Clinton’s aide, Philippe Reines, in September 2012, Hastings was asked: “Why do you bother to ask questions you’ve already decided you know the answers to?”

He replied: “Why don’t you give answers that aren’t bullshit for a change?”

The response prompted Reines to call Hastings an “unmitigated asshole” and add: “Now that we’ve gotten that out of our systems, have a good day. And by good day, I mean fuck off.”

“Michael was angry. He was also loving, and thoughtful, and constructive, and brilliant, but he was angry about things that weren’t right in the world,” said the MSNBC host Rachel Maddow.

“He was angry with things that weren’t right in the world, and with war, and with loss, and that drove his reporting and it made him fearless when he realised he had found something important that he could report.”

© 2013 The Guardian

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

The NBN asbestos exposures: The case for socialist planning

0

 

SEP election meeting in Sydney’s Penrith area

19 June 2013

Residents of Sydney’s outer working-class suburb of Penrith last month revealed that work by Telstra sub-contractors associated with the National Broadband Network (NBN) had resulted in their families–and the workers involved–being exposed to cancer-causing asbestos-containing material. Other incidents of asbestos “mishandling” during NBN work have since been reported around the country.

This situation is scandalous. Thousands of workers have died or are cancer-stricken from previous cases of asbestos exposure, and the presence of the material in telecommunications infrastructure is well known. Yet Telstra, NBN Corporation, the Gillard Labor government, state and local government authorities, and the trade unions, have allowed the broadband roll-out to take place without the necessary safeguards for the health of workers and residents. The overriding priority has been to meet the demands of the corporate establishment to install the network as quickly and cheaply as possible.

The exposures only became known because Penrith resident Matthew O’Farrell took a stand and demanded answers about the work being carried out in his street. Until then, there had been a conspiracy of silence surrounding the unsafe handling of asbestos in the NBN rollout.

Every defender of the capitalist profit system claims that the “market” is the most efficient and rational means of organising the economy and allocating society’s resources. In reality, millions of people around the world pay the price every day for the anarchic and unplanned character of capitalism, and its subordination of every aspect of social life to private profit.

Today, under conditions of the greatest economic crisis since the Great Depression of the 1930s, the ruling elites internationally are making deep inroads into all the past gains of the working class. Every aspect of life, from jobs and wages to health care and education, is under attack. Basic health and safety measures are being eroded or destroyed to satisfy corporate demands for profit. As a result, there is a growing list of disasters, from the exposure of communities to dangerous substances, oil spills and the meltdown of nuclear power plants to deadly mine explosions, building collapses and fires.

The only answer to the accelerating drive for austerity at the expense of the working class is the rational socialist planning of economic and social life, within Australia and around the world, to meet the social needs of humanity as a whole. What is required is an independent, political movement of the working class, dedicated to the establishment of a workers’ government based on socialist policies. The banks and major corporations must be placed under public ownership and democratic control. Only in this way can essential services such as high-speed Internet be constructed with the maximum regard for public health and safety and made freely available to all.

Socialist Equality Party candidates for the 2013 election will explain at this Sunday’s meeting the party’s socialist and internationalist perspective to put an end to the catastrophes produced by capitalism. We urge workers and young people to attend to discuss these vital issues.

SEP Election Meeting

Sunday, June 23, 2 p.m.
Kingswood Neighbourhood Centre
19 Bringelly Road, Kingswood

Tickets: $3/$2 concession

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

'Russia to host 2014 G8 summit'

0

Russia’s President Vladimir Putin speaks during a media conference at the conclusion of the G8 summit at the Lough Erne resort near Enniskillen in Northern Ireland on June 18, 2013.

Russiaâ„¢s President Vladimir Putin has announced that his country will host the next Group of Eight summit in the southern Russian Black Sea resort of Sochi in 2014.

Å“The Group of Eight summit I have invited my counterparts to will be held on June 4-5, 2014, in Sochi,” Russian news agency RIA Novosti quoted Putin as telling journalists after a G8 summit in Northern Ireland on Tuesday.

The Russian president, however, noted that the agenda for the summit has not yet been agreed upon.

Å“We will start agreeing it only after Britainâ„¢s presidency is over,” he said, adding, Å“We will take up the baton from our British colleagues and friends on January 1, 2014.”

Putin earlier told RIA Novosti that Moscow will focus on responses to new global threats during the next G8 summit.

The Russian president further said that Moscow is slated to use the infrastructure of the 2014 Winter Olympic Games, due to be held in Sochi in February 2014, for the G8 summit.

Å“We do not plan to spend any funds on preparation for the G8 summit, so the summit will be held at Sochiâ„¢s ready infrastructure three months after the end of the Olympic Games,” Putin said.

The G8 summit was held June 17-18 to mainly discuss EU-US trade talks progress towards a Syrian conference.

British Prime Minister David Cameron, US President Barack Obama, Putin, German Chancellor Angela Merkel, French President Francois Hollande, Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper and Italian Prime Minister Enrico Letta attended the summit.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Obama to announce nuclear arms cut’

0

US President Barack Obama (L) sits with Russian President Vladimir Putin during a June 17, 2013 G8 summit in Northern Ireland.

President Barack Obama is set to announce a sharp reduction in USâ„¢s deployed nuclear weapons by up to a third below the level achieved under the Å“New Start” treaty with Russia,

The White House stated that Obama is scheduled to make the announcement on Wednesday in a major foreign policy speech in the German city of Berlin, though he is not expected to set a timeline for reduction measures.

Russian President Vladimir Putin and Obama met on Monday on the sidelines of the G-8 summit in Northern Ireland to outline plans for nuclear non-proliferation and a deal to replace the already-expired joint agreement struck in 1992.

The new nuclear security agreement calls for a reduction in the worldâ„¢s nuclear stockpiles, including a one-third cut in US and Russian arsenals.

During Obamaâ„¢s first run in office, the two countries agreed to reduce their nuclear stockpiles to 1,550 as part of the New START Treaty.

The US presidentâ„¢s 2014 economic plan seeks a half-billion-dollar increase above the current level of USD 7.227 billion in additional spending to accelerate and expand the nuclear explosives program.

The newly allocated resources will expand modernization efforts for bomber-based and missile-based warheads, and help fund construction of a new facility in Tennessee for processing uranium – the material used in nuclear warheads.

Meanwhile, the budget for nonproliferation programs will be cut by about 20 percent or USD 460 million below the current level of USD 2.45 billion.

The prospective shift flies in the face of the countryâ„¢s persisting economic woes and international calls for a nuclear-weapon-free world.

The US was the first country to create atomic weapons, while being the only nation to drop nuclear bombs on civilians during separate attacks on Japanâ„¢s Hiroshima and Nagasaki in World War II.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

15 killed in raid on UN site in Somalia

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 15 people have been killed in an attack on the main UN compound in the Somali capital, Mogadishu.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Reckless UK bankers should be jailed’

0

Highly-paid bankers should be jailed for misconduct, banking commission recommends.

Highly-paid bankers should be jailed for reckless misconduct whilst managing banks, the Parliamentary Commission on Banking Standards has recommended in a report.

The Commissionâ„¢s report also urged the British Chancellor George Osborne to withhold some bonuses for up to ten years and called on him to consider breaking up the Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS), which is still 81 percent owned by the British taxpayer.

Å“Under our recommendations senior bankers who seriously damage their banks or put taxpayersâ„¢ money at risk can expect to be fined, banned from the industry or in the worst cases go to jail. That has not been the case up to now,” said chairman of the parliamentary commission Andrew Tyrie.

The report, which runs to almost 600 pages, is released ahead of the Chancellorâ„¢s annual Mansion House speech this evening and is seen as an attempt to raise banking standards following the manipulation of Libor rate by British banks.

Earlier in February, RBS has been fined £390 million by UK and US authorities over its involvement in Libor rigging scandal. RBS was the latest bank to settle with regulators after British bank Barclays did last summer and Swiss bank UBS did in December.

MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pak politician blasts US drone strikes

0

Influential Pakistani lawmaker Imran Khan has called on the Islamabad government and military leaders to put an end to US assassination drone strikes in the country.

Khan, who is the leader of Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaaf (PTI) party, told parliament members on Wednesday that a comprehensive approach was needed to bring an end to the brutal attacks.

Khanâ„¢s remarks were his first reaction to the US killer drone strikes since his party came second in Pakistanâ„¢s general election last month.

Pakistanâ„¢s Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif has criticized assassination drone strikes, saying they violate Pakistanâ„¢s national sovereignty and territorial integrity, describing the CIA-operated strikes as a violation of international law and the UN charter.

Washington claims to target militants in the country but reports indicate that many of the drone strike victims are civilians.

A recent report by the British Bureau of Investigative Journalism says over 3,500 people have been killed in Pakistan by US drone attacks since 2004. Several prominent politicians and critics argue that the civilian deaths cause people to join militant groups.

Over the past several years, Washington has been launching drone attacks on Muslim countries, including Pakistan, Somalia, and Yemen, claiming that militants are the targets. However, casualty figures clearly indicate that civilians are the main victims.

The killing of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington. The strikes have also triggered massive protests in Pakistan.

JR/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bomb kills five in northern Iraq

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least five people have been killed after a bomb blast hit a social gathering in northern Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Root Causes of the Detroit Municipal Crisis, Austerity and Finance Fraud. Moratorium NOW!: The Struggle Continues

1

Orr plan fails to address roots of municipal crisis, finance capital

Note: The following remarks were delivered at a public meeting in Detroit on June 15, 2013. The event was sponsored by Workers World Party Detroit branch.

Over the last week the struggle has escalated for the Moratorium NOW! Coalition. Moreover, since the May 4 public meeting at Central United Methodist Church downtown more people have been involved in the movement to stave off the greater imposition of austerity in Detroit.

On May 4 the Moratorium NOW! Coalition program was laid out calling for a halt to debt service payments to the banks and its relationship to the housing crisis. Both the demand for a moratorium on foreclosures and evictions is directly linked to the problems of municipal finance. With the flight of jobs and home seizures the city has been devastated through the lack of tax revenue.

One of the most significant developments took place yesterday (June 14) after an eight-day intense escalation of activity surrounding the holding of a purported “public” meeting by the emergency manager at the “no show” fiasco at Greater Grace Temple and Martin Luther King High School to the actual appearance of Orr on Monday, June 10 at the Wayne State University Law School. Yesterday (June 14) Orr floated his plan for the restructuring of city finances.

What jumped right out was the declaration of a moratorium on $2.5 billion in both debt-service and principal amounts of the municipal debt. The first sign of this was the withholding of $39.7 million in debt payments due on June 14. This moratorium has been called for by the Moratorium NOW! Coalition for at least two years.

The demand has been picked-up by various leaders and organizations throughout the city. Yet the political officials and union leadership have refrained from giving more than lip service for the demand.

Yet it is this demand and programmatic approach for its propagation that has sustained us over the last several months. Although we uphold the demand for democratic rights of the workers and oppressed and the inherent right to self-determination for the nationally oppressed, we have often stated that prior to the passage of the 13th, 14th and 15th Amendments to the U.S. Constitution and a series of Civil Rights Bills extending from 1866 to 1968, slavery, which was legal inside the U.S., is above-all an economic system.

Capitalism today is an economic system that has run its course in its capacity to adapt to the current realities and necessities for domestic and global conditions. Capitalism in the 21st century cannot provide full-employment, a guaranteed annual income, quality education for all, public services, adequate healthcare, public transportation, food and security to all working people within society.

The history of the Moratorium struggle has taught us many lessons in regard to the degree of heightened consciousness and willingness to take bold actions in addressing the imperatives of the challenges today.

Task of the Mass Work Going Forward

Even though Orr declared a moratorium on some of the city’s illegitimate debt to the financial institutions, he also announced a series of measures that will worsen the conditions for working people. There will be a privatization of trash collection that will impact jobs.

Other aspects of Orr’s plan, a 127-page document issued on June 14, include the privatization as well of the city operations of the water and sewage system, cuts in healthcare benefits for municipal employees and retirees, in addition to the possible lowering of pension payments. Leading up to the June 14 meeting with creditors at the Westin Hotel in the Wayne County Airport’s main terminal, both Standard & Poor and Moody’s performed a super-downgrade of Detroit’s bond rating.

In a follow-up meeting this coming week labor unions will be told of their possible fate in regard to further pay and benefit cuts as well as lay-offs. The plan has been met with criticism by AFSCME leaders but what is required now is a militant program of action and the political will to challenge the banks and their representatives through the personage of Rick Snyder and Kevyn Orr.

The Moratorium NOW! Coalition has been willing and prepared to raise the question of the role of the banks and to take the struggle to the enemy, i.e., international finance capital. Our focus must remain on the banks and the further draconian concessions being forced on the workers and the residents who live in the city.

We are more than willing to back up the municipal workers in any effort to wage a campaign against the proposed restructuring in city operations at the expense of the people. The bankruptcy proceedings in Jefferson County, Alabama, Stockton and San Bernardino, California are being observed intensely by activists in Detroit in order to anticipate possible legal and political initiatives by the banks and their surrogates in government.

We began the moratorium struggle in the ongoing work related to housing. Despite the fact that foreclosures have declined some there has been a sharp rise in home seizures over the last month. Bloomberg Municipal Market reported on June 14 that “Home repossessions in the U.S. jumped 11 percent in May after declining for the previous five months as rising prices and limited inventory for sale across the country spurred banks to complete foreclosures.”

Municipal Market reports also that “Thirty-three states had increases in the number of homes repossessed, RealtyTrac says. A total of 148,054 foreclosure filings, including default, auction and repression notices were sent to U.S. properties last month, an increase of 2 percent from April and down 28 percent from a year earlier…. One in 885 U.S. households got a filing.”

This same article reports “Florida had the highest rate of filing per household in May at one in 302, followed by Nevada, at one in 305 and Ohio at one in 584. Maryland ranked fourth at one in 587; South Carolina was fifth at one in 600.”

Consequently, the transitional demands related to the moratorium are still valid related to the banks, jobs, plant closings and housing. We must of course deepen our mass work to address these realities.

Last weekend at the Left Forum, this writer spoke to the relationship between “Ideology, Organization and the Mass Struggle.” Our struggle is against capital and the capitalist state and our tactics must reflect this. We must be able to swim in a large pond. We can work in a united front and still maintain our political and ideological independence.

Abayomi Azikiwe Editor, Pan-African News Wire

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Michael Hastings, ‘Rolling Stone’ Contributor, Dead at 33

0

Michael Hastings, the fearless journalist whose reporting brought down the career of General Stanley McChrystal, has died in a car accident in Los Angeles, Rolling Stone has learned. He was 33.

Hastings’ unvarnished 2010 profile of McChrystal in the pages of Rolling Stone, “The Runaway General,” captured the then-supreme commander of the U.S.-led war effort in Afghanistan openly mocking his civilian commanders in the White House. The maelstrom sparked by its publication concluded with President Obama recalling McChrystal to Washington and the general resigning his post. “The conduct represented in the recently published article does not meet the standard that should be met by — set by a commanding general,” Obama said, announcing McChrystal’s departure. “It undermines the civilian control of the military that is at the core of our democratic system.”

michael hastingsHastings’ hallmark as reporter was his refusal to cozy up to power. While other embedded reporters were charmed by McChrystal’s bad-boy bravado and might have excused his insubordination as a joke, Hastings was determined to expose the recklessness of a man leading what Hastings believed to be a reckless war. “Runaway General” was a finalist for a National Magazine Award, won the 2010 Polk award for magazine reporting, and was the basis for Hastings’ book, The Operators: The Wild and Terrifying Inside Story of America’s War in Afghanistan.

Image: Courtesy of Blue Rider Press/Penguin

For Hastings, there was no romance to America’s misbegotten wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. He had felt the horror of war first-hand: While covering the Iraq war for Newsweek in early 2007, his then-fianceé, an aide worker, was killed in a Baghdad car bombing. Hastings memorialized that relationship in his first book, I Lost My Love in Baghdad: A Modern War Story.

A contributing editor to Rolling Stone, Hastings leaves behind a remarkable legacy of reporting, including an exposé of America’s drone war, an exclusive interview with WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange at his hideout in the English countryside, an investigation into the Army’s illicit use of “psychological operations” to influence sitting Senators and a profile of Taliban captive Bowe Bergdahl, “America’s Last Prisoner of War.”

“Great reporters exude a certain kind of electricity,” says Rolling Stone managing editor Will Dana, “the sense that there are stories burning inside them, and that there’s no higher calling or greater way to live life than to be always relentlessly trying to find and tell those stories. I’m sad that I’ll never get to publish all the great stories that he was going to write, and sad that he won’t be stopping by my office for any more short visits which would stretch for two or three completely engrossing hours. He will be missed.”

Hard-charging, unabashedly opinionated, Hastings was original and at times abrasive. He had little patience for flacks and spinmeisters and will be remembered for his enthusiastic breaches of the conventions of access journalism. In a memorable exchange with Hillary Clinton aide Philippe Reines in the aftermath of the Benghazi attacks, Hastings’ aggressive line of questioning angered Reines. “Why do you bother to ask questions you’ve already decided you know the answers to?” Reines asked. “Why don’t you give answers that aren’t bullshit for a change?” Hastings replied.

In addition to his work as a contributing editor for Rolling Stone, Hastings also reported for BuzzFeed. He leaves behind his wife, the writer Elise Jordan.

Matt Farwell is a veteran of the Afghanistan war who worked as a co-reporter with Hastings on some of his recent pieces. He sent this eulogy to Rolling Stone:  ”My friend Michael Hastings died last night in a car crash in Los Angeles. Writing this feels almost ghoulish: I still haven’t processed the fact that he’s gone. Today we all feel that loss: whether we’re friends of Michael’s, or family, or colleagues or readers, the world has gotten a bit smaller. As a journalist, he specialized in speaking truth to power and laying it all out there. He was irascible in his reporting and sometimes/often/always infuriating in his writing: he lit a bright lamp for those who wanted to follow his example.

“Michael was no stranger to trying to make sense this kind of tragedy nor was he unfamiliar the emptiness felt in the wake of a senseless, random death. After all, he’d already learned about it the only way he ever deemed acceptable for a non hack: first-hand. In the course of his reporting he figured this lesson out again and again in Iraq, Afghanistan and in the United States, and part of his passion stemmed from a desire to make everyone else wake the fuck up and realize the value of the life we’re living.

“He did: He always sought out the hard stories, pushed for the truth, let it all hang out on the page. Looking back on the past ten years is tough for anyone, but looking back on Michael’s past ten years and you begin to understand how passionate and dedicated to this work he was, a passion that was only equaled by his dedication to his family and friends, and how much more he lived in thirty-three years than most people live in a lifetime. That’s part of what makes this all so tough: exiting, he leaves us all with little more than questions and a blank sheet of paper. Maybe that’s challenge to continue to use it to write the truth. I hope we can live up to that. He was a great friend and I will miss him terribly.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

People Around the World Oppose Arming Syrian “Rebels”

0

Washington’s Blog
June 19, 2013

A new Pew poll shows that 70% of Americans oppose arming the Syrian “rebels”. As the Washington Postnotes:

Opposition in the Pew poll is actually higher than ever before in the two-year-old civil war. And that’s even as much of the poll was conducted after the White House announced Thursday that the Syrian government had crossed the “red line” and used chemical weapons.

But while the red line was significant to the White House, it doesn’t seem to have altered the perceptions of the American people.

(In fact, the weight of evidence shows that it was likely the rebels — not the Syrian government — which used chemical weapons. See this, this, this and this.)

Numerous other recent polls show that Americans on both sides of the aisle are opposed to war in Syria.

Likewise, the Herald Scotland reports:

More pressure has been piled on David Cameron with a poll showing most Britons are opposed to arming the Syrian rebels ….

The Comres survey showed only 17% of people supported the UK Government arming the Syrian opposition to the Assad regime but 53% were opposed.

Polls have consistently shown that the French people oppose arming the rebels. As do the Turks.

Public opposition won’t stop the war, of course. For example, the protests against the Iraq war were thelargest protests in history. But the U.S. and its allies had reasons to invade, anyway.

And Americans were opposed to the “humanitarian” war in Libya … even before they learned that the U.S. and its allies had backed Al Qaeda to topple Gaddafi. But we went in anyway.

Likewise, Syria has long been on the list of countries which “need” regime change … whether or not the people want it.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 5:51 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

No, NSA Spying Did NOT Prevent a Terror Attack on Wall Street

Washington’s Blog
June 19, 2013

In response to the revelation that the NSA has been illegally spying on all Americans for more than a decade, NSA chief General Keith Alexander claimed that the spying prevented a terrorist attack on Wall Street and the New York subway.

There’s only one problem: the claim is completely false.

The Christian Science Monitor notes today:

According to officials at the House Intelligence hearing, this plan was caught when the NSA was using its Internet intercept authority to monitor the communications of a known extremist in Yemen.

This suspect, in turn, was in contact with an individual in the United States named Khalid Ouazzani. Thus warned, the FBI investigated Mr. Ouazzani through traditional law enforcement methods, and discovered a burgeoning plot to bomb the NYSE.

“Ouazzani had been providing information and support to this plot,” FBI Deputy Director Sean Joyce told lawmakers.

However, Mr. Ouazzani pleaded guilty to providing material support — in his case,money — to Al Qaeda, not to terror planning. His May 2010 plea agreementmakes no mention of anything related to the New York Stock Exchange, or any bomb plot, notes David Kravets in Wired magazine.

Plus, Ouazzani’s defense attorney said Tuesday the stock market allegation was news to him.

“Khalid Ouazzani was not involved in any plot to bomb the New York Stock Exchange,” attorney Robin Fowler told Wired.

How much did this bad guy give Al Qaeda? $23,000 total.

The other publicly-discussed disrupted terror plot — on the New York subway — was also not really due to government’s overbroad spying program.

The Associated Press reports:

Little was offered to substantiate claims that the programs have been successful in stopping acts of terrorism that would not have been caught with narrower surveillance. In the New York subway bombing case, President Barack Obama conceded the would-be bomber might have been caught with less sweeping surveillance.

The Christian Science Monitor notes of the New York subway case:

As to the New York subway plot, it was discovered not by analysis of vast amounts of Internet data of foreign users, but rather by old-fashioned police work, according to The Guardian ….

In addition, the Guardian pointed out:

Lawyers and intelligence experts with direct knowledge of two intercepted terrorist plots that the Obama administration says confirm the value of the NSA’s vast data-mining activities have questioned whether the surveillance sweeps played a significant role ….

Indeed, top security experts say that mass surveillance does not help keep us safe.

Glenn Greenwald notes:

This is just the same playbook that U.S. government officials have been using for the last five decades whenever anything gets done that brings small amounts of transparency to the bad conduct that they do in the dark. They immediately accuse those who brought that transparency of jeopardizing national security. They try and scare the American public into believing that they’ve been placed at risk and that the only way they can stay safe is to trust the people in power to do whatever it is they want to do without any kinds of constraints, accountability or light of any kind.

Postscript: Mr. Ouazzani giving $23,000 to Al Qaeda is indeed a crime. He supported Al Qaeda, and was rightly prosecuted and convicted for that crime. But given that the American government has been providing arms, money and logistical support to Al Qaeda in Syria, Libya, Mali, Bosnia and other countries — and related Muslim terrorists in Chechnya, Iran, and many other countries — Mr. Ouazzani’s support for terrorism seems rather small in comparison.

NSA scandal: the deepest secret of the Ed Snowden operation

0

Jon Rappoport
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Everyone wants to see a hero.

When that hero emerges from the shadows and says all the right things, and when he exposes a monolithic monster, he’s irresistible.

However, that doesn’t automatically make him who he says he is.

That doesn’t automatically exempt him from doubts.

Because he’s doing the right thing, people quickly make him into a spokesman for their own hopes. If he’s finally blasting a hole in the dark enemy’s fortress, he has to be accepted at face value. He has to be elevated.

When dealing with the intelligence community and their spooks and methods, this can be a mistake. Deception is the currency of that community. Layers of motives and covert ops are business as usual.

In previous articles, I’ve raised a number of specific doubts about Ed Snowden.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Here I want to replay four statements Snowden made and examine them.

“When you see everything, you see them on a more frequent basis and you recognize that some of these things are actually abuses, and when you talk about them in a place like this [NSA]…over time that awareness of wrongdoing sorts of builds up and you feel compelled to talk about it, and the more you talk about it, the more you’re ignored, the more you’re told it’s not a problem…”

This statement describes Snowden, an analyst working at NSA, chatting regularly to colleagues about his growing doubts over the morality of NSA spying. This is quite hard to believe.

As Steve Kinney, writing at the Centre for Research on Globalisation points out, Snowden would have raised all sorts of red flags about himself.

If he hadn’t been fired outright, he certainly would have come under serious scrutiny, which, at the very least, would have reduced his ability to hack documents out of NSA’s most secret recesses.

And yet, Snowden, an analyst, claims he had access to “full rosters of everyone working at the NSA, the entire intelligence community and undercover assets all around the world, the locations of every station we have, what their missions are and so forth.”

Really?

That stretches doubt far beyond the point of credulity.

Both The Guardian and the Washington Post supposedly vetted Snowden carefully. I’d really like to see the results of that vetting.

“Rosters of everyone working at the NSA [and] the entire intelligence community…” That’s untold thousands of people. That’s referring to many separate agencies.

Snowden doesn’t stop there. He maintains the security of NSA is not just a sieve, it’s also thousands of separate hunting parties, undertaken at the whim of any analyst:

“Any analyst at any time can target anyone. Any selector, anywhere… I, sitting at my desk, certainly had the authorities to wiretap anyone, from you or your accountant, to a federal judge, to even the President…”

Sure. NSA just opens the door to their own analysts, who can, on their own hook, launch spying episodes on anyone in the US. Boom. No operational plans, no coordination. A free-for-all.

“Hey, dig this. Nancy Pelosi was just talking to her hairdresser. I’m going to follow up on her. Think I’ll spy on Nancy and her husband, see what they’re up to. I’ll file reports as I go along…”

“A guy at Los Alamos just wrote to his boss about a new weapons system. Want to see what they’re planning?”

Finally, Snowden claimed he could “shut down the surveillance system in an afternoon. But that’s not my intention.”

Not just spy on everybody in the US. Snowden asserts he could do that. But he could also make the entire spying apparatus of NSA (and even all other intelligence agencies?) go dark with a few hours of work–and he’d evade notice of his NSA bosses as he performed this herculean task.

No. Ridiculous. The very first thing an agency like NSA does is set up a labyrinth to prevent itself from being taken down.

Consider these four Snowden statements together, back up and think. These are propositions that cast the man into a deep pit of doubt.

Who is he?

What is his mission? Is that mission his own, or is he working for someone who wants to punch a hole in the NSA?

In another article, I’ve developed the hypothesis thatSnowden is still actually operating for his former bosses at the CIA, long engaged in a turf war with the NSA, are running him in this op.

Snowden didn’t steal anything from NSA. He couldn’t. People at the CIA could and did steal, and they handed him documents to use in his assigned op.

There are other possible explanations. None of them exonerates the NSA or what it is doing. Let’s be clear about that.

But how far would the CIA go in exposing the guts of the NSA? It’s clear that these intelligence agencies overlap in their efforts (crimes). Therefore, the CIA would be satisfied to smear the NSA without exposing too much.

If so, Snowden’s cache of documents won’t “go all the way.”

His documents won’t yield the longed-for holy grail, though Snowden implies he could unwrap it. I’m talking about the entire interlocking system of US and global surveillance and how it is built.

More than piecemeal exposures about PRISM, US hacks of China, and the G20 meeting in England, an account of the technical “architecture,” as John Young of Cryptome rightly calls it, would torpedo the underlying global Surveillance State.

If Snowden can do that, he hasn’t shown it so far. Right now, he’s put his work in the hands of several journalists, who will dole it out on their own inexplicable timetables.

Why make that move? Why hasn’t Snowden put up a dozen sites and laid everything he has on the line? Before those sites could be taken down, the material would have been copied and sent around the world thousands of times.

Snowden has already said he won’t endanger specific spies or operations that could actually prevent terrorists’ missions.

All right. Then give us everything else. Give us the whole shooting match. Let’s see how the watchers have built their edifice.

But so far, Snowden has shown himself to be a different kind of person, someone who makes claims that far exceed his reach.

Read his four statements again. The sub-text is:

I could complain, raise doubts, and criticize NSA openly at work. No one cared. It was a typical office you’d find in any company. It certainly wasn’t a super-controlled environment. Things were so loose, I could access the complete map of the entire NSA network. Names, places, operations. On a whim, any analyst could spy on anyone in the US. If I wanted to, I could shut down all of US intelligence in a few hours. Forget the popular image of NSA as a fortress with dozens of layers of protection. Forget the notion that I’d have to be granted elite privilege to all sorts of secret keys to get into the inner sanctum, or that, while navigating my way in, I’d be setting off alarm bells all over the place. It was a piece of cake.

Smear.

“NSA is an open book. A book written by idiots. It cost a trillion dollars, but anyone could waltz in there and read the whole thing. Use a thumb drive, and you can also walk out with the whole thing.”

If you set aside Snowden’s remarks about his motives, his morality, and his high mission, his explanation falls apart. It makes no sense.

His CIA handlers would now be telling him that. “Hey Ed, tone down the ‘child’s-play’ angle, okay? You’re making it sound too easy. Remember? You’re the ‘whiz kid genius.’ Yeah, we want to smear NSA, but it’s got to be credible. People have to think it took at least some ingenuity to access the most heavily protected data in the world. Get it?”

A common man of the people, serving the greater good, exposing ongoing crimes that threaten the very lifeblood of the Republic? Is Ed Snowden that hero?

Or is he an operator, an agent?

So far, he’s made himself seem like the agent.

Executives at the NSA are well aware of this. Sitting down with their counterparts at the CIA, they’d be getting an earful. CIA people would be saying:

“Of course Snowden is our boy. He worked for us in Geneva, and he’s working for us now. We told you, after 9/11, we didn’t like you clowns at NSA throwing all the blame on CIA for the Trade Center attacks. We didn’t like that at all. And in the intervening years, we haven’t liked you cutting us out of the spying game. We warned you. So now we’ve given you a taste of what we can do. We can do more. Either we play ball together, or we’ll put NSA in the dumper. Get it?”

Playing ball together. Harmonization.

A sharp reader has just pointed out to me that this is the op behind the op. The fallout from Snowden will be used as the reason for more and better global sharing of spying and surveillance data.

Separate Surveillance States, which already share mountains of data, will come together to coordinate their efforts in an even tighter Surveillance Planet.

The US NSA won’t be tolerated as the pompous king of the hill any longer. It will have to play well with others.

After all, Globalism means the whole globe.

And “we’re all in this together.”

“We” meaning the elites who want to track every move made by every person on Earth, 24/7, in order to predict and control in the new paradise, where the sun rises every day on …compliance.

That’s the takeaway from the Snowden affair. That’s why the secret surveillance/spying at the G20 meeting in England was exposed.

“Gentlemen, we’re all rational here at the table. This is ridiculous. We’re all spying on each other. This can’t go on. It’s counterproductive. We want to work together. So let’s do it. We all want the same thing. A planet under control. The way to achieve that goal is to cooperate. We’ll spy on those who need to be spied on: the population of the planet. We’ll do it together. The primary violator of cooperation is that cowboy outfit in America, the NSA. They have to be brought into line. They have to learn they’re only part of the Whole. Agreed?”

“Agreed.”

Jon Rappoport

The author of two explosive collections, THE MATRIX REVEALED and EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails atwww.nomorefakenews.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 5:47 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Kerry Called For “Immediate” Air Strikes on Syria

0

Joint Chiefs of Staff rejected ludicrous rush to war

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Image: Wikimedia Commons

US Secretary of State John Kerry called for “immediate” air strikes on Syria last week following the Obama administration’s claim that President Bashar Al-Assad had used chemical weapons, a rush to war that was soundly rejected by the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

After Kerry called for Syrian airfields to be attacked, the “Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey “threw a series of brushback pitches at Kerry, demanding to know just exactly what the post-strike plan would be and pointing out that the State Department didn’t fully grasp the complexity of such an operation,” reports YNet News.

According to the report, Kerry seemed ignorant of the fact that Syria has a sophisticated air defense system that would have to be neutralized — with almost inevitable loss of life — before any air strikes could be conducted.

Kerry was told by Dempsey that the US Air Force could not simply “drop a few bombs” on Syria without first carrying out some 700 sorties to disable the country’s integrated air defense, and that without any kind of exit strategy the Pentagon would not back the plan.

Kerry’s ludicrous rush to war — which experts have warned could ignite world war three – underscores the fact that the Obama administration is acting wildly and against the national security interests of the United States itself by embroiling the nation in a dangerous and unnecessary conflict while handing over heavy weaponry to Al-Qaeda terrorists who have vowed to attack the US and Israel once they are finished with Assad.

The former presidential candidate’s appetite for war also belies his controversial anti-Vietnam war activism during the early 1970′s.

Despite the Obama administration’s claim that the Syrian regime — with no discernible benefit aside from invoking the wrath of the international community — used chemical weapons — the preponderance of evidence actually suggests that the rebels used such weapons.

In May, the United Nations independent commission of inquiry on Syria reported “strong, concrete suspicions” that the US-backed rebels had deployed sarin gas.

“This was use on the part of the opposition, the rebels, not by the government authorities,” said commission member Carla Del Ponte.

The Obama administration is seemingly intent on involving the United States in yet another unaffordable, unwinnable war despite significant opposition to such a venture amongst the American people.

A recent Pew poll shows that 70% of Americans oppose arming the Syrian “rebels,” a figure which marks the highest level of opposition since the conflict began two years ago.

In addition, other polls show that the vast majority of people in other NATO countries such as the UK and France oppose arming the rebels, who have repeatedly been caught carrying out atrocities, the most recent of which involved the slaughter of a 14-year-old boy for insulting Islam.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 5:52 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Farewell Bernanke — Thanks For Inflating The Biggest Bond Bubble The World Has Ever Seen

0

Michael Snyder
Economic Collapse
June 19, 2013

Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke is on the way out the door, but the consequences of the bond bubble that he has helped to create will stay with us for a very, very long time. During Bernanke’s tenure, interest rates on U.S. Treasuries have fallen to record lows. This has enabled the U.S. government to pile up an extraordinary amount of debt. During his tenure we have also seen mortgage rates fall to record lows. All of this has helped to spur economic activity in the short-term, but what happens when interest rates start going back to normal? If the average rate of interest on U.S. government debt rises to just 6 percent, the U.S. government will suddenly be paying out a trillion dollars a year just in interest on the national debt. And remember, there have been times in the past when the average rate of interest on U.S. government debt has been much higher than that. In addition, when the U.S. government starts having to pay more to borrow money so will everyone else. What will that do to home sales and car sales? And of course we all remember what happened to adjustable rate mortgages when interest rates started to rise just prior to the last recession. We have gotten ourselves into a position where the U.S. economy simply cannot afford for interest rates to go up. We have become addicted to the cheap money made available by a grossly distorted financial system, and we have Ben Bernanke to thank for that. The Federal Reserve is at the very heart of the economic problems that we are facing in America, and this time is certainly no exception.

This week Barack Obama publicly praised Ben Bernanke and stated that Bernanke has “already stayed a lot longer than he wanted” as Chairman of the Federal Reserve. Bernanke’s term ends on January 31st, but many observers believe that he could leave even sooner than that. Bernanke appears to be tired of the job and eager to move on.

So who would replace him? Well, the mainstream media is making it sound like the appointment of Janet Yellen is already a forgone conclusion. She would be the first woman ever to chair the Federal Reserve, and her philosophy is that a little bit of inflation is good for an economy. It seems likely that she would continue to take us down the path that Bernanke has taken us.

But is it a fundamentally sound path? Keeping interest rates pressed to the floor and wildly printing money may be producing some positive results in the short-term, but the crazy bubble that this is creating will burst at some point. In fact, the director of financial stability for the Bank of England, Andy Haldane, recently admitted that the central bankers have “intentionally blown the biggest government bond bubble in history” and he warned about what might happen once it ends…

“If I were to single out what for me would be biggest risk to global financial stability right now it would be a disorderly reversion in the yields of government bonds globally.” he said. There had been “shades of that” in recent weeks as government bond yields have edged higher amid talk that central banks, particularly the US Federal Reserve, will start to reduce its stimulus.

“Let’s be clear. We’ve intentionally blown the biggest government bond bubble in history,” Haldane said. “We need to be vigilant to the consequences of that bubble deflating more quickly than [we] might otherwise have wanted.”

Posted below is a chart that demonstrates how interest rates on 10-year U.S. Treasury bonds have fallen over the last several decades. This has helped to fuel the false prosperity that we have been enjoying, but there is no way that the U.S. government should have been able to borrow money so cheaply. This bubble that we are living in now is setting the stage for a very, very painful adjustment…

Interest Rate On 10 Year U.S. Treasuries

So what will that “adjustment” look like?

The following analysis is from a recent article by Wolf Richter…

Ten-year Treasury notes have been kicked down from their historic pedestal last July when some poor souls, blinded by the Fed’s halo of omnipotence and benevolence, bought them at a minuscule yield of 1.3%. For them, it’s been an ice-cold shower ever since. As Treasuries dropped, yields meandered upward in fits and starts. After a five-week jump from 1.88% in early May, they hit 2.29% on Tuesday last week — they’ve retreated to 2.19% since then. Now investors are wondering out loud what would happen if ten-year Treasury yields were to return to more normal levels of 4% or even 5%, dragging other long-term interest rates with them. They know what would happen: carnage!

And according to Richter, there are already signs that the bond bubble is beginning to burst…

Wholesale dumping of Treasuries by exasperated foreigners has already commenced. Private foreigners dumped $30.8 billion in Treasuries in April, an all-time record. Official holders got rid of $23.7 billion in long-term Treasury debt, the highest since November 2008, and $30.1 billion in short-term debt.Sell, sell, sell!

Bond fund redemptions spoke of fear and loathing: in the week ended June 12, investors yanked $14.5 billion out of Treasury bond funds, the second highest ever, beating the prior second-highest-ever outflow of $12.5 billion of the week before. They were inferior only to the October 2008 massacre as chaos descended upon financial markets. $27 billion in two weeks!

In lockstep, average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage rates jumped from 3.59% in early May to 4.15% last week. The mortgage refinancing bubble, by which banks have creamed off billions in fees, is imploding — the index has plunged 36% since early May.

If interest rates start to climb significantly, that will have a dramatic affect on economic activity in the United States.

And we have seen this pattern before.

As Robert Wenzel noted in a recent article on the Economic Policy Journal, we saw interest rates rise suddenly just prior to the October 1987 stock market crash, and we also saw them rise substantially prior to the financial crisis of 2008…

As Federal Reserve chairman Paul Volcker left the Fed chairmanship in August 1987, the interest rate on the 10 year note climbed from 8.2% to 9.2% between June 1987 and September 1987. This was followed, of course by the October 1987 stock market crash.

As Federal Reserve chairman Alan Greenspan left the Fed chairmanship at the end of January 2006, the interest rate on the 10 year note climbed from 4.35% to 4.65%. It then climbed above 5%.

So keep a close eye on interest rates in the months ahead. If they start to rise significantly, that will be a red flag.

And it makes perfect sense why Bernanke is looking to hand over the reins of the Fed at this point. He can probably sense the carnage that is coming and he wants to get out of Dodge while he still can.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 5:48 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Club Of Rome Founder Proposed “Global Matrix” Of Manufactured Consent

0

Jurriaan Maessen
Infowars.com
June 19, 2013

Environmental think tank aspired to global matrix of manufactured consent

Recently unearthed documents from the private collection of former diplomat and Bilderberg regular George C. McGhee have revealed (among other things) that the Club of Rome in 1970 wanted to create a “global matrix approach”, or G-Matrix approach, as a means of bringing people into an enviro-eugenicist mindset globally.

The Club of Rome was an influential think tank, advocating among other things worldwide population reduction and global environmental governance.

The author of the uncovered manuscript from 1970 was Italian industrialistAurelio Peccei, who founded the Club of Rome in 1968. Peccei wrote that any acceptance of the Club’s conclusions “relies heavily on a global matrix approach”. Furthermore he writes that these conclusions by the infamous Club (which includes advocacy of worldwide population reduction) can only be generally accepted “through (…) an iterative, global and substantive process”. Through such a comprehensive process, writes Peccei, mankind can “gradually attain a value-base consensus, and avoid the prospects of a critical future situation.”

BilderClubRome

“The work program exposition of the Club of Rome project relies heavily on the global (or G) matrix approach. It therefore appears desirable to start the discussion of the work program by explicating the structure and utility of such a matrix.”

The uncovered document from McGhee’s private collection states outright that the Club has sought to manufacture a consensus in all layers of society in regards to the conclusions of the Club’s reports as published in the early 1970s.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

“It should be pointed out (…) that such a consensus is meant to provide “the initial conditions” for the operational evolution of the Club of Rome Project”, Aurelio wrote in 1970.

“It should only be viewed as an exemplary value-base whose universality, validity, and credibility depends on the judgments of the DELPHI technique participants. Nevertheless, it will represent an attempt for a substantive and professionally coordinated delineation of the “Predicament of Mankind”. The more groups engage in similar intellectual efforts, the more meaningful the dialogue on the worldwide problematique will become.”

This “problematique” is being described as “the constantly widening cultural, economic and technological gaps among nations, or the fearsome multiplication of the population on a finite planet, or the transnational phenomenon of youth rebellion, or the possibility of crossing the threshold past which it will be feasible to manipulate human genetic material.”

The mention of the DELPHI method in the context of this information-snippet about a global matrix of manufactured consent is interesting. According to Wikipedia, the method has been widely used for business forecasting and other forecasting “covering such topics as scientific breakthroughs, population control, automation, space progress, war prevention and weapon systems.”

As I covered in an earlier article, the predictive systems and models of the Club of Rome were used by the Chinese to set up their brutal one-child policy. In 1978, a group of Chinese scientists visited several scientific conferences in Europe, and readily picked up on the ideas distributed by the Club of Rome. At the head of this Chinese delegation was a man credited for introducing China’s notorious one-child policies, source of so much hardship suffered by the Chinese people in the last decades. Robert Zubrin, senior fellow with the center for security policy, published an op-ed in the Washington Times, reaffirming that Greenhalgh’s study is correct. Zubrin wrote:

“In June 1978, Song Jian, a top-level manager in charge of developing control systems for the Chinese guided-missile program, traveled to Helsinki for an international conference on control-system theory and design. While in Finland, he picked up copies of “The Limits to Growthand: Blueprint for Survival”- publications of the Club of Rome, a major source of Malthusian propaganda — and made the acquaintance of several Europeans who were promoting the report’s method of using computerized “systems analysis” to predict and design the human future.”

To illustrate that the Global Matrix was further developed, the 1991 publicationThe First Global Revolution: A Report to the Club of Rome shows us that early on the common denominator was invented around which the world could rally, thereby creating a common purpose:

“In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution,the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.”

The concept of a Global Matrix of manufactured consent, as described and developed by the founder of the Club of Rome, illustrate that the scam is perpetrated on such an unprecedented scale, that up until a few years ago few dared question its validity.

Jurriaan Maessen is the writer and editor at Explosive Reports

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 19, 2013 at 5:46 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars